TABLE OF CONTENTS
​
​
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549​
​
FORM 20-F
(Amendment No.1)
​
☒
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
​
OR
☐
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
​
OR
☐
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
​
OR
☐
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
​
Commission file number:
HSBC Bank plc
​
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
N/A
​
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
England and Wales
​
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
8 Canada Square
London E14 5HQ
United Kingdom
​
(Address of principal executive offices)
Matthew Gillen
8 Canada Square
London E14 5HQ
United Kingdom
Tel +447584404734
Email matthew.gillen@hsbcib.com
​
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number
and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.
​
Title of each class
​ ​
Name of each exchange on which registered
​
​
None
​ ​
Not applicable
​
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Ordinary Shares
(Title of Class)
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
Not applicable
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes  ☒           No  ☐
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes  ☐           No  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes  ☐           No  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes  ☐           No  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
​ Large accelerated filer  ☐ ​ ​ Accelerated filer  ☐ ​ ​ Non-accelerated filer  ☒ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ Emerging growth company  ☐ ​
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards † provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐
†
The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
​
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15. U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  ☐
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
​ U.S. GAAP  ☐ ​ ​ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board  ☒ ​ ​ Other  ☐ ​
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17  ☐           Item 18  ☐
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes  ☐           No  ☐
​
​
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
This document comprises the registration statement on Form 20-F of HSBC Bank plc (‘the company’) and its subsidiaries (together ‘the group’). ‘We’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ refer to HSBC Bank plc together with its subsidiaries. References to ‘HSBC’, ‘HSBC Group’ or ‘Group’ within this document mean HSBC Holdings plc together with its subsidiaries.
Item 1. Identity of Directors, senior management and advisers
A. Directors and senior management
Directors
The following table sets out the names and positions of the statutory directors (the ‘Directors’) of the company, as of the date of this registration statement. The business address of all Directors is: 8 Canada Square, London, E14 5HQ.
​ ​
Name
​ ​ ​
Position
​ ​
​ ​ Stephen O’Connor ​ ​ ​ Chairman ​ ​
​ ​ Colin Bell ​ ​ ​ Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer ​ ​
​ ​ David Watts ​ ​ ​ Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer ​ ​
​ ​ Norma Dove-Edwin ​ ​ ​ Independent Non-Executive Director ​ ​
​ ​ Yukiko Omura ​ ​ ​ Independent Non-Executive Director ​ ​
​ ​ Juliet Ellis ​ ​ ​ Independent Non-Executive Director ​ ​
​ ​ Dr Eric Strutz ​ ​ ​ Independent Non-Executive Director ​ ​
​ ​ John Trueman ​ ​ ​ Deputy Chairman and Non-Executive Director ​ ​
​ ​ Andrew Wright ​ ​ ​ Independent Non-Executive Director ​ ​
Senior management
The following table sets out the names and positions of the members of our Executive Committee as of the date of this registration statement. The Executive Committee is a committee of the company’s board of Directors (the ‘Board’) and has overall executive responsibility, under formal delegation, for the management and day-to-day running of the company. The committee is accountable to the Board for overseeing the execution of the company’s strategy. The purpose of the committee is to support the Chief Executive Officer of the company in the performance of their duties and exercise of their powers, authorities and discretions in relation to the management of the company and its subsidiaries. The committee meets on a regular basis and is chaired by the Chief Executive Officer.
During 2021, in addition to its day-to-day oversight of the company’s operations, the committee’s principal areas of focus included managing the company’s response to the evolving nature of the Covid-19 pandemic across the region, oversight of the company’s transformation strategy, including the sale of the group’s French retail banking operations, oversight of the performance across the company’s lines of business, review of the company’s financial performance. cost management, and preparing the company’s forward looking financial resource plan. The committee also received updates on regulatory remediation programmes, regulatory engagement themes across the region and the company’s interbank offered rate (‘Ibor’) transition programme.
​ ​
Name
​ ​ ​
Position
​ ​ ​
Other principal activities outside the company
​ ​
​ ​ Colin Bell ​ ​ ​ Chairman
Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank plc and Europe 		​ ​ ​ Member of the Supervisory Board, HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt GmbH (previously HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG) ​ ​
​ ​ Heidi Ashley ​ ​ ​ Head of Communications, Europe ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Andrew Beane ​ ​ ​ Head of Commercial Banking, Europe ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Richard Blackburn ​ ​ ​ Chief Risk Officer, Europe ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Alison Campbell ​ ​ ​ Company Secretary, HSBC Bank plc and Europe ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Mark Charles ​ ​ ​ General Counsel, Europe ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Patrick George ​ ​ ​ Head of Global Markets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Lisa McGeough ​ ​ ​ Head of Global Banking ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Terecina Kwong ​ ​ ​ Chief Operating Officer, Europe ​ ​ ​ Director, HSBC Bank Armenia cjsc, HSBC Bank Malta p.l.c1 and Vizolution Limited ​ ​
​ ​
Rachel Montgomerie
​ ​ ​ Head of Human Resources, Europe ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Nicolo Salsano ​ ​ ​ Chief Executive, HSBC Germany ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Andrew Sowter ​ ​ ​ Head of Regulatory Compliance ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ David Watts ​ ​ ​ Chief Financial Officer, Europe ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Andrew Wild ​ ​ ​ Chief Executive, HSBC Continental Europe ​ ​ ​ Director, HSBC Continental Europe ​ ​
​
1
Subject to regulatory approval
​
B. Advisers
Not applicable.
 
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
C. Auditors
The company’s independent registered public accounting firm is PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’), with its registered office at 1 Embankment Place, London, WC2N 6RH, United Kingdom. PwC is registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (‘PCAOB’) in the United States.
Item 2. Offer statistics and expected timetable
Not applicable.
Item 3. Key Information
A.   Reserved
Not applicable.
B.   Capitalisation and indebtedness
The following table shows the share capital position of the company and its consolidated capitalisation and indebtedness as of 31 December 2021.
​ ​ ​ ​
As of 31 December 2021 in £m
​
​
Share capital of HSBC Bank plc
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Ordinary shares (of nominal value £1 each) ​ ​ ​
​
797
​ ​
​ Preference shares ($0.01 non-cumulative third dollar preference shares) ​ ​ ​
​
0.172
​ ​
​ Equity ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Called up share capital ​ ​ ​
​
797
​ ​
​ Other equity instruments1 ​ ​ ​
​
3,722
​ ​
​ Other reserves ​ ​ ​
​
(5,670)
​ ​
​ Retained earnings ​ ​ ​
​
24,735
​ ​
​ Total shareholders’ equity ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,584 ​ ​
​ Non-controlling interests ​ ​ ​
​
131
​ ​
​ Total equity ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,715 ​ ​
​ Group indebtedness2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Debt securities in issue ​ ​ ​
​
9,428
​ ​
​ Trading liabilities  –  Debt securities in issue ​ ​ ​
​
1,324
​ ​
​ Debt securities in issue designated at fair value ​ ​ ​
​
26,049
​ ​
​ Subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
14,713
​ ​
​ Total indebtedness ​ ​ ​ ​ 51,514 ​ ​
​ Total capitalisation and indebtedness ​ ​ ​ ​ 75,229 ​ ​
​
1
Comprises 8 undated subordinated resettable additional tier 1 instruments held by HSBC Holdings plc.
​
2
As of 31 December 2021, the group had other liabilities of £521,382m and contingent liabilities and contractual commitments of £146,730m (including guarantees of £26,887m). Contractual commitments includes £115,695m of commitments (2020: £143,036m), to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied where the group has become party to an irrevocable commitment.
​
As at 30 April 2022, there has been no material change in the issued share capital of the company or its consolidated capitalisation and indebtedness since 31 December 2021.
C.   Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds
Not applicable.
D.   Risk factors
Risks relating to the group
A description of the risk factors relating to the group that may affect the ability of the company to fulfil its obligations to investors in relation to any of its securities is set out below.
Macroeconomic and geopolitical risk
The group is subject to political, social and other risks in the countries in which it operates
The group operates through an international network of subsidiaries and affiliates. The group’s operations are subject to potentially unfavourable political, social, environmental and economic developments in such jurisdictions, which may include:
•
coups, wars or acts of terrorism;
​
 
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
•
political and/or social instability;
​
•
geopolitical tensions;
​
•
climate change, acts of God, including epidemics and pandemics (such as Covid 19, further details on which can be found in ‘Risks relating to the impact of Covid 19’) and natural disasters (such as floods and hurricanes); and
​
•
infrastructure issues, such as transportation or power failures.
​
Each of the above could impact credit risk-weighted assets (‘RWAs’), and the financial losses caused by any of these risk events or developments could impair asset values and the creditworthiness of customers.
These risk events or developments could also give rise to disruption to the group’s services and some could result in physical damage to its operations and/or risks to the safety of its personnel and customers.
Geopolitical tensions could have significant ramifications for the group and its customers. In particular:
•
The Russian invasion of Ukraine has led to elevated geopolitical tensions and resulted in countries, particularly the US, UK and EU, imposing significant sanctions and other trade restrictions against the Russian state, numerous Russian government officials and individuals, and Russian companies and financial institutions. Some of these sanctions are unprecedented in both their nature and scope. Russia has implemented certain countermeasures in response. The group is monitoring the direct and indirect impacts of the situation on the group, and using its sanctions compliance capabilities to respond to new sanctions regulations. The challenges that arise in implementing complex, novel and ambiguous aspects of certain sanctions could create additional regulatory, compliance and reputational risks for the group. There could be an increase in expected credit losses (‘ECL’) reflecting the direct and broader economic impacts of the Russia-Ukraine war and inflationary pressures on the forward economic outlook.
​
•
The group’s business in Russia principally serves multinational corporate clients headquartered in other countries and is not accepting new business or customers, and is consequently on a declining trend. However, it may become subject to further restrictions, or other developments, which may make our continued operations in Russia untenable. This could generate additional losses which are not currently provided for in the balance sheet. Global commodity markets have been significantly impacted, leading to supply chain disruptions and increased prices for both energy and raw materials. The continuation of, or any further escalation in, the Russia-Ukraine war could have additional economic, social and political repercussions, including through further sanctions and trade restrictions, all of which could impact the group and its customers.
​
•
Political disagreements between the United Kingdom (‘UK’) and the European Union (the ‘EU’), notably over the future operation of the Northern Ireland Protocol (the ‘Protocol’), has stalled the creation of a framework for voluntary regulatory cooperation in financial services following the UK’s withdrawal from the EU. While negotiations are continuing, it is unclear whether or when an agreement will be reached. This has led to speculation that the UK may trigger Article 16 of the Protocol, which could suspend the operation of the Protocol in certain respects. Any decision to do so could be met with retaliatory action by the EU, complicating the terms of trade between the UK and the EU and potentially preventing progress in other areas such as financial services. See ‘The UK’s trading relationship with the EU, following the UK’s withdrawal from the EU, may adversely affect the group’s operating model and financial results’.
​
As the geopolitical landscape evolves, the compliance by multinational corporations with their legal or regulatory obligations in one jurisdiction may be seen as supporting the law or policy objectives of that jurisdiction over another, creating additional compliance, reputational and political risks for the group.
While it is the group’s policy to comply with all applicable laws and regulations of all jurisdictions in which it operates, geopolitical risks and tensions, and potential ambiguities in the group’s compliance obligations, will continue to present challenges and risks for the group and could have a material adverse impact on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and strategy, as well as on the group’s customers.
The group is likely to be affected by global geopolitical trends, including the risk of government intervention
While economic globalisation appears to remain deeply embedded in the international system, it is increasingly challenged by nationalism and protectionism, and international institutions may be less capable of navigating this trend. In Europe, for example, there remains an uncertain economic and political outlook, particularly in light of the UK’s exit from the EU and the end of the transition period (see ‘The UK’s trading relationship with the EU, following its withdrawal from the EU, may adversely affect the group’s operating model and financial results’). The increased geopolitical risks arising from the Russia-Ukraine war are impacting the global economy, in particular by pushing up energy and oil prices and increasing inflation further, creating further challenges for monetary authorities and our customers. A dispersion of global economic power from the US and Europe towards China and emerging markets appears to be occurring, providing a backdrop for greater US-China competition. Being part of the wider HSBC Group, the group may be adversely affected by increased geopolitical tensions across the different jurisdictions in which the HSBC Group operates.
A rise in nationalism and protectionism, including trade barriers, may be driven by populist sentiment and structural challenges facing developed and developing economies. Similarly, if capital flows are disrupted, some emerging markets may impose protectionist measures that could affect financial institutions and their clients, and other emerging, as well as developed, markets, may be tempted to follow suit. This rise could contribute to weaker global trade, potentially affecting the group’s traditional lines of business.
The group’s geographic footprint and coverage will make it and its customers susceptible to protectionist measures taken by national governments and authorities, including imposition of trade tariffs, restrictions on market access, restrictions on the ability to transact on a cross-border basis, expropriation, restrictions on international ownership, interest rate caps, limits on dividend flows and increases in taxation.
 
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
There may be uncertainty as to the conflicting nature of such measures, their duration, the potential for escalation, and their potential impact on global economies. Whether these emerging trends are cyclical or permanent is hard to determine, and their causes are likely to be difficult to address. The occurrence of any of these events or circumstances could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Current economic and market conditions may adversely affect the group’s results
The group’s earnings are affected by global and local economic and market conditions.
Uncertain and at times volatile economic conditions can create a challenging operating environment for financial institutions such as the group.
In particular, the group has faced and may continue to face the following challenges to its operations and operating model in connection with these factors:
•
the Russia-Ukraine war and its economic repercussions could result in further, material, increases in commodity prices and inflation, creating challenges for monetary authorities to keep inflation under control. These factors could also adversely affect the financial condition of the group’s customers and lead to higher credit losses for the group. In addition, there is a risk that significant monetary policy tightening coupled with the economic effects of the Russia-Ukraine war, including in the form of sanctions, trade restrictions and countermeasures, could precipitate a global recession;
​
•
if the Russia-Ukraine war spreads to other territories, including those in which the group has a physical presence, that could materially adversely affect the financial condition of the group’s customers and lead to higher credit or operational losses for the group;
​
•
the Covid-19 pandemic and its impact on global economies could have a material adverse effect on (among other things) the profitability, capital and liquidity of financial institutions such as the company (including those outlined in ‘Risks relating to the impact of Covid-19’);
​
•
the current high levels of sovereign indebtedness in some markets (measured as a proportion of Gross Domestic Product (‘GDP’)), coupled with the potential of falling fiscal receipts and higher interest rates could lead to a sovereign debt crisis which could materially worsen the macro-economic outlook and adversely affect the group’s profits;
​
•
the demand for borrowing from creditworthy customers may diminish during periods of recession or where economic activity slows or remains subdued;
​
•
the group’s ability to borrow from other financial institutions or to engage in funding transactions may be adversely affected by market disruption; and
​
•
market developments may depress consumer and business confidence beyond expected levels. If economic growth is subdued, for example, asset prices and payment patterns may be adversely affected, leading to greater than expected increases in the group’s delinquencies, default rates and ECLs. However, if growth is too rapid, new asset valuation bubbles could appear, particularly in the real estate sector, with potentially negative consequences for financial institutions, such as the company.
​
The group’s central scenario used to calculate impairment charges, under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (‘IFRS 9’), assumes that economic activity will continue to recover through 2022, surpassing peak pre Covid-19 pandemic levels of GDP in the group’s key markets. It is assumed that private sector growth accelerates, ensuring a strong recovery is sustained even as Covid-19 pandemic-related fiscal support is withdrawn. However, there is a high degree of uncertainty associated with economic forecasts in the current environment and there are significant risks to the group’s central scenario. The degree of uncertainty varies by the group’s key markets, driven by country specific trends in the evolution of the Covd-19 pandemic, associated policy responses, ongoing impacts felt from the Trade and Cooperation Agreement in place between the UK and the EU from 1 January 2021 as well as the evolution of other top risks, such as the Russia-Ukraine war. As a result, our central scenario for IFRS 9 impairment charges has not been assigned an equal likelihood of occurrence across the group’s key markets. There remains a material risk of a renewed drop in economic activity, particularly in countries that are highly dependent, directly or indirectly, on Russian energy or trade or otherwise exposed to the effects of higher interest rates or inflation. The potential impact of these factors on global economic growth could result in further sharp falls in financial asset prices.
The macro-economic environment, including the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic, may also have material adverse impacts on capital and liquidity. This may include downward customer credit rating migration, which could negatively impact the group’s RWAs and capital position, and potential liquidity stress due, among other factors, to increased customer drawdowns, notwithstanding the significant initiatives that governments and central banks, including the UK government and the Bank of England (the ‘BoE’), have put in place to support funding and liquidity.
Central bank and government actions and support measures taken in response to the current economic environment and the Covid-19 pandemic may create restrictions in relation to the group’s capital management. These may limit the group’s flexibility in managing the business and taking action in relation to capital distribution and re-allocation.
The occurrence of any of these events or circumstances could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and customers.
Risks relating to the impact of Covid-19
The Covid-19 pandemic and its effect on the global economy have continued to impact the group’s customers and organisation, and the future effects of the pandemic remain uncertain. Covid-19 necessitated governments to respond at unprecedented levels to protect
 
4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
public health, and to support local economies and livelihoods. It has affected regions at different times and to varying degrees as it has developed. The resulting government support measures and restrictions have created additional challenges given the rapid pace of change and significant operational demands. Renewed outbreaks, particularly those resulting from the emergence of new variants of the virus, emphasise the ongoing threat of Covid-19 and could result in further tightening of government restrictions.
Over the course of 2021, government restrictions across many countries were gradually unwound, allowing the global economy to stage a robust recovery up until the fourth quarter, when the highly transmissible Omicron variant began to emerge. While government restrictions were re-imposed in many countries in response to this variant, they have in certain countries been less restrictive than those that were imposed during previous waves of the pandemic.
The global vaccination roll-out in 2021 helped reduce the social and economic impact of the Covid-19 pandemic, although there has been significant divergence in the speed at which vaccines have been deployed around the world. Most developed countries have now vaccinated a large proportion of their populations, but many less developed countries have struggled to secure supplies and are at an earlier stage of their roll-out. By the end of 2021, high vaccination rates had ensured that many Covid-19-related restrictions on activity in developed markets had been lifted and travel constraints were easing. However, the emergence of the Omicron variant, which proved to be more contagious and able, to a certain extent, to evade vaccine immunity, demonstrated the risk that new variants pose and led to government restrictions being reintroduced. There remains a divergence in approach taken by countries with regards to the level of restrictions on activity and travel imposed in response to the pandemic. Such diverging approach to future pandemic waves could prolong or worsen supply chain and international travel disruptions.
Mismatches between the supply and demand of goods and services contributed to a rise in inflation in 2021 and the first half of 2022. Central banks in major markets have gradually increased interest rates in 2021 and during the beginning of 2022 and are expected to further increase interest rates during the course of 2022, but such increases are expected to be gradual and monetary policy is expected to remain accommodative overall. Policy tightening in major emerging markets has already begun in order to counteract rising inflation and the risk of capital outflows. Governments are also expected to reduce the level of fiscal support they offer households and businesses as the appetite for broad lockdowns and public health restrictions decreases. Government debt has risen in most advanced economies, and is expected to remain high into the medium term. High government debt burdens have raised fiscal vulnerabilities, increasing the sensitivity of debt service costs to interest rate increases and potentially reducing the fiscal space available to address any future economic downturns.
Depending on the time taken for economic activity to recover, there could be further adverse impacts on the group’s income due to lower lending and transaction volumes and lower wealth and insurance manufacturing revenue due to equity market volatility and weakness.
The rapid introduction and varying nature of the government support schemes introduced throughout the Covid-19 pandemic led to increased operational risks, including complex conduct considerations, increased reputational risk and increased risk of fraud. These risks could crystallise over time including as and when those remaining government support schemes are unwound. These events have also led to increased litigation risk for the group.
The impact of the pandemic on the long-term prospects of businesses in the most vulnerable sectors of the economy – such as retail, transportation, hospitality and commercial real estate – remains uncertain and may lead to credit losses on specific exposures, which may not be fully captured in ECL estimates. In addition, in times of stress, fraudulent activity is often more prevalent, leading to potentially material credit or operational losses. The performance of the group’s financial models continues to be impacted by the pandemic due to a lack of correlated historical data. These include retail and wholesale credit models such as IFRS 9 loss models, as well as capital models, traded risk models and models used in the asset/ liability management process. This continues to require enhanced monitoring of model outputs and the use of model overlays, including management adjustments based on the expert judgement of senior credit risk managers and the recalibration of key loss models to take into account the impacts of Covid-19 on critical model inputs. See ‘The group could incur losses or be required to hold additional capital as a result of model limitations or failure. The operational support functions on which the group relies are based in a number of countries worldwide, some of which were particularly affected by the Covid-19 pandemic during 2021. We continue to monitor the situation, in particular in those countries and regions where Covid-19 infections are most prevalent and/or where travel restrictions are in place.
Moreover, the group has financial instruments which are carried at fair value, and such fair values may be impacted by the market volatility resulting from the Covid-19 pandemic. This would in turn affect the market value of such instruments and could result in markdowns on such instruments and an increase in the size of fair value adjustments.
Despite the ongoing economic recovery, significant uncertainties remain in assessing the duration and impact of the Covid-19 pandemic, including where government restrictions are re-imposed as a result of further outbreaks of the virus, in particular those outbreaks which result from the emergence of new variants. There is a risk that economic activity remains below pre-pandemic levels for a prolonged period and this could have a material adverse effect on the group’s financial condition, results of operations, prospects, liquidity, capital position and credit ratings.
The group is subject to financial and non-financial risks associated with Environmental, Social and Governance (‘ESG’) related matters, such as climate change, nature- related and human rights issues
ESG-related matters such as climate change, society’s impact on nature and human rights violations introduce risks to the group’s business, customers and wider society.
Climate change, through transitional and physical channels, could have both financial and non-financial impacts on the group either directly or indirectly through its customers. Transition risk can arise from the move to a low-carbon economy, such as through policy, regulatory and technological changes. Physical risk can arise through increasing severity and/or frequency of severe weather or other climatic events, such as rising sea levels and flooding.
 
5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The group currently expects that the following are the most likely ways in which climate risk may materialise for the group:
•
transition and physical risk may impact the group’s wholesale customers, for example if regulatory, legislative or technological developments impact customers’ business models resulting in financial difficulty for customers and/or stranded assets;
​
•
residential real estate may be affected by changes to the climate and extreme weather events which could impact both property values and the ability of borrowers to afford their mortgage payments;
​
•
physical risk may impact the group’s operations, for example if flooding or extreme weather events impacted its critical operations;
​
•
regulatory compliance risk may result from the increasing pace, breadth and depth of regulatory expectations requiring implementation in short timeframes across multiple jurisdictions;
​
•
conduct risks could develop associated with the increasing demand for ‘green’ products where there are differing and developing standards or taxonomies; and
​
•
reputational risks may result from the group’s decisions on how the group supports its customers in high-emitting sectors, including its ability to assist the HSBC Group in achieving its climate-related ambitions, targets and commitments.
​
We also face increased reputational, legal and regulatory risks as it makes progress towards the HSBC Group’s net zero ambition, with stakeholders likely to place greater focus on the group’s actions, such as the development of climate-related policies, the HSBC Group’s disclosures and financing and investment decisions relating to its ambition.
In addition, there is increasing evidence that a number of nature-related risks beyond climate change – which include risks that can be represented more broadly by economic dependency on nature – can and will have significant economic impact. These risks arise when the provision of natural services such as water availability, air quality, and soil quality is compromised by overpopulation, urban development, natural habitat and ecosystem loss, and other environmental stresses beyond climate change. They can show themselves in a variety of ways, including through macroeconomic, market, credit, reputational, legal and regulatory risks, for both the group and its customers.
The key human rights risks that currently impact the group include discrimination, in particular with respect to the group’s employees and customers, and modern slavery in the group’s supply chains and those of the group’s customers. Failure to manage these risks may result in negative impacts on the group’s people (both in terms of hiring and retention), the group’s business and the group’s reputation. Such failure could also lead to breaches of rapidly evolving legal and regulatory requirements and expectations in certain markets and this could have reputational, legal and financial consequences for the group.
In respect of all ESG-related risks, the group also needs to ensure that its strategy and business model, including the products and services it provides to customers and non-financial risk management processes (including processes to measure and manage the various financial and non-financial risks the group faces as a result of ESG-related matters) adapt to meet regulatory requirements and stakeholder and market expectations, which continue to evolve significantly and at pace. The group’s ability to assist the HSBC Group in achieving its strategy with respect to ESG matters, including any ESG-related ambitions, commitments and targets that it may set, will depend on a number of different factors outside of the group’s control, such as advancements in technologies and supportive public policies in the markets where the group operates. If these external factors and other changes do not occur, or do not occur on a timely basis, the group may fail to assist the HSBC Group in achieving its ESG-related ambitions, commitments and targets.
In order to track and report on the HSBC Group’s progress against its ESG-related ambitions, commitments and targets, the HSBC Group relies on internal and, where appropriate and available, external data sources, guided by certain industry standards. While ESG-related reporting has improved over time, data remains of limited quality and consistency. Methodologies the HSBC Group has used may develop over time in line with market practice, regulation and/or developments in science, where applicable. Any such developments in methodologies, and changes in the availability and quality of data over time could result in revisions to reported data going forward, including on financed emissions, meaning that such data may not be reconcilable or comparable year-on-year. This could also result in the HSBC Group having to re-evaluate its progress towards its ESG-related ambitions, commitments and targets in the future and this could result in reputational, legal and regulatory risks.
If any of the above risks materialise, this could have financial and non-financial impacts for the group which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation, prospects and strategy.
The UK’s trading relationship with the EU, following the UK’s withdrawal from the EU, may adversely affect the group’s operating model and financial results
The EU and the UK agreed a Trade and Cooperation Agreement on 31 December 2020, following the UK’s withdrawal from the EU. The agreement mainly focused on goods and services but also covered a wide range of other areas, including competition, state aid, tax, fisheries, transport, data and security. While the agreement only addressed financial services in a limited manner, bilateral discussions have now concluded at a technical level to create a framework for voluntary regulatory cooperation in financial services between the UK and EU through the establishment of a Joint UK-EU Financial Regulatory Forum. This is expected to provide a platform within which both parties will be able to discuss financial services-related issues, including future equivalence determinations.
Broader political disagreements, notably over the future operation of the Northern Ireland Protocol, have, however, increased tensions in the UK-EU relationship. While negotiations relating to the Protocol between the UK and the EU are continuing, it remains uncertain whether an agreement will be reached. If the failure to reach an agreement were to lead to the UK triggering Article 16 of the Protocol, this could suspend the Protocol’s operation in certain respects, which may further complicate the terms of trade between the UK and the EU and prevent progress in other areas such as financial services.
As the financial passporting arrangement that existed prior to, and during, the transition period expired, the group put in place new arrangements in the provision of cross-border banking and investment services to customers and counterparties in the European Economic Area.
 
6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Notwithstanding the progress made in ensuring the group was prepared for the end of the transition period, there remain risks, many of them linked to the uncertain outcome of ongoing negotiations relating to potential developments in the financial services trading relationship between the UK and EU, including the rules under which financial services may be provided on a cross-border basis into the EU and its member states. Significant uncertainty also remains as to the extent to which EU laws will diverge from UK law (including bank regulation) in the future. Any changes to the current rules in this respect and any further divergences in the legal regimes could require modifications to the group’s UK and European operating models, with resulting impacts to its clients and employees. The exact impacts on the group’s clients will depend on the nature of any developments and their individual circumstances and, in a worst case scenario, could include disruption to the provision of products and services, and this could in turn increase operational complexity and/or costs for the group.
More generally, over the medium to long term, the UK’s withdrawal from the EU and the operation of the new Trade and Cooperation Agreement (and any complexities that may result there from), may impact markets and increase economic risk, particularly in the UK, which could adversely impact the group’s profitability and prospects for growth in this market.
In addition, the UK’s future trading relationship with the EU, and the rest of the world will likely take a number of years to fully resolve. This may result in a prolonged period of uncertainty, unstable economic conditions and market volatility. This could include reduced international trade flows and loss of export market shares, as well as including currency fluctuations.
The group operates in markets that are highly competitive
The group competes with other financial institutions in a highly competitive industry that continues to undergo significant change as a result of financial regulatory reform, including the Competition and Markets Authority’s directions on Open Banking in the UK, as well as increased public scrutiny and a continued challenging macro-economic environment.
The group targets internationally mobile clients who need sophisticated global solutions. It generally competes on the basis of the quality of its customer service, the wide variety of products and services that the group can offer its customers, the ability of those products and services to satisfy its customers’ needs, the extensive distribution channels available for its customers, its innovation and its reputation. Continued and increased competition in any one or all of these areas may negatively affect the group’s market share and/or cause it to increase its capital investment in its businesses in order to remain competitive.
Additionally, the group’s products and services may not be accepted by its targeted clients.
In many markets, there is increased competitive pressure to provide products and services at current or lower prices.
Consequently, the group’s ability to reposition or reprice its products and services from time to time may be limited, and could be influenced significantly by the actions of its competitors who may or may not charge similar fees for their products and services. Any changes in the types of products and services that the group offers its customers, and/or the pricing for those products and services, could result in a loss of customers and market share.
Further, new entrants to the market or new technologies challenge the group to continue to innovate and optimise to take advantage of new digital capabilities to best serve its customers, and adapt its products to attract and retain customers. The group may not respond effectively to these competitive threats from existing and new competitors, and as a result may need to increase its investment in its business to modify or adapt its existing products and services or develop new products and services to respond to its customers’ needs.
Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation.
Changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the group’s results
The group prepares its accounts in pounds sterling. However, a substantial portion of the group’s assets, liabilities, assets under management, revenues and expenses are denominated in other currencies (primarily, euro and US dollars).
Changes in foreign exchange rates have an effect on the group’s accounting records, reported income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity. Unfavourable changes in foreign exchange rates could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Market fluctuations may reduce the group’s income or the value of its portfolios
The group’s businesses are inherently subject to risks in financial markets and in the wider economy, including changes in, and increased volatility of, interest rates, inflation rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, commodity, equity, bond and property prices, and the risk that the group’s customers act in a manner inconsistent with its business, pricing and hedging assumptions.
Market pricing can be volatile, and ongoing market movements could significantly affect the group in a number of key areas. For example, banking and trading activities are subject to interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, inflation risk and credit spread risk. Changes in interest rate levels, interbank spreads over official rates and yield curves affect the interest rate spread realised between lending and borrowing costs. The potential for future volatility and margin changes remains. See ‘Risks relating to the impact of Covid 19’ above regarding the impact of Covid 19 on the interest rate environment.
Competitive pressures on fixed rates or product terms in existing customer products sometimes restrict the group’s ability to change interest rates applying to customers in response to changes in official and wholesale market rates.
The group’s defined benefit pension plans are exposed to market risk from their assets and liabilities. The liability discount rate provides exposure to interest rate risk and credit spread risk which are only partially offset by fixed interest assets and swaps. The assets also provide exposure to fluctuations in the market value of equities.
 
7
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The group’s insurance businesses are exposed to the risk that market fluctuations may cause mismatches to occur between product liabilities and the investment assets that back them. Market risks can affect the group’s insurance products in a number of ways depending upon the product and associated contract. For example, mismatches between assets and liability yields and maturities give rise to interest rate risk. Some of these risks are borne directly by the customer and some are borne by the insurance businesses, with their excess capital invested in the markets. Some insurance contracts involve guarantees and options that increase in value in adverse investment markets. There is a risk that the insurance businesses could bear some of the cost of such guarantees and options. The performance of the investment markets could thus have a direct effect upon the value embedded in the insurance and investment contracts and the group’s operating results, financial condition and prospects.
It is difficult to predict with any degree of accuracy changes in market conditions, and such changes could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Liquidity, or ready access to funds, is essential to the group’s businesses
The group’s ability to borrow on a secured or unsecured basis, and the cost of doing so, can be affected by increases in interest rates or credit spreads, the availability of credit, regulatory requirements relating to liquidity or the market perceptions of risk relating to the group or the banking sector, including the group’s perceived or actual creditworthiness.
Current accounts and savings deposits payable on demand or at short notice form part of the group’s funding, and the group places considerable importance on maintaining their stability. For deposits, stability depends upon preserving investor confidence in the group’s capital strength and liquidity, and on comparable and transparent pricing. Although deposits have been a stable source of funding historically, this may not continue.
The group also accesses wholesale markets in order to maintain a diversified portfolio of funding sources, provide funding for entities that do not accept deposits, to align asset and liability maturities and currencies, and to maintain a presence in local markets.
An inability to obtain financing in the unsecured long term or short term debt capital markets, or to access the secured lending markets, could have a material adverse effect on the group’s liquidity.
Unfavourable macroeconomic developments, market disruptions or regulatory developments may increase the group’s funding costs or challenge the group’s ability to raise funds to support or expand the group’s businesses.
If the group is unable to raise sufficient funds through deposits and/or in the capital markets, the group’s liquidity position could be adversely affected, and the group might be unable to meet deposit withdrawals on demand or at their contractual maturity, to repay borrowings as they mature, to meet the group’s obligations under committed financing facilities and insurance contracts, to comply with regulatory funding requirements, to undertake certain capital and/or debt management activities or to fund new loans, investments and businesses.
The group may need to liquidate unencumbered assets to meet its liabilities, including disposals of assets to reduce its funding commitments. In a time of reduced liquidity, the group may be unable to sell some of its assets, or may be unable to maintain the run-down and sale of certain legacy portfolios, or the group may need to sell assets at reduced prices, which in any such case could materially adversely affect the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to the group’s business model
The group is subject to numerous legislative or regulatory requirements and developments and changes in the policy of regulators or governments and the group may fail to comply with applicable regulations, particularly any changes thereto
The group’s businesses are subject to ongoing regulation and associated regulatory risks, including the effects of changes in the laws, regulations, policies, voluntary codes of practice and interpretations in the UK, the EU and the other markets in which the group operates. Many regulatory changes relevant to its business may have an effect beyond the country in which they are enacted, because its regulators deliberately enact regulation with extra territorial impact or the group’s operations mean that the group is obliged to give effect to ‘local’ laws and regulations on a wider basis.
In recent years, regulators and governments have focused on reforming both the prudential regulation of the financial services industry and the ways in which the business of financial services is conducted. Measures taken include enhanced capital, liquidity and funding requirements, the separation or prohibition of certain activities by financial institutions, changes in the operation of capital markets activities, the introduction of tax levies and transaction taxes, changes in compensation practices and more detailed requirements on how business is conducted. The governments and regulators in the UK, the EU or elsewhere may intervene further in relation to areas of industry risk already identified, or in new areas, which could adversely affect the group.
Specific areas where regulatory changes could have a material effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, capital position, and reputation and current and anticipated areas of particular focus for the group’s regulators include, but are not limited to:
•
the ongoing regulatory response to the Covid 19 pandemic, and its implications for banks credit risk management and provisioning processes, capital adequacy and liquidity, and a renewed focus on vulnerable customers including the treatment of customers including consideration of longer-term initiatives to support borrowers in financial difficulty and measures designed to maximise access to cash for consumers.
​
•
general changes in government, central bank, regulatory or competition policy, or changes in regulatory regimes that may influence investor decisions in particular markets in which the group operates. For example, the regulatory structure in the UK comprising the Prudential Regulation Authority (‘PRA’), the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) and the Financial Policy Committee (‘FPC’) and the granting to the European Central Bank of supervisory powers, may affect the group and its activities.
​
 
8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In particular, the FPC has the ability to direct that UK financial institutions be required to hold additional capital for lending to sectors perceived as higher risk and to increase the amount of capital that financial institutions are required to hold when threats to financial stability are judged to be emerging;
•
the structural separation of certain banking and other activities proposed or enacted in a number of jurisdictions, including legislation in France and Germany which provide for the ring-fencing of certain activities, including trading activities, and the prohibition of certain proprietary trading activities;
​
•
the potential for developments in, and the consequences for breaches of, the Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013, which requires (amongst other matters) the legal separation of core deposits from wholesale and investment banking activities (commonly referred to as ring-fencing). In particular, in order to comply with the ongoing requirements of the UK ring-fencing regime, the group must ensure that its operations and infrastructure comply with the shared services, independence and resolvability requirements set out in the UK ring-fencing legislation and rules, including in areas such as information technology infrastructure, human resources and critical service providers, which may involve associated operational risk and may result in increased costs and higher risk of breach of rules and regulations. Arrangements between HSBC UK and the group also need to meet these requirements and the requirement that all such transactions take place on an arm’s length basis. The duplication of certain infrastructure or functions between HSBC UK and the group that are required to comply with the UK ring-fencing legislation and rules, and inefficiencies resulting therefrom, have in turn resulted in additional costs and/or changes to the group’s business and operations. The independent panel appointed by HM Treasury to review the UK regime for ring-fencing and proprietary trading during 2021 published its recommendations on 15 March 2022, which concluded that the scope of the ring-fencing regime should be changed to focus on large, complex financial institutions, and included suggestions to align the ring-fencing regime with the resolution regime, which may result in proposed legislative amendments to the regime in the coming years;
​
•
the increasing focus by regulators, international bodies, organisations and unions on how institutions conduct business, particularly with regard to the delivery of fair outcomes for customers, promoting effective competition in the interests of consumers and ensuring the orderly and transparent operation of global financial markets, including the proposed introduction in the UK of a new Consumer Duty and measures resulting from ongoing thematic reviews into the workings of the retail, SME and wholesale banking sectors and the provision of financial advice to consumers;
​
•
the implementation of any conduct measures as a result of regulators’ focus on organisational culture, employee behaviour and whistleblowing;
​
•
the demise of certain interbank offered rate (‘Ibor’) reference rates and the transition to new replacement rates (as discussed further under ‘The group may not manage risks associated with the replacement of benchmark rates and indices effectively’);
​
•
reviews of regulatory frameworks applicable to the wholesale financial markets, including reforms and other changes to conduct of business, listing, securitisation and derivatives related requirements;
​
•
the focus globally on technology, underpinned by customer protection, including the use of artificial intelligence and digital assets (data, identity and disclosures), financial technology risks, operational resilience, virtual currencies (including central bank digital currencies and global stablecoin) and cybersecurity. This also includes the introduction of new and/or enhanced standards in these areas;
​
•
the continued evolution of the UK’s regulatory framework following the UK’s withdrawal from the EU, and similarly regarding the access of UK and other non-EU financial institutions to EU markets, for example, in the light of proposals within the EU Commission’s CRDVI package which could restrict cross border activity by non-EU firms without a branch, except on a reverse solicitation basis. For further details, see ‘The UK’s trading relationship with the EU, following the UK’s withdrawal from the EU, may adversely affect the group’s operating model and financial results’;
​
•
the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (‘Basel’) agreed the final form of the reforms to strengthen global capital and liquidity rules (the ‘Basel III Reforms’) in December 2017. The final standards will need to be transposed into the relevant local law before coming into effect. In June 2019, the EU enacted Regulation (EU) No. 2019/876 amending Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 (‘CRR II’). This implemented changes to the own funds regime and to the Financial Stability Board’s requirements for total loss-absorbing capacity, known in the EU as the minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities. It also included the first tranche of changes to the EU’s legislation to reflect the Basel III Reforms, including the changes to market risk rules under the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book, revisions to the standardised approach for measuring counterparty risk, changes to the equity investments in funds rules, amendments to the large exposures rules, the new leverage ratio rules and the implementation of the net stable funding ratio. With the exception of the changes to the market risk framework, the CRR II was implemented in the UK on 1 January 2022. The market risk changes will be implemented with the remainder of the Basel III Reforms. The remaining reforms are scheduled for implementation by Basel on 1 January 2023. These include the changes to the RWA rules on credit risk, market risk, operational risk and credit valuation adjustments, and the implementation of an RWA floor based upon the standardised approach. Given the PRA is not expected to consult on these other elements until the second half of 2022, this increases the likelihood that the UK’s implementation will be delayed;
​
•
the implementation of more stringent capital, liquidity and funding requirements, including changes to internal ratings-based modelling (‘IRB modelling’);
​
•
the financial effects of climate change being incorporated within the global prudential framework, including the transition risks resulting from a shift to a low carbon economy;
​
•
a continuing interest in financial services activities by competition authorities at the UK and European level when enforcing laws against anticompetitive practices (in the UK, the FCA and the Payment Systems Regulator are competition law enforcers). This is also being accompanied by a rise in private damages litigation relating to alleged competition law infringements. Currently, much of this is brought in the UK, but in the future there is likely to be an increase in such litigation across Europe as a result of the EU Directive on Antitrust Damages Action;
​
•
restrictions on the structure of remuneration and increasing requirements to detail management accountability within the group (for example, the requirements of the Senior Managers and Certification Regime in the UK and similar regimes elsewhere that are either in effect or under consideration/implementation);
​
•
the increased supervisory expectations arising from expanding and increasingly complex regulatory reporting obligations, including expectations on data integrity and associated governance and controls, as evidenced in regulatory fines imposed against
​
 
9
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
other financial institutions. The group has commissioned a number of independent external reviews of its regulatory reporting processes and controls, some at the request of its regulators, including one of its credit risk RWA reporting process which is currently ongoing;
•
increasing regulatory expectations of firms around governance and risk management frameworks, particularly for management of climate change, diversity and inclusion and other ESG risks and enhanced ESG disclosure and reporting obligations;
​
•
financial crime and market abuse standards and increasing expectations for control frameworks, to ensure firms are adapting to new threats such as those arising from the Covid 19 pandemic, and are protecting customers from cyber enabled crime;
​
•
changes in national or supra national requirements regarding the ability to offshore or outsource the provision of services and resources or transfer material risk to financial services companies located in other countries, which impact the group’s ability to implement consistent and efficient operating models;
​
•
the application and enforcement of anti-money laundering investigations and sanctions and economic sanctions, including those with extra territorial effect and those arising from geopolitical tensions (see ‘The group is subject to political, social and other risks in the countries in which it operates’);
​
•
the increasing regulatory expectations and requirements relating to various aspects of operational resilience, including an increasing focus on the response of institutions to operational disruptions; and
​
•
continuing regulatory focus on the effectiveness of internal controls and risk management frameworks, as evidenced in regulatory fines and other measures imposed against other financial institutions.
​
The group may not manage risks associated with the replacement of benchmark rates and indices effectively
Key benchmark rates and indices, including Ibors such as the London interbank offered rate (‘Libor’), have been the subject of national, international and other regulatory scrutiny and reform for a number of years. This has resulted in significant changes to the methodology and operation of certain benchmarks and indices, the adoption of replacement near risk free rates (‘RFRs’) and the proposed discontinuation of certain reference rates (including Libor). In May 2019, the European Money Markets Institute (‘EMMI’) announced the cessation of the Euro Overnight Index average (‘Eonia’) from the end of 2021 and, in March 2021, ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (‘IBA’) announced that it would cease publication of (i) all sterling, Euro, Swiss franc and Japanese yen settings, and the 1-week and 2- month US dollar Libor settings immediately after 31 December 2021 and (ii) the remaining US dollar Libor settings immediately after 30 June 2023. The FCA subsequently used its regulatory powers to compel IBA to publish a number of sterling and Japanese Yen Libor settings on an alternative methodology basis (so-called ‘synthetic Libor’) from 1 January 2022 for an undetermined period of time.
The discontinuation of sterling, Swiss franc, Euro and Japanese Yen Libor interest rates, and Eonia has occurred with the adoption of respective replacement RFRs. The continued existence of legacy contracts in benchmark rates that demised from the end of 2021, so called ‘tough legacy,’ and legacy contracts referencing other Ibors that are expected to demise at a later date, notably a number of US dollar Libor settings, results in a number of risks for the group, its clients, and the financial services industry more widely. These include, but are not limited to;
•
Regulatory compliance, legal and conduct risks, that arise from the transition of legacy contracts to RFRs or alternative rates and from the sales of products referencing RFRs, could lead to unintended or unfavourable outcomes for clients and market participants. These risks could be heightened if the group’s sales processes and procedures are not appropriately adapted or executed to detail the risks and complexity of the RFR market conventions;
​
•
Legal risks are associated with legacy contracts that the group is unable to appropriately transition and legacy contracts that rely on the use of legislative solutions, such as ‘synthetic’ Libor. If the group is unable to appropriately transition legacy contracts this could lead to reliance on fallback provisions which do not contemplate the permanent cessation of the relevant Ibor, and there is a risk that these fallback provisions do not work from a contractual, practical or financial perspective, potentially resulting in unintended outcomes for clients. While legislative solutions are (in some circumstances) expected to assist market participants with transitioning contracts or mitigating risks associated with ‘tough legacy’ contracts, there remains some uncertainty around the operation and implementation of such solutions as well as their longevity. For legacy contracts that utilise ‘synthetic’ Libor there is a risk that the group is unable to transition such contracts to a new RFR or alternative rate before the relevant ‘synthetic’ Libor is discontinued. This could lead to reliance on the above mentioned fallback provisions, which do not contemplate permanent cessation of Libor. Each of these issues could result in unintended or unfavourable outcomes for clients and market participants and this could potentially increase the risk of disputes;
​
•
Financial risks result from the discontinuation of US dollar Libor and the development of liquidity in its replacement RFR, Secured Overnight Funding rate (‘SOFR’). Differences in US dollar Libor and SOFR interest rate levels create a basis risk in the trading book and banking book due to asymmetric adoption of SOFR across assets, liabilities and products that the group needs to actively manage through appropriate financial hedging. In addition, this may limit the ability to hedge effectively; and
​
•
Resilience and operational risks, resulting from ‘tough legacy’ and other legacy Ibor contracts that are expected to be transitioned to RFRs and alternative rates. In particular, there is a risk that the group’s systems, processes and controls have not been appropriately adapted to account for new RFR methodology changes or fallback provisions, leading to complaints and disputes. The operational and resilience risks may be further heightened if there is a slow take-up of the use of the SOFR benchmark for new financing and hedging activities in 2022, as this could compress the timelines for transition of legacy contracts referencing US dollar Libor settings that are demising in 2023.
​
If any of these risks materialises, this could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, capital position, results of operations, prospects and customers.
The group is subject to material litigation and regulatory enforcement risk
The group faces significant risks in its business relating to legal, regulatory or administrative actions and investigations. The volume and amount of damages claimed in litigation, regulatory proceedings, investigations, administrative actions and other adversarial
 
10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
proceedings against financial institutions are increasing for many reasons, including a substantial increase in the number of regulatory changes taking place globally, increasing focus from regulators, investors and other stakeholders on ESG disclosures, including in relation to the measurement and reporting of such matters as both local and international standards in this area continue to significantly evolve and develop, increased media attention and higher expectations from regulators and the public. In addition, criminal prosecutions of financial institutions for, among other things, alleged conduct breaches, breaches of anti-money laundering (‘AML’), anti bribery/corruption, and sanctions and counter-terrorist financing regulations, antitrust violations, market manipulation, aiding and abetting tax evasion, and providing unlicensed cross border banking services, have become more commonplace and may increase in frequency due to increased media attention and higher expectations from prosecutors and the public.
Any such legal, regulatory or administrative action or investigation against the group or one or more of its subsidiaries could result in, among other things, substantial fines, civil penalties, criminal penalties, cease and desist orders, forfeitures, the suspension or revocation of key licences, requirements to exit certain businesses, other disciplinary actions and/or withdrawal of funding from depositors and other stakeholders. Any threatened or actual litigation, regulatory proceeding, administrative action, investigation or other adversarial proceeding against the group or one or more of its subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation. Additionally, the group’s financial statements reflect provisioning for legal proceedings, regulatory and customer remediation matters. Provisions for legal proceedings, regulatory and customer remediation matters typically require a higher degree of judgement than other types of provisions, and the actual costs resulting from such proceedings and matters may exceed existing provisioning.
Additionally, the group and its subsidiaries continue to be subject to a number of material legal proceedings, regulatory actions and investigations. In particular, Note 33 (‘Legal proceedings and regulatory matters’) to the financial statements included at pages F-72 to F-75 in this registration statement on Form 20-F describes the litigations and investigations relating to the Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC fraud in a number of jurisdictions, the London interbank offered rates, European interbank offered rates and other benchmark rates, anti-competitive practices in the foreign exchange markets, the manipulation of precious metal prices, anti-money laundering and sanctions-related matters and other regulatory investigations, the outcomes of which are inherently difficult to predict, particularly those cases in which the matters are brought on behalf of various classes of claimants, seek damages of unspecified or indeterminate amounts or involve novel legal claims. Moreover, the group may face additional legal proceedings, investigations or regulatory actions in the future, including in other jurisdictions and/or with respect to matters similar to, or broader than, the existing legal proceedings, investigations or regulatory actions. An unfavourable result in one or more of these proceedings could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation.
The group may fail to meet the requirements of regulatory stress tests
The group is subject to regulatory stress testing in many jurisdictions. These exercises are designed to assess the resilience of financial institutions to potential adverse economic or financial developments and ensure that they have robust, forward looking capital planning processes that account for the risks associated with their business profile. Assessment by regulators is on both a quantitative and qualitative basis, the latter focusing on the group’s data provision, stress testing capability and internal management processes and controls.
Failure to meet quantitative or qualitative requirements of regulatory stress test programmes, or the failure by regulators to approve the group’s stress test results and capital plans, could result in the group being required to enhance its capital position and / or position additional capital in specific subsidiaries, and this could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, capital position and reputation.
The company will be subject to certain bank resolution powers under the Banking Act
Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms (as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time, the ‘BRRD’) provides an EU-wide framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and their parent companies and other group companies. The BRRD is designed to provide relevant authorities with a set of tools to intervene sufficiently early and quickly in an unsound or failing institution so as to ensure the continuity of the institution’s critical financial and economic functions, while minimising the impact of an institution’s failure on the economy and financial system. In the United Kingdom, the Banking Act 2009, as amended (‘Banking Act’) has implemented the majority of the provisions of the BRRD, and was recently amended by, amongst other statutory instruments, The Bank Recovery and Resolution (Amendment) (EU Exit) Regulations 2020, which implement into United Kingdom law certain of the recent amendments to BRRD which were required to be implemented prior to IP completion day (as defined in the European Union (Withdrawal Agreement) Act 2020).
a.   Statutory intervention powers
The company is subject to the Banking Act, which gives wide powers in respect of UK financial institutions and their parent and other group companies to HM Treasury, the BoE, the PRA and/or the FCA (each a relevant UK Resolution Authority (‘relevant UKRA’)) in circumstances where a UK bank has encountered or is likely to encounter financial difficulties. These powers include powers to: (a) transfer all or some of the securities issued by a UK bank or its parent, or all or some of the property, rights and liabilities of a UK bank or its parent (which would include certain of the company’s securities that may be subject to the exercise of powers under the Banking Act (the ‘Relevant Securities’)), to a commercial purchaser or, in the case of securities, to HM Treasury or an HM Treasury nominee, or, in the case of property, rights or liabilities, to an entity owned by the BoE; (b) override any default provisions, contracts, or other agreements, including provisions that would otherwise allow a party to terminate a contract or accelerate the payment of an obligation; (c) commence certain insolvency procedures in relation to a UK bank; and (d) override, vary or impose contractual obligations, for reasonable consideration, between a UK bank or its parent and its group undertakings (including undertakings which have ceased to be members of the group), in order to enable any transferee or successor bank of the UK bank to operate effectively. The Banking Act also gives power to HM Treasury to make further amendments to the law for the purpose of enabling it to use the special resolution regime powers effectively, potentially with retrospective effect.
 
11
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
b.   Write-down and conversion of capital instruments and liabilities powers and/or bail-in powers
The powers granted to the relevant UKRA also include powers to vary or extinguish the claims of certain creditors. These powers include a ‘write-down and conversion of capital instruments and liabilities’ power and a ‘bail-in’ power.
The write-down and conversion of capital instruments and liabilities power may be used where the relevant UKRA has determined that the institution concerned has reached the point of non-viability, but that no bail-in of instruments other than capital instruments or (where the institution concerned is not a resolution entity) certain internal non-own funds liabilities (“relevant internal liabilities”) is required (however the use of the write-down and conversion power does not preclude a subsequent use of the bail-in power) or where the conditions to resolution are met. Any write-down or conversion effected using this power must be carried out in a specific order such that common equity must be written off, cancelled or appropriated from the existing shareholders in full before additional tier 1 instruments are affected, and additional tier 1 instruments must be written off or converted in full before tier 2 instruments are affected and (in the case of a non-resolution entity, such as the company) tier 2 instruments must be written off or converted in full before relevant internal liabilities are affected. Where the write-down and conversion of capital instruments and liabilities power is used, the write-down is permanent and investors receive no compensation (save that CET1 instruments may be required to be issued to holders of written-down instruments). The write-down and conversion of capital instruments and liabilities power is not subject to the ‘no creditor worse off’ safeguard (unlike the bail-in power described below).
The bail-in power gives the relevant UKRA the power to cancel all or a portion of the principal amount of, or interest on, certain unsecured liabilities of a failing financial institution or its holding company, to convert certain debt claims (which could be amounts payable under the company’s Relevant Securities) into another security, including ordinary shares of the surviving entity or its holding company, if any and/or to amend or alter the terms of such claims, including the maturity of the company’s Relevant Securities or amendment of the amount of interest payable on the company’s Relevant Securities, or the date on which interest becomes payable, including by suspending payment for a temporary period. The Banking Act requires the relevant UKRA to apply the bail-in power in accordance with a specified preference order which differs from the ordinary insolvency order. In particular, the relevant UKRA must write-down or convert debts in the following order: (i) additional tier 1, (ii) tier 2, (iii) other subordinated claims and (iv) certain senior claims. As a result, the company’s subordinated securities which qualify as capital instruments may be fully or partially written down or converted even where other subordinated debt that does not qualify as capital is not affected. This could effectively subordinate such securities to the company’s other subordinated indebtedness that is not additional tier 1 or tier 2 capital in the event that the bail-in power is applied by the relevant UKRA. The claims of some creditors whose claims would rank equally with those of the holders of such securities may be excluded from bail-in. The more of such creditors there are, the greater will be the impact of bail-in on the holders of such securities. The bail-in power is subject to the ‘no creditor worse off’ safeguard, under which any shareholder or creditor which receives less favourable treatment than they would have had if the institution entered into insolvency may be entitled to compensation.
Although the exercise of the bail-in power under the Banking Act is subject to certain pre-conditions, there remains uncertainty regarding the specific factors (including, but not limited to, factors outside the control of the group or not directly related to the group) which the relevant UKRA would consider in deciding whether to exercise such power with respect to the company and its Relevant Securities. Moreover, as the relevant UKRA may have considerable discretion in relation to how and when it may exercise such power, holders of the company’s Relevant Securities may not be able to refer to publicly available criteria in order to anticipate a potential exercise of such power and consequently its potential effect on the company and its Relevant Securities.
c.   Powers to direct restructuring of the group
As well as a write-down and conversion of capital instruments and liabilities power and a bail-in power, the powers of the relevant UKRA under the Banking Act include the power to (i) direct the sale of the relevant financial institution or the whole or part of its business on commercial terms without requiring the consent of the shareholders or complying with the procedural requirements that would otherwise apply, (ii) transfer all or part of the business of the relevant financial institution to a “bridge institution” ​(an entity created for such purpose that is wholly or partially in public control) and (iii) separate assets by transferring impaired or problem assets to one or more publicly owned asset management vehicles to allow them to be managed with a view to maximising their value through eventual sale or orderly wind-down (this can be used together with another resolution tool only). In addition, the Banking Act gives the relevant UKRA power to amend the maturity date and/or any interest payment date of debt instruments or other eligible liabilities of the relevant financial institution and/or impose a temporary suspension of payments and/or discontinuing the listing and admission to trading of debt instruments.
The exercise by the relevant UKRA of any of the above powers under the Banking Act may limit the company’s capacity to meet its repayment obligation under its Relevant Securities and the exercise of any such powers (including especially the write-down and conversion of capital instruments power and the bail-in power) could lead to the holders of the company’s Relevant Securities losing some or all of their investment.
Moreover, trading behaviour in relation to the securities of the company, including market prices and volatility, may be affected by the use of, or any suggestion of the use of, these powers and accordingly, in such circumstances, the company’s Relevant Securities are not necessarily expected to follow the trading behaviour associated with other types of securities. There can be no assurance that the taking of any actions under the Banking Act by the relevant UKRA or the manner in which its powers under the Banking Act are exercised will not materially adversely affect the rights of holders of the company’s Relevant Securities, the market value of an investment in the company’s Relevant Securities and/or the company’s ability to satisfy its obligations under its Relevant Securities.
Although the Banking Act also makes provision for public financial support to be provided to an institution in resolution subject to certain conditions, it provides that the financial public support should only be used as a last resort after the relevant UKRA has assessed and exploited, to the maximum extent practicable, all the resolution tools, including the bail-in power.
 
12
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The group is subject to tax-related risks in the countries in which it operates
The group is subject to the substance and interpretation of tax laws in all countries in which it operates and is subject to routine review and audit by tax authorities in relation thereto. The group’s interpretation or application of these tax laws may differ from those of the relevant tax authorities, and the group provides for potential tax liabilities that may arise on the basis of the amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities. The amounts ultimately paid may differ materially from the amounts provided depending on the ultimate resolution of such matters. In December 2021, The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (‘OECD’) published model rules that provided a template for countries to implement a new global minimum tax rate of 15% from 2023. In January 2022, the UK government opened a consultation on how the UK implements the rules. The impact on the group will depend on exactly how the UK implements the model rules, as well as the profitability and local tax liabilities of the group’s operations in each tax jurisdiction from 2023. Separately, potential changes to tax legislation and tax rates in the countries in which the group operates could increase the group’s effective tax rate in future as governments seek revenue to pay for Covid-19 support packages.
The group may be subject to increased regulation regarding culture and accountability
Financial institutions remain under considerable scrutiny by regulators, international bodies, organisations and unions regarding conduct of business, particularly in relation to fair outcomes for customers, promoting effective competition in the interests of customers, driving higher standards of both personal and corporate conduct and ensuring the orderly and transparent operation of global financial markets. As a result, the group and its personnel may be subject to increased regulation in connection with institutional culture, employee behaviour and whistleblowing, including measures arising from ongoing thematic reviews into the workings of the SME and wholesale banking sectors and the provision of financial advice to consumers (particularly the FCA’s Senior Managers and Certification Regime and the continued focus in the UK on the progress being made in implementing wider recommendations made by the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards). Regulators, prosecutors, the media and the public all have heightened expectations as to the behaviour and conduct of financial institutions, and any shortcomings or failure to demonstrate adequate controls are in place to mitigate such risks, particularly risks associated with the mis-selling of financial products or the mis-handling of customer complaints, could result in regulatory sanctions, fines or an increase in civil litigation, and could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.
Risks related to the group’s operations
The group’s operations are highly dependent on the HSBC Group’s information technology systems.
The reliability and security of the HSBC Group’s information technology infrastructure is crucial to the group’s provision of banking services and protecting the HSBC brand.
The effective functioning of the HSBC Group’s payment systems, financial control, risk management, credit analysis and reporting, accounting, customer service and other information technology systems, as well as the communication networks between the group’s branches and main data processing centres, is important to the group’s operations.
Critical system failure, prolonged service unavailability or a material breach of data security, particularly of confidential customer data, could compromise the group’s ability to service its clients, could breach regulations and could cause long term damage to the group’s business and brand that could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation.
The group remains susceptible to a wide range of cyber risks that impact and/or are facilitated by technology
The threat of cyber attacks remains a concern for the group, as it does across the entire financial sector. Failure to protect the group’s operations from cyber attacks may result in financial loss, disruption for customers or a loss of data. This could negatively affect the group’s reputation and its ability to attract and retain customers, and as it continues to grow and digitise at scale, it may be exposed to new cyber threats.
Adversaries attempt to achieve their objectives by compromising the group and related third party systems. They use techniques that include malware (including ransomware), exploitation of both known and unpublished (zero-day) vulnerabilities in vendor-supplied and HSBC-developed software, phishing emails, distributed denial of service, as well as potentially physical compromise of premises and coercion of staff. The group’s customers are also subject to these cyber-attack techniques. These techniques are constantly evolving and cyber-attacks are increasing in terms of frequency, sophistication, impact and severity. The group, like other financial institutions, experiences numerous attempts to compromise its cyber security. The group expects to continue to be the target of such attacks in the future.
Cybersecurity risks will continue to increase, due to factors such as the increasing demand across the industry and customers’ expectations for the continued expansion of services delivered over the internet; increasing reliance on internet-based products, applications and data storage; and changes in ways of working by the group’s employees, contractors, third party service providers and suppliers and their sub-contractors in response to the Covid-19 pandemic.
A failure in the group’s adherence to its cyber security policies, procedures or controls, employee malfeasance, or human, governance or technological error could also compromise the group’s ability to successfully defend against cyber-attacks. Should any of the aforementioned cybersecurity risks materialise, they could have a material adverse effect on the group’s customers, business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation.
The group could incur losses or be required to hold additional capital as a result of model limitations or failure
The group uses models for a range of purposes in managing its business, including regulatory capital calculations, stress testing, credit approvals, calculation of ECLs on an IFRS 9 basis, financial crime and fraud risk management and financial reporting. The group could
 
13
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
face adverse consequences as a result of decisions that may lead to actions by management, based on models that are poorly developed, implemented or used, or as a result of the modelled outcome being misunderstood or the use of such information for purposes for which it was not designed or by inherent limitations arising from the uncertainty inherent in predicting or estimating future outcomes. Regulatory scrutiny and supervisory concerns over financial institutions’ use of models is considerable, particularly the internal models and assumptions used by financial institutions in the calculation of regulatory capital. If key capital models significantly underestimate risks or do not meet critical regulatory requirements, the group could be required to hold additional capital. Evolving regulatory requirements have resulted in changes to the group’s approach to model risk management, which poses execution challenges. The adoption of more sophisticated modelling approaches including artificial intelligence related risks and technology by both the group and the financial services industry could also lead to increased model risk. The group’s commitment to changes to business activities due to climate and sustainability challenges will also have an impact on model risk going forward. Models will play an important role in risk management and financial reporting of climate related risks. Challenges such as uncertainty of the long dated impacts of climate change and lack of robust and high quality climate related data present challenges to creating reliable and accurate model outputs for these models. The economic consequences of the Covid 19 pandemic have impacted on the reliability of model outputs beyond how IFRS 9 models have been built and calibrated to operate. Consequently, IFRS 9 models under the current economic conditions are generating outputs that do not accurately assess the actual level of credit quality in all cases. This has required more ongoing monitoring and more frequent testing across the group, particularly for credit models. It also has resulted in enhanced and more frequent loss model monitoring. In order to calculate more realistic valuation of assets, compensating controls, such as post model management adjustments based on expert judgement are required. Such compensating controls require a significant degree of management judgment and assumptions. There is a risk that future actual results/performance may differ from such judgments and assumptions. In addition, existing models are calibrated in most instances on the basis of the post-2008 time period which had different drivers for the economic downturn as compared to the macro-environment observed during the pandemic and the current high inflation macro-environment. As a result, the model outcome is not as reliable, requiring judgmental overrides to capture risks not reflected in the model outcome. Risks arising from the use of models, including reputational, could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, capital position, results of operations and prospects.
The group’s operations utilise third- party suppliers and service providers
The group relies on third parties to supply goods and services. The use of third party service providers by financial institutions is of particular focus to global regulators This includes how outsourcing decisions are made, how key relationships are managed and the group’s understanding of third party dependencies and their impact on service provision.
The inadequate management of third party risk could impact the group’s ability to meet strategic, regulatory and client expectations. This may lead to a range of impacts, including regulatory censure, civil penalties or damage to the group’s reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and strategy.
Risks related to the group’s governance and internal controls
The group’s data management and data privacy controls must be sufficiently robust to support the increasing data volumes and evolving regulations
As the HSBC Group becomes more data driven and the group’s business processes move to digital channels, the volume of data that the group relies on has grown. As a result, management of data (including data retention and deletion, data quality, data privacy and data architecture policies and procedures) from creation to destruction must be robust and designed to identify quality and availability issues. Inadequate data management could result in negative impacts to customer service, business process, or require manual intervention and reconciliation to reduce the risk of errors in reporting to senior management, regulators, or executives.
In addition, failure to comply with data privacy laws or other legislation in the jurisdictions in which the group operates may result in regulatory sanctions. Any of these failures could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation.
Third parties may use the group as a conduit for illegal activities without the group’s knowledge
The group is required to comply with applicable AML and sanctions laws and regulations, and has adopted various policies and procedures, including internal control and ‘know your customer’ procedures, aimed at preventing use of its products and services for the purpose of committing or concealing financial crime. Moreover, in relevant situations, and where permitted by regulation, the group may rely upon certain counterparties to maintain and properly apply their own appropriate AML procedures. While permitted by regulation, such reliance may not prevent third parties from using the group (and the group’s relevant counterparties) as a conduit for money laundering, without the group’s knowledge (and that of the group’s relevant counterparties). Further, a major focus of US and UK government policy relating to financial institutions in recent years has been combating money laundering and enforcing compliance with US and EU sanctions.
Becoming a party to, associated with, or even accusations of being associated with, money laundering, or violations of sanctions laws or regulations could damage the group’s reputation and could make it subject to fines, sanctions and/or legal enforcement. Any one of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation.
The group may suffer losses due to employee misconduct
The group’s businesses are exposed to risk from potential non compliance with the HSBC Group’s policies, including the HSBC Values (the HSBC Values describe how the group’s employees should interact with each other and with customers, regulators and the wider community), and related behaviours and employee misconduct such as fraud, negligence or non financial misconduct, all of which could result in regulatory sanctions and/or reputational or financial harm. In recent years, a number of multinational financial institutions
 
14
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
have suffered material losses due to the actions of ‘rogue traders’ or other employees. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct, and the precautions the group takes to prevent and detect this activity may not always be effective.
Misconduct risks could be increased if prevent and detect measures are less effective because of remote and home working. Employee misconduct, or regulatory sanctions if a regulator deems the group’s actions to deter such activity to be insufficient, could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation.
Risks to the group’s strategy
The scale and complexity of transformation to deliver the infrastructure required to drive financial and operational efficiency and resilience improvements is significant. The largest IT programmes will drive the critical path for delivery of technology outcomes and are primarily centred on Germany and France. Execution risk is amplified by the inter-dependencies between major IT programmes and other restructuring programmes such as the sale of the French retail business and creation of a branch in Germany. People engagement and morale after several years of transformation is also an area of focus for regional and country management.
Oversight from regulators has increased and is likely to intensify. The delivery of an effective ESG target operating model also carries execution risk amidst a sophisticated regulatory environment. The focus of both the PRA and FCA on legal entity governance within the group is increasing and the level of interaction with the European Central Bank (‘ECB’) has significantly increased. Continued focus on managing the relationships with regulators, meeting their timelines and managing their expectations will be essential. Examples of deliverables include: Ibor transition and implementation of the ECB’s guidelines on climate related risk.
The group’s strategy is based on assumptions regarding the economic, geopolitical, legal and regulatory environment, technology, customer needs and the competition – as the external environment changes the group’s strategy may need to adapt. External changes also pose risks. For example, the Russia-Ukraine war emphasises the geopolitical overhang in the macro-economic environment, not least inflationary pressures, despite the favourable anticipated change in the interest rate environment. These inflationary pressures may also result in an increase to the group’s cost base.
The failure to successfully deliver or achieve any of the expected benefits of key strategic initiatives could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation.
The group’s risk management measures may not be successful
The management of risk is an integral part of all the group’s activities. Risk constitutes the group’s exposure to uncertainty and the consequent variability of return. Specifically, risk equates to the adverse effect on profitability or financial condition arising from different sources of uncertainty, including wholesale and retail credit risk, market risk, non traded market risk, operational risk, insurance risk, concentration risk, liquidity and funding risk, litigation risk, conduct risk, reputational risk, strategic risk, pension risk and regulatory risk.
While the group employs a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and mitigation techniques, such methods and the judgements that accompany their application cannot anticipate every unfavourable event or the specifics and timing of every outcome. Failure to manage risks appropriately or regulatory sanctions if a regulator deems the group’s risk management measures to be insufficient could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, strategy and reputation.
Risks related to the group’s business
The group’s business has inherent reputational risk
Reputational risk is the risk of failing to meet stakeholder expectations as a result of any event, behaviour, action or inaction, either by the group or a member of the HSBC Group, the group’s employees or those with whom the group is associated. Any material lapse in standards of integrity, compliance, customer service or operating efficiency may represent a potential reputational risk. Stakeholder expectations constantly evolve, and so reputational risk is dynamic and varies between geographical regions, groups and individuals. In addition, the group’s business faces increasing scrutiny in respect to ESG-related matters. If the group fails to act responsibly, or to contribute to the achievement of the HSBC Group’s announced targets, commitments, goals or ambitions, in a number of areas, such as diversity and inclusion, climate change, sustainability, workplace conduct, human rights, and support for local communities, the group’s reputation and the value of its brand may be negatively affected.
Modern technologies, in particular online social media channels and other broadcast tools that facilitate communication with large audiences in short time frames and with minimal costs, may significantly enhance and accelerate the distribution and effect of damaging information and allegations. Reputational risk could also arise from negative public opinion about the actual, or perceived, manner in which the group conducts its business activities, or its financial performance, as well as actual or perceived practices in banking and the financial services industry generally. Negative public opinion may adversely affect the group’s ability to retain and attract customers, in particular, corporate depositors, and to retain and motivate staff, and could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
Non-financial risks are inherent in the group’s business, including the risk of fraudulent activity
The group is exposed to many types of non financial risks that are inherent in banking operations. Non financial risk can be defined as the risk to the group of achieving its strategy or objectives as a result of inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. It includes; fraudulent and other criminal activities (both internal and external), breakdowns in procedures, breaches of regulations or law, and financial reporting and tax errors. These risks are also present when the group relies on outside suppliers or vendors to provide services to the group and its customers.
In particular, fraudsters may target any of the group’s products, services and delivery channels, including lending, internet banking, payments, bank accounts and cards. This may result in financial loss to the group and/or its customers, an adverse customer experience,
 
15
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
reputational damage and potential litigation, regulatory proceeding, administrative action or other adversarial proceeding in any jurisdiction in which the group operates, depending on the circumstances of the event.
These non financial risks could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, strategy and reputation.
The group relies on recruiting, retaining and developing appropriate senior management and skilled personnel
Meeting the demand to recruit, retain and develop appropriate senior management and skilled personnel remains subject to a number of challenges. These include rapidly changing skill requirements and ways of working, the evolving regulatory landscape plus increased requirements and expectations regarding nationalism and diversity in some jurisdictions. Ongoing talent shortages and capabilities, particularly where those with the scarce capabilities are globally mobile, add to the complexity of the group’s supply challenge.
The group’s continued success depends in part on the retention of key members of its management team and wider employee base, the availability of skilled management in each of its business units, and the ability to continue to attract, train, motivate and retain highly qualified professionals, each of which may depend on factors beyond the group’s control, including economic, market and regulatory conditions, and the impact of the Covid 19 pandemic on health and well being. In addition, the HSBC Group announced goals in relation to increasing the representation of women and Black employees in senior leadership roles by 2025. If the HSBC Group fails to achieve these goals, the group’s ability to attract and retain qualified professionals may be negatively affected.
If one of the group’s business units fails to staff its operations appropriately or loses one or more of their key senior executives and fails to successfully replace them in a satisfactory and timely manner, or fails to implement successfully the organisational changes required to support the group’s business, this could place the group at a significant competitive disadvantage and prevent it from successfully implementing its strategy, which could have a material adverse effect on the group’s financial condition, results of operations and prospects, including control and operational risks.
The group has significant exposure to counterparty risk
The group is exposed to counterparties that are involved in virtually all major industries, and the group routinely executes transactions with counterparties in financial services, including brokers and dealers, central clearing counterparties, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other institutional clients.
Many of these transactions expose the group to credit risk in the event of default by its counterparty or client. The group’s ability to engage in routine transactions to fund its operations and manage its risks could be materially adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial services institutions. Financial institutions are necessarily interdependent because of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. As a consequence, a default by, or decline in market confidence in, individual institutions, the sudden imposition of sanctions or the second order impacts on sanctions programmes or anxiety about the financial services industry generally, can lead to further individual and/or systemic difficulties, defaults and losses.
Mandatory central clearing of over-the-counter derivatives poses risks to the group. As a clearing member, the group is required to underwrite losses incurred at a central counterparty by the default of other clearing members and their clients. Increased moves towards central clearing brings with it a further element of interconnectedness between clearing members and clients that the group believes may increase rather than reduce the group’s exposure to systemic risk. At the same time, the group’s ability to manage such risk itself will be reduced because control has been largely outsourced to central counterparties, and it is unclear at present how, at a time of stress, regulators and resolution authorities will intervene.
Where bilateral counterparty risk has been mitigated by taking collateral, the group’s credit risk may remain high if the collateral the group holds cannot be realised or has to be liquidated at prices that are insufficient to recover the full amount of the group’s loan or derivative exposure.
There is a risk that collateral cannot be realised, including situations where this arises by change of law, or the imposition of sanctions, that may influence the group’s ability to foreclose on collateral or otherwise enforce contractual rights.
The group also has credit exposure arising from mitigants, such as credit default swaps, and other credit derivatives, each of which is carried at fair value. The risk of default by counterparties to credit default swaps and other credit derivatives used as mitigants affects the fair value of these instruments depending on the valuation and the perceived credit risk of the underlying instrument against which protection has been purchased. Any such adjustments or fair value changes could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Any reduction in the credit rating assigned to the company, any subsidiaries of the company or any of their respective debt securities could increase the cost or decrease the availability of the group’s funding and materially adversely affect the group’s liquidity position and/or net interest margin
Credit ratings affect the cost and other terms upon which the group is able to obtain market funding. Rating agencies regularly evaluate the company and certain of its subsidiaries, as well as their respective debt securities. Their ratings are based on a number of factors, including their assessment of the relative financial strength of the company or of the relevant subsidiary, as well as conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. There can be no assurance that the rating agencies will maintain the company’s or the relevant subsidiary’s current ratings or outlook, particularly given the rating agencies’ current review of their bank rating methodologies and the potential impact on the company’s or the relevant subsidiaries’ ratings.
Any reductions in these ratings and outlook could increase the cost of the group’s funding, limit access to capital markets and require additional collateral to be placed and, consequently, materially adversely affect the group’s interest margins and its liquidity position.
 
16
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Risks concerning borrower credit quality are inherent in the group’s businesses
Risks arising from changes in credit quality and the recoverability of loans and amounts due from borrowers and counterparties (e.g. reinsurers and counterparties in derivative transactions) are inherent in a wide range of the group’s businesses. Adverse changes in the credit quality of the group’s borrowers and counterparties arising from a general deterioration in economic conditions or systemic risks in the financial systems, including from the impact of the ongoing Covid 19 pandemic (see ‘Risks relating to the impact of Covid 19’) as well as the evolution of other top risks, such as the Russia-Ukraine war (see ‘The group is subject to political, social and other risks in the countries in which it operates’ section) and the increasing risk of stagflationary could reduce the recoverability and value of the group’s assets, and require an increase in the group’s ECLs.
The group estimates and recognises ECLs in its credit exposure. This process, which is critical to the group’s results and financial condition, requires difficult, subjective and complex judgements, including forecasts of how the economic and geopolitical conditions, including the impact of sanctions, might impair the ability of the group’s borrowers to repay their loans and the ability of other counterparties to meet their obligations. This assessment considers multiple alternative forward looking economic conditions (including gross domestic product estimates) and incorporates this into the ECL estimates to meet the measurement objective of IFRS 9. As is the case with any such assessments, the group may fail to estimate accurately the effect of factors that it identifies or fail to identify relevant factors. Further, the information the group uses to assess the creditworthiness of its counterparties may be inaccurate or incorrect. Any failure by the group to accurately estimate the ability of its counterparties to meet their obligations could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
The group’s insurance businesses are subject to risks relating to insurance claim rates and changes in insurance customer behaviour
The group provides various insurance products for customers with whom the group has a banking relationship, including several types of life insurance products. The cost of claims and benefits can be influenced by many factors, including mortality and morbidity rates, lapse and surrender rates and, if the policy has a savings element, the performance of assets to support the liabilities. Adverse developments in any of these factors could materially adversely affect the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
The group may be required to make substantial contributions to its pension plans
The group operates a number of pension plans, including defined benefit plans. Pension scheme obligations fluctuate with changes in long term interest rates, inflation, salary levels and the longevity of scheme members. They can also be affected by operational and legal risks. The level of contributions the group makes to its pension plans has a direct effect on its cash flow. To the extent plan assets are insufficient to cover existing liabilities, higher levels of contributions may be required. As a result, deficits in those pension plans could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Risks related to the group’s financial statements and accounts
The group’s financial statements are based in part on judgements, estimates and assumptions that are subject to uncertainty
The preparation of financial information requires management to make judgements and use estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Due to the inherent uncertainty in making estimates, particularly those involving the use of complex models, actual results reported in future periods could differ from those on which management’s estimates are based. Estimates, judgements, assumptions and models are continually evaluated, and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the prevailing circumstances. The impacts of revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected. Accounting policies deemed critical to the group’s results and financial position are those that involve a high degree of uncertainty and have a material impact on the financial statements. In 2021, ‘Critical accounting estimates and judgements’ with respect to the group’s financial statements comprised investments in subsidiaries, valuation of financial instruments, expected credit losses, deferred tax assets and provisions.
The assessment of whether investments in subsidiaries are impaired, and the measurement of any impairment, involves the application of judgement in determining key assumptions, including the long-term pattern of sustainable cash flows and discount rates. The valuation of financial instruments measured at fair value can be subjective, in particular where models are used that include unobservable inputs. The measurement of impairment of amortised cost financial assets and financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income requires the selection and calibration of complex models and the use of estimates and assumptions to incorporate relevant information about past events, current conditions and forecasts of economic conditions; additionally, significant judgement is involved in determining what is considered to be significant increases in credit risk. The recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets involves significant judgement regarding the probability and sufficiency of future taxable profits, taking into account the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences. The recognition and measurement of provisions involve significant judgements due to the high degree of uncertainty in determining whether a present obligation exists, and in estimating the probability and amount of any outflows that may arise.
Given the uncertainty and subjectivity associated with the above critical accounting judgements and estimates, future outcomes may differ materially from those assumed using information available at the reporting date.
The effect of these changes on the future results of operations and the future financial position of the group may be material, and could have a material adverse effect on the group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Changes in accounting standards may have a material impact on how the group reports its financial results and financial condition
The group prepares its consolidated financial statements in compliance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, and have also applied international financial reporting standards (‘IFRS’) adopted
 
17
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union. These financial statements are also prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’), including interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee, as there are no applicable differences from IFRS as issued by the IASB for the periods of disclosure presented in the document. From time to time, the IASB or the IFRS Interpretations Committee may issue new accounting standards or interpretations that could materially impact how the group calculates, reports and discloses its financial results and financial condition, and which may affect the group’s capital ratios, including the CET1 ratio. For example, IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ sets the requirements that an entity should apply in accounting for insurance contracts it issues and reinsurance contracts it holds. IFRS 17 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023 and could have a significant adverse impact on the profitability of the group’s insurance business. The group could also be required to apply new or revised standards retrospectively, resulting in the group restating prior period financial statements in material amounts.
Item 4.
Information on the company
​
A. History and development
HSBC Bank plc is a public limited company registered in England and Wales under registration number 00014259. The liability of its members is limited. It has its registered office and head office at 8 Canada Square, London, E14 5HQ, UK and the telephone number is +44 20 7991 8888. The length of life of the company is indefinite.
The company was constituted by Deed of Settlement in August 1836 and in 1873 was registered under the Companies Act 1862 as an unlimited company. It was re-registered as a company limited by shares under the Companies Acts 1862 to 1879 in July 1880. In November 1923, the company adopted the name of Midland Bank Limited which it held until February 1982 when the company was re-registered under the Companies Acts 1948 to 1980 as a public limited company and changed its name to Midland Bank plc. During the year ended December 1992, Midland Bank plc became a wholly-owned subsidiary undertaking of HSBC Holdings plc and by special resolution in September 1999 changed its name from Midland Bank plc to HSBC Bank plc.
The important events in the development of the company’s business:
Following the completion of the HSBC Group’s ring-fencing of its UK retail banking activities on 1 July 2018, and as part of the implementation of HSBC Group’s reorganisation plans, the company became a wholly owned subsidiary of HSBC UK Holdings Limited in October 2018. HSBC UK Holdings Limited was a wholly and directly owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc.
Until 10 May 2021, the whole of the issued ordinary and preference share capital of the company was legally and beneficially owned by HSBC UK Holdings Limited. HSBC UK Holdings Limited transferred the ordinary and preference share capital in the company to HSBC Holdings plc in part-satisfaction of a dividend declared on 10 May 2021. Following the granting of stamp duty relief for this transfer by Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs, HSBC Holdings plc was entered on the company’s register of members as the legal owner of the ordinary and preference shares on 21 June 2021. Accordingly, the company is now a wholly and directly owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc.
In response to the requirement for an intermediate parent undertaking in line with the EU Capital Requirements Directive for European Union banking entities, our subsidiary HSBC Continental Europe (‘HBCE’) plans to acquire HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt GmbH (previously HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG) (‘HSBC Germany’), HSBC Malta, and HSBC Private Bank Luxembourg. HSBC Germany would then be transferred into a newly created branch of HBCE in Germany. These legal entity restructurings remain subject to regulatory approvals.
Following the announcement in June 2021 regarding the planned sale of our French retail operations, a binding framework agreement was signed between HBCE and Promontoria MMB SAS (‘My Money Group’), its subsidiary Banque des Caraïbes SA (the ‘Purchaser’) and My Money Bank (‘MMB’) on November 25, 2021. This step marks the start of an implementation process expected to complete in the second half of 2023, subject to obtaining the authorisation of the competent regulatory bodies. Until such point, the business remains part of, and will be managed by HBCE.
We intend to establish a Paris branch of HSBC Private Bank Luxembourg S.A, from which French clients will be served. The project is due to be completed during 2022 following the conclusion of the associated social process last year. This will enable us to provide an enhanced product range to clients leveraging our high quality infrastructure in Luxembourg.
In March 2022, we announced the planned sale of our branch operations in Greece as part of the ongoing restructuring of our business in Continental Europe. In May 2022, a Sale and Purchase Agreement was subsequently signed. The sale is expected to complete in the first half of 2023. Completion of the potential transaction would be subject to regulatory approval.
A description, including the amount invested, of the company’s principal capital expenditures and divestitures (including interests in other companies), since the beginning of the company’s last three financial years to the date of the offering or listing document.
The group does not have material principal capital expenditures, other than those transactions mentioned above.
Information concerning the principal capital expenditures and divestitures currently in progress, including the distribution of these investments geographically (home and abroad) and the method of financing (internal or external).
The group does not have material principal capital expenditures.
Where you can find more information.
The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding companies that file documents electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is: www.sec.gov. HSBC also has a website found at: www.hsbc.com. None of the websites referred to in this Form 20-F (including where a link is provided), and none of the information contained on such websites, are incorporated by reference in this report.
 
18
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
B. Business overview
The group facilitates trade within Europe and between Europe and other jurisdictions where the HSBC Group has a presence.
With assets of £597bn at 31 December 2021, the group is one of Europe’s largest banking and financial services organisations. The group employs around 15,000 people across our locations. The group is responsible for HSBC’s European business, apart from UK retail and most UK commercial banking activity which, post ring-fencing, are managed by HSBC UK Bank plc.
The group operates in 20 markets through the three principal operating units detailed below. The London hub consists of the UK non-ring-fenced bank, which provides overall governance and management for the Europe region as a whole and is a global centre of excellence for wholesale banking for the HSBC Group.
HBCE, comprises our Paris hub and its EU branches (Belgium, Czech Republic, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Poland, Spain and Sweden) and Switzerland. We are creating an integrated Continental European bank anchored on Paris to better serve our clients and simplify our organisation.
HSBC Germany Holdings GmbH serves the EU’s largest economy and one of the leading export nations globally.
With assets of $3.0tn and operations in 64 countries and territories at 31 December 2021, the HSBC Group is one of the largest banking and financial services organisations in the world. Approximately 40 million customers bank with the HSBC Group and the HSBC Group employs around 220,000 full-time equivalent staff. The HSBC Group has around 187,000 shareholders in 128 countries and territories.
Description of the principal markets
See ‘Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – 5.A Operating Results’ for information regarding the company’s principal markets, revenues and operating segments.
Breakdown of total revenues by category geographic market:
External net operating income by country (revenue)
​ ​
Net operating income
​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​ ​
2019
£m
​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,120
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,900 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,044 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
– UK
​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,937
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,914 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,987 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
– France
​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,677
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,528 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,653 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
– Germany
​ ​ ​ ​
​
887
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 814 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 710 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
– Other countries
​ ​ ​ ​
​
619
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 644 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 694 ​ ​ ​
Impact of seasonality
The company is not affected by seasons.
Sources and availability of raw materials
The company is not impacted by availability and prices of raw materials.
A description of the marketing channels used by the company, including an explanation of any special sales methods, such as instalment sales.
The marketing channels used by the company are adopted by HSBC Group. The sale of the company’s products is effected through multiple channels. These include the network of retail branches and commercial centres, relationship manager networks and online channels. The programme of marketing activity is aligned to the company’s brand and communication strategy, delivered across a range of marketing campaigns, media, sponsorships and events. Multiple marketing channels are employed, to build and support customer and product propositions, with an overarching global brand strategy. The company’s internal capabilities are complemented by the use of specialist third-party providers, through a network of global and local media partners and creative agencies. Marketing channels include traditional and digital variants: TV, radio, print, outdoor media as well as internet channels, social media, display advertising, paid search and programmatic display.
Summary information regarding the extent to which the company is dependent, if at all, on patents or licenses, industrial, commercial, or financial contracts (including contracts with customers or suppliers), or new manufacturing processes, if such factors are material to the company’s business or profitability
Not applicable.
The basis for any statements made by the company regarding its competitive position
Our customers are at the heart of what we do and we are committed to delivering services and capabilities that meet their needs and help them fulfil their ambitions. In 2021, we won numerous awards and consistently ranked highly with our European clients, including winning Currency Manager of the Year at the European Pension Awards, Western Europe’s Best Bank for SMEs by Euromoney, ranking number one for overall service quality in continental Europe in the Coalition Greenwich Foreign Exchange study, and ranking number one in both the UK and Ireland as best fund and administration provider in the R&M Investor Services Survey.
 
19
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In 2021, the HSBC Group received a number of external awards, recognising the support we have provided to our clients for example, ‘Investment Bank of the Year for Bonds by The Banker’.
Aligned with the HSBC Group’s strategy of opening up opportunities for our clients, the HSBC Group was also recognised with an Excellence Award in International Network Breadth by the Coalition Greenwich Awards and won seven bond awards from Environmental Finance in 2021. These awards, in particular, highlight the continued strength and differentiation of our ESG capabilities globally as well as the role we play in Europe helping our clients transition to net zero.
A description of the material effects of government regulations on the company’s business, identifying the regulatory body
The UK’s financial services regulatory structure is comprised of three regulatory bodies: the Financial Policy Committee, a committee of the BoE, the PRA, and the FCA. The Financial Policy Committee is responsible for macro-prudential supervision, focusing on systemic risks that may affect the UK’s financial stability. The BoE prudentially regulates and supervises financial services firms through the PRA, and in addition to its wider role as the UK’s central bank, the BoE is the resolution authority responsible for taking action to manage the failure of financial institutions in the UK, if necessary. The latter involves a set of responsibilities and powers that apply outside of an actual bank failure and relate to general resolution planning, including an assessment of any barriers to the resolution of banks, the exercise of powers to require the removal of impediments to resolvability and the setting of minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities. The PRA and the FCA are micro-prudential supervisors. HSBC Bank plc is a ‘dual-regulated’ firm, subject to prudential regulation by the PRA and to conduct regulation by the FCA.
UK banking and financial services institutions are subject to multiple regulations. The primary UK statute in this context is the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended by subsequent legislation. As a result of a referendum in 2016, the UK left the EU on 31 January 2020 and agreed a transition period which ended at 11pm on 31 December 2020. At the end of the transition period, the group in the UK ceased to be subject to EU law. However, at that time, the EU’s financial services legislation was ‘onshored’ into UK law under the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (‘EUWA’). EU law continues to apply to the group’s subsidiaries in the EU. The UK and the EU have entered into a Trade and Cooperation Agreement and have made certain declarations relating to financial services.
The PRA and FCA are together responsible for authorising and supervising all the HSBC Group’s operating businesses in the UK that require authorisation under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. These include deposit-taking, retail banking, consumer credit, life and general insurance, pensions, investments, mortgages, custody and share-dealing businesses, and treasury and capital markets activity. The FCA is also responsible for promoting effective competition in the interests of consumers, and an independent subsidiary of the FCA, the Payment Systems Regulator, regulates payment systems in the UK. The PRA and FCA’s rules establish the minimum criteria for the authorisation of banks and other financial sector entities that carry out regulated activities. In the UK, the PRA and FCA have the right to object, on prudential grounds, to persons who hold, or intend to hold, 10% or more of the voting power or shares of a financial institution that they regulate, or of its parent undertaking. In its capacity as HSBC Group’s supervisor on a consolidated basis, the PRA receives information on the capital adequacy of, and sets requirements for, the HSBC Group as a whole. In addition, it conducts stress tests both on the group’s UK entities and more widely on the HSBC Group. Individual banking subsidiaries in the HSBC Group are directly regulated by their local banking supervisors, who set and monitor, inter-alia, their capital adequacy requirements.
The group is subject to capital requirements as set out in the Capital Requirements Regulation (the ‘CRR’), the PRA Rulebook and the UK law implementing the Capital Requirements Directive (the ‘CRD’ and together with the CRR, and the relevant rules of the PRA rulebook, the ‘Capital Requirements Legislative Package’). The Pillar 1 regulatory capital framework has been, and continues to be, significantly enhanced. The UK implemented the first tranche of changes associated with the Basel III Reforms in 2022. These include the changes in relation to counterparty risk, equity investments in funds and market risk RWAs and the leverage ratio. The other elements of the Basel III Reforms, including the changes to credit and operational risk RWAs and the implementation of an RWA output floor, are currently scheduled by the Basel Committee for implementation in January 2023. Given the PRA is currently not expected to consult on these other elements until mid-2022, implementation in the UK is likely to be delayed.
UK law implementing the BRRD requires the UK’s resolution authority to set a minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (‘MREL’) for banks in the UK. These include own funds and liabilities that can be written down or converted into capital resources in order to absorb losses or recapitalise a bank in the event of its failure. These requirements are based on the resolution strategy for the HSBC Group, as agreed by the BoE in consultation with our local regulators. The UK has implemented the MREL requirements through the Banking Act, and the Bank Recovery and Resolution (No 2) Order 2014. The BoE separately updated its statement of policy on its approach to setting MREL in December 2021. The BoE has set MREL requirements for the HSBC Group and some of the HSBC Group’s UK subsidiaries including the company, which were applicable from January 1, 2019; end state MREL requirements are applicable from January 1, 2022. The UK MREL framework has been designed to be broadly compatible with the term sheet published by the Financial Stability Board (the ‘FSB’) on total loss absorbing capacity (‘TLAC’) requirements for global systemically important banks (‘G-SIBs’). Additional TLAC requirements were implemented in 2019 through amendments to the CRR in line with the FSB’s TLAC standards and these also apply to the HSBC Group as a G-SIB.
The group is also subject to liquidity requirements as set out in the Capital Requirements Legislative Package and implemented by the PRA and became subject to the net stable funding ratio (‘NSFR’) requirements prescribed under the Basel III Reforms in January 2022. The PRA and FCA monitor authorised institutions through ongoing supervision and the review of routine and ad hoc reports relating to financial, prudential and conduct of business matters. They may also obtain independent reports from a Skilled Person on the adequacy of procedures and systems covering internal control and governing records and accounting. The PRA meets regularly with the HSBC Group’s senior executives to discuss adherence to its prudential requirements. In addition, both the PRA and FCA regularly discuss with relevant management fundamental matters relating to the HSBC Group’s business in the UK and internationally, including areas such as strategic and operating plans, risk control, loan portfolio composition, organisational changes, succession planning and recovery and resolution arrangements.
 
20
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Financial crime regulation
The HSBC Group has built a strong financial crime risk management framework across its global business and functions. The group is committed to acting with integrity, and conducting our activities in each of the countries and territories in which we operate in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations relating to financial crime; money laundering, terrorist financing and proliferation financing, tax evasion, bribery and corruption, sanctions and fraud. While the UK is considered to have a strong understanding of its money laundering risk and a mature framework to manage to it, the UK is targeted by criminals because of its diverse and developed financial services/markets. We have also spent time and attention on the detection, deterrence and disruption of terrorist financing and proliferation financing, as well as on our commitment to act with integrity and conduct our global activities in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations relating to tax evasion and tax evasion facilitation risks.
The external sanctions environment remains dynamic, and sanctions regimes are increasingly complex, particularly given the war between Russia and the Ukraine. The UK is aligned to UN and EU sanctions regimes, and has put in place sanctions legislation to ensure a smooth transition of sanctions compliance regulation following the UK’s departure from the EU. As a UK bank, the company has aligned its compliance program to comply with UK legislation and regulatory requirements, and continues to be subject to scrutiny by a number of UK supervisory bodies such as Office of Financial Sanctions Implementation (‘OFSI’) and the FCA.
UK’s withdrawal from the EU
Through the UK’s membership of the EU, HSBC Group was both directly and indirectly subject to EU financial services regulation. The UK left the EU on January 31, 2020 but was subject to EU law during a transition period, which ended on 31 December 2020. At the end of the transition period, the HSBC Group and its subsidiaries in the UK (including HSBC Bank plc) ceased to be subject to EU law. However, EU law continues to apply to HSBC’s EU subsidiaries.
On 30 December 2020, the UK and the EU signed a Trade and Cooperation Agreement (‘TCA’) setting out their future relationship. The UK Parliament ratified the TCA the same day and the EU completed its ratification process in April 2021. The financial services provisions of the agreement are limited. In particular, the TCA provided no new arrangements to replace the ‘passporting’ arrangements which previously allowed UK and EU firms access to the others markets. The agreement preserves the respective rights of both the UK and EU to put in place measures for prudential reasons. In a declaration accompanying the TCA, the UK and EU have agreed to establish structured regulatory cooperation on financial services, with the aim of establishing a durable and stable relationship. The declaration states that these arrangements will allow for ‘transparency and appropriate dialogue in the process of adoption, suspension and withdrawal of equivalence decisions’ and ‘enhanced cooperation and coordination’. On 26 March 2021, the EU and UK announced the completion of negotiations for a Memorandum of Understanding establishing a Joint UK-EU Financial Regulatory Forum to serve as a platform for dialogue on financial services issues.
During the transition period, the UK implemented EU legislative changes that were scheduled to enter into force before the end of the transition period. Certain changes that were scheduled to enter into force after 31 December 2020 have been implemented separately by the UK under the Financial Services Act (the ‘Act’) which gave powers to HMT to revoke rules within the CRR where they were superseded by new rules published by the Basel Committee. The Act contains a specified list of publications by the Basel Committee that may be used as a basis to revoke the CRR. This includes all of the papers that form the basis of the Basel III Reforms, including those that have been enacted by the EU as part of its amendments to the CRR (‘CRR II’).
The PRA is responsible for designing and writing the new rules. The Act does not require that the PRA implement rules that replicate the Basel III Reforms in the UK; instead, the PRA has been given the discretion to decide the substance of the rules, having regards to the likely effect of the rules on the relative standing of the UK as a place for internationally active banks to be based or to carry on activities.
In the EU, the principal changes arising from the CRR II entered into force in June 2021. In order to give firms a reasonable time to implement following the finalisation of the rules, the UK’s implementation of equivalent rules was delayed until 1 January 2022. This includes the changes to the RWA rules on counterparty risk, equity investments in funds and market risk, NSFR and the leverage ratio.
C. Organisational structure
HSBC Bank plc is a wholly owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc.
A list of the company’s significant subsidiaries can be found in ‘Item 18, Note 19 within the notes to the financial statements’, page F-57. A list of the company’s subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, the registered office address and the effective percentage of equity owned at 31 December 2021 are set out in ‘Item 18, Note 38 within the notes to the financial statements’, page F-110.
D. Property, plant and equipment
The group holds no material items of property, plant, or equipment. All other assets are set out in the audited financial statements included in this registration statement.
Item 4A. Unresolved staff comments
Not applicable.
Item 5. Operating and financial review and prospects
Certain defined terms
Our reporting currency is £ sterling. Unless otherwise specified, all $ symbols represent US dollars.
 
21
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements
This registration statement on Form 20-F contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the company’s financial condition; results of operations and business, including the strategic priorities; financial, investment and capital targets; and the company’s ability to contribute to the HSBC Group’s ESG targets, commitments and ambitions described herein.
Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about the company’s beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Words such as ‘may’, ‘will’, ‘should’, ‘expects’, ‘targets’, ‘anticipates’, ‘intends’, ‘plans’, ‘believes’, ‘seeks’, ‘estimates’, ‘potential’ and ‘reasonably possible’, or the negative thereof, other variations thereon or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current plans, information, data, estimates and projections, and therefore undue reliance should not be placed on them. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. The company makes no commitment to revise or update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring or existing after the date of any forward-looking statements. Written and/or oral forward-looking statements may also be made in the periodic reports to the US Securities and Exchange Commission, offering circulars and prospectuses, press releases and other written materials, and in oral statements made by the company’s Directors, officers or employees to third parties, including financial analysts. Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Readers are cautioned that a number of factors could cause actual results to differ, in some instances materially, from those anticipated or implied in any forward-looking statement. These include, but are not limited to:
•
changes in general economic conditions in the markets in which the company operates, such as new recessions, inflationary pressures and fluctuations in employment and creditworthy customers beyond those factored into consensus forecasts (including, without limitation, as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic and the Russia-Ukraine war); the Covid-19 pandemic, which may continue to have adverse impacts on the company’s income due to lower lending and transaction volumes, lower wealth and insurance manufacturing revenue, and volatile interest rates in markets where the company operates, as well as, more generally, the potential for material adverse impacts on the company’s financial condition, results of operations, prospects, liquidity, capital position and credit ratings; deviations from the market and economic assumptions that form the basis for the company’s ECL measurements (including, without limitation, as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic and the Russia-Ukraine war); changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates; volatility in equity markets; lack of liquidity in wholesale funding or capital markets, which may affect the company’s ability to meet its obligations under financing facilities or to fund new loans, investments and businesses; geopolitical tensions or diplomatic developments producing social instability or legal uncertainty, such as the Russia-Ukraine war and the related imposition of sanctions, diplomatic tensions, alongside other potential areas of tension, which may affect the HSBC Group by creating regulatory, reputational and market risks; the efficacy of government, customer, and the company’s and the HSBC Group’s actions in managing and mitigating ESG risks, in particular climate risk, nature-related risks and human rights risks, each of which can impact the company both directly and indirectly through its customers and which may result in potential financial and non-financial impacts; illiquidity and downward price pressure in national real estate markets; adverse changes in central banks’ policies with respect to the provision of liquidity support to financial markets; heightened market concerns over sovereign creditworthiness in over-indebted countries; adverse changes in the funding status of public or private defined benefit pensions; societal shifts in customer financing and investment needs, including consumer perception as to the continuing availability of credit; exposure to counterparty risk, including third parties using us as a conduit for illegal activities without the company’s knowledge; the discontinuation of certain key Ibors and the development of near risk-free benchmark rates, as well as the transition of legacy Ibor contracts to near risk-free benchmark rates, which exposes the company to material execution risks, and increases some financial and non-financial risks; and price competition in the market segments that the company serves;
​
•
changes in government policy and regulation, including the monetary, interest rate and other policies of central banks and other regulatory authorities in the principal markets in which the company operates and the consequences thereof (including, without limitation, actions taken as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic); initiatives to change the size, scope of activities and interconnectedness of financial institutions in connection with the implementation of stricter regulation of financial institutions in key markets worldwide; revised capital and liquidity benchmarks, which could serve to deleverage bank balance sheets and lower returns available from the current business model and portfolio mix; changes to tax laws and tax rates applicable to the company, including the imposition of levies or taxes designed to change business mix and risk appetite; the practices, pricing or responsibilities of financial institutions serving their consumer markets; expropriation, nationalisation, confiscation of assets and changes in legislation relating to foreign ownership; the UK’s relationship with the EU following the UK’s withdrawal from the EU, which may continue to be characterised by uncertainty, particularly with respect to the regulation of financial services, despite the signing of the Trade and Cooperation Agreement between the UK and the EU; general changes in government policy that may significantly influence investor decisions; the costs, effects and outcomes of regulatory reviews, actions or litigation, including any additional compliance requirements; and the effects of competition in the markets where we operate including increased competition from non-bank financial services companies; and
​
•
factors specific to the company and the HSBC Group, including the company’s success in adequately identifying the risks it faces, such as the incidence of loan losses or delinquency, and managing those risks (through account management, hedging and other techniques); the company’s ability to achieve its financial, investment, capital targets and the achievement of the HSBC Group’s ESG targets, commitments and ambitions, which may result in the company’s failure to achieve any of the expected benefits of its strategic priorities; model limitations or failure, including, without limitation, the impact that the consequences of the Covid-19 pandemic and the current high inflation macro-economic environment have had on the performance and usage of financial models, which may require the company to hold additional capital, incur losses and/or use compensating controls, such as judgemental post-model adjustments, to address model limitations; changes to the judgements, estimates and assumptions the company bases its financial statements on; changes in the company’s ability to meet the requirements of regulatory stress tests; a reduction in the credit ratings assigned to the company or any of its subsidiaries, which could increase the cost or decrease the availability of the company’s funding and affect its liquidity position and net interest margin; changes to the reliability and
​
 
22
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
security of the company’s data management, data privacy, information and technology infrastructure, including threats from cyber-attacks, which may impact its ability to service clients and may result in financial loss, business disruption and/or loss of customer services and data; changes in insurance customer behaviour and insurance claim rates; the company’s dependence on loan payments and dividends from subsidiaries to meet its obligations; changes in accounting standards, including the implementation of IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’, which may have a material impact on the way the company prepares its financial statements and (with respect to IFRS 17) may negatively affect the profitability of HSBC’s insurance business; changes in the company’s ability to manage third-party, fraud and reputational risks inherent in its operations; employee misconduct, which may result in regulatory sanctions and/or reputational or financial harm; changes in skill requirements, ways of working and talent shortages, which may affect the company’s ability to recruit and retain senior management and diverse and skilled personnel; and changes in the company’s ability to develop sustainable finance and climate-related products consistent with the evolving expectations of their regulators, and their capacity to measure the climate impact from its financing activity (including as a result of data limitations and changes in methodologies), which may affect the HSBC Group’s ability to achieve its climate ambition. Effective risk management depends on, among other things, the company’s ability through stress testing and other techniques to prepare for events that cannot be captured by the statistical models it uses; the company’s success in addressing operational, legal and regulatory, and litigation challenges; and other risks and uncertainties we identify in ‘Risk factors’ on pages 2 to 18 of this registration statement on Form 20-F.
 
23
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
A.   Operating Results
​
Highlights
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2216661d1-bc_reportedpn.jpg]
 
24
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Key financial metrics
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​ ​
2019
​
​ For the year (£m) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Profit/(loss) before tax (reported basis) ​ ​ ​
​
1,023
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,614) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (872) ​ ​
​ Profit/(loss) before tax (adjusted basis)1 ​ ​ ​
​
1,577
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (184) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 603 ​ ​
​ Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (reported basis)2 ​ ​ ​
​
6,120
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,900 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,044 ​ ​
​ Profit/(loss) attributable to the parent company ​ ​ ​
​
1,041
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,488) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,013) ​ ​
​ At year-end (£m) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Total equity attributable to shareholders of the parent company ​ ​ ​
​
23,584
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,666 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,503 ​ ​
​ Total assets ​ ​ ​
​
596,611
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 681,150 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 636,491 ​ ​
​ Risk-weighted assets3 ​ ​ ​
​
104,314
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 122,392 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 125,413 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers (net of impairment allowances) ​ ​ ​
​
91,177
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 101,491 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 108,391 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​
​
205,241
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 195,184 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 177,236 ​ ​
​ Capital ratios (%)3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Common equity tier 1 ​ ​ ​
​
17.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14.7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14.2 ​ ​
​ Tier 1 ​ ​ ​
​
21.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17.6 ​ ​
​
Total capital
​ ​ ​
​
31.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27.3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27.9 ​ ​
​ Performance, efficiency and other ratios (annualised %) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity4 ​ ​ ​
​
4.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7.9) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4.6) ​ ​
​ Return on tangible equity (%)5 ​ ​ ​
​
6.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2.7) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.6 ​ ​
​ Cost efficiency ratio (reported basis)6 ​ ​ ​
​
89.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 113.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 112.2 ​ ​
​ Cost efficiency ratio (adjusted basis)6 ​ ​ ​
​
80.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 89.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 87.9 ​ ​
​ Ratio of customer advances to customer accounts ​ ​ ​
​
44.4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 52.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 61.2 ​ ​
​
1
Adjusted performance is computed by adjusting reported results for the effect of significant items as detailed on page 31.
​
2
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges is also referred to as revenue.
​
3
Unless otherwise stated, regulatory capital ratios and requirements are based on the transitional arrangements of the Capital Requirements Regulation in force at the time. These include the regulatory transitional arrangements for IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’, which are explained further on page F-53. References to EU regulations and directives (including technical standards) should, as applicable, be read as references to the UK’s version of such regulation and/or directive, as onshored into UK law under the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, and as may be subsequently amended under UK law.
​
4
The return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity is defined as profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company divided by the average total shareholders’ equity.
​
​
5
Return on tangible equity (‘RoTE’) is calculated by adjusting reported profit attributable to ordinary shareholders by excluding movements in present value of in-force (‘PVIF’) and significant items (net of tax), divided by average tangible shareholders’ equity excluding fair value of own debt, debt valuation adjustment (‘DVA’) and other adjustments for the period. The calculation of this measure includes the UK bank levy, a tax levied by Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs (‘HMRC’) on HSBC Holdings plc in accordance with Schedule 19 of the UK Finance Act 2011. Prior to 2021, bank levy was charged in respect of the global equity and liabilities of the Group. Since 2021 it has been charged on the equity and liabilities of the Group’s UK entities and branches. Since one of the main balance sheets in respect of which the 2021 bank levy was charged sits within the group, a significant portion of the cost for that year was recharged by HSBC Holdings plc to the group. Comparative data have not been re-presented.
​
6
Reported cost efficiency ratio is defined as total operating expenses (reported) divided by net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (reported), while adjusted cost efficiency ratio is defined as total operating expenses (adjusted) divided by net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (adjusted).
​
​
Our global businesses
The Group manages its products and services through its three global businesses: Global Banking and Markets (‘GBM’),Commercial Banking (‘CMB’),Wealth and Personal Banking (‘WPB’) and the Corporate Centre (comprising, certain legacy assets, central stewardship costs, and interests in our associates and joint ventures).
​
Business segments
Our operating model has the following material segments: a GBM business which is further split into 3 reportable segments MSS, GB and GBM Other (as defined below) reflecting the reorganisation of the GBM management structure during the year, CMB, WPB and a Corporate Centre (as defined below). These segments are supported by Digital Business Services and 11 global functions, including Risk, Finance, Compliance, Legal, Marketing and Human Resources.
 
25
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Markets and Securities
Services (‘MSS’) 		​ ​
Global Banking (‘GB’)
​ ​
GBM Other
​ ​ Commercial Banking
(‘CMB’) 		​ ​ Wealth and Personal Banking
(‘WPB’) 		​
Markets and Securities Services is a products group that services all of the company’s clients, from those in Global Banking to Commercial Banking and Wealth and Personal Banking. We offer clients a range of services and capabilities including trading, financing and securities services across asset classes and geographies, supported by dedicated sales and research teams.
Our European teams play a key role in providing cross-asset services, bridging emerging and developed markets, and collaborating with other global businesses to provide clients across the Group with bespoke products and solutions that support their growth ambitions.
We continue to invest in technology and digital transformation to enhance client experience, for example we have enhanced and automated elements of our product offering such as foreign exchange payments. We have taken actions to streamline our cost base, optimise the usage of financial resources and enhance returns. Across Europe (including the UK) we have delivered a transformation programme, pursuant to which we have streamlined our cost base through the simplification of management hierarchy, the reduction in duplicative roles and the re-location of roles from London to a lower cost location in the UK. This has improved operational efficiencies. In parallel, the group has launched a global RWA optimisation programme which, since 2019, has delivered significant gross RWA savings through initiatives such as reducing the legacy rates derivatives exposures. Conduct is at the heart of everything we do and we are determined to have the highest conduct standards in the industry.
​ ​
Global Banking delivers tailored financial solutions to corporate and institutional clients worldwide opening up opportunities through the strength of our global network and capabilities. We provide a comprehensive suite of services including corporate banking, capital markets, advisory, trade services and global liquidity and cash management.
Our European teams take a client-centric approach bringing together relationship and product expertise to deliver financial solutions customised to suit our clients’ growth ambitions and financial objectives. We work closely with our business partners including MSS, WPB and CMB, to provide a range of tailored products and services that meet the needs of clients across the company. Global Banking Europe operates as an integral part of the global business and contributes significant revenues to other regions through our European client base, supporting the Europe ambition to be the leading international wholesale bank.
​ ​
GBM Other primarily comprises Principal Investments and GBM’s share of the company’s Markets Treasury function.
The Principal Investments portfolio is focused on delivering investments that align to the group’s strategy and seeks to deliver strong returns across a diversified portfolio. Our commitment to sustainable private equity funds contributes directly to the Group’s aim to provide and facilitate $750bn and $1tn of sustainable finance and investment by 2030.
​ ​ We have a clear strategy to be the leading international corporate bank in Europe. We help to connect our European customers to our international network of relationship managers and product specialists; supporting their growth ambitions and targets. Our products, which are designed to help our customers seize growth opportunities, range from term loans to region-wide treasury and trade solutions. Commercial Banking is at the centre of creating revenue synergies within the Group: we collaborate closely with our Global Banking and Markets colleagues to provide expertise in capital finance and advisory solutions to support our Commercial Banking clients. Our trade teams within Commercial Banking also provide import and export finance solutions to Global Banking and Markets clients. We also enable customers to gain visibility over their liquidity positions through our main hubs in France and Germany, which in turn helps clients to unlock efficiencies in their Treasury structures. As the European economy pivots to a net zero carbon economy, we are expanding our services and products to provide customers with innovative sustainable finance solutions and ensuring our relationship managers are informed to match these to our clients’ net zero ambitions. ​ ​
In Europe, Wealth and Personal Banking serves customers with their financial needs through Private Banking, Retail Banking, Wealth Management, Insurance and Asset Management.
Our core retail proposition offers a full suite of products including personal banking, mortgages, loans, credit cards, savings, investments and insurance. Alongside this, WPB offers various propositions in certain markets, including Jade, Premier, and Advance; as well as wealth solutions, financial planning and international services. In the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man, we serve local Islanders as well as international customers through our HSBC Expat proposition.
Our Private Banking proposition serves high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients with investable assets greater than $5m in Channel Islands and Isle of Man, France and Germany. The range of services available to private banking clients includes investment management, Private Wealth Solutions and bespoke lending such as lending against financial assets and residential mortgage financing for high-end properties.
Private Banking hosts a ‘Next Generation’ programme of events to support our client’s next generation in building and retaining the wealth within the family. The private bank offers this through its philanthropy advisory to our clients, which looks at business succession planning. We continue to focus on meeting the needs of our customers, the communities we serve, and our people, whilst working to build the bank of the future.
​
 
26
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax
​ £(8)m ​ ​ £589m ​ ​ £99m ​ ​ £490m ​ ​ £323m ​
​ (2020: £20m) ​ ​ (2020: £55m) ​ ​ (2020: £(52)m) ​ ​ (2020: £152m) ​ ​ (2020: £(132)m) ​
​ (2019: £(305)m) ​ ​ (2019: £617m) ​ ​ (2019: £(111)m) ​ ​ (2019: £457m) ​ ​ (2019: £277m) ​
Our global businesses are presented on an adjusted basis, which is consistent with the way in which we assess the performance of our global businesses.
​
Key performance indicators
​
The Board of Directors tracks the group’s progress in implementing its strategy with a range of financial and non-financial measures or key performance indicators (‘KPIs’). Progress is assessed by comparison with the group strategic priorities, operating plan targets and historical performance. The group reviews its KPIs regularly in light of its strategic objectives and may adopt new or refined measures to better align the KPIs to HSBC’s strategy and strategic priorities.
Financial KPIs​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​ ​
2019
​
​ Profit/(loss) before tax (reported basis) (£m) ​ ​ ​
​
1,023
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,614) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (872) ​ ​
​ Profit/(loss) before tax (adjusted basis) (£m) ​ ​ ​
​
1,577
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (184) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 603 ​ ​
​ Cost efficiency ratio (reported) (%) ​ ​ ​
​
89.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 113.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 112.2 ​ ​
​ Cost efficiency ratio (adjusted) (%) ​ ​ ​
​
80.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 89.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 87.9 ​ ​
​ Return on tangible equity (%) ​ ​ ​
​
6.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2.7) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.6 ​ ​
​ Common equity tier 1 capital ratio (%) ​ ​ ​
​
17.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14.7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14.2 ​ ​
Comparison for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020​
Profit/(loss) before tax (reported/adjusted): Reported profit/(loss) before tax is the profit/(loss) as reported under IFRSs. Adjusted profit/​(loss) before tax adjusts the reported profit/(loss) for the effect of significant items as detailed on page 31.
Reported profit before tax in 2021 was £1,023m compared with a loss before tax of £1,614 m in 2020. This was primarily driven by lower reported operating expenses driven by the non-recurrence of a £802m impairment of intangible assets in 2020 and lower restructuring and other related costs, including severance costs, arising from the company’s transformation programme. Expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘ECL’) were significantly lower reflecting an improvement in the economic outlook. Revenue was higher compared with 2020, notably in our insurance manufacturing business in WPB, partly offset by higher restructuring and other related costs comprising disposal losses associated with RWA reductions which related to the commitments at our February 2020 business update.
Adjusted profit before tax was £1,577m compared with a loss before tax of £184 m in 2020. This was driven by lower ECL and lower operating expenses as well as strong revenue performance. The increase in revenue included positive market impacts on the present value of in-force (‘PVIF’) insurance contracts in insurance manufacturing in WPB driven by an increase in interest rate yield curves and favourable movements in valuation adjustments in Markets and Securities Services (‘MSS’). Operating expenses decreased as a result of the tight control of discretionary spend to reflect the economic outlook and the initial impact of our transformation of the company. This was partly offset by the UK bank levy incurred in 2021, which was previously paid by the Group. In addition, there was a gain of £191m compared with a loss of £1 m in 2020 recognised from our share of profit/(loss) from associates.
Cost efficiency ratio (reported/adjusted) is measured as total operating expenses divided by net operating income before expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges.
Reported cost efficiency ratio was 24.4 percentage points lower compared with 2020 driven by higher revenue and lower operating expenses. Reported revenue increased by 3.7% and reported operating expenses decreased by 18.5%, mainly driven by the factors mentioned above.
Adjusted cost efficiency ratio improved by 8.7 percentage points from 2020, reflecting higher revenue and lower costs. Revenue increased by 5.6%, mainly driven by favourable PVIF and positive valuation adjustments. Operating expenses decreased by 4.7%, mainly driven by lower costs reflecting our transformation plans partly offset by the UK bank levy and higher variable pay.
Return on tangible equity (‘RoTE’) is computed by adjusting reported profit attributable to ordinary shareholders by excluding movements in PVIF and significant items (net of tax), divided by average tangible shareholders’ equity excluding fair value of own debt, debt valuation adjustment (‘DVA’) and other adjustments for the period. The adjustment to reported results and reported equity excludes amounts attributable to non-controlling interests.
RoTE improved by 8.8 percentage points from 2020. This was driven by large ECL releases, a result of the improved economic outlook during 2021, higher revenue and income from associates and cost reductions due to transformation initiatives.
We provide RoTE as a way of assessing our performance, which is closely aligned to our capital positions.
 
27
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio (‘CET1’) capital ratio represents the ratio of common equity tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets (‘RWA’). CET1 capital is the highest quality form of capital comprising shareholders’ equity and related non-controlling interests less regulatory deductions and adjustments.
The group seeks to maintain a strong capital base to support the development of its business and meet regulatory capital requirements at all times.
The CET1 capital ratio of 17.3% in 2021 increased by 2.6 percentage points from 2020, mainly due to a reduction in RWAs.
Comparison for the years ended 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019​
Reported loss before tax in 2020 was £1,614m compared with a loss before tax of £872m in 2019. This was primarily driven by higher ECL from charges related to specific wholesale exposures, and charges related to the impact of Covid-19 on the economic outlook. Revenue also decreased driven by the impact of lower interest rates on our deposit franchises and insurance manufacturing business, as well as adverse movements in valuation adjustments in MSS. This was partly offset by lower operating expenses. Reported operating expenses in 2020 included an £802m impairment of intangibles, mainly software, while in 2019 reported operating expenses included a £1,167m impairment of goodwill as well as costs of £87m associated with the group’s preparation for the UK’s exit from the EU. This decrease was partly offset by higher expenses related to restructuring and other related costs, including severance costs, arising from the company’s transformation programme.
Adjusted profit before tax decreased due to higher ECL and lower revenue. The decrease in revenue included the impact of the low interest rate environment on our businesses and adverse market impacts on PVIF in insurance manufacturing in WPB. This was partly offset by a stronger performance in MSS in Markets. Operating expenses increased reflecting a number of specific items incurred in 2020. This offset a significant reduction in operating expenses as a result of the tight control of discretionary spend to reflect the economic outlook and the initial impact of our transformation of the company.
Reported cost efficiency ratio worsened by 1.4 percentage points. Reported revenue decreased by 2%, mainly due to the lower interest rate environment impacting our businesses, partly offset by the decreased in reported operating expenses by 1%, mainly due to lower impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.
Adjusted cost efficiency ratio worsened by 1.7 percentage points from 2019, mainly reflecting lower revenue and higher adjusted costs driven by the factors mentioned above.
RoTE is computed by adjusting reported results to exclude significant items, the movements in PVIF and for impairments of goodwill, divided by average reported equity adjusted for goodwill, intangibles and PVIF for the period. The adjustment to reported results and reported equity excludes amounts attributable to non-controlling interests.
RoTE worsened by 3.3 percentage points from 2019. This was primarily driven by higher ECL charges, related to the impact of Covid-19 on the forward economic outlook.
CET1 capital ratio increased in 2020 mainly due to a reduction in RWAs and an increase in CET1 capital as a result of a £1bn capital injection by HSBC UK Holdings Limited.
Financial summary​
​
Use of alternative performance measures
Our reported results are prepared in accordance with IFRSs as detailed in the financial statements starting on page F-5.To measure our performance, we supplement our IFRSs figures with non-IFRSs measures, which constitute alternative performance measures under European Securities and Markets Authority guidance and non-GAAP financial measures defined in and presented in accordance with US Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations. These measures include those derived from our reported results that eliminate factors that distort year-on-year comparisons. The ‘adjusted performance’ measure used throughout this report is described below. Definitions and calculations of other alternative performance measures are included in our ‘Reconciliation of alternative performance measures’ on page 47. All alternative performance measures are reconciled to the closest reported performance measure.
Change in reportable segments
During 2021, Global Banking and Markets (‘GBM’) in Europe has been re-segmented into Market & Securities Services (‘MSS’), Global Banking (‘GB’) and GBM Other to align with the reorganised GBM management structure and internal reporting to the Executive Committee and Chief Operating Decision Maker. This does not change the Group’s management of its global GBM strategy.
Comparative data have been re-presented accordingly and reflected in all the business performance commentary. The global business segmental results are presented on an adjusted basis in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’, as detailed in ‘Basis of preparation’ in Note 9: Segmental Analysis on page F-37. Reconciliation of reported and adjusted performance are presented on page 24.
Adjusted performance
Adjusted performance is computed by adjusting reported results for the year-on-year effects of significant items that distort year-on-year comparisons.
We use ‘significant items’ to describe collectively the group of individual adjustments excluded from reported results when arriving at adjusted performance. These items are ones that management and investors would ordinarily identify and consider separately when assessing performance to understand better the underlying trends in the business. We consider adjusted performance provides useful
 
28
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
information for investors by aligning internal and external reporting, identifying and quantifying items management believes to be significant and providing insight into how management assesses year-on-year performance.
The tables on pages 31 to 39 detail the effects of significant items on each of our global business segments in 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Consolidated income statement
​
Summary consolidated income statement for the year ended
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Net interest income ​ ​ ​
​
1,754
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,898 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,483 ​ ​
​ Net fee income ​ ​ ​
​
1,413
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,400 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,344 ​ ​
​ Net income from financial instruments measured at fair value ​ ​ ​
​
3,432
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,314 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,882 ​ ​
​ Gains less losses from financial investments ​ ​ ​
​
60
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 95 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 38 ​ ​
​ Net insurance premium income ​ ​ ​
​
1,906
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,559 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,147 ​ ​
​ Other operating income ​ ​ ​
​
594
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 417 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 516 ​ ​
​
Total operating income
​ ​ ​
​
9,159
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,683 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,410 ​ ​
​ Net insurance claims, benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders ​ ​ ​
​
(3,039)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,783) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3,366) ​ ​
​
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges1
​ ​ ​
​
6,120
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,900 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,044 ​ ​
​ Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges ​ ​ ​
​
174
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (808) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (124) ​ ​
​
Net operating income
​ ​ ​
​
6,294
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,092 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,920 ​ ​
​
Total operating expenses excluding impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets2
​ ​ ​
​
(5,416)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5,903) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5,615) ​ ​
​ Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets ​ ​ ​
​
(46)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (802) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,167) ​ ​
​
Operating profit/(loss)
​ ​ ​
​
832
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,613) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (862) ​ ​
​ Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures ​ ​ ​
​
191
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​
​
Profit/(loss) before tax
​ ​ ​
​
1,023
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,614) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (872) ​ ​
​ Tax credit/(expense) ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 136 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (119) ​ ​
​
Profit/(loss) for the year
​ ​ ​
​
1,046
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,478) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (991) ​ ​
​ Profit/(loss) attributable to the parent company ​ ​ ​
​
1,041
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,488) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,013) ​ ​
​ Profit attributable to non-controlling interests ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
22
 ​ ​
​
1
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges is also referred to as revenue.
​
2
Total operating income and expense include significant items as detailed on page 31.
​
Comparison for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020
​
Reported performance
Performance in 2021 was stronger compared with 2020, which was heavily impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic.
Reported profit before tax was £1,023m, compared with a loss before tax in 2020 of £1,614m, an increase of £2,637m. This was mainly due to a significant reduction in operating expenses, a net release in ECL compared with charges in 2020, and stronger revenue performance.
Reported revenue was £220m higher, largely driven by favourable market impacts on the present value of in-force (‘PVIF’) long-term insurance contracts in insurance manufacturing in WPB of £308m. Also, 2020 revenue included a significant negative impact from valuation adjustments in MSS. This was partly offset in 2021, by higher restructuring and other related costs of £111m largely comprising disposal losses associated with RWA reductions, related to the commitments at our February 2020 business update. ECL were lower driven by a net release in 2021 compared with net charge in 2020 as a result of the deteriorating economic outlook during the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic. Operating expenses were lower, mainly driven by the non-recurrence of an impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets of £802m and lower transformation costs, partly offset by the UK bank levy incurred for the first time in 2021. In addition, there was also a gain compared with a loss in 2020 recognised from our share of profit/(loss) from associates.
Net interest income (‘NII’) decreased by £144m or 8% compared with the prior year mainly in WPB by £97m and GB by £84m. This was mainly driven by the impact of lower interest rate environment, notably in Retail deposits in WPB and in Global Liquidity and Cash Management (‘GLCM’) (in Global Banking). Revenue was also lower due to a reduction in balance sheet lending as a result of the transformation programme to reduce RWAs. This was partly offset by a reduction in the funding cost of trading assets, and through initiatives to reduce the overall funding costs of the company through retiring more expensive wholesale funding.
 
29
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Net fee income increased by £13m or 1% compared with the prior year, primarily in WPB largely in Asset Management driven by favourable market conditions and in Retail due to higher fees commission driven by increased levels of customer activity compared to 2020, which was impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic.
Net income from financial instruments measured at fair value increased by £1,118m or 48% compared with the prior year. In WPB, revenue increased by £939m, primarily reflecting a stronger equity market performance and higher interest rate yields in France compared with 2020 when the value of equity and unit trust assets supporting insurance contracts were heavily impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic.
This favourable movement resulted in a corresponding movement in liabilities to policyholders, reflecting the extent to which policyholders participate in the investment performance of the associated assets. The offsetting movements are recorded in net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders.
Revenue also increased in MSS by £167m, largely driven by lower adverse credit and funding valuation adjustments compared with 2020. Excluding this, revenue was lower, as 2020 benefited from higher market volatility supporting a particularly strong performance within Global Foreign Exchange and Global Debt Markets, notably in the UK.
By contrast, revenue decreased by £34m in GBM Other, mainly driven by higher restructuring and other related costs comprising disposal losses associated with RWA reductions, related to the commitments at our February 2020 business update.
Gains less losses from financial investments decreased by £35m, mainly driven by lower gains on the disposal of bonds held at fair value through other comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’) in Markets Treasury.
Net insurance premium income increased by £347m or 22%, primarily in WPB, from insurance manufacturing revenue in France driven by higher new business volumes.
Net insurance claims, benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders increased by £1,256m or 70%, primarily in the insurance business in WPB. The increase was driven by higher returns on financial assets supporting contracts where the policyholder is subject to part or all of the investment risks. The gains recognised on the financial assets measured at fair value through profit and loss that are held to support these insurance contract liabilities are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’. This was partly offset by an increase in premium income.
Other operating income increased by £177m or 42%, mainly due to favourable market impacts, notably on PVIF, in insurance manufacturing in WPB. This reflected a stronger equity market performance and higher interest rate yields on the valuations of the liabilities under insurance contracts. This was partly offset by lower revenue in GBM Other due to lower intercompany recharge recoveries from other entities in the Group, with an offsetting decrease in operating expenses.
Changes in ECL and other credit impairment charges were a net release of £174m in 2021, compared with a net charge of £808m in 2020. The net release in 2021 reflected an improvement in the economic outlook and a stabilisation of credit risk. This compared with the significant build-up of stage 1 and stage 2 allowances in 2020 due to the worsening economic outlook at the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic. The reduction in ECL compared with 2020 also reflected lower levels of stage 3 charges.
Total operating expenses excluding impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets decreased by £487m or 8%, mainly driven by a reduction in staff costs, lower contractor and consultancy spend, and lower discretionary spend, in line with our transformation plan of £141m. In addition, there were also lower expenses related to severance costs arising from cost efficiency measures across our global businesses and function of £187m and lower intercompany recharges (offsetting decrease in revenue) of £200m. This reduction was partly offset by the UK bank levy incurred in 2021 of £127m, which was previously paid by the Group.
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets was £756m lower compared with the prior year. In 2020, operating expenses included a £802m goodwill impairment which principally comprised the write-off of capitalised software. This mainly related to our businesses in the UK and France and reflected the underperformance and deterioration in the future forecasts of these businesses, substantially relating to prior periods.
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures was a profit of £191m compared with a loss of £(1)m in 2020. The profit in 2021 included a £93m true-up of prior year valuations in the underlying investments of an associate.
Tax credit was £113m lower compared with 2020. The effective tax rate of 2.3% for 2021 included favourable non-recurring items in respect of tax rate changes, prior period adjustments and the recognition of previously unrecognised deferred tax assets in France.
The effective tax rate of 8.4% for 2020, representing a tax credit on loss before tax, was mainly due to the non-recognition of deferred tax on the loss in France for the period.
 
30
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
Adjusted performance
​
Significant revenue items by business segment – (gains)/losses for the year ended
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
MSS
£m
​ ​ ​
GB
£m
​ ​ ​
GBM
Other
£m
​ ​ ​
CMB
£m
​ ​ ​
WPB
£m
​ ​ ​
Corporate
Centre
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Reported revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,043 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,367 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 310 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,096 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,276 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,120 ​ ​
​ Significant revenue items ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
269
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(69)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
210
 ​ ​
​ – fair value movements on financial instruments1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​
​ – restructuring and other related costs2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
274
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(69)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
205
 ​ ​
​ Adjusted revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,055 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,367 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 579 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,095 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,275 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (41) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,330 ​ ​
​ 31 Dec 20203 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Reported revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,966 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,381 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 437 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,132 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,035 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (51) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,900 ​ ​
​ Significant revenue items ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 187 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (93) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 97 ​ ​
​ – fair value movements on financial instruments1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​
​ – restructuring and other related costs2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 185 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (91) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 94 ​ ​
​ Adjusted revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,968 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,381 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 624 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,133 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,035 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (144) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,997 ​ ​
​
1
Includes fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges and debt valuation adjustments on derivatives.
​
2
Includes losses associated with the RWA reduction commitments.
​
3
A change in reportable segments was made in 2021. Comparatives data have been re-presented accordingly. For further guidance, refer to
Note 9: Segmental Analysis on page F-37.
​
​
Significant cost items by business segment – (recoveries)/charges for the year ended
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
MSS
£m
​ ​ ​
GB
£m
​ ​ ​
GBM
Other
£m
​ ​ ​
CMB
£m
​ ​ ​
WPB
£m
​ ​ ​
Corporate
Centre
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Reported operating expenses ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,064) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (918) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (588) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (611) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (981) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (300) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5,462) ​ ​
​
Significant cost items
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 103 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 236 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 344 ​ ​
​
– restructuring and other related costs
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 103 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 236 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 344 ​ ​
​ – settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – impairment of other intangible assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Adjusted operating expenses ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,064) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (918) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (485) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (612) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (975) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (64) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5,118) ​ ​
​ 31 Dec 20202 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Reported operating expenses ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,950) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (878) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,351) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (773) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,169) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (584) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,705) ​ ​
​ Significant cost items ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 679 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 114 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 41 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 498 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,333 ​ ​
​ – restructuring and other related costs1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 218 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 79 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 377 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 679 ​ ​
​ – settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9 ​ ​
​ – impairment of other intangible assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 461 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 35 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 36 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 113 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 645 ​ ​
​ Adjusted operating expenses ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,949) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (878) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (672) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (659) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,128) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (86) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5,372) ​ ​
​
1
Includes the write down of software £148m.
​
2
A change in reportable segments was made in 2021. Comparatives data have been re-presented accordingly. For further guidance, refer to
Note 9: Segmental Analysis on page F-37.
​
 
31
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Net impact on profit/(loss) before tax by business segment
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
MSS
£m
​ ​ ​
GB
£m
​ ​ ​
GBM
Other
£m
​ ​ ​
CMB
£m
​ ​ ​
WPB
£m
​ ​ ​
Corporate
Centre
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Reported profit/(loss) before tax ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (20) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 589 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (273) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 492 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 318 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (83) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,023 ​ ​
​ Net impact on reported profit and loss ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
372
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
167
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
554
 ​ ​
​ – Significant revenue items ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
269
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(69)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
210
 ​ ​
​ – Significant cost items ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
103
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
236
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
344
 ​ ​
​ Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 589 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 99 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 490 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 323 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 84 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,577 ​ ​
​ 31 Dec 20201 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Reported profit/(loss) before tax ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (918) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 37 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (173) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (632) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,614) ​ ​
​ Net impact on reported profit and loss ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 866 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 115 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 41 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 405 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,430 ​ ​
​ – Significant revenue items ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 187 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (93) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 97 ​ ​
​ – Significant cost items ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 679 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 114 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 41 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 498 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,333 ​ ​
​ Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (52) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 152 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (132) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (227) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (184) ​ ​
​
1
A change in reportable segments was made in 2021. Comparatives data have been re-presented accordingly. For further guidance, refer to
Note 9: Segmental Analysis on page F-37.
​
Adjusted performance
Adjusted profit before tax was £1,577m compared with a loss before tax of £184m in 2020, up £1,761m. This reflected lower ECL, a strong revenue performance and lower operating expenses. There was also a gain in our share of profit in associates and joint ventures compared with a loss in 2020. ECL were significantly lower mainly reflecting an improvement in the economic outlook from 2020. Adjusted revenue performance was stronger largely driven by the impact of volatile items including favourable market impacts on insurance manufacturing in WPB and favourable valuation adjustments in MSS. Adjusted operating expenses were lower as a result of our transformation plans and continued prudent management of discretionary spend. This was partly offset by the UK bank levy which incurred in 2021.
Adjusted revenue increased by £333m or 6%, partly offset by unfavourable movements in foreign exchange of £69m. Excluding this, revenue increased primarily in WPB, MSS and Corporate Centre. The increase in WPB of £241m largely reflected favourable market impacts on insurance manufacturing as equity markets performance remained strong compared with 2020, which was heavily impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic. In MSS, adjusted revenue was higher by £87m driven by lower adverse credit and funding valuations and continued momentum in Equities performance, partly offset by lower revenue in Global FX driven by lower market volatility. Revenue also increased by £85m in Corporate Centre, primarily due to a fair value gain from a long-standing investment in a Germany-based company. There were also gains from disposals relating to legacy portfolios of assets which are in run-off (‘Legacy Credit’).
Adjusted ECL were £982m lower compared with 2020. There was a net release of £174m compared with a net charge of £808m in 2020. In 2021, there were releases of stage 1 and 2 provisions of £200m reflecting an improvement in the economic outlook and a stabilisation of credit risk, compared with a significant build-up of allowances in the first half of 2020 at the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic. There were also lower charges of £447m against specific wholesale customers during 2021 compared with 2020.
Adjusted operating expenses decreased by £254m or 5%, in part due to favourable movements in foreign exchange. Excluding this, operating expenses decreased as we reviewed and re-prioritised spend aligning with our transformation plans and to reflect the economic outlook. This resulted in a reduction in FTE, tight control of contractor and consultancy spend as well as lower discretionary spend. This decrease was partly offset by the UK bank levy booked in 2021, which was previously paid by the Group.
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures was a profit of £191m compared with a loss of £1m in 2020. Profit in 2021 included a £93m true-up of prior year valuations in the underlying investments of an associate.
Markets and Securities Services
Adjusted loss before tax was £8m compared to a profit before tax of £20m, down £28m compared with 2020. This was driven by higher operating expenses, largely offset by higher revenue.
Revenue increased by £87m or 4%, mainly driven by lower adverse credit and funding valuations compared with 2020 and a stronger performance in Equities, notably in structured derivatives, driven by higher market volatility. This was partly offset by lower revenue in Global FX as, in 2020, there was an exceptional level of volatility and client activity driven by the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic.
Operating expenses increased by £115m or 6%, including an increase in performance-related pay of £51m reflecting higher revenue and a higher Single Resolution Fund (‘SRF’) levy in France and Germany of £19m. This was partly offset by a reduction in staff costs resulting from our transformation cost-saving initiatives.
 
32
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Global Banking
Adjusted profit before tax was £589m, an increase of £533m compared with 2020, largely driven by lower ECL, partly offset by higher operating expenses.
Revenue decreased by £14m or 1%, mainly driven by unfavourable movements in foreign exchange. Excluding this, revenue remained broadly stable compared with 2020. This was despite a reduction in interest rates in the first half of 2020 and lower customer balances in 2021, reflecting actions taken to reduce RWAs as part of our transformation. Revenue in 2020 included mark-to-market losses which were not repeated in 2021.
ECL net credit of £139m compared with a net charge of £448m in 2020. The net credit in 2021 mainly reflected releases of stage 1 and stage 2 allowances as the economic outlook improved. This compared with the significant build-up of charges in 2020 resulting from the deterioration in the economic situation due to the Covid-19 pandemic.
Operating expenses were £40m or 5% higher compared with 2020, mainly driven by higher performance-related pay, partly offset by a reduction in staff costs resulting from our transformation cost-saving initiatives.
Global Banking and Markets Other
Adjusted profit before tax was £99m, compared with a loss before tax of £52m in 2020. This was largely driven by lower operating expenses and gains from disposals in Principal Investments.
Revenue decreased by £45m or 7%, mainly driven by lower intercompany cost recoveries which resulted from a change in billing methodology of GBM costs, where recharges and recoveries were moved to other entities in the Group (with an offsetting reduction in operating expenses). This was partly offset by higher revenue in Principal Investments driven by gains following disposals of a number of funds in 2021 compared with losses in 2020.
Operating expenses decreased by £187m or 28% compared with 2020, including the move of certain GBM costs from the company to other entities in the Group (offset by lower intercompany recoveries in revenue). In addition, there was a reduction in staff costs and performance-related pay resulting from our transformation initiatives. This was partly offset by the UK bank levy incurred in 2021.
Commercial Banking
Adjusted profit before tax was £490m, up by £339m compared with 2020. This was mainly driven by lower ECL and lower operating expenses, partly offset by lower revenue.
Revenue decreased by £38m or 3% compared with 2020. This was primarily in Credit and Lending due to lower customer balances reflecting actions taken to reduce RWAs as part of transformation. Revenue also decreased in GLCM driven by the lower interest rate environment despite growth in average deposit balances. This was partly offset by an increase in revenue allocated from Markets Treasury.
ECL net credit of £7m compared with a net charge of £322m in 2020. The net credit in 2021 largely reflected releases of stage 1 and stage 2 allowances reflecting the improved economic outlook. In 2020, there was significant build-up of charges resulting from the deterioration in the economic situation driven by the Covid-19 pandemic. In addition, stage 3 charges were lower compared with 2020.
Operating expenses decreased by £47m or 7%, mainly driven by a reduction in staff costs resulting from transformation initiatives. There were also lower corporate real estate costs due to lower depreciation as certain assets have been fully written down.
Wealth and Personal Banking
Adjusted profit before tax of £323m, up £456m compared with 2020. This was primarily due to higher revenue, lower operating expenses and lower ECL.
Revenue increased by £241m or 19%, mainly in insurance manufacturing in France and in the UK, largely from positive market impacts of £308m, notably on PVIF, driven by favourable equity market performance and higher interest rate yields on insurance contracts. This was partly offset by lower revenue in Retail in France of £41m and in the Channel Islands and Isle of Man of £21m, mainly from deposits due to the low interest rate environment, despite growth in average balances.
ECL net credit of £23m compared with a net charge of £39m in 2020. This mainly reflected an improvement in the economic outlook from 2020.
Operating expenses decreased by £152m or 23%. This was driven by the non-recurrence of an impairment of real estate assets of £116m in France in 2020. In addition, there were lower technology costs and lower corporate real estate costs due to lower depreciation as certain assets have been fully written down.
Corporate Centre
Adjusted profit before tax of £96m compared with a loss before tax of £227m in 2020. This was mainly driven by a profit in associates and joint ventures compared with a loss in 2020, lower operating expenses and higher revenue.
Revenue was higher by £104m, driven by gains on portfolio disposals in Legacy Credit compared with losses in 2020. The increase was also driven by a £30m fair-value gain from a long-standing investment in a Germany-based brokerage company.
ECL net charge of £2m in 2021 compared with a net release of £5m in 2020, mainly driven by losses in Legacy Credit following disposals.
 
33
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Operating expenses decreased by £22m or 26%, largely driven by lower intercompany recharges from other entities in the Group, with an offsetting decrease in revenue.
Shares of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures was a profit of £191m, of which £93m was due to a true-up of prior year valuations in the underlying investments of an associate. This compared with a loss of £1m in 2020.
​
Dividends
The consolidated reported profit for 2021 attributable to the shareholders of the company was £1,041m.
No dividend in respect of 2021 was declared on the ordinary share capital during the year.
Further information about the results is given in the consolidated income statement on page F-5.
Comparison for the years ended 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019
​
Reported performance
Performance in 2020 was heavily impacted by lower interest rates resulting in lower revenue. There was also a deterioration in the future economic outlook resulting in high ECL.
Reported loss before tax was £1,614m, compared with a loss before tax in 2019 of £872m, an increase of £742m. This was mainly due to higher ECL driven by charges related to specific wholesale exposures, and charges related to the impact of Covid-19. Reported revenue was lower, impacted by the effect of interest rate reductions on our deposit franchises, market impacts on the PVIF’s long-term insurance contracts in insurance manufacturing in WPB, an adverse movement in valuation adjustments in MSS and a decrease in the fair value of preference share holdings in Visa. Revenue also included restructuring and other related costs comprising disposal losses associated with RWA reductions as well as a property-related gain, both of which related to the commitments at our February 2020 business update. This was partly offset by higher revenue in MSS driven by a strong trading performance in our Markets businesses. Operating expenses were lower, mainly driven by lower impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, partly offset by higher transformation costs.
Net interest income (‘NII’) increased by £415m or 28% compared to the prior year. This was largely the result of a reduction in the funding cost of trading assets, and through initiatives to reduce the overall funding costs of the company through retiring more expensive wholesale funding. This was partially offset by lower NII in WPB, CMB, and GB of £317m compared with 2019, mainly driven by the impact of the lower interest rate environment.
Net fee income increased by £56m or 4% compared with the prior year, primarily in GB due to higher transaction volumes in the Capital Markets businesses primarily from market activity, including debt and equity issuances, driven by the impact of Covid-19. This was partly offset by a decrease in WPB, notably Retail Banking and Asset Management, driven by adverse market conditions and lower levels of customer activity reflecting the impact of Covid-19.
Net income from financial instruments measured at fair value decreased by £1,568m or 40% compared with the prior year. In WPB, revenue decreased by £1,034m primarily reflecting less favourable equity market performance in France compared with 2019 due to the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on the value of equity and unit trust assets supporting insurance contracts. After large losses in the first quarter of 2020, there was a partial recovery in the remainder of the year.
This adverse movement resulted in a corresponding movement in liabilities to policyholders, reflecting the extent to which policyholders participate in the investment performance of the associated assets. The offsetting movements are recorded in net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders.
Net income also reduced due to lower trading interest income of £600m, booked in Corporate Centre, related to the funding of our trading activities, which was offset by lower cost of funding in net interest income as mentioned above. In addition, there was a decrease in the fair value of preference shareholdings in Visa in WPB and CMB.
Gains less losses from financial investments increased by £57m, mainly driven by higher gains on the disposal of bonds held at FVOCI in Markets Treasury.
Net insurance premium income decreased by £588m or 27%, mainly in WPB, driven by lower business volumes in France, partly offset by an increase in the UK, mainly due to higher sales of single premium investment business.
Net insurance claims, benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders decreased by £1,583m or 47%, primarily in the insurance business in WPB. The decrease was driven by lower valuations on financial assets supporting contracts where the policyholder is subject to part or all of the investment risk. The losses recognised on the financial assets measured at fair value through profit and loss that are held to support these insurance contract liabilities are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’. This was partly offset by a decrease in premium income.
Other operating income decreased by £99m or 19%, mainly due to adverse market impacts on insurance manufacturing in WPB. This was driven by the impact of lower interest rates on the valuations of the liabilities under insurance contracts.
Changes in ECL and other impairment charges increased by £684m, mainly driven by higher charges related to a small number of wholesale exposures, notably in GB and CMB, and higher charges related to the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on the forward economic outlook.
 
34
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Total operating expenses excluding impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets increased by £288m or 5%. This increase reflected a number of significant items during the period:
•
an increase of £324m in expenses related to restructuring and other related costs arising from the group’s transformation programme; partly offset by
​
•
the non-recurrence of costs of £87m associated with the group’s preparation for the UK’s exit from the EU booked in 2019.
​
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets in 2020 of £802m principally comprised the write-off of capitalised software. This mainly related to our businesses in the UK and France and reflected the underperformance and deterioration in the future forecasts of these businesses, substantially relating to prior periods.
In 2019, operating expenses included a £1,167m goodwill impairment as a result of reductions in forecast future cash flows, which reflected the challenging market conditions and negative interest rates in the eurozone as well as refinements and revisions of the methodologies employed to allocate carrying value in use.
Share of (loss)/profit in associates and joint ventures was a loss of £1m compared with a loss of £10m in 2019. This was driven by a partial reversal of the loss booked in the first half of the year on the share of profit recognised from our associates.
Tax credit was £136m compared with a tax expense of £119m in 2019.
​
Adjusted performance
​
Significant revenue items by business segment – (gains)/losses for the year ended
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
MSS
£m
​ ​ ​
GB
£m
​ ​ ​
GBM
Other
£m
​ ​ ​
CMB
£m
​ ​ ​
WPB
£m
​ ​ ​
Corporate
Centre
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ 31 Dec 20203 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Reported revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,966 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,381 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 437 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,132 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,035 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (51) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,900 ​ ​
​ Significant revenue items ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
187
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(93)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
97
 ​ ​
​ – fair value movements on financial instruments1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​
​ – restructuring and other related costs2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
185
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(91)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
94
 ​ ​
​ Adjusted revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,968 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,381 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 624 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,133 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,035 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (144) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,997 ​ ​
​ 31 Dec 2019 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Reported revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,623 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,546 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 574 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,211 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,356 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (266) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,044 ​ ​
​ Significant revenue items ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 25 ​ ​
​ – UK customer redress programmes ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​
​ – fair value movements on financial instruments1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24 ​ ​
​ – restructuring and other related costs2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Adjusted revenue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,650 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,546 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 577 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,212 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,357 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (273) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6069 ​ ​
​
1
Includes fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges and debt valuation adjustments on derivatives.
​
2
Includes losses associated with the RWA reduction commitments.
​
3
A change in reportable segments was made in 2021. Comparatives data have been re-presented accordingly. For further guidance, refer to
Note 9: Segmental Analysis on page F-37.
​
 
35
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Significant cost items by business segment – (recoveries)/charges for the year ended
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
MSS
£m
​ ​ ​
GB
£m
​ ​ ​
GBM
Other
£m
​ ​ ​
CMB
£m
​ ​ ​
WPB
£m
​ ​ ​
Corporate
Centre
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ 31 Dec 20203 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Reported operating expenses ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,950) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (878) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,351) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (773) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,169) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (584) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,705) ​ ​
​ Significant cost items ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
679
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
114
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
41
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
498
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,333
 ​ ​
​ – restructuring and other related costs2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
218
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
79
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
377
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
679
 ​ ​
​ – settlements and provisions in connection with legal and
regulatory matters 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​
​ – impairment of other intangible assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
461
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
35
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
36
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
113
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
645
 ​ ​
​ Adjusted operating expenses ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,949) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (878) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (672) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (659) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,128) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (86) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5,372) ​ ​
​ 31 Dec 2019 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Reported operating expenses ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,950) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (898) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (830) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,175) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,729) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (200) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,782) ​ ​
​ Significant cost items ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 146 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 529 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 652 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 122 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,450 ​ ​
​ – costs of structural reform1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 87 ​ ​
​ – restructuring and other related costs ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 117 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 61 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 204 ​ ​
​ – settlements and provisions in connection with legal and
regulatory matters 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​
​ – impairment of other intangible assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 520 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 632 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,152 ​ ​
​ Adjusted operating expenses ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,949) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (898) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (684) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (646) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,077) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (78) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5,332) ​ ​
​
1
Costs of structural reform includes costs associated with the UK’s exit from the EU.
​
2
Includes the write down of software £148m.
​
3
A change in reportable segments was made in 2021. Comparatives data have been re-presented accordingly. For further guidance, refer to
Note 9: Segmental Analysis on page F-37.
​
​
Net impact on profit/(loss) before tax by business segment
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
MSS
£m
​ ​ ​
GB
£m
​ ​ ​
GBM
Other
£m
​ ​ ​
CMB
£m
​ ​ ​
WPB
£m
​ ​ ​
Corporate
Centre
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ 31 Dec 20201 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Reported profit/(loss) before tax ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (918) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 37 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (173) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (632) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,614) ​ ​
​ Net impact on reported profit and loss ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
866
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
115
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
41
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
405
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,430
 ​ ​
​ – Significant revenue items ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
187
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(93)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
97
 ​ ​
​ – Significant cost items ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
679
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
114
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
41
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
498
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,333
 ​ ​
​ Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (52) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 152 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (132) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (227) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (184) ​ ​
​ 31 Dec 2019 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Reported profit/(loss) before tax ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (333) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 617 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (260) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (73) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (376) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (447) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (872) ​ ​
​ Net impact on reported profit and loss ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 149 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 530 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 653 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 115 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,475 ​ ​
​ – Significant revenue items ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 25 ​ ​
​ – Significant cost items ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 146 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 529 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 652 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 122 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,450 ​ ​
​ Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (305) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 617 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (111) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 457 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 277 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (332) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 603 ​ ​
​
1
A change in reportable segments was made in 2021. Comparatives data have been re-presented accordingly. For further guidance, refer to
Note 9: Segmental Analysis on page F-37.
​
Adjusted performance
Adjusted loss before tax of £184m compared with a profit before tax of £603m, down by £787m when compared with 2019. This was mainly driven by higher ECL and lower adjusted revenue. ECL was higher due to charges related to the global impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on the forward economic outlook and on our customers. Adjusted revenue decreased primarily from the impact of the lower interest rate environment and the impact of volatile items including market impacts on insurance manufacturing in WPB and an adverse movement in valuation adjustments in MSS. Adjusted operating expenses were higher reflecting a number of specific items incurred in 2020. This was partly offset by a significant reduction in operating expenses as a result of the tight control of discretionary spend to reflect the economic outlook and the initial impact of our transformation of the company.
 
36
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Adjusted revenue decreased by £72m or 1%, primarily in WPB and CMB, partly offset by an increase in MSS and Corporate Centre.
The decrease in adjusted revenue reflected the impact of the lower interest rate environment on our businesses, particularly in GLCM within GB and CMB, although deposit balances grew compared with 2019. In WPB, the lower interest rate environment resulted in adverse market impacts on insurance manufacturing. In addition, Insurance Manufacturing revenue was lower due to adverse market impacts following a sharp fall in equity markets in the first quarter, although this substantially reversed over the remainder of the year as equity markets recovered. In MSS, adjusted revenue included the impact of adverse credit and funding valuations, notably in the first quarter, which were partly reversed in the subsequent quarters, and a reduction in revenue in Principal Investments within GBM Other including the non-recurrence of a 2019 valuation gain.
These reductions were partly offset by higher revenue in Global Markets, notably in the Foreign Exchange and Credit businesses, from market volatility. Revenue also increased in Corporate Centre, primarily due to the reallocation of certain internal liquidity charges to the global businesses in the 2020.
Adjusted ECL were £684m higher compared with 2019, mainly reflecting charges of £481m, relating to a small number of wholesale exposures (in both CMB and GB). There was also an increase in stage 1 and stage 2 charges of £384m, notably in the first half of the year, reflecting the deterioration in the forward economic outlook impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic. The economic outlook stabilised in the second half of the year in 2020, and as a result, stage 1 and stage 2 provisions were broadly unchanged compared with the first half of the year.
Adjusted operating expenses increased by £40m or 1% reflecting a number of specific items incurred in 2020 including the impairment of real estate assets in France, legal provisions and settlements and the impact of reduced capitalisation of IT spend following the write-off of intangible assets in December 2020. The Single Resolution Fund contribution in France was also higher compared with 2019.
In line with our transformation plans and to reflect the economic outlook, we reviewed and re-prioritised spend. This resulted in a reduction in FTE, tight control of contractor and consultancy spend as well as lower discretionary spend.
Share of (loss)/profit in associates and joint ventures was a loss of £1m compared with a loss of £10m in 2019, reflecting a partial reversal of the loss booked in the first half of year on the share of profit recognised from our associates.
Markets and Securities Services
Adjusted profit before tax was £20m compared with a loss before tax of £305m, up £325m compared with 2019. This was driven by higher revenue.
Revenue increased by £318m or 19%, driven by strong Foreign Exchange and Fixed Income (‘FICC’) performance, notably in Credit and Foreign Exchange, which, in turn, was driven by increased market volatility following the Covid-19 pandemic. The second half of the year benefited from the stronger performance in equity derivatives as equity markets recovered and volatility increased. Markets also received a higher allocation of the company’s funding costs compared with 2019 to better reflect internal funding used to finance activities in the business.
Operating expenses of £1,949m were in line with 2019 as lower market transaction costs and employee costs were offset by an increase in the SRF levy in France and transfer of the bank levy from Corporate Centre in Germany.
Global Banking
Adjusted profit before tax was £55m, a decrease of £562m compared with 2019, largely driven by higher ECL and the lower revenue, partly offset by lower operating expenses.
Revenue decreased by £165m or 11%, largely driven by lower revenue in GLCM of £96m due to margin compression following reductions in interest rates, although this was partly offset by growth in average balances. In Real Assets and Structure Finance (‘RASF’) revenue also fell by £81m due to lower revenue relating to index-linked gilts.
ECL increased by £416m due to higher charges against a small number of clients including exposures within the oil and gas and real estate sectors. In addition, there were higher charges related to the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on the forward economic outlook.
Operating expenses were £20m or 2% lower compared with 2019, largely driven by lower travel and entertainment costs as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic and lower performance-related pay.
Global Banking and Markets Other
Adjusted loss before tax was £52m, compared with a loss before tax of £111m in 2019. This was driven by higher revenue and lower operating expenses.
Revenue increased by £47m or 8% mainly driven by a higher allocation of Market Treasury revenue and higher intercompany cost recoveries (with a commensurate increase in operating expenses). This was offset by lower revenue in Principal Investments due to a non-repeat of a 2019 gain.
Operating expenses decreased by £12m or 2% compared with 2019. Lower charges from other parts of the Group, including Legal, were partly offset by higher costs incurred in the company for the benefit of other entities in the Group (with an offsetting increase in intercompany recoveries in revenue).
 
37
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Commercial Banking
Adjusted profit before tax was £152m, down by £305m compared with 2019. This was mainly driven by higher ECL and lower revenue largely due to the impact of lower interest rates.
Revenue decreased by £79m or 7% compared with 2019. This was primarily due to lower revenue in GLCM driven by the lower interest rate environment, partly offset by growth in average deposit balances. Revenue also decreased due to adverse fair value movements in preference share holdings in Visa in the UK.
ECL increased by £213m compared with 2019, mainly driven by higher charges against specific customers, notably in the travel, retail and automobile sectors. In addition, there were higher charges related to the global impact of Covid-19 on the forward economic outlook and on our customers.
Operating expenses increased by £13m, mainly reflecting an impairment of real estate assets in France and higher compliance costs and the Single Resolution Fund levy in France and Germany.
Wealth and Personal Banking
Adjusted loss before tax of £132m compared with a profit before tax of £277m in 2019, down by £409m. This was primarily due to lower revenue, higher operating expenses and higher ECL.
Revenue decreased by £322m or 24%, mainly in insurance manufacturing in France where revenue fell by £206m, largely driven by adverse market impacts due to the lower interest rate environment, and lower new business volumes. Revenue also decreased by £112m in our Asset Management Group (‘AMG’) and Retail Banking businesses due to adverse market conditions, lower levels of customer activity and lower Assets Under Management (‘AUM’) reflecting the impact of Covid-19. In the UK, revenue was also lower, mainly due to a decrease in the fair value of our preference share holdings in Visa. In the Channel Islands and Isle of Man, there was a decrease in revenue from deposits due to the low interest rate environment despite growth in average balances.
ECL were £36m higher compared with 2019, mainly driven by higher charges relating to the global impact of Covid-19 on the forward economic outlook.
Operating expenses increased by £51m or 5%. This was primarily driven by an impairment of real estate assets in France, partly offset by lower discretionary spend, notably marketing costs as well as lower staff and consultancy costs.
Corporate Centre
Adjusted loss before tax of £227m was £104m lower than the loss before tax of £332m in 2019. This was mainly driven by higher revenue, partly offset by lower releases of ECL and higher operating expenses.
Revenue was higher by £129m, primarily driven by the reallocation of certain internal liquidity charges to the global businesses in 2020. Revenue also increased in Legacy Credit driven by lower losses on portfolio disposals compared with 2019.
ECL net releases of £4m in 2020 compared with net releases of £29m in 2019. This reflected provision releases following Legacy Credit portfolio disposals in both years, with a higher level of portfolio disposals in 2019.
Operating expenses increased by £8m or 10%, mainly driven by an impairment of real estate assets in France, partly offset by the transfer of the Single Resolution Fund levy in Germany to the global businesses in 2020.
Shares of (loss)/profit in associates and joint ventures was a loss of £1m compared with a loss of £10m in 2019. This reflected a partial reversal of provision booked in the first half of the year on the share of profit recognised from our associates.
​
Dividends
The consolidated reported loss for 2020 attributable to the shareholders of the company was £ 1,488m.
No dividend in respect of 2020 was declared on the ordinary share capital during the year.
Further information about the results is given in the consolidated income statement on page F-5.
​
Net interest margin
Net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income as reported in the income statement by the average balance of interest-earning assets. Average balances are based on daily averages for the principal areas of our banking activities with monthly or less frequent averages used elsewhere.
 
38
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
Net interest income
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Interest income ​ ​ ​
​
3,149
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,086 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,504 ​ ​
​ Interest expense ​ ​ ​
​
(1,395)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,188) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4,021) ​ ​
​
Net interest income
​ ​ ​
​
1,754
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,898 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,483 ​ ​
​ Average interest-earning assets ​ ​ ​
​
354,324
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 369,617 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 343,944 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​
%
​ ​
%
​ ​
%
​
​ Gross interest yield1 ​ ​ ​
​
0.51
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.74 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.25 ​ ​
​ Less: gross interest payable1 ​ ​ ​
​
(0.01)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.27) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.93) ​ ​
​ Net interest spread2 ​ ​ ​
​
0.50
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.47 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.32 ​ ​
​ Net interest margin3 ​ ​ ​
​
0.50
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.51 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.43 ​ ​
​
1
Gross interest yield is the average annualised interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets (‘AIEA’). Gross interest payable is the average annualised interest cost as a percentage of average interest-bearing liabilities.
​
2
Net interest spread is the difference between the average annualised interest rate earned on AIEA, net of amortised premiums and loan fees, and the average annualised interest rate payable on average interest-bearing liabilities.
​
3
Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as an annualised percentage of AIEA.
​
 
39
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Summary of interest income by asset type
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​ ​
2019
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Average
balance
£m
​ ​
Interest
income
£m
​ ​
Yield1
%
​ ​
Average
balance
£m
​ ​
Interest
income
£m
​ ​
Yield1
%
​ ​
Average
balance
£m
​ ​
Interest
income
£m
​ ​
Yield1
%
​
​ Short term funds and loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​
​
119,025
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(221)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.19)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 90,841 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (113) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.12) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 66,056 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 108 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.16 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​
​
99,151
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,585
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.60
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 116,518 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,058 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.77 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 117,665 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,492 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.12 ​ ​
​ Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
57,630
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(132)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.23)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 68,573 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.03 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 77,140 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 478 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.62 ​ ​
​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​
​
45,142
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
497
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.10
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51,335 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 652 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.27 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50,194 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 935 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.86 ​ ​
​ Other interest-earning assets ​ ​ ​
​
33,376
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
67
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.20
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 42,350 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.28 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32,889 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 287 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.87 ​ ​
​
Total interest-earning assets
​ ​ ​
​
354,324
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,796
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.51
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 369,617 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,737 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.74 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 343,944 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,300 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.25 ​ ​
​ Trading assets and financial assets designated or mandatorily measured at fair value ​ ​ ​
​
55,806
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,119
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.01
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 66,061 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.51 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 73,862 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,974 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.67 ​ ​
​ Expected credit losses provision ​ ​ ​
​
(1,326)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,347) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,192) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Non-interest-earning assets ​ ​ ​
​
239,582
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 306,223 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 266,527 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​
Total assets
​ ​ ​
​
648,386
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,915
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.45
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 740,554 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,737 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.50 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 683,141 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,274 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.92 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​ ​
2019
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Average
balance
£m
​ ​
Interest
income
£m
​ ​
Yield1
%
​ ​
Average
balance
£m
​ ​
Interest
income
£m
​ ​
Yield1
%
​ ​
Average
balance
£m
​ ​
Interest
income
£m
​ ​
Yield1
%
​
​ UK ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Short term funds and loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​
​
67,123
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
228
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.34
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 53,688 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 336 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.63 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 44,068 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 512 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.16 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​
​
39,826
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
630
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.58
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50,442 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 972 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.93 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 54,041 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,353 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.50 ​ ​
​ Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
39,012
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
79
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.20
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47,508 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 341 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.72 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 54,443 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 759 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.39 ​ ​
​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​
​
25,800
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
209
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.81
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28,575 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 297 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.04 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 30,230 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 526 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.74 ​ ​
​ Other interest-earning assets ​ ​ ​
​
25,154
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
81
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.32
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,474 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 136 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.39 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,787 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 334 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.40 ​ ​
​
Total interest-earning assets
​ ​ ​
​
196,915
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,227
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.62
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 214,687 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,082 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.97 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 206,569 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,484 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.69 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Non UK ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Short term funds and loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​
​
77,530
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(186)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.24)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 60,597 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (54) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.09) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 45,808 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 109 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.24 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​
​
59,324
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
984
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.66
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 66,077 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,166 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.76 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 63,626 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,283 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.02 ​ ​
​ Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
21,424
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(197)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.92)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 25,547 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (305) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1.19) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 30,920 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (278) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.90) ​ ​
​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​
​
19,342
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
298
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.54
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22,760 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 359 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.58 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,964 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 412 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.06 ​ ​
​ Other interest-earning assets ​ ​ ​
​
11,726
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
138
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.18
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,968 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 124 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.13 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,840 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 223 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.27 ​ ​
​
Total interest-earning assets
​ ​ ​
​
189,346
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,037
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.55
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 185,949 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,290 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.69 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 170,158 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,749 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.03 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Inter region elimination ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Total interest-earning assets ​ ​ ​
​
(31,937)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(468)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.47
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (31,019) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (635) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.05 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (32,783) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (933) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.85 ​ ​
1
Interest yield calculations include negative interest on assets recognised as interest expense in the income statement.
​
 
40
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Summary of interest expense by type of equity and liability
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​ ​
2019
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Average
balance
£m
​ ​
Interest
expense
£m
​ ​
Cost1
%
​ ​
Average
balance
£m
​ ​
Interest
expense
£m
​ ​
Cost1
%
​ ​
Average
balance
£m
​ ​
Interest
expense
£m
​ ​
Cost1
%
​
​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​
​
32,891
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(186)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.57)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28,812 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (60) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.21) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,298 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 146 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.63 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​
​
150,048
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
95
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.06
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 143,807 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 321 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.22 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 136,544 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,028 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.75 ​ ​
​ Repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
32,916
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(192)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.58)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 38,829 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (129) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.33) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49,801 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 337 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.68 ​ ​
​ Debt securities in issue – non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
38,727
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
258
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.67
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 52,781 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 546 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.03 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 54,353 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 884 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.63 ​ ​
​ Other interest-bearing liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
36,811
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
68
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.18
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47,384 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 160 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.34 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 38,559 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 422 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.09 ​ ​
​
Total equity and interest-bearing liabilities
​ ​ ​
​
291,393
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
43
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.01
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 311,613 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 838 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.27 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 302,555 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,817 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.93 ​ ​
​ Trading liabilities and Financial liabilities designated at fair value (excl own debt held) ​ ​ ​
​
63,925
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,445
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.26
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 65,356 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,252 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.92 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 71,549 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,705 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.38 ​ ​
​ Non-interest-bearing current accounts ​ ​ ​
​
57,821
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55,990 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50,208 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Total equity and other non-interest bearing liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
235,247
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 307,595 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 258,829 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​
Total equity and liabilities
​ ​ ​
​
648,386
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,488
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.23
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 740,554 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,090 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.28 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 683,141 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,522 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.66 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​ ​
2019
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Average
balance
£m
​ ​
Interest
income
£m
​ ​
Yield1
%
​ ​
Average
balance
£m
​ ​
Interest
income
£m
​ ​
Yield1
%
​ ​
Average
balance
£m
​ ​
Interest
income
£m
​ ​
Yield1
%
​
​ UK ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​
​
14,292
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
76
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.53
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,496 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 256 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.65 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,203 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 585 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.85 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​
​
103,555
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
100
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.10
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 98,089 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 274 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.28 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 96,364 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 784 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.81 ​ ​
​ Repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
25,447
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.02
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 31,432 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 148 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.47 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39,919 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 604 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.51 ​ ​
​ Debt securities in issue – non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
26,274
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
270
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.03
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 36,825 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 576 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.56 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40,069 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 894 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.23 ​ ​
​ Other interest-bearing liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
25,889
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
181
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.70
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 38,072 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 261 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.69 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 31,479 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 514 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.63 ​ ​
​
Total interest-bearing liabilities
​ ​ ​
​
195,457
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
632
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.32
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 219,914 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,515 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.69 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 223,034 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,381 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.52 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Non UK ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​
​
43,076
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(30)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.07)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 36,090 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 77 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.21 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32,243 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 184 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.57 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​
​
46,562
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.00
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 45,832 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 74 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.16 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40,317 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 267 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.66 ​ ​
​ Repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
10,030
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(194)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1.93)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,265 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (277) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2.46) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,960 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (259) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1.62) ​ ​
​ Debt securities in issue – non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
14,183
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.11
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,573 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.03 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,542 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.14 ​ ​
​ Other interest-bearing liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
13,965
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
39
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.28
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,027 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.46 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,222 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 124 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.34 ​ ​
​
Total interest-bearing liabilities
​ ​ ​
​
127,816
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(171)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.13)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 122,787 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (66) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.05) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 113,284 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 338 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.30 ​ ​
​ Inter region elimination ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Total interest-bearing liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
(31,880)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(418)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.31
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (31,088) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (611) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.97 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (33,763) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (902) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.67 ​ ​
1
Interest payable calculations include negative interest on liabilities recognised as interest income in the income statement.
​
​
Net interest margin
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
%
​ ​
2020
%
​ ​
2019
%
​
​ UK ​ ​ ​
​
0.28
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.25 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.03 ​ ​
​ Non UK ​ ​ ​
​
0.64
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.74 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.83 ​ ​
​
As at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
0.50
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.51 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.43 ​ ​
 
41
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Distribution of average total assets
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
%
​ ​
2020
%
​ ​
2019
%
​
​
UK
​ ​
67.1
​ ​
71.0
​ ​
71.9
​
​ Non UK ​ ​ ​
​
42.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 38.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39.1 ​ ​
​ Inter region elimination ​ ​ ​
​
(9.4)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9.6) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (11.0) ​ ​
​
As at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
100.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.0 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Total Average Assets
​ ​ ​
​
648,386
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 740,554 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 683,141 ​ ​
Analysis of changes in net interest income and net interest expense
The following tables allocate changes in net interest income and net interest expense between volume and rate for 2021 compared with 2020, and for 2020 compared with 2019. We isolate rate variances and allocate any change arising from both volume and rate/volume to volume.
​
Interest Income
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Increase/(decrease)
in 2021 compared with 2020
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Increase/(decrease)
in 2020 compared with 2019
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
Volume
£m
​ ​
Rate
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
Volume
£m
​ ​
Rate
£m
​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Short term funds and loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​
​
(221)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(34)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(74)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (113) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (261) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 108 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​
​
1,585
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(308)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(165)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,058 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (24) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (410) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,492 ​ ​
​ Reverse repurchase agreements – non trading ​ ​ ​
​
(132)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(3)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(151)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (53) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (403) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 478 ​ ​
​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​
​
497
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(79)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(76)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 652 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (304) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 935 ​ ​
​ Other interest-earning assets ​ ​ ​
​
67
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(25)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(26)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 83 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (252) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 287 ​ ​
​
Total Interest Income
​ ​ ​
​
1,796
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(115)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(826)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,737 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 321 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,884) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,300 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ UK ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Short term funds and loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​
​
228
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
85
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(193)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 336 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 112 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (288) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 512 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​
​
630
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(205)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(137)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 972 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (90) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (291) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,353 ​ ​
​ Reverse repurchase agreements – non trading ​ ​ ​
​
79
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(61)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(201)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 341 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (96) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (322) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 759 ​ ​
​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​
​
209
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(29)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(59)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 297 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (29) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (200) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 526 ​ ​
​ Other interest-earning assets ​ ​ ​
​
81
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(36)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(19)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 136 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 150 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (348) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 334 ​ ​
​
Total Interest Income
​ ​ ​
​
1,227
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(172)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(683)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,082 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 137 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,539) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,484 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Non UK ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Short term funds and loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​
​
(186)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(15)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(117)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (54) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 35 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (198) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 109 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​
​
984
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(119)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(63)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,166 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (167) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,283 ​ ​
​ Reverse repurchase agreements – non trading ​ ​ ​
​
(197)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
49
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
59
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (305) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 48 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (75) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (278) ​ ​
​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​
​
298
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(54)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(7)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 359 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 58 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (111) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 412 ​ ​
​ Other interest-earning assets ​ ​ ​
​
138
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 124 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (125) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 223 ​ ​
​
Total Interest Income
​ ​ ​
​
1,037
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(277)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,290 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 162 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (621) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,749 ​ ​
​ Inter region elimination ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Total Interest Income ​ ​ ​
​
(468)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(19)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
186
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (635) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 248 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (933) ​ ​
 
42
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Interest Expense
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Increase/(decrease)
in 2021 compared with 2020
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Increase/(decrease)
in 2020 compared with 2019
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
Volume
£m
​ ​
Rate
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
Volume
£m
​ ​
Rate
£m
​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​
​
(186)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(9)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(118)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (60) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 35 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (241) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 146 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​
​
95
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(240)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 321 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (762) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,028 ​ ​
​ Repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
(192)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
20
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(83)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (129) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (74) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (392) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 337 ​ ​
​ Debt Securities in issue – non- trading ​ ​ ​
​
258
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(145)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(143)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 546 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (26) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (312) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 884 ​ ​
​ Other interest-bearing liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
68
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(36)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(56)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 160 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 97 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (359) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 422 ​ ​
​
Total Interest Expense
​ ​ ​
​
43
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(55)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(741)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 838 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 84 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,063) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,817 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ UK ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​
​
76
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(20)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(160)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 256 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (340) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 585 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​
​
100
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(189)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 274 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (524) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 784 ​ ​
​ Repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(28)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(115)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 148 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (128) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (328) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 604 ​ ​
​ Debt Securities in issue – non- trading ​ ​ ​
​
270
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(165)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(141)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 576 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (72) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (246) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 894 ​ ​
​ Other interest-bearing liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
181
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(84)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 261 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 108 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (361) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 514 ​ ​
​
Total Interest Expense
​ ​ ​
​
632
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(169)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(714)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,515 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (47) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,819) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,381 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Non UK ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​
​
(30)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(122)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 77 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (129) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 184 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(76)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 74 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 37 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (230) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 267 ​ ​
​ Repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
(194)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
30
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
53
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (277) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 76 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (94) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (259) ​ ​
​ Debt Securities in issue – non- trading ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (20) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22 ​ ​
​ Other interest-bearing liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
39
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(25)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 38 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (107) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 124 ​ ​
​
Total Interest Expense
​ ​ ​
​
(171)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(3)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(102)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (66) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (432) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 338 ​ ​
​ Inter region elimination ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Total Interest Expense ​ ​ ​
​
(418)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(16)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
208
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (611) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 71 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 220 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (902) ​ ​
 
43
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Loan maturity and interest sensitivity analysis
At 31 December 2021, the analysis of loan maturity and interest sensitivity by loan type on a contractual repayment basis was as follows.
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​
​ Maturity of 1 year or less ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,844 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​ 41,439 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50,283 ​ ​
​ Maturity after 1 year but within 5 years ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,875 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​ 30,879 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32,754 ​ ​
​ Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Fixed interest rate ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,666 ​ ​
​ Variable interest rate ​ ​ ​ ​ 209 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,875 ​ ​
​ Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Fixed interest rate ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,775 ​ ​
​ Variable interest rate ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,104 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 30,879 ​ ​
​ Maturity after 5 years but within 15 years ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​ ​ 70 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,325 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,395 ​ ​
​ Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Fixed interest rate ​ ​ ​ ​ 70 ​ ​
​ Variable interest rate ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 70 ​ ​
​ Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Fixed interest rate ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,739 ​ ​
​ Variable interest rate ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,586 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,325 ​ ​
​ Maturity after 15 years ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,688 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,688 ​ ​
​ Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Fixed interest rate ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Variable interest rate ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Fixed interest rate ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,572 ​ ​
​ Variable interest rate ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,116 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,688 ​ ​
 
44
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Deposits
The following tables summarise the average amount of bank deposits, customer deposits and certificates of deposit (‘CDs’) and other money market instruments (that are included within ‘Debt securities in issue’ in the balance sheet), together with the average interest rates paid thereon for each of the past two years.
The geographical analysis of average deposits is based on the location of the office in which the deposits are recorded and excludes balances with HSBC companies.
​
Deposits by banks
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​ ​
2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Average
Balance
£m
​ ​ ​
Average
Rate
%
​ ​ ​
Average
Balance
£m
​ ​ ​
Average
Rate
%
​
​ – demand and other – non-interest bearing ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,630
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,355 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – demand – interest bearing ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12,990
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,258 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.3) ​ ​
​ – time ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16,334
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.7)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,525 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.2) ​ ​
​ – other ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
30.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12.1 ​ ​
​
Total
​ ​ ​ ​
​
32,958
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29,143 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ UK ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – demand and other – non-interest bearing ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,590
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,308 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – demand – interest bearing ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,380
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.4)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,661 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.3) ​ ​
​ – time ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,059
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,145 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.7 ​ ​
​ – other ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​
Total
​ ​ ​ ​
​
15,029
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,114 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Non-UK ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – demand and other – non-interest bearing ​ ​ ​ ​
​
40
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – demand – interest bearing ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,610
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.8)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,596 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.6) ​ ​
​ – time ​ ​ ​ ​
​
13,275
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.9)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,381 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.6) ​ ​
​ – other ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
30.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12.1 ​ ​
​
Total
​ ​ ​ ​
​
17,929
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,029 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
 
45
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Customer Accounts
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​ ​
2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Average
Balance
£m
​ ​ ​
Average
Rate
%
​ ​ ​
Average
Balance
£m
​ ​ ​
Average
Rate
%
​
​ – demand and other – non-interest bearing ​ ​ ​ ​
​
58,437
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 56,874 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – demand – interest bearing ​ ​ ​ ​
​
113,648
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 106,384 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​
​ – savings ​ ​ ​ ​
​
18,379
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18,730 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.5 ​ ​
​ – time ​ ​ ​ ​
​
13,213
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,066 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.6 ​ ​
​ – other ​ ​ ​ ​
​
470
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.3)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 677 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.1) ​ ​
​ Total ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 204,147 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
196,731
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ UK ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – demand and other – non-interest bearing ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19,013
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18,344 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – demand – interest bearing ​ ​ ​ ​
​
75,746
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 71,307 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.2 ​ ​
​ – savings ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12,005
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,861 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.5 ​ ​
​ – time ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11,460
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,922 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.5 ​ ​
​ – other ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Total ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118,224 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
112,433
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Non-UK ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – demand and other – non-interest bearing ​ ​ ​ ​
​
39,424
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 38,530 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – demand – interest bearing ​ ​ ​ ​
​
37,902
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 35,077 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.0 ​ ​
​ – savings ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,374
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,870 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.4 ​ ​
​ – time ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,753
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,144 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.4 ​ ​
​ – other ​ ​ ​ ​
​
470
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.3)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 677 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.1) ​ ​
​ Total ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 85,923 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
84,298
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Net Charge-offs to average loans
The following table provides the net charge-offs to average loans for loans and advances to banks and customers.
Allowances for credit losses to total loans are presented in Summary of credit risk (excluding debt instruments measured at FVOCI) by stage distribution and ECL coverage by industry sector at page F-81.
​
Net charge-offs to average loans
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
%
​ ​
2020
%
​
​
Loans and advances to banks
​ ​
0.00
​ ​
0.00
​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​
​
0.16
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.23 ​ ​
Estimate of uninsured deposits and uninsured time deposits
The group provides deposit services to customers across the many countries in which we operate and are therefore subject to differing national and state deposit insurance regimes. Uninsured deposits are presented on an estimated basis using the same methodologies and assumptions inherent in our liquidity reporting requirements to our primary regulator, the Prudential Regulation Authority.
The insured status of a deposit is determined on the basis of individual insurance limits enacted within local regulations.
At 31 December 2021, the amount of uninsured deposit was £241bn (31 December 2020: £232bn).
Uninsured time deposits are uninsured deposits which are subject to contractual maturity requirements prior to withdrawal. Amounts are presented on a residual contractual maturity basis and exclude overnight deposits where contractual requirements are imminently satisfied.
 
46
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
Maturity analysis of uninsured time deposits
​ ​ ​ ​
At 31 Dec 2021
​
​ ​ ​ ​
3 months
or less
£m
​ ​
After 3 months
but within
6 months
£m
​ ​
After 6 months
but within
12 months
£m
​ ​
After
12 months
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ Uninsured time deposits ​ ​ ​
​
27,951
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,554
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,946
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
21,292
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
52,743
 ​ ​
​
Weighted average yields of investment debt securities
​ ​ ​ ​
Up to 1 year
​ ​
1 to 5 years
​ ​
5 to 10 years
​ ​
Over 10 years
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Yield %
​ ​
Yield %
​ ​
Yield %
​ ​
Yield %
​
​ Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ US Treasury ​ ​ ​
​
1.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.4
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3.2
 ​ ​
​ US Government agencies ​ ​ ​
​
0.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.0
 ​ ​
​ US Government-sponsored agencies ​ ​ ​
​
0.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.0
 ​ ​
​ UK Government ​ ​ ​
​
2.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.4
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.9
 ​ ​
​ Hong Kong Government ​ ​ ​
​
0.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.0
 ​ ​
​ Other governments ​ ​ ​
​
1.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.7
 ​ ​
​ Asset-backed securities ​ ​ ​
​
9.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.5
 ​ ​
​ Corporate debt and other securities ​ ​ ​
​
1.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3.0
 ​ ​
The maturity distributions of asset-backed securities (‘ABSs’) are presented in the above table on the basis of contractual maturity dates. The weighted average yield for each range of maturities is calculated by dividing the annualised interest income for the year ended 31 December 2021 by the book amount of debt securities at that date. The yields do not include the effect of related derivatives.
Reconciliation of alternative performance measures
Our reported results are prepared in accordance with IFRSs as detailed in the financial statements starting on page F-5.
As described on page 28, we use a combination of reported and alternative performance measures, including those derived from our reported results that eliminate factors that distort year-on-year comparisons. These are considered alternative performance measures (non-GAAP financial measures).
The following information details the adjustments made to the reported results and the calculation of other alternative performance measures. All alternative performance measures are reconciled to the closest reported performance measure. For further details, refer to Financial Summary section on page 28.
 
47
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity and return on average tangible equity
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
2019
£m
​
​
Profit/(loss)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Profit/(loss) attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company ​ ​ ​ ​ 847 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,643) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,120) ​ ​
​ Decrease/(increase) in PVIF (net of tax) ​ ​ ​ ​ (149) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 59 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (56) ​ ​
​ Significant items (net of tax) and other adjustments1 ​ ​ ​ ​ 468 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,050 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,317 ​ ​
​ Adjusted profit/(loss) attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,166 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (534) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 141 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Equity ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Average total shareholders’ equity ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,629 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,457 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27,028 ​ ​
​ Additional Tier 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,722 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,722 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,864 ​ ​
​ Average ordinary shareholders’ equity ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,907 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,735 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,164 ​ ​
​ Effect of goodwill, PVIF and other adjustments (net of tax) ​ ​ ​ ​ (644) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,197) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,170) ​ ​
​ Average tangible ordinary shareholders’ equity ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,262 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,538 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,995 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Ratio ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity2 ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.3% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7.9)% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4.6)% ​ ​
​ Return on tangible equity3 ​ ​ ​ ​ 6.1% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2.7)% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.6% ​ ​
​
1
For further details, refer to Note 9: Segmental Analysis on page F-37.
​
2
The return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity is defined as profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company divided by the average total shareholders’ equity.
​
3
The RoTE is calculated by adjusting reported profit attributable to ordinary shareholders by excluding movements in PVIF and significant items (net of tax), divided by average tangible shareholders’ equity excluding fair value of own debt, debt valuation adjustment (‘DVA’) and other adjustments for the period. The calculation of this measure includes the UK bank levy incurred for the first time in 2021, which was previously paid by Group. Comparative data have not been re-presented.
​
B.   Liquidity and capital resources
Material cash commitments and contractual Maturities
For information about material cash commitments and contractual maturities, see sub-header ‘Contractual maturity of financial liabilities’ under Note 28: Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments on page F-66 and Note 31: Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments, guarantees and contingent assets on page F-71.
Liquidity and funding risk in 2021
Liquidity coverage ratio
The liquidity coverage ratio (‘LCR’) aims to ensure that a bank has sufficient unencumbered high-quality liquid assets (‘HQLA’) to meet its liquidity needs in a 30-calendar-day liquidity stress scenario. HQLA consist of cash or assets that can be converted into cash at little or no loss of value in markets.
At 31 December 2021, all the group’s principal operating entities were within the LCR risk tolerance level established by the Board and applicable under the Liquidity and Funding Risk management Framework (‘LFRF’).
The following table displays the individual LCR levels for HSBC Bank plc’s principal operating entities on the European Commission Delegated Regulation basis.
​
Operating entities’ LCRs
​ ​ ​ ​
At
​
​ ​ ​ ​
31 Dec
2021
%
​ ​
31 Dec
2020
%
​ ​
31 Dec
2019
%
​
​ HSBC Bank plc ​ ​ ​
​
150
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 136 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 142 ​ ​
​ HSBC Continental Europe ​ ​ ​
​
145
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 143 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 152 ​ ​
​ HSBC Germany ​ ​ ​
​
170
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 144 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 125 ​ ​
HSBC Bank plc’s LCR in 2021 increased mainly due to loan book optimisation resulting in lower loan and committed facilities positions.
 
48
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The LCR increase in HSBC Germany in 2021 is mainly driven by increased customer deposits and additional third series of targeted longer-term refinancing operation funding from the European Central Bank (ECB) being raised in June 2021.
In addition to the regulatory metric, the group enhanced its liquidity framework in 2021 to include an ‘internal liquidity metric’, which is being used to monitor and manage liquidity risk via a low-point measure across a 270-day horizon, taking into account recovery capacity.
Net stable funding ratio
The net stable funding ratio (‘NSFR’) requires institutions to maintain sufficient stable funding relative to required stable funding, and reflects a bank’s long-term funding profile (funding with a term of more than a year).
At 31 December 2021, all the group’s principal operating entities were within the NSFR risk tolerance level established by the Board and applicable under the LFRF.
​
Operating entities’ NSFRs
​ ​ ​ ​
At
​
​ ​ ​ ​
31 Dec
2021
%
​ ​
31 Dec
2020
%
​ ​
31 Dec
2019
%
​
​ HSBC Bank plc1 ​ ​ ​ ​ 124 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 133 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 122 ​ ​
​ HSBC Continental Europe2 ​ ​ ​
​
130
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 130 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 117 ​ ​
​ HSBC Germany ​ ​ ​
​
163
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 138 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 121 ​ ​
​
1
HSBC Bank plc uses an adjusted NSFR as a basis for establishing stable funding. The adjusted NSFR requires HSBC Bank plc to maintain sufficient stable funding and reflects its long-term funding profile commensurate with the risk profile of the balance sheet.
​
2
HBCE have been utilising the CRR II NSFR definition since June 2021.
​
Structural foreign exchange exposures
The group’s structural foreign currency exposure is represented by the net assets or capital investments in subsidiaries, branches, joint arrangements or associates, the functional currencies of which are currencies other than the sterling.
​
Net structural foreign exchange exposures
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Currency of structural exposure ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Euro ​ ​ ​
​
8,068
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,511 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,446 ​ ​
​ US dollars ​ ​ ​
​
1,470
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,081 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,005 ​ ​
​ South African rand ​ ​ ​
​
285
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 277 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 324 ​ ​
​ Israeli new shekel ​ ​ ​
​
169
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 159 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 139 ​ ​
​ Others, each less than £150m ​ ​ ​
​
319
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 446 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 456 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
10,311
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,474 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,370 ​ ​
Structural foreign exchange exposures represent net assets or capital investments in subsidiaries, branches, joint arrangement or associates, together with any associated hedges, the functional currencies of which are currencies other than pound sterling. An entity’s functional currency is that of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates. We use the pound sterling as our presentation currency in our consolidated financial statements because sterling forms the major currency in which we transact and fund our business. Exchange rate differences on structural exposures are recognised in other comprehensive income (‘OCI’). The structural foreign exchange exposures are managed within limits such that the capital ratios and the capital ratios of individual banking subsidiaries are largely protected from the effect of changes in exchange rates. We may hedge certain structural foreign exchange positions, either at entity level, or by relying on hedges held in other group entities, subject to approved limits.
Depositor concentration and term funding maturity concentration
The LCR and NSFR metrics assume a stressed outflow based on a portfolio of depositors within each depositor segment. To ensure the validity of these assumptions in the sense that the deposit base is sufficiently diversified, the depositor concentration is monitored on an ongoing basis.
In addition to this, operating entities monitor the term funding maturity concentration metric to ensure they are not overly exposed to term funding concentration of wholesale market counterparts by the current maturity profile in any defined period.
Liquid assets of the group’s principal operating entities
The table below shows the unweighted liquidity value of assets categorised as liquid, which is used for the purposes of calculating the LCR metric. This reflects the stock of unencumbered liquid assets at the reporting date, using the regulatory definition of liquid assets.
 
49
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Operating entities’ liquid assets
​ ​ ​ ​
At estimated
liquidity value
31 Dec 2021
£m
​ ​
At estimated
liquidity value
31 Dec 2020
£m
​ ​
At estimated
liquidity value
31 Dec 2019
£m
​
​
HSBC Bank plc
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Level 1 ​ ​ ​
​
89,805
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 88,942 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 68,467 ​ ​
​ Level 2a ​ ​ ​
​
6,320
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,260 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,883 ​ ​
​ Level 2b ​ ​ ​
​
3,550
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,888 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,289 ​ ​
​ HSBC Continental Europe ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Level 1 ​ ​ ​
​
39,159
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,981 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32,410 ​ ​
​ Level 2a ​ ​ ​
​
450
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 267 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 747 ​ ​
​ Level 2b ​ ​ ​
​
142
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ HSBC Germany ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Level 1 ​ ​ ​
​
13,072
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,044 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,573 ​ ​
​ Level 2a ​ ​ ​
​
33
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27 ​ ​
​ Level 2b ​ ​ ​
​
327
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 315 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 294 ​ ​
Sources of funding
Our primary sources of funding are customer current accounts, repo and wholesale securities.
The following ‘Funding sources and uses’ table provides a consolidated view of how our balance sheet is funded, and should be read in light of our LFRF, which requires operating entities to manage liquidity and funding risk on a stand-alone basis.
The table analyses our consolidated balance sheet according to the assets that primarily arise from operating activities and the sources of funding primarily supporting these activities. Assets and liabilities that do not arise from operating activities are presented at other balance sheet lines. In 2021, the level of customer accounts continued to exceed the level of loans and advances to customers. The positive funding gap was predominantly deployed in liquid assets, cash and balances with central banks and financial investments, as required by the LFRF.
​
Funding sources and uses for the group
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Sources ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​ ​
​
205,241
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 195,184 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 177,236 ​ ​
​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​ ​
​
32,188
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,305 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,991 ​ ​
​ Repurchase agreements –  non-trading ​ ​ ​ ​
​
27,259
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,903 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49,385 ​ ​
​ Debt securities in issue ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,428
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,371 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 25,039 ​ ​
​ Cash collateral, margin and settlement accounts ​ ​ ​ ​
​
37,076
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47,173 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 43,556 ​ ​
​ Subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12,488
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,764 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,182 ​ ​
​ Financial liabilities designated at fair value ​ ​ ​ ​
​
33,608
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40,792 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 41,642 ​ ​
​ Liabilities under insurance contracts ​ ​ ​ ​
​
22,264
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22,816 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,509 ​ ​
​ Trading liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
46,433
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 44,229 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 48,026 ​ ​
​ – repos ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7,663
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,441 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 349 ​ ​
​ – stock lending ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,637
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,356 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,498 ​ ​
​ – other trading liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
37,133
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32,432 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40,179 ​ ​
​ Total equity ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23,715
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,849 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,012 ​ ​
​
Other balance sheet liabilities
​ ​ ​ ​
​
146,911
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 206,764 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 168,913 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​
​
596,611
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 681,150 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 636,491 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Uses ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​
​
91,177
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 101,491 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 108,391 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,784
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,646 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,467 ​ ​
​ Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​ ​
​
54,448
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 67,577 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 85,756 ​ ​
​ Cash collateral, margin and settlement accounts ​ ​ ​ ​
​
34,907
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 46,840 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40,254 ​ ​
​ Assets held for sale ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 90 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13 ​ ​
​ Trading assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
83,706
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 86,976 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 98,249 ​ ​
​ – reverse repos ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,626
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,182 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,358 ​ ​
​ – stock borrowing ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,218
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,137 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,094 ​ ​
​ – other trading assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
71,862
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 74,657 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 84,797 ​ ​
​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
41,300
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51,826 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 46,464 ​ ​
​ Cash and balances with central banks ​ ​ ​ ​
​
108,482
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 85,092 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51,816 ​ ​
​ Other balance sheet assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
171,798
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 228,612 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 194,081 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​
​
596,611
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 681,150 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 636,491 ​ ​
​
 
50
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Contingent liquidity risk arising from committed lending facilities
The group provides customers with committed facilities such as standby facilities to corporate customers and committed backstop lines to conduits sponsored by the group. All of the undrawn commitments provided to conduits or external customers are accounted for in the LCR and NSFR in line with the applicable regulations. This ensures that under a stress scenario any additional outflow generated by increased utilisation of these committed facilities by either customers or the group’s sponsored conduits is appropriately reflected in our liquidity and funding position.
In relation to commitments to customers, the table below shows the level of undrawn commitments outstanding in terms of the five largest single facilities and the largest market sector.
​
The group’s contractual exposures at 31 December monitored under the contingent liquidity risk limit structure
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£bn
​ ​
2020
£bn
​ ​
2019
£bn
​
​ Commitments to conduits ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Multi-seller conduits1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – total lines ​ ​ ​
​
4.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5.8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.4 ​ ​
​ – largest individual lines ​ ​ ​
​
0.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.2 ​ ​
​ Securities investment conduits – total lines ​ ​ ​
​
1.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.4 ​ ​
​ Commitments to customers ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – five largest2 ​ ​ ​
​
10.4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.4 ​ ​
​ – largest market sector3 ​ ​ ​
​
7.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8.7 ​ ​
​
1
Exposures relate to the Regency multi-seller conduit. This vehicle provides funding to group customers by issuing debt secured by a diversified pool of customer- originated assets.
​
2
Represents the undrawn balance for the five largest committed liquidity facilities provided to customers, other than those facilities to conduits.
​
3
Represents the undrawn balance for the total of all committed liquidity facilities provided to the largest market sector, other than those facilities to conduits.
​
Asset encumbrance and collateral management
An asset is defined as encumbered if it has been pledged as collateral against an existing liability and, as a result, is no longer available to the group to secure funding, satisfy collateral needs or be sold to reduce the funding requirement. Collateral is managed on an operating entity basis consistent with the approach to managing liquidity and funding. Available collateral held in an operating entity is managed as a single consistent collateral pool from which each operating entity will seek to optimise the use of the available collateral. The objective of this disclosure is to facilitate an understanding of available and unrestricted assets that could be used to support potential future funding and collateral needs. The disclosure is not designed to identify assets which would be available to meet the claims of creditors or to predict assets that would be available to creditors in the event of a resolution or bankruptcy.
​
Summary of assets available to support potential future funding and collateral needs (on- and off-balance sheet)
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
2019
£m
​
​
Total on-balance sheet assets at 31 Dec
​ ​
596,611
​ ​
681,150
​ ​
636,491
​
​ Less: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – reverse repo/stock borrowing receivables and derivative assets ​ ​ ​
​
(207,513)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (281,125) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (263,762) ​ ​
​ – other assets that cannot be pledged as collateral ​ ​ ​
​
(48,350)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (51,068) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (52,292) ​ ​
​
Total on-balance sheet assets that can support funding and collateral needs at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
340,748
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 348,957 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 320,437 ​ ​
​ Add: off-balance sheet assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – fair value of collateral received in relation to reverse repo/stock borrowing/derivatives that is
available to sell or repledge 		​ ​ ​
​
202,794
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 213,690 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 239,032 ​ ​
​
Total assets that can support future funding and collateral needs
​ ​ ​
​
543,542
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 562,647 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 559,469 ​ ​
​ Less: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – on-balance sheet assets pledged ​ ​ ​
​
(93,513)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (107,671) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (94,860) ​ ​
​ – re-pledging of off-balance sheet collateral received in relation to reverse repo/stock borrowing/​
derivatives 		​ ​ ​
​
(151,378)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (154,486) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (179,442) ​ ​
​
Assets available to support funding and collateral needs at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
298,651
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 300,490 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 285,167 ​ ​
​
C.
Critical accounting estimates
​
The preparation of financial information requires the use of estimates and judgements about future conditions. In view of the inherent uncertainties and the high level of subjectivity involved in the recognition or measurement of items highlighted, as the ‘critical
 
51
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
accounting estimates and judgements’ in section 1.2 under Note 1: Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies on page F-15, it is possible that the outcomes in the next financial year could differ from those on which management’s estimates are based. This could result in materially different estimates and judgements from those reached by management for the purposes of the financial statements. Management’s selection of the group’s accounting policies that contain critical estimates and judgements reflects the materiality of the items to which the policies are applied and the high degree of judgement and estimation uncertainty involved.
Item 6.   Directors, senior management and employees
A.   Directors and senior management
For the names and positions of the statutory directors of the company please see ‘Item 1. Directors and senior management’.
Directors’ biographical information is included below.
Stephen O’Connor (60)
Chairman.
Chairman of the Nomination, Remuneration & Governance Committee.
Appointed to the Board: May 2018. Chairman since August 2018.
Stephen is a non-executive Director and Vice Chairman of HBCE, Chairman of Quantile Group Limited and its subsidiary Quantile Technologies Limited, and a Director of the London Stock Exchange plc. He is also a non-executive Director of the FICC Markets Standards Board. He has more than 25 years’ investment banking experience in London and New York.
Former appointments include: Senior Independent Director, Chairman of the Risk Committee and member of both the Audit and Nomination Committees of the London Stock Exchange Group plc and Chairman of the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, prior to which he was Managing Director and a member of the Fixed Income Management Committee at Morgan Stanley.
Colin Bell (54)
Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer.
Chairman of the Executive Committee and Executive Director of the Board.
Appointed to the Board and as Chief Executive Officer: February 2021.
Colin Bell is Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank plc and HSBC Europe. He joined HSBC in July 2016 and most recently held the role of Group Chief Compliance Officer until February 2021. He is a member of the Supervisory Board, Remuneration, Nomination and Mediation Committees of HSBC Germany and is an Executive Director of HSBC Bank plc.
Before HSBC, Colin worked at UBS, where he was Head of Compliance and Operational Risk Control. He has more than 10 years of experience in managing risk and financial crime, following 16 years in the British Army.
During his time in the Army, he held a variety of command and staff appointments, including operational tours of Iraq and Northern Ireland, time in the Ministry of Defence, a NATO appointment and completion of the Advanced Command and Staff Course.
David Watts (56)
Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer.
Member of the Executive Committee and Executive Director of the Board.
Appointed to the Board and as Chief Finance Officer: December 2021.
David joined the HSBC Group in 1994 and was previously a Director and Chief Financial Officer of HSBC UK Bank plc.
Former HSBC Group roles include: Chief Financial Officer for HSBC Bank plc, Global Commercial Banking, the Middle East and North Africa, Group HSBC Technology and Operations, Global Banking, and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc; Head of Group Cost and Investment Reporting & Analysis; and Manager Treasury Services, France.
Norma Dove-Edwin (56)
Independent non-executive Director.
Member of the Transformation, Operational Resilience and Technology Committee.
Appointed to the Board: October 2021.
Norma serves as Chief Digital Transformation Officer at Thames Water. She is also a non-executive Director of Pod Point Group Holdings plc.
Former appointments include: Chief Information Officer of ESO at National Grid Plc, Group Chief Data and Information Officer at Places for People and held a number of positions at British American Tobacco Plc including as Head of Global Data Services.
Yukiko Omura (66)
Independent non-executive Director.
Member of the Audit Committee.
 
52
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Appointed to the Board: May 2018.
Yukiko is a senior independent non-executive Director of The Private Infrastructure Development Group Limited (‘PIDG’). She also serves as a non-executive Director of Assured Guaranty Ltd, and a member of the Supervisory Board of Nishimoto HD Co. Ltd. She has more than 35 years’ international professional experience in both the public and private financial sector, performing senior roles for JP Morgan, Lehman Brothers, UBS and Dresdner Bank.
Former appointments include: Chair of GuarantCo Limited, a subsidiary of PIDG, Under-Secretary General and COO/Vice President of the International Fund for Agricultural Development and Executive Vice President and CEO of the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency of the World Bank Group.
Juliet Ellis (56)
Independent non-executive Director.
Chair of the Transformation, Operational Resilience and Technology Committee and member of the Risk Committee.
Appointed to the Board: February 2021.
Former appointments include: Dual role as European Head of Operations and Global Head of Shared Services and Banking Operations and other senior management positions at Morgan Stanley. Prior to 2007 she performed senior roles within Goldman Sachs International.
Dr Eric Strutz (57)
Independent non-executive Director.
Chairman of the Risk Committee and member of the Nomination, Remuneration & Governance Committee and Transformation, Operational Resilience and Technology Committee.
Appointed to the Board: October 2016.
Eric is a member of the Supervisory Board and Risk Committee and Chairman of the Audit Committee of HSBC Germany, a member of the Board and Chair of the Risk Committee of HBCE Board, a member of the Board of Directors and the Remuneration Committee and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Global Blue Group Holding AG, and a member of the Advisory Board and Chairman of the Audit & Risk Committee of Luxembourg Investment Company 261 Sarl.
Former appointments include: Vice Chairman and Lead Independent Director of Partners Group Holding AG, where he also Chaired the Risk and Audit Committee, Chief Financial Officer of Commerzbank Group, Partner and Director of the Boston Consulting Group, as well as non-executive Director of Mediobanca Banca di Credito Finanziario SpA.
John Trueman (79)
Deputy Chairman and non-executive Director.
Member of the Audit Committee, the Risk Committee and the Nomination, Remuneration & Governance Committee.
Appointed to the Board: September 2004. Deputy Chairman since December 2013.
Former appointments include: Chairman of the Board of HSBC Private Bank (UK) Limited and Chairman of the Board of HSBC Global Asset Management Limited and Deputy Chairman of S.G. Warburg & Co Ltd.
Andrew Wright (62)
Independent non-executive Director.
Chairman of the Audit Committee, member of the Risk Committee and the Nomination, Remuneration & Governance Committee.
Appointed to the Board: May 2018.
Andrew is a member of the Supervisory Board and chairs the Risk Committee of HSBC Germany. Former appointments include: Treasurer to the Prince of Wales and the Duchess of Cornwall, a role he held from May 2012 until June 2019, Global Chief Financial Officer for the Investment Bank at UBS AG, Chief Financial Officer, Europe and the Middle East at Lehman Brothers and Chief Financial Officer for the Private Client and Asset Management Division at Deutsche Bank.
Senior management
For the names and positions of each member of our Executive Committee please see ‘Item 1. Directors and senior management’.
There are no family relationships to be disclosed for the Directors and senior management.
The Directors and senior management have no further arrangements or understanding with major shareholders, customers, suppliers, or others, pursuant to which any person was selected as a director or member of senior management.
B. Compensation
The aggregate emoluments of the Directors by the company and its subsidiaries, computed in accordance with UK law (the Companies Act 2006 as amended by statutory instrument 2008 No.410) were:
 
53
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£000
​ ​ ​
2020
£000
​ ​ ​
2019
£000
​ ​
​ ​ Fees paid to non-executive Directors ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,525
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,256 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,136 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Salaries and other emoluments1,4 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,569
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,321 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,958 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Annual incentives2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
694
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 576 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 472 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Long term incentives3 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
511
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 727 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 160 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
Year ended 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,299
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,880 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,726 ​ ​ ​
​
1
Salaries and other emoluments include fixed pay allowances.
​
2
Discretionary annual incentives for executive Directors are based on a combination of individual and corporate performance, and are determined by the Remuneration Committee of the company’s parent company, HSBC Holdings plc. Incentive awards made to executive Directors are delivered in the form of cash and HSBC Holdings plc shares. The total amount shown is comprised of £346,959 (2020: £288,050) in cash and £346,959 (2020: £288,050) in restricted shares of HSBC Holdings plc issued under the HSBC Group’s share plan adopted in 2011 (‘HSBC Share Plan 2011’), which is the upfront portion of the annual incentive granted in respect of performance year 2021.
​
3
The amount shown comprised of £274,177 (2020: £428,822) in deferred cash, £237,259 (2020: £289,261) in deferred restricted shares, and £0 (2020: £8,826) in shares under the Group Performance Share Plan (‘GPSP’). These amounts relate to the portion of the awards that will vest following the substantial completion of the vesting condition attached to these awards in 2021. The total vesting period of deferred cash and share awards is no less than three years, with 33% of the award vesting on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of the award, and the balance vesting on the third anniversary of the date of the award. The deferred share awards are subject to at least a six-month retention period upon vesting. Details of the Plans are contained within the Directors’ remuneration report of HSBC Holdings plc Form 20-F of 2021. The cost of any awards subject to service conditions under the HSBC Share Plan 2011 are recognised through an annual charge based on the fair value of the awards, apportioned over the period of service to which the award relates.
​
4
Includes a payment of £1,380,193 (2020: £93,097) made to a Director as compensation for loss of employment.
​
No Director exercised share options over HSBC Holdings plc ordinary shares during 2021.
Retirement benefits accruing in 2021 for one Director under a money purchase scheme in respect of Directors’ qualifying services (2020: one Director).
In addition, there were payments during 2021 under unfunded retirement benefit agreements to former Directors of £396,363 (2020: £785,548). The provision at 31 December 2021 in respect of unfunded pension obligations to former Directors amounted to £5,387,505 (2020: £10,245,741).
Of the aggregate figures included in the table above, the following amounts are attributable to the highest paid Director:
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£000
​ ​ ​
2020
£000
​ ​ ​
2019
£000
​ ​
​ ​ Salaries and other emoluments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,399
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,392 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,190 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Annual incentives1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
558
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 417 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 260 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Long term incentives2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
390
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 677 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 105 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
Year ended 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,347
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,486 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,555 ​ ​ ​
​
1
Awards made to the highest paid Director are delivered in the form of cash and HSBC Holdings plc shares. The amount shown comprises £279,225 (2020: £208,736) in cash and £279,225 (2020: £208,736) in restricted shares.
​
2
The amount shown comprises £209,492 (2020: £402,567) in deferred cash, £180,147 (2020: £274,104) in deferred restricted shares. These amounts relate to a portion of the awards that will vest following the substantial completion of the vesting condition attached to these awards in 2021. The total vesting period of deferred cash and share awards is no less than three years, with 33% of the award vesting on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of the award, and the balance vesting on the third anniversary of the date of the award. The share awards are subject to a six-month retention period upon vesting.
​
No pension contributions were made by the company in respect of services by the highest paid Director during the year (2020: £19,298).
Compensation of Key Management Personnel (‘KMP’) of the company can be found in ‘Item 7.B. Related party transactions’.
 
54
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Employee share schemes
HSBC share awards
​ ​
Award
​ ​ ​
Policy
​ ​
​ ​ Deferred share awards (including annual incentive awards, LTI awards delivered shares) and Group Performance Share Plan (‘GPSP’) ​ ​ ​
An assessment of performance over the relevant period ending on 31 December is used to determine the amount of the award to be granted.
•
Deferred awards generally require employees to remain in employment over the vesting period and are generally not subject to performance conditions after the grant date. An exception to these are the long-term incentive (‘LTI’) awards, which are subject to performance conditions.
​
Deferred share awards generally vest over a period of three, five or seven years.
Vested shares may be subject to a retention requirement post-vesting.
Awards are subject to malus and clawback.
​ ​
​ ​ International Employee Share Purchase Plan
(‘ShareMatch’) 		​ ​ ​
The plan was first introduced in Hong Kong in 2013 and now includes employees based in 28 jurisdictions.
Shares are purchased in the market each quarter up to a maximum value of £750, or the equivalent in local currency.
Matching awards are added at a ratio of one free share for every three purchased.
Matching awards vest subject to continued employment and the retention of the purchased shares for a maximum period of two years and nine months.
​ ​
HSBC share option plans
​ ​
Main plans
​ ​ ​
Policy
​ ​
​ ​ Savings-related share option plans (‘Sharesave’) ​ ​ ​
From 2014, eligible employees for the UK plan can save up to £500 per month with the option to use the savings to acquire shares.
These are generally exercisable within six months following either the third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of a three-year or five-year contract, respectively.
The exercise price is set at a 20% (2020: 20%) discount to the market value immediately preceding the date of invitation.
​ ​
C.   Board practices
Directors’ term of office
All Non-Executive Directors are appointed for fixed terms not exceeding three years. All Directors retire from office at each annual general meeting. A Director who retires at an annual general meeting may, if they are willing to continue in office, be re-elected.
​ ​
Non-executive Director
​ ​ ​
Appointment Date
​ ​ ​
Expiration of current term
​ ​
​ ​ Stephen O’Connor ​ ​ ​ May 17, 2018 ​ ​ ​ 2025 AGM ​ ​
​ ​ Norma Dove-Edwin ​ ​ ​ October 28, 2021 ​ ​ ​ 2025 AGM ​ ​
​ ​ Yukiko Omura ​ ​ ​ May 17, 2018 ​ ​ ​ 2025 AGM ​ ​
​ ​ Juliet Ellis ​ ​ ​ February 1, 2021 ​ ​ ​ 2024 AGM ​ ​
​ ​ Dr Eric Strutz ​ ​ ​ October 28, 2016 ​ ​ ​ 2023 AGM ​ ​
​ ​ John Trueman ​ ​ ​ September 29, 2004 ​ ​ ​ 2023 AGM ​ ​
​ ​ Andrew Wright ​ ​ ​ May 17, 2018 ​ ​ ​ 2025 AGM ​ ​
Directors’ service Contracts
Non-executive Directors do not have service contracts, but are engaged through letters of appointment. There are no obligations in the non-executive Directors’ letters of appointment that could give rise to payments other than fees due or payments for loss of office.
The service contracts of executive Directors do not have a fixed term. Consistent with the best interests of the Group, the company will seek to minimise termination payments. Directors may be eligible for a payment in relation to statutory rights.
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Contract date (rolling)
​ ​ ​
Notice period (Director and HSBC employee)
​ ​
​ ​ Colin Bell ​ ​ ​ 22 February 2021 ​ ​ ​ 6 months ​ ​
​ ​ David Watts ​ ​ ​ 15 December 2021 ​ ​ ​ 6 months ​ ​
The Board of Directors
The Board, led by the Chair, is responsible among other matters for: (i) promoting the long-term success of the company and delivering sustainable value to shareholders and other stakeholders; (ii) entrepreneurial leadership of the company within a framework of
 
55
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
prudent and effective controls which enables risks to be assessed and managed; (iii) setting the company’s strategy and risk appetite statement including monitoring the company’s risk profile; (iv) establishing and monitoring the effectiveness of procedures for maintenance of a sound system of control and risk management, and compliance with statutory and regulatory obligations; and (v) approving the capital and operating plans and material transactions on the recommendation of management.
The role of the non-executive Directors is to support the development of proposals on strategy, hold management to account and ensure the executive Directors are discharging their responsibilities properly by promoting a culture that encourages constructive challenge. Non-executive Directors also review the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives. The Chair regularly meets with the non-executive Directors without executive Directors in attendance after Board meetings, and otherwise, as necessary.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is accountable to the Board and has non-executive responsibility for oversight of financial reporting related matters, internal controls over financial reporting and implementation of the group policies and procedures for capturing and responding to whistleblower concerns.
The Committee’s key responsibilities include: (i) monitoring and assessing the integrity of the financial statements, formal announcements and supplementary regulatory information in relation to the company’s financial performance; (ii) reviewing, as applicable, compliance with accounting standards, listing rules, and other requirements in relation to financial reporting; (iii) reviewing and monitoring the relationship with the external auditor; and (iv) overseeing the work of Internal Audit and monitoring and assessing the effectiveness, performance, resourcing, independence and standing of the function.
The committee has responsibility for the oversight of the company’s whistleblowing arrangements, and receives regular updates on matters relating to the whistleblowing arrangements that are in place. The current members are Andrew Wright (Chair), Yukiko Omura and John Trueman.
Nomination, Remuneration & Governance Committee
The Nomination, Remuneration & Governance Committee has responsibility for: (i) leading the process for Board appointments and for identifying and nominating, for the approval of the Board, candidates for appointment to the Board; (ii) the endorsement of the appointment of individuals to certain Board and management positions at the company’s subsidiaries; including proposed fees payable to non-executive Directors on subsidiary boards; (iii) reviewing the implementation and appropriateness of the Group’s Director remuneration policy and the remuneration of the company’s senior executives, including the identification of the individuals whose professional activities have an impact on the risk profile of the company population for the purposes of the Capital Requirements Directive; (iv) reviewing and developing the corporate governance framework on behalf of the Board and ensuring it is consistent with best corporate governance standards and practices while remaining appropriate to the size, complexity and strategy of the company; and (v) overseeing the implementation and compliance with the HSBC Group Subsidiary Accountability Framework.
The Nomination, Remuneration & Governance Committee comprises a majority of non-executive Directors. The current members are: Stephen O’Connor (Chair), Eric Strutz, Andrew Wright, and John Trueman (for Nomination and Governance matters only).
D.
Employees
​
The table below sets out the average number of persons employed by the group during the year in 2021, 2020 and 2019:
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​ ​
2020
​ ​ ​
2019
​ ​
​ ​ Markets & Securities Services (‘MSS’) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,322
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,590 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,508 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Global Banking (‘GB’) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,458
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,857 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,366 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ GBM Other ​ ​ ​ ​
​
140
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 158 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 595 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Commercial Banking (‘CMB’) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,023
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,396 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,241 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Wealth and Personal Banking (‘WPB’) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,709
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,807 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,956 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Corporate Centre ​ ​ ​ ​
​
171
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 58 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 89 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Year ended 31 Dec1,2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16,823
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,866 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,754 ​ ​ ​
​
1
A change in reportable segments was made in 2021. Comparatives have been re-presented accordingly for 2020 and 2019.
​
2
Average numbers of headcount in corporate centre are allocated in respective businesses on the basis of amounts charged to the respective global businesses.
​
The table below sets out the average number of persons employed by the group during the year by country:
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​ ​
2020
​ ​ ​
2019
​ ​
​ ​ UK ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,145
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,061
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,155
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ France ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7,713
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,249
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7,598
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Germany ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,732
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,995
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,096
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Others ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,233
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,561
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,905
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Total ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,823 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,866 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,754 ​ ​ ​
 
56
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Relationship between management and labour unions
We consult with and, where appropriate, negotiate with employee representative bodies where we have them. We also aim to maintain well-developed communications and consultation programmes with all employee representative bodies and there have been no material disruptions to our operations from labour disputes during the past five years.
E.
Share ownership
​
The company is a wholly owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc and, as such, none of the individuals listed at ‘Item 6.A. Directors and senior management’ own any shares in the company. In addition, there are no arrangements in place for involving the employees in the capital of the company, including any arrangement that involves the issue or grant of options or shares or securities of the company.
Item 7.   Major shareholders and related party transactions
A.
Major shareholders
​
To the extent known to the company, it is neither directly or indirectly owned or controlled by a corporation outside of the HSBC Group, any government, or any other person. In addition, there are no arrangements, known to the company, the operation of which may result in a change in its control in the future.
The table below sets out the details of the company’s major shareholders of each class of the company’s voting securities, as at April 30, 2022.
HSBC Bank plc £1.00 ordinary shares
​ ​
Investor Name
​ ​ ​
Number of shares Held
​ ​ ​
% of shares Held
​ ​ ​
Change in past three years
​ ​
​ ​ HSBC Holdings plc ​ ​ ​ 796,969,111 ​ ​ ​ 100 ​ ​ ​ Sole shareholder changed from
HSBC UK Holdings Limited to HSBC Holdings plc on 21 June 2021 		​ ​
Different voting rights for major shareholders
All shareholders of the company’s £1.00 ordinary shares have the same voting rights.
Shareholdings outside of the UK
100% of the £1.00 issued ordinary shares are held in the UK.
B.
Related party transactions
​
Key management personnel
The Key Management Personnel (‘KMP’) of the company are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the company. They include the Directors and certain senior executives of the company, Directors of HSBC Holdings plc and certain members of the HSBC Group Executive Committee, to the extent they have a role in directing the affairs of the company.
The emoluments of those KMP who are not Directors or senior executives of the company are paid by other Group companies who make no recharge to the company. Accordingly, no emoluments in respect of these KMP are included in the following disclosure.
The table below represent the compensation for KMP of the company in exchange for services rendered to the company for the period they served during the year.
Compensation of Key Management Personnel
​ ​
Transaction
​ ​ ​
For the year ended 31 December
​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£000
​ ​ ​
20201
£000
​ ​ ​
20191
£000
​ ​
​ ​ Short-term employee benefits2,3 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
13,678
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,865 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,330 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Post-employment benefits4 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
46
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Other long-term employee benefits ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,378
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 429 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 48 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Share-based payments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,331
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 586 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 348 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
Total
​ ​ ​ ​
​
19,433
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,899 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,726 ​ ​ ​
​
1
In 2021 the scope of KMP was extended to include certain senior executives of the company that were not included in 2020 and 2019. The comparatives figures for 2020 and 2019 have not been updated to include certain executives of the company.
​
2
Includes fees paid to non-executive Directors.
​
3
Includes two payments totalling £2,091,617 relating to compensation for loss of employment.
​
4
There were no reported post-employment benefits for the Directors in 2019. In 2019 the KMPs were only the Executive Directors and did not extend to a larger group of key management personnel.
​
The table below represent the advances and credits, guarantees and deposit balances during the year with KMP of the company.
 
57
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Advances and credits, guarantees and deposit balances during the year with KMP (note 1 below)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​ ​
20203
​ ​ ​
2019
​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Balance as at
31 Dec
 
 
£m
​ ​ ​
Highest
amounts
outstanding
during year2
£m
​ ​ ​
Balance as at
31 Dec
 
 
£m
​ ​ ​
Highest
amounts
outstanding
during year
£m
​ ​ ​
Balance as at
31 Dec
 
 
£m
​ ​ ​
Highest
amounts
outstanding
during year
£m
​ ​
​ ​ Advances and credits ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.03
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.08
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.03 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.4 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Deposits ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
18
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21 ​ ​ ​
​
1
Includes close family members and entities which are controlled or jointly controlled by KMP of the company or their close family members.
​
2
Exchange rate applied for non-sterling amounts is the average for the year.
​
3
In 2021 the scope of KMP was extended to include certain senior executives of the company that were not included in 2020. The comparative figures for 2020 and 2019 have not been updated to include certain senior executives of the company.
​
The above transactions mentioned in the table were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including with respect to interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with persons of a similar standing or, where applicable, with other employees. The transactions did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features for the company.
In addition to the requirements of IAS 24, particulars of advances (loans and quasi-loans), credits and guarantees entered into by the group with Directors of the company are required to be disclosed pursuant to section 413 of the Companies Act 2006. Under the Companies Act, there is no requirement to disclose transactions with KMP of the company’s ultimate parent company, HSBC Holdings plc. During the course of 2021 and 2020, there were no advances, credits and guarantees entered into by the group with Directors of the company. As at 31 December 2019, there was £150,000 of advances, credits and guarantees entered into by the group with Directors of the company.
Other related parties
Transactions and balances during the year with KMP of the company’s ultimate parent company
During the course of 2019, 2020 and 2021, there were no transactions and balances between KMP of HSBC Holdings plc and the company, who were not considered KMP of the company, in respect of advances and credits, guarantees and deposits.
Transactions and balances during the year with associates and joint ventures
During the course of 2019, 2020 and 2021, there were no transactions and balances between the company and associates and joint ventures, in respect of loans, deposits, guarantees and commitments.
 
58
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The group’s transactions and balances during the year with HSBC Holdings plc and subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​ ​
2020
​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Due to/from
HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​ ​
Due to/from subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​ ​
Due to/ from HSBC
Holdings plc
​ ​ ​
Due to/from subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Highest
balance
during the
year
£m
​ ​ ​
Balance
at
31 Dec
 
£m
​ ​ ​
Highest
balance
during the
year
£m
​ ​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
 
 
£m
​ ​ ​
Highest
balance
during the
year
£m
​ ​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
 
 
£m
​ ​ ​
Highest
balance
during the
year
£m
​ ​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
 
 
£m
​ ​
​ ​ Assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Trading assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
108
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,702
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,360
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 170 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 108 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,664 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,154 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,002
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
787
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25,566
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
21,862
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,261 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,002 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 33,785 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,980 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Financial assets designated
and otherwise
mandatorily measured at fair
value through
profit or loss 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
29
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
27
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
Loans and advances to banks
​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,890
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,173
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,222 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,048 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
490
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
329
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 505 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 435 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
172
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
154
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 172 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 172 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,332
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,690
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,638 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,137 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Prepayments, accrued income, and other assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,540
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,262
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,853
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,784
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,228 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,431 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,821 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,250 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
Total related party assets at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,829
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,228
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
47,862
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
33,225
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,838 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,720 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 57,664 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32,032 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Trading liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
158
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
116
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
82
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 406 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 151 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 742 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Financial liabilities designated at fair value ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,181
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,162
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,201
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,307 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,201 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,659
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,261
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,961 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,534 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,364
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,875
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,428
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,149
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,200 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,080 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,565 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,234 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,443
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,074
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
26,152
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
22,133
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,649 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,443 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 30,283 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,878 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,485
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,251
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,421
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,756 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,421 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Repurchase agreements –  non-trading ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,162
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,841
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,738 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,028 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Provisions, accruals, deferred
income, and other liabilities 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
189
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
179
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,057
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,826
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 103 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 74 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,719 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,097 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
Total related party liabilities at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​
​
16,820
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14,564
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
62,196
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
33,292
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,358 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,748 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 70,071 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 41,444 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
Guarantees and commitments
​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,622
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,061
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,438 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,762 ​ ​ ​
 
59
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Due to/from HSBC
Holdings plc
​ ​ ​
Due to/from subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
​ ​ Income statement ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Interest income ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
32
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Interest expense1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
50
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (55) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
58
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 256 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Fee income ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
61
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Fee expense ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
357
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 389 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Trading income ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Trading expense ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Other operating income ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 30 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
236
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 365 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ General and administrative expenses ​ ​ ​ ​
​
143
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 126 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,110
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,077 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2019
​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Due to/ from HSBC
Holdings plc
​ ​ ​
Due to/from subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Highest
balance
during the
year
£m
​ ​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
 
 
£m
​ ​ ​
Highest
balance
during the
year
£m
​ ​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
 
 
£m
​ ​
​ ​ Assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Trading assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 98 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 75 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 676 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 302 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,685 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,447 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,696 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18,130 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 198 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,341 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,957 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 406 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 612 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 400 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 229 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 160 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,303 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,638 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Prepayments, accrued income, and other assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,810 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,914 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,402 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
Total related party assets at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,236 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,712 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 48,740 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 30,856 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Trading liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 348 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 326 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,591 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 293 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Financial liabilities designated at fair value ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,241 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,310 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,191 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,373 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,928 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,855 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,762 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,119 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,992 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,163 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,501 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22,940 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18,055 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,060 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,509 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,787 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,279 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,279 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Provisions, accruals, deferred income, and other liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,766 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 73 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,968 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,342 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
Total related party liabilities at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,433 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,662 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 61,089 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 42,867 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
Guarantees and commitments
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,774 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,802 ​ ​ ​
 
60
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Due to/from
HSBC
Holdings plc
​ ​ ​
Due
to/from
subsidiaries
of HSBC
Holdings
plc
​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2019
£m
​ ​ ​
2019
£m
​ ​
​ ​ Income statement ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Interest income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 142 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Interest expense1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 84 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 329 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Fee income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Fee expense ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 356 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Trading income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Trading expense ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Other operating income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 69 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 322 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ General and administrative expenses ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 38 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,207 ​ ​ ​
​
1
2020 negative balance relates to net impact of fixed-for-floating-interest-rate swaps which the group has entered into to manage the movements in market interest rates on certain fixed rate financial liabilities.
​
The above outstanding balances arose in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.
 
61
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The company’s transactions and balances during the year with HSBC Bank plc subsidiaries, HSBC Holdings plc and subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Due to/from subsidiaries of
HSBC Bank plc subsidiaries
​ ​ ​
Due to/from
HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​ ​
Due to/from subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Highest
balance during
the year
£m
​ ​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
 
£m
​ ​ ​
Highest
balance during
the year
£m
​ ​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
 
£m
​ ​ ​
Highest
balance during
the year
£m
​ ​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
 
£m
​ ​
​ ​ Assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Trading assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
603
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
264
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
108
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,695
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,360
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15,309
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,025
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,002
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
787
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
22,953
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19,755
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Financial assets designated and
otherwise mandatorily measured
at fair value through profit or loss 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,172
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,259
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,561
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,100
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,446
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,850
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
416
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
242
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,337
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,337
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Reverse repurchase agreements – 
non-trading 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,313
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,313
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,058
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,428
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Prepayments, accrued income
and other assets 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
5,921
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,685
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,537
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,261
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,327
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,557
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Investments in subsidiary
undertakings 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,479
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,479
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Total related party assets at
31 Dec 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 43,580 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29,212 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,647 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,067 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 43,010 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29,442 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Trading liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
112
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
49
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
158
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
21
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
116
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
82
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Financial liabilities designated at
fair value 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,181
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,162
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,201
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,808
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,229
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,245
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
965
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,287
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
696
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,364
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,875
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,321
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,013
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17,378
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,190
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,443
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,074
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23,787
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
20,182
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
700
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
700
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,262
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,033
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,187
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Repurchase agreements – non-
trading 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
988
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
431
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5,670
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,645
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Provisions, accruals, deferred
income and other liabilities 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,166
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,127
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
174
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
166
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,423
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,302
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Total related party liabilities
at 31 Dec 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28,439 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,422 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,582 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,331 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 53,950 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29,189 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Guarantees and commitments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5,338
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,676
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,686
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,130
 ​ ​ ​
 
62
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2020
​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Due to/from subsidiaries of
HSBC Bank plc subsidiaries
​ ​ ​
Due to/from
HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​ ​
Due to/from subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Highest
balance during
the year
£m
​ ​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
 
£m
​ ​ ​
Highest
balance during
the year
£m
​ ​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
 
£m
​ ​ ​
Highest
balance during
the year
£m
​ ​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
 
£m
​ ​
​ ​ Assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Trading assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 907 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 234 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 169 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 108 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,664 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,154 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,139 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,309 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,261 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,002 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 31,986 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,829 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Financial assets designated and
otherwise mandatorily measured
at fair value through profit or loss 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,263 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,123 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,794 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,083 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,198 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,446 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 395 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 322 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,214 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,214 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,070 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 965 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,942 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 775 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,769 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,986 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,228 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,430 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,063 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,136 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Investments in subsidiary undertakings ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,458 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,458 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
Total related party assets at
31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50,018 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 36,735 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,658 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,540 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50,844 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29,299 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Trading liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 406 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 151 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 742 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Financial liabilities designated at
fair value 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 318 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,307 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,201 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,956 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,096 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,089 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,471 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,287 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,287 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,200 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,080 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,509 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,178 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18,174 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,378 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,649 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,443 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29,159 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,161 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 700 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 700 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,519 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,187 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Repurchase agreements – non-
trading 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,349 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 988 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,468 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,028 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Provisions, accruals, deferred
income and other liabilities 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,716 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,563 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 63 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 45 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,578 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,510 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
Total related party liabilities
at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32,510 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,013 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,318 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,719 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 65,371 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 38,787 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Guarantees and commitments ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,011 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,974 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,427 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 893 ​ ​ ​
 
63
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2019
​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Due to/from subsidiaries of
HSBC Bank plc subsidiaries
​ ​ ​
Due to/from
HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​ ​
Due to/from subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Highest
balance during
the year
£m
​ ​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
 
£m
​ ​ ​
Highest
balance during
the year
£m
​ ​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
 
£m
​ ​ ​
Highest
balance during
the year
£m
​ ​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
 
£m
​ ​
​ ​ Assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Trading assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,363 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 907 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 98 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 75 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 676 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 302 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 30,022 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,839 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,685 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,447 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,229 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,134 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 197 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,290 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,029 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,871 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,404 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,771 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,969 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 406 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 586 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 353 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 185 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​
​ ​
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,095 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,070 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,080 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,782 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,217 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,405 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,807 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,828 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,301 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Investments in subsidiary undertakings ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,930 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,025 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​
​ ​
Total related party assets at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 67,070 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 37,244 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,996 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,543 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 43,270 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26,276 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Trading liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 348 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 326 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,591 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 293 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Financial liabilities designated at fair value ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 318 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 318 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,241 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,310 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,191 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,905 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,428 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,003 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,416 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 924 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 534 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,855 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,762 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,063 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,890 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26,270 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,702 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,163 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,501 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,730 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,243 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 701 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 700 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,827 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,272 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,566 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,996 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,058 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,279 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,279 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Provisions, accruals, deferred income and other liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,954 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,877 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,747 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,107 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,959 ​ ​ ​
​ ​
Total related party liabilities at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 44,071 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,617 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,181 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,638 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 56,355 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39,837 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Guarantees and commitments ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,029 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,749 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,604 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 923 ​ ​ ​
The above outstanding balances arose in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.
Post-employment benefit plans
The HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme (the ‘Scheme’) entered into swap transactions with the company to manage the inflation and interest rate sensitivity of the liabilities. At 31 December 2021, the gross notional value of the swaps was £5,490m (2020: £5,645m, 2019: £7,464m), the swaps had a positive fair value of £766m to the company (2020: positive fair value of £713m, 2019: positive fair value £895m) and the company had delivered collateral of £775m (2020: £711m, 2019: £904m) to the Scheme in respect of these swaps. All swaps were executed at prevailing market rates and within standard market bid/ offer spreads.
C.
Interests of experts and counsel
​
Not applicable.
Item 8.   Financial information
A.
Consolidated statements and other financial information
​
Consolidated financial statements
Our audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years 31 December 2021, 2020 and 2019 are included in ‘Item 18’ of this registration statement.
Legal proceedings
The group is party to legal proceedings and regulatory matters in a number of jurisdictions arising out of its normal business operations. Apart from the matters described below, the group considers that none of these matters are material. The recognition of provisions is determined in accordance with the accounting policies set out in Note 1. While the outcomes of legal proceedings and regulatory matters are inherently uncertain, management believes that, based on the information available to it, appropriate provisions have been made
 
64
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
in respect of these matters as at 31 December 2021 (see Note 26). Where an individual provision is material, the fact that a provision has been made is stated and quantified, except to the extent that doing so would be seriously prejudicial. Any provision recognised does not constitute an admission of wrongdoing or legal liability. It is not practicable to provide an aggregate estimate of potential liability for our legal proceedings and regulatory matters as a class of contingent liabilities.
Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC
Various non-US HSBC companies provided custodial, administration and similar services to a number of funds incorporated outside the US whose assets were invested with Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC (‘Madoff Securities’). Based on information provided by Madoff Securities as at 30 November 2008, the purported aggregate value of these funds was $8.4bn, including fictitious profits reported by Madoff. Based on information available to HSBC, the funds’ actual transfers to Madoff Securities minus their actual withdrawals from Madoff Securities during the time HSBC serviced the funds are estimated to have totalled approximately $4bn. Various HSBC companies have been named as defendants in lawsuits arising out of Madoff Securities’ fraud.
US litigation: The Madoff Securities Trustee has brought lawsuits against various HSBC companies and others in the US Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the ‘US Bankruptcy Court’), seeking recovery of transfers from Madoff Securities to HSBC in an amount not yet pleaded or determined. Following an initial dismissal of certain claims, which was later reversed on appeal, the cases were remanded to the US Bankruptcy Court, where they are now pending.
Fairfield Sentry Limited, Fairfield Sigma Limited and Fairfield Lambda Limited (together, ‘Fairfield’) (in liquidation since July 2009) have brought a lawsuit in the US against fund shareholders, including HSBC companies that acted as nominees for clients, seeking restitution of redemption payments. In December 2018, the US Bankruptcy Court dismissed certain claims by the Fairfield liquidators and granted a motion by the liquidators to file amended complaints. In May 2019, the liquidators appealed certain issues from the US Bankruptcy Court to the US District Court for the Southern District of New York (the ‘New York District Court’), and these appeals remain pending.
In January 2020, the Fairfield liquidators filed amended complaints on the claims remaining in the US Bankruptcy Court. In December 2020, the US Bankruptcy Court dismissed the majority of those claims. In March 2021, the liquidators and defendants appealed the US Bankruptcy Court’s decision to the New York District Court, and these appeals are currently pending. Meanwhile, proceedings before the US Bankruptcy Court with respect to the remaining claims that were not dismissed are ongoing.
UK litigation: The Madoff Securities Trustee has filed a claim against various HSBC companies in the High Court of England and Wales, seeking recovery of transfers from Madoff Securities to HSBC in an amount not yet pleaded or determined. The deadline for service of the claim has been extended to September 2022 for UK-based defendants and November 2022 for all other defendants.
Cayman Islands litigation: In February 2013, Primeo Fund (‘Primeo’) (in liquidation since April 2009) brought an action against HSBC Securities Services Luxembourg (‘HSSL’) and Bank of Bermuda (Cayman) Limited (now known as HSBC Cayman Limited), alleging breach of contract and breach of fiduciary duty and claiming damages and equitable compensation. The trial concluded in February 2017 and, in August 2017, the court dismissed all claims against the defendants. In September 2017, Primeo appealed to the Court of Appeal of the Cayman Islands and, in June 2019, the Court of Appeal of the Cayman Islands dismissed Primeo’s appeal. In August 2019, Primeo filed a notice of appeal to the UK Privy Council. Two hearings before the UK Privy Council took place during 2021. Judgment was given against HSBC in respect of the first hearing and judgment is pending in respect of the second hearing.
Luxembourg litigation: In April 2009, Herald Fund SPC (‘Herald’) (in liquidation since July 2013) brought an action against HSSL before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking restitution of cash and securities that Herald purportedly lost because of Madoff Securities’ fraud, or money damages. The Luxembourg District Court dismissed Herald’s securities restitution claim, but reserved Herald’s cash restitution and money damages claims. Herald has appealed this judgment to the Luxembourg Court of Appeal, where the matter is pending. In late 2018, Herald brought additional claims against HSSL and HSBC Bank plc before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking further restitution and damages.
In October 2009, Alpha Prime Fund Limited (‘Alpha Prime’) brought an action against HSSL before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking the restitution of securities, or the cash equivalent, or money damages. In December 2018, Alpha Prime brought additional claims before the Luxembourg District Court seeking damages against various HSBC companies. These matters are currently pending before the Luxembourg District Court.
In December 2014, Senator Fund SPC (‘Senator’) brought an action against HSSL before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking restitution of securities, or the cash equivalent, or money damages. In April 2015, Senator commenced a separate action against the Luxembourg branch of HSBC Bank plc asserting identical claims before the Luxembourg District Court. In December 2018, Senator brought additional claims against HSSL and HSBC Bank plc Luxembourg branch before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking restitution of Senator’s securities or money damages. These matters are currently pending before the Luxembourg District Court.
There are many factors that may affect the range of possible outcomes, and any resulting financial impact, of the various Madoff-related proceedings described above, including but not limited to the multiple jurisdictions in which the proceedings have been brought. Based upon the information currently available, management’s estimate of the possible aggregate damages that might arise as a result of all claims in the various Madoff-related proceedings is around $600m, excluding costs and interest. Due to uncertainties and limitations of this estimate, any possible damages that might ultimately arise could differ significantly from this amount.
Anti-money laundering and sanctions-related matters
In December 2012, HSBC Holdings plc (‘HSBC Holdings’) entered into a number of agreements, including an undertaking with the UK Financial Services Authority (replaced with a Direction issued by the UK Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) in 2013 and again in 2020) as well as a cease-and-desist order with the US Federal Reserve Board (‘FRB’), both of which contained certain forward-looking anti-money laundering (‘AML’) and sanctions-related obligations. For several years thereafter, HSBC retained a Skilled Person
 
65
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
under section 166 of the Financial Services and Markets Act and an Independent Consultant under the FRB cease-and-desist order to produce periodic assessments of the Group’s AML and sanctions compliance programme. The Skilled Person completed its engagement in the second quarter of 2021, and the FCA determined that no further Skilled Person work is required. Separately, the Independent Consultant has completed its latest review pursuant to the FRB cease-and-desist order, which remains in place.
In December 2021, the FCA concluded its investigation into HSBC’s compliance with UK money laundering regulations and financial crime systems and control requirements. The FCA imposed a fine of £63.9m on HSBC Bank plc, which has been paid.
Since November 2014, a number of lawsuits have been filed in federal courts in the US against various HSBC companies and others on behalf of plaintiffs who are, or are related to, victims of terrorist attacks in the Middle East. In each case, it is alleged that the defendants aided and abetted the unlawful conduct of various sanctioned parties in violation of the US Anti-Terrorism Act. Currently, nine actions against HSBC Bank plc remain pending in federal courts in New York or the District of Columbia. The courts have granted HSBC Bank plc’s motions to dismiss in five of these cases; appeals remain pending in two cases, and the remaining three dismissals are also subject to appeal. The four remaining actions are at an early stage.
Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable to predict the resolution of these matters, including the timing or any possible impact on HSBC, which could be significant.
London interbank offered rates, European interbank offered rates and other benchmark interest rate investigations and litigation
Euro interest rate derivatives: In December 2016, the European Commission (‘EC’) issued a decision finding that HSBC, among other banks, engaged in anti-competitive practices in connection with the pricing of euro interest rate derivatives in early 2007. The EC imposed a fine on HSBC based on a one-month infringement. In September 2019, the General Court of the European Union (the ‘General Court’) issued a decision largely upholding the EC’s findings on liability but annulling the fine. HSBC and the EC both appealed the General Court’s decision to the European Court of Justice (the ‘Court of Justice’). In June 2021, the EC adopted a new fining decision for an amount that was 5% less than the previously annulled fine, and it subsequently withdrew its appeal to the Court of Justice. HSBC has appealed the EC’s June 2021 fining decision to the General Court, and its appeal to the Court of Justice on liability also remains pending.
US dollar Libor: Beginning in 2011, HSBC and other panel banks have been named as defendants in a number of private lawsuits filed in the US with respect to the setting of US dollar Libor. The complaints assert claims under various US laws, including US antitrust and racketeering laws, the US Commodity Exchange Act (‘US CEA’) and state law. The lawsuits include individual and putative class actions, most of which have been transferred and/or consolidated for pre-trial purposes before the New York District Court. HSBC has reached class settlements with five groups of plaintiffs, and the court has approved these settlements. HSBC has also resolved several of the individual actions, although a number of other US dollar Libor-related actions remain pending against HSBC in the New York District Court.
Intercontinental Exchange (‘ICE’) Libor: Between January and March 2019, HSBC and other panel banks were named as defendants in three putative class actions filed in the New York District Court on behalf of persons and entities who purchased instruments paying interest indexed to US dollar ICE Libor from a panel bank. The complaints allege, among other things, misconduct related to the suppression of this benchmark rate in violation of US antitrust and state law. In July 2019, the three putative class actions were consolidated, and the plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint. In March 2020, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss in its entirety and, in February 2022, the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit dismissed the plaintiffs’ appeal.
Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable to predict the resolution of these matters, including the timing or any possible impact on HSBC, which could be significant.
Foreign exchange-related investigations and litigation
In December 2021, the EC issued a settlement decision finding that a number of banks, including HSBC, had engaged in anti-competitive practices in an online chatroom between 2011 and 2012 in the foreign exchange spot market. The EC imposed a €174.3m fine on HSBC in connection with this matter, has been paid.
In January 2018, following the conclusion of the US Department of Justice’s (‘DoJ’) investigation into HSBC’s historical foreign exchange activities, HSBC Holdings entered into a three-year deferred prosecution agreement with the Criminal Division of the DoJ (the ‘FX DPA’), regarding fraudulent conduct in connection with two particular transactions in 2010 and 2011. In January 2021, the FX DPA expired and, in August 2021, the charges deferred by the FX DPA were dismissed.
In June 2020, the Competition Commission of South Africa, having initially referred a complaint for proceedings before the South African Competition Tribunal in February 2017, filed a revised complaint against 28 financial institutions, including HSBC Bank plc, for alleged anti-competitive behaviour in the South African foreign exchange market. In December 2021, a hearing on HSBC Bank plc’s application to dismiss the revised complaint took place before the South African Competition Tribunal, where a decision remains pending.
Beginning in 2013, various HSBC companies and other banks have been named as defendants in a number of putative class actions filed in, or transferred to, the New York District Court arising from allegations that the defendants conspired to manipulate foreign exchange rates. HSBC has reached class settlements with two groups of plaintiffs, including direct and indirect purchasers of foreign exchange products, and the court has granted final approval of these settlements.
In November and December 2018, complaints alleging foreign exchange-related misconduct were filed in the New York District Court and the High Court of England and Wales against HSBC and other defendants by certain plaintiffs that opted out of the direct purchaser class action settlement in the US.The high court claim has since been transferred to the Competition Appeals Tribunal and
 
66
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
these matters remain pending. Additionally, lawsuits alleging foreign exchange-related misconduct remain pending against HSBC and other banks in courts in Brazil and Israel.
In February 2019, various HSBC companies were named as defendants in a claim issued in the High Court of England and Wales that alleged foreign exchange-related misconduct. In November 2021, the court dismissed all claims against HSBC and this matter is now concluded.
It is possible that additional civil actions will be initiated against HSBC in relation to its historical foreign exchange activities.
Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of these matters, including the timing or any possible impact on HSBC, which could be significant.
Precious metals fix-related litigation
Gold: Beginning in March 2014, numerous putative class actions were filed in the New York District Court and the US District Courts for the District of New Jersey and the Northern District of California, naming HSBC and other members of The London Gold Market Fixing Limited as defendants. The complaints, which were consolidated in the New York District Court, allege that, from January 2004 to June 2013, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of gold and gold derivatives for their collective benefit in violation of US antitrust laws, the US CEA and New York state law. In October 2020, HSBC reached a settlement in principle with the plaintiffs to resolve the consolidated action. The settlement remains subject to court approval.
Beginning in December 2015, numerous putative class actions under Canadian law were filed in the Ontario and Quebec Superior Courts of Justice against various HSBC companies and other financial institutions. The plaintiffs allege that, among other things, from January 2004 to March 2014, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of gold and gold derivatives in violation of the Canadian Competition Act and common law. These actions are ongoing.
Silver: Beginning in July 2014, numerous putative class actions were filed in federal district courts in New York, naming HSBC and other members of The London Silver Market Fixing Limited as defendants. The complaints allege that, from January 2007 to December 2013, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of silver and silver derivatives for their collective benefit in violation of US antitrust laws, the US CEA and New York state law. The actions were consolidated in the New York District Court and remain pending, following the conclusion of pre-class certification discovery.
In April 2016, two putative class actions under Canadian law were filed in the Ontario and Quebec Superior Courts of Justice against various HSBC companies and other financial institutions. The plaintiffs in both actions allege that, from January 1999 to August 2014, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of silver and silver derivatives in violation of the Canadian Competition Act and common law. These actions are ongoing.
Platinum and palladium: Between late 2014 and early 2015, numerous putative class actions were filed in the New York District Court, naming HSBC and other members of The London Platinum and Palladium Fixing Company Limited as defendants. The complaints allege that, from January 2008 to November 2014, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of platinum group metals (‘PGM’) and PGM-based financial products for their collective benefit in violation of US antitrust laws and the US CEA. In March 2020, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the plaintiffs’ third amended complaint but granted the plaintiffs leave to re-plead certain claims. The plaintiffs have filed an appeal.
Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of these matters, including the timing or any possible impact on HSBC, which could be significant.
Other regulatory investigations, reviews and litigation
HSBC Bank plc and/or certain of its affiliates are subject to a number of other investigations and reviews by various regulators and competition and law enforcement authorities, as well as litigation, in connection with various matters relating to the firm’s businesses and operations, including:
•
an investigation by the PRA in connection with depositor protection arrangements in the UK;
​
•
an investigation by the FCA in connection with collections and recoveries operations in the UK;
​
•
an investigation by the UK Competition and Markets Authority concerning the financial services sector; and
​
•
two group actions pending in the US courts and a claim issued in the High Court of England and Wales in connection with HSBC Bank plc’s role as a correspondent bank to Stanford International Bank Ltd from 2003 to 2009.
​
There are many factors that may affect the range of outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of these matters, which could be significant.
Dividend Distribution Policy
The company’s called up share capital is composed of £1.00 ordinary shares and $0.01 non-cumulative third dollar preference shares.
There is no fixed dividend payable on the £1.00 ordinary shares, dividends on ordinary shares are fully discretionary.
Third dollar preference shares dividend distribution policy
Subject to the terms and conditions of the third dollar preference shares, as set out in the Articles (as defined below) and as may be determined by the Directors, a dividend at a rate of 7.5% on the liquidation value of the preference shares is payable annually.
 
67
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
B.
Significant changes
​
There has been no significant change in the financial position or financial performance of the company or the group since 31 December 2021.
Item 9.   The offer and listing
A.
Offer and listing Details
​
The Company does not have any shares listed on any stock exchange and is not seeking any listing of any shares in connection with the filing of this registration statement.
B.
Plan of distribution
​
Not applicable.
C.
Markets
​
The Company does not have any shares listed on any stock exchange.
D.
Selling shareholders
​
Not applicable.
E.
Dilution
​
Not applicable.
F.
Expenses of the issue
​
Not applicable.
Item 10.   Additional information
A.
Share capital
​
As of the date of this Registration Statement, our share capital consists of 796,969,111 ordinary shares with a nominal value of £1.00 each and 35,000,000 non-cumulative third dollar preference shares of $0.01 each. All of our outstanding ordinary shares are fully paid.
The Articles authorise the issuance of share capital up to an amount to be determined by way of shareholder resolution, which, as of the date of this Registration Statement, is up to 353,030,000 shares. This authorisation is due to expire on 22 April 2025.
HSBC Bank plc £1.00 ordinary shares
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2020
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Number
​ ​ ​
£m
​ ​ ​
Number
​ ​ ​
£m
​ ​
​ ​ At 1 Jan ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 796,969,111 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 797 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 796,969,111 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 797 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ At 31 Dec ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 796,969,111 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 797 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 796,969,111 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 797 ​ ​ ​
HSBC Bank plc $0.01 non-cumulative third dollar preference shares
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2020
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Number
​ ​ ​
£000
​ ​ ​
Number
​ ​ ​
£000
​ ​
​ ​ At 1 Jan and 31 Dec ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 35,000,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 172 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 35,000,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 172 ​ ​ ​
The company has no obligation to redeem the preference shares but may redeem them in part or in whole at any time, subject to prior notification to the Prudential Regulation Authority (‘PRA’). Dividends on the preference shares in issue are paid annually at the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors will not declare a dividend on the preference shares in issue if (i) payment of the dividend would cause a breach of the capital adequacy requirements of the company (or its subsidiary undertakings) under applicable laws or regulations or (ii) the distributable profits of the company are insufficient to enable the payment in full or in part (as applicable) of the dividends on the preference shares in issue.
If either the solo or consolidated Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio of the company as of any date falls below 7.00% (a so-called ‘right conversion event’), the rights attaching to the preference shares shall be altered irrevocably and permanently such that they have the same rights attaching to them as ordinary shares. Holders of the preference shares in issue will be able to attend any general meetings of shareholders of the company and to vote on any resolution proposed to vary or abrogate any of the rights attaching to the preference shares or any resolution proposed to reduce the paid up capital of the preference shares. If the dividend payable on the preference shares in issue has not been paid in full for the most recent dividend period, if a rights conversion event has occurred or if any resolution is proposed for the winding-up of the company or the sale of its entire business then, in such circumstances, holders of preference shares will be entitled to vote on all matters put to general meetings. In the case of unpaid dividends the holders of preference shares in issue will be entitled to attend and vote at any general meetings until such time as dividends on the preference shares for the most recent dividend period have been paid in full, or a sum set aside for such payment in full, in respect of one dividend period. All shares in issue are fully paid.
 
68
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
B.
Articles of Association
​
Register, entry number and objects
HSBC Bank plc is a public limited company incorporated in the UK and registered at Companies House with company number 00014259.
The company’s articles of association do not contain an objects clause.
Summary of the company’s articles of association (the ‘Articles’)
The following information is a summary of the material terms of the Articles as in effect as of the date hereof. Readers are encouraged to read the full Articles, which are filed as an exhibit to this registration statement on Form 20-F.
Directors’ Powers
Permitted interests of Directors
Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 (the ‘Act’), the Articles, and to any directions given by special resolution of the company, as long as a director has disclosed the nature and extent of his interest to the Board, a Director can: (i) be a party to, or otherwise have an interest in, any transaction or arrangement with the company or in which the company has a direct or indirect interest; (ii) act by himself or through his or her firm in a paid professional role for the company (other than as auditor); and (iii) be a Director, officer or employee of, or a party to a transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate promoted by the company or in which the company is otherwise interested or as regards which the company has any powers of appointment.
The Board may authorise Directors’ actual and potential conflicts of interests, provided that any Director concerned does not vote or count towards the quorum at the meeting where the matter is considered.
Borrowing powers
Subject to the relevant legislation and the Articles, the Board may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present or future) and uncalled capital of the company and, subject to the provisions of the Act, to issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the company or of any third party.
Retirement
At each annual general meeting of the company the Directors who have not otherwise ceased to be a Director (either by resignation, retirement, removal or otherwise) shall retire from office. A Director who retires at an annual general meeting may, if willing to act, be re-elected. If he/she is not re-elected or deemed to have been re-appointed or if the meeting is adjourned, he/she shall retain office until the meeting appoints someone in his place or, if it does not do so, until the end of the meeting.
Share qualification
Directors do not need to be shareholders in the company.
Shares
Subject to the provisions of the Act and relevant authority given by the company at general meetings, the Board has general and unconditional authority to allot, grant options over, or otherwise dispose of, unissued shares of the company, or rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares, to such persons, at such times and on such terms as the Board may decide. No shares may be issued at a discount.
Third dollar preference shares
The third dollar preference shares shall rank pari passu inter se and with all other shares expressed to rank pari passu therewith. They shall be subject to the rights and limitations set out in the Articles and any further rights that may be attached by the Directors prior to allotment.
Dividend and other distributions
Subject to the provisions of ‘Rights Conversion Event’ below, regulatory restrictions and other restrictions applicable to the company’s ability to pay dividends on the third dollar preference shares, each third dollar preference share shall confer the right to a non-cumulative dividend payable in US dollars at either a fixed or variable rate on such dates and on such other terms and conditions as may be determined by the directors prior to allotment thereof (the ‘third dollar preference dividend’). Nevertheless, the company shall be entitled at its full discretion to cancel (in whole or in part) any dividend otherwise payable in respect of the third dollar preference shares on any date.
If the company does not make any such dividend payment on the relevant date for payment, such non-payment shall evidence the non-payment and cancellation of such dividend payment (or relevant part thereof) and accordingly such dividend shall not in any such case be payable or required to be paid.
Any dividend payment which is cancelled shall not be payable or be required to be paid and shall not accumulate or be payable at any time after its cancellation, and each holder of third dollar preference shares shall have no rights in respect thereof and any such cancellation or non-payment (in whole or in part) shall not constitute a default or event of default on the part of the company for any purpose.
Moreover, each third dollar preference share shall confer the right (subject to the rights attached to any other class of share in the capital of the company for the time being) upon return of capital on a winding up or otherwise (but not, unless otherwise provided by the
 
69
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
terms of issue of such share, upon a redemption or purchase by the company of any of its share capital) to receive a sum calculated pursuant to the provisions of the Articles in US dollars out of the assets of the company available for distribution to its members pari passu with the holders of any other shares of the company ranking pari passu with such share as regards repayment of capital and in priority to the holders of the ordinary shares of the company.
No third dollar preference share shall:
i)
confer any right to participate in the profits or assets of the company other than that set out above;
​
ii)
subject to the Act, confer any right to participate in any offer or invitation by way of rights or otherwise to subscribe for additional shares in the company;
​
iii)
confer any right of conversion; or
​
iv)
confer any right to participate in any issue of bonus shares.
​
Redemption and Purchase
The third dollar preference shares shall, subject to the provisions of the Act and restrictions set out in the Articles, be redeemable at the option of the company by giving not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ prior notice in writing of the relevant redemption date (a ‘Notice of Redemption’).
Any Notice of Redemption shall specify the applicable redemption date, the particular third dollar preference shares to be redeemed and the redemption price and shall state the place or places at which documents of title in respect of such third dollar preference shares are to be presented and surrendered for redemption and payment of the redemption moneys is to be effected.
Subject to the provisions of the Act and the Articles, the company may at any time after the date that falls five years and one day from the date of allotment of the relevant third dollar preference shares, purchase any third dollar preference shares (a) in the market, (b) by tender (available alike to all holders of the same class of third dollar preference shares) or (c) by private treaty, in each case upon such terms as the Directors shall determine.
Unless the third dollar preference shares have (or will have on the relevant redemption date or date of purchase) ceased fully to qualify as part of the company’s regulatory capital, the company shall only exercise any right to redeem or purchase the third dollar preference shares if the company has first obtained any relevant supervisory consent (as defined in the Articles).
At any time that either the solo CET 1 capital ratio or the consolidated CET 1 capital ratio of the company is below 7.00% (a “Rights Conversion Event”), the third dollar preference shares shall cease to be redeemable at the option of the company and the company shall not give a Notice of Redemption or purchase or agree to purchase any third dollar preference share if a rights conversion event notice has been given. If a rights conversion event notice is given after (a) a Notice of Redemption has been given before the redemption date or (b) the company has agreed to purchase any third dollar preference share but before the agreed date for the purchase, such Notice of Redemption or agreement to purchase, as the case may be, shall automatically be revoked and be null and void and no third dollar preference share shall be redeemed or purchased by the company.
Rights Conversion Event
If a Rights Conversion Event occurs, the rights attaching to the third dollar preference shares shall be altered irrevocably and permanently such that they have the same rights attaching to them as the ordinary shares. Accordingly, the third dollar preference shares shall rank in all respects pari passu with, and not in priority to, the ordinary shares issued in the capital of the company, including as regards dividends and a return of capital (on a winding up or otherwise) and as such, the third dollar preference shares shall cease to confer the rights as to dividend and capital referred to above. As each third dollar preference share will have the same rights attaching to it as the ordinary shares following the Rights Conversion Event, the third dollar preference shares shall be re-designated as ordinary shares of $0.01 each and shall be treated as being of the same class as the ordinary shares in issue.
Following the occurrence of the Rights Conversion Event, the right to receive the third dollar preference dividend, which would otherwise be conferred upon the holders of the third dollar preference shares, on or after the date on which the Rights Conversion Event occurs shall, cease to be conferred on and from the date of the Rights Conversion Event and any such third dollar preference dividend otherwise scheduled to be paid on or following the date of the Rights Conversion Event shall be automatically cancelled.
Following the occurrence of the Rights Conversion Event, the holders of third dollar preference shares shall be entitled to receive notice of and attend any general meeting of the company and to vote on all matters put before the shareholders of the company in general meeting in accordance with the Articles and the terms of the third dollar preference shares, and the third dollar preference shares shall cease to be redeemable at the option of the company.
Ordinary shares
Voting rights
At any general meeting a resolution put to vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands, unless (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) a poll is duly demanded.
Subject to any rights or restrictions as to voting attached to any shares, on a show of hands, every member present in person or (subject to certain conditions) by proxy shall have one vote, and, on a poll, every member present in person or by proxy has one vote for every share of which he or she is the holder.
The Chairman of the meeting has the casting vote in the event of a tie in either a show of hands or poll vote, in addition to any other vote he/she may have.
 
70
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Dividend and other distributions
The company may by ordinary resolution declare dividends to be paid to members according to their respective rights and interests in the profits of the company. No dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Board.
Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Board may pay interim dividends if it appears to the Board that it is justified by the profits of the company available for distribution. Dividends declared but not yet paid do not bear interest.
Except as otherwise provided by the terms of issue of or rights attached to any shares: all final dividends shall be declared by the company and paid; (ii) and all interim dividends shall be determined by the Board and scheduled to be paid, according to the amounts paid up on the shares on which the dividend is paid. All final dividends and/or interim dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the percentage of the nominal amount (which shall in the case of ordinary shares be treated as the same amount as is treated as paid up on all fully paid ordinary shares) paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the final dividend and/or interim dividend is paid, but if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, it shall rank for dividend accordingly.
All dividends unclaimed for 12 months after having become payable may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of the company until claimed and the company shall not be constituted a trustee in respect thereof. All dividends unclaimed for a period of 12 years after having become due for payment shall (if the Board so resolves) be forfeited and shall cease to remain owing by the company.
The Board may, with the prior authority of an ordinary resolution of the company, direct that payment of a dividend may be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of paid-up shares or debentures of another company. Where a difficulty arises in connection with the distribution, the Board may settle it as it thinks fit and in particular, without limitation, may:
i)
issue fractional certificates (or ignore fractions);
​
ii)
fix the value for distribution of the specific assets (or any part of them);
​
iii)
decide that a cash payment be made to a member on the basis of the value so fixed, in order to secure equality of distribution; and
​
iv)
vest assets in trustees on trust for the persons entitles to the dividend as seems expedient to the Board.
​
Lien
The company has a first and paramount lien on all partly paid shares for an amount payable in respect of the share, whether the due date for payment has arrived or not. The lien applies to all dividends from time to time declared or other amounts payable in respect of the share.
Calls
The Board may from time to time make calls on the holders of the shares for any amounts unpaid on the shares. These calls must be made with 14 clear days’ notice specifying the time, place and manner of payment, which may include payment in instalments. The person on whom a call is made remains liable for the call despite any subsequent transfer of the Shares on which the call was made. The joint holders of a share are jointly and severally liable for the payment of all calls.
Forfeiture
If any holder of shares does not pay any part of any call on or before the payment date, the Board may send the holder of shares a notice of the amount unpaid (including interest and other costs and expenses incurred by the company) and if the holder of shares does not pay the amount owed within 14 clear days from the date of the notice, the Board may forfeit the relevant share, at any time before full payment is made. The forfeited share and any dividends declared or other moneys payable in respect of the forfeited Share will then become the property of the company.
Ownership of shares by non-UK persons
There are no provisions in the Articles that restrict non-UK residents or overseas shareholders from holding shares or from exercising voting rights attaching to shares.
Pre-emption rights and section 551 and disapplication of section 561 of the Act
The Board has general and unconditional authority, pursuant to section 551 of the Act, to exercise all powers of the company to allot shares in the company or grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares in the company up to an aggregate nominal amount equal to the section 551 amount (as defined in the Articles).
The Board has a general power, pursuant to section 570 of the Act, to allot equity securities for cash pursuant to this authority conferred above, and/or where the allotment constitutes an allotment of equity securities by virtue of section 560(2) of the Act, in each case free of restriction in section 561(1) for the first period and each subsequent section 561 period (as defined in the Articles).
Liquidation rights
On a winding up of the company the liquidator may, on obtaining any sanction required by law, divide among the members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the company, and vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the members as he, with the like sanction, shall determine. For this purpose the liquidator may set the value he deems fair on a class or classes of property, and may determine on the basis of that valuation and in accordance with the then existing rights of members how the division is to be carried out between members or classes of members. The liquidator may not, however, distribute to a member without his consent an asset to which there is attached a liability or potential liability for the owner.
 
71
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Rights to share in the company’s profits
Subject to the Act, the provisions of the Articles, and if authorised by ordinary resolution of the members, the Board can pass a resolution to capitalise any undistributed profits (unless required for paying a preferential dividend) or other sum in any reserve or fund.
Changes in capital and allotment of securities
Subject to the Act and to the rights attached to existing shares, the company may by special resolution reduce its share capital, capital redemption reserve, share premium account or other undistributable reserve in any way. Unless otherwise provided by its terms of issue, the rights attached to any preference share shall not be deemed to be varied or abrogated by a reduction of any share capital ranking as regards participation in the profits and assets of the company pari passu with or after that preference share.
Variation of rights
The consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-quarters of the issued shares of the class, or the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting by shareholders of that class are required to vary or abrogate the rights of the class, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, duly convened and held. Two persons holding or representing by proxy at least one-third of the shares of the relevant class must be present for the separate annual general meeting to be valid. The rights attached to a class of shares are not, unless the shares provide so expressly, deemed to be varied by the creation, allotment or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with or subsequent to them or by the purchase or redemption by the company of its own shares in accordance with the Act.
General meetings of the company’s shareholders
The company holds an annual general meeting of its shareholders each year in accordance with the requirements of the Act. All other general meetings of the members are called general meetings. The Board can call a general meeting whenever it thinks fit. All annual general meetings can only be held if members have been given at least 21 clear days’ notice in writing or such longer period as may be required by law from time to time. Members must be given at least 14 clear days’ notice in writing of all other general meetings. The members can require the Board to call a general meeting in accordance with the Act.
Notice of a general meeting must be sent to all of the company’s members (subject to certain exceptions), the Board, the auditors, and to any other person who may be entitled to receive it. The notice calling a general meeting must specify the place, day, time and general nature of the business of the meeting. A notice calling an annual general meeting must state that the meeting is an annual general meeting. A member may attend and/or vote at general meetings or class meetings in person or by proxy. The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting shall not invalidate the proceedings of that meeting.
Even if a Director is not a member, he or she is entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting or class meeting. Subject to the requirements of the Act, the quorum for a general meeting is two qualifying persons present and entitled to vote. If a quorum is not present within 30 minutes of the time set for the general meeting (or such longer time as the Chairman decides to wait), the meeting, if convened by or on the requisition of members, is dissolved. In any other case it stands adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place as the Chairman of the meeting may determine.
The Chairman has the power, with the consent of a meeting, to adjourn a meeting at which a quorum is present. The quorum of an adjourned meeting is one qualifying person present and entitled to vote. If a quorum is not present within five minutes from the time fixed for the start of the meeting, the adjourned meeting shall be dissolved.
Change of control
There are no provisions in the Articles which would have an effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in the control of the company.
Limitations on the rights to own securities
Subject to the Act and to the rights attaching to existing shares, the company may purchase, or agree to purchase in the future, any shares of any class (including redeemable shares) in its own capital in any way. Unless otherwise provided by its terms of issue, the rights attached to any preference share shall not be deemed to be varied or abrogated by the purchase or redemption by the company of any of its shares ranking as regards participation in the profits and assets of the company pari passu with or after that preference share.
C.
Material contracts
​
The company and its subsidiaries are not currently, and have not been in the past two years, party to any material contract, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.
D.
Exchange controls
​
There are currently no UK laws, decrees or regulations that restrict HSBC Bank plc’s import or export of capital, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by the group. Other than certain economic sanctions that may be in force from time to time, there are also no restrictions under the laws of the UK or the terms of the company’s Articles of Association that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-UK resident holders of its securities.
E.
Taxation
​
HSBC Bank plc does not have any listed shares or American Depositary Shares (‘ADSs’). The company’s holding company, HSBC Holdings plc, has listed shares and ADSs, and includes in its Form 20-F a discussion intended as a general guide to current UK and US federal income tax considerations relevant to US holders of HSBC Holdings plc ordinary shares or ADSs.
 
72
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
F.
Dividends and paying agents
​
HSBC Bank plc is a wholly owned subsidiary of the HSBC Holdings plc; therefore, dividends are an intra-group arrangement. The company’s shares are not publicly traded, therefore there are no paying agents.
G.
Statement by experts
​
The financial statements as of 31 December 2021 and 2020 and for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2021 included in this Form 20-F have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
H.
Documents on display
​
The company’s annual report and accounts, and other information on HSBC, may be viewed on HSBC’s website: www.hsbc.com.
I.
Subsidiary information
​
Not applicable.
Item 11.   Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk
Please refer Note 36 of the financials statements on page F-79.
Item 12.   Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities
A.
Debt Securities
​
Not applicable.
B.
Warrants and Rights
​
Not applicable.
C.
Other Securities
​
Not applicable.
D.
American Depositary Shares
​
Not applicable.
 
73
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PART II
Item 13.   Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
Not applicable.
Item 14.   Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
Not applicable.
Item 15.   Controls and Procedures
A.   Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Not applicable.
B.   Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Not applicable.
C.   Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
Not applicable.
D.   Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Not applicable.
Item 16.   Reserved
Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert
Not applicable.
Item 16B. Code of Ethics
Not applicable.
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Not applicable.
Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
Not applicable.
Item 16E. Purchase of Equity Securities by Issuer & Affiliated Purchasers
Not applicable.
Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant
Not applicable.
Item 16G. Corporate Governance
Not applicable.
Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure
Not applicable.
Item 16I. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Not applicable.
 
74
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PART III
Item 17.   Financial Statements
We have elected to furnish financial statements and related information specified in ‘Item 18’.
Item 18.   Financial Statements
See pages F-12 through to F-110 of this registration statement.
Item 19.   Exhibits
Documents filed as exhibits to this registration statement on Form 20-F:
​ ​
Exhibit
Number
​ ​ ​
Description
​ ​
​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ 8.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ 15.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
 
75
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Registration Statement on its behalf.
​ ​ ​ ​ HSBC Bank plc ​
​ ​ ​ ​ By: ​ ​
/s/ David Watts
​
 ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ Name: David Watts ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ Title: Director ​
Date: 08 July 2022
 
76
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal years ended 31 December 2021, 2020 and 2019
​ ​ Index to Financial Statements and Notes on the Financial Statements ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-1 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-3 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Consolidated Income Statements for the Years Ended 31 December, 2021, 2020 and 2019 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-5 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss) for the Years Ended 31 December 2021, 2020 and 2019 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-6 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Consolidated Balance Sheet as of 31 December 2021 and 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-7 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended 31 December 2021, 2020 and 2019 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-8 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended 31 December 2021, 2020 and 2019 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-9 ​ ​ ​
​ ​ Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ F-12 ​ ​ ​
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS​​​
 
​
Financial statements
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ Page ​ ​
​ Consolidated income statement ​ ​ ​ ​ F-5 ​ ​
​ Consolidated statement of comprehensive income ​ ​ ​ ​ F-6 ​ ​
​ Consolidated balance sheet ​ ​ ​ ​ F-7 ​ ​
​ Consolidated statement of cash flows ​ ​ ​ ​ F-8 ​ ​
​ Consolidated statement of changes in equity ​ ​ ​ ​ F-9 ​ ​
​
Notes on the financial statements
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-12 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-23 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-24 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-25 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-26 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-33 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-34 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-37 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-37 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-41 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-41 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-49 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-50 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-50 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-55 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-56 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-56 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-57 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-57 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-58 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-60 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-62 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-62 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-63 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-63 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-64 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-65 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-66 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-68 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-70 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-71 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-72 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-72 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-75 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-78 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-79 ​ ​
 
F-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-109 ​ ​
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ F-110 ​ ​
This document comprises the financial statements of HSBC Bank plc (‘the company’) and its subsidiaries (together ‘the group’). ‘We’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ refer to HSBC Bank plc together with its subsidiaries. References to ‘HSBC’, ‘HSBC Group’ or ‘Group’ within the financial statements mean HSBC Holdings plc together with its subsidiaries.
 
F-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm​
To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of HSBC Bank plc
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of HSBC Bank plc and its subsidiaries (the ‘Company’) as of 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of cash flows, and consolidated statements of changes in equity for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2021, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the ‘consolidated financial statements’).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2021 in conformity with i) UK-adopted International Accounting Standards, ii) International Financial Reporting Standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union, and iii) International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Measurement of expected credit losses – wholesale
As described in Note 1.2(i) and 36 to the consolidated financial statements, expected credit losses are recognised for loans and advances to banks and customers, non-trading reverse repurchase agreements, other financial assets held at amortised cost, debt instruments measured at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI), and certain loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts. The assessment of credit risk and the estimation of expected credit losses are probability-weighted and incorporate all available information about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future events and economic conditions at the reporting date. Management calculates expected credit losses using three main components: a probability of default (‘PD’), a loss given default (‘LGD’) and the exposure at default (‘EAD’). Management applies judgement to multiple forward-looking global economic scenarios determined with reference to external forecast distributions representative of its view of forecast economic conditions. As described by management, the level of estimation uncertainty and judgement has remained high during 2021 as a result of the ongoing economic effects of the Covid-19 pandemic and other sources of economic instability, including significant judgements relating to the selection and weighting of economic scenarios, estimating the economic effects of those scenarios on expected credit losses and identification of customers experiencing significant increases in credit risk and credit impairment. Modelled assumptions and linkages based on historical information could not alone produce relevant information under the conditions experienced in 2021, and management judgemental adjustments are used to address late-breaking events, data and model limitations, model deficiencies and expert credit judgements. The Company’s expected credit losses allowance total was £1,240 million as of 31 December 2021.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to measurement of expected credit losses is a critical audit matter are that calculating the estimate of wholesale expected credit losses involved significant judgement by management in developing the assumptions supporting the selection and weighting of economic scenarios, the adjustments made to wholesale modelled expected credit losses in the UK, and identification of customers experiencing significant increases in credit risk and credit impairment. This led to a high degree of auditor judgement, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating the models, inputs, significant assumptions and audit evidence. The audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialised skill and knowledge.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to measurement of
 
F-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
expected credit losses. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for estimating expected credit losses through (i) evaluating the appropriateness of the model methodologies applied by management, (ii) evaluating the reasonableness of certain economic scenario variables and weightings, (iii) evaluating management’s determination of the need for and measurement of management judgemental adjustments, (iv) assessing the appropriateness and application of the criteria used to assess significant increases in credit risk, (v) evaluating calculations made in estimating expected cash flows for certain credit-impaired wholesale exposures (vi) testing the completeness and accuracy of certain input data used to determine expected credit losses and (vii) evaluating the disclosures made in the consolidated financial statements in relation to the measurement of expected credit losses.
Professionals with specialised skills and knowledge assisted in the testing of the appropriateness of model methodologies and assessing the reasonableness of the selection and weighting of economic scenarios and management judgmental adjustments.
Valuation of certain Level 3 financial instruments – asset backed securities
As described in Notes 1.2(c) and 11 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company carries certain financial instruments at fair value. The valuation of financial instruments classified as Level 3 required the use of valuation techniques that feature one or more significant market inputs that are unobservable. As at 31 December 2021, the Company holds £592 million of Level 3 asset backed securities (“ABS”) recorded within the ‘Financial Investments’ and ‘Held for trading’ financial statement line items for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgement and estimation due to the use of valuations models which are used to substantiate the reliability of the limited market data available and to identify whether any adjustments to quoted market prices are required. The valuation techniques for certain ABS included significant assumptions related to prepayment speeds, default rates and loss severity.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of level 3 asset backed securities is a critical audit matter are the significant judgement and estimation used by management to determine the fair value of the ABSs which included significant assumptions related to prepayment speed, default rates and loss severity; this in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgement, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and in evaluating audit evidence obtained related to the valuation, including the involvement of professionals with specialised skill and knowledge.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls related to the valuation of level 3 asset backed securities, including controls over management’s valuation models, significant assumptions and data. These procedures also included, among others, (i) the involvement of professionals with specialised skill and knowledge to assist in developing an independent estimate of fair value for a sample of ABS positions and (ii) comparing the independent estimate to management’s estimate to evaluate the reasonableness of management’s estimate.
Recognition of deferred tax assets
As described in Notes 1.2(l) and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet and the amounts attributed to such assets and liabilities for tax purposes. In evaluating the recognition of deferred tax assets, management made judgements in assessing the probability and sufficiency of future taxable profits and considered the availability of evidence to support the recognition of deferred tax assets. Management’s assessment took into account long term forecasting, drivers of recent history of tax losses, the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences and tax planning strategies including corporate reorganisations. As at 31 December 2021, the Company recorded £599 million of deferred tax assets.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the recognition of deferred tax assets is a critical audit matter are the significant judgements by management to assess the probability and sufficiency of future taxable profits, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgement, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and in evaluating the audit evidence available to support the timely and accurate recognition of deferred tax assets.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s evaluation of the recognition of deferred tax assets. These procedures also included, among others, evaluating the reasonableness of the recognition of deferred tax assets by (i) evaluating the viability of management’s strategy to utilise deferred tax assets, (ii) testing key data inputs into the deferred tax recognition model (iii) considering the historic taxable profits and losses and the evidence provided to support the judgement that the criteria for recognition had been reached, and (iv) evaluating management’s assessment of the likelihood of future taxable profits..
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
London, United Kingdom
27 May 2022
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.
 
F-4
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 31 December
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Notes*
​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Net interest income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,754
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,898 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,483 ​ ​
​ – interest income1,2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,149
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,086 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,504 ​ ​
​ – interest expense3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1,395)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,188) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4,021) ​ ​
​ Net fee income ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,413
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,400 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,344 ​ ​
​ – fee income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,706
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,674 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,590 ​ ​
​ – fee expense ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1,293)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,274) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,246) ​ ​
​ Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed
on a fair value basis 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,733
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,758 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,055 ​ ​
​ Net income from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses,
including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or
loss 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,214
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 254 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,288 ​ ​
​ Changes in fair value of long-term debt and related derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(8)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8) ​ ​
​ Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
493
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 285 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 547 ​ ​
​ Gains less losses from financial investments ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
60
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 95 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 38 ​ ​
​ Net insurance premium income ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,906
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,559 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,147 ​ ​
​ Other operating income4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
594
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 417 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 516 ​ ​
​
Total operating income
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,159
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,683 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,410 ​ ​
​ Net insurance claims, benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(3,039)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,783) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3,366) ​ ​
​ Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other
credit impairment charges5 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,120 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5,900
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,044
 ​ ​
​ Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
174
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (808) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (124) ​ ​
​
Net operating income
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,294
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,092 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,920 ​ ​
​
Total operating expenses
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5,462)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,705) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,782) ​ ​
​ – employee compensation and benefits ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2,023)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,340) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,225) ​ ​
​ – general and administrative expenses ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(3,265)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3,092) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3,034) ​ ​
​
– depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment and right of use assets
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(110)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (372) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (210) ​ ​
​ – amortisation and impairment of intangible assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
21
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(64)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (901) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (161) ​ ​
​ – goodwill impairment ​ ​ ​ ​
​
21
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,152) ​ ​
​
Operating profit/(loss)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
832
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,613) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (862) ​ ​
​ Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures ​ ​ ​ ​
​
18
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
191
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​
​
Profit/(loss) before tax
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,023
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,614) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (872) ​ ​
​ Tax credit /(expense) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 136 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (119) ​ ​
​
Profit/(loss) for the period
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,046
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,478) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (991) ​ ​
​ Profit/(loss) attributable to the parent company ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,041
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,488) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,013) ​ ​
​ Profit attributable to non-controlling interests ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22 ​ ​
​
*
For Notes on the financial statements, see page F-12.
​
1
Interest income includes £1,986m (2020: £2,773m; 2019: £4,027m) of interest recognised on financial assets measured at amortised cost; £659m (2020: £656m; 2019: £934m) of negative interest recognised on financial liabilities and £504m (2020: £657m) of interest recognised on financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income. Include within this is £61m (2020: £57m; 2019: £41m) interest recognised on impaired financial assets.
​
2
Interest revenue calculated using the effective interest method comprises interest recognised on financial assets measured at either amortised cost or fair value through other comprehensive income.
​
3
Interest expense includes £616m (2020: £1,299m; 2019: £2,917m) of interest on financial liabilities, excluding interest on financial liabilities held for trading or designated or otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value.
​
4
2021 balances include £65m gain recognised from sale of HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt GmbH’s (previously HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG) one property which was classified as held for sale.
​
5
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges is also referred to as ‘revenue’.
​
 
F-5
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Profit/(loss) for the year ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,046
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,478) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (991) ​ ​
​ Other comprehensive (expense)/income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss when specific conditions are met: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(237)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 213 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 121 ​ ​
​ – fair value (losses)/gains ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(247)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 366 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 238 ​ ​
​ – fair value gains transferred to the income statement on disposal ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(63)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (90) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (39) ​ ​
​ – expected credit (recoveries)/losses recognised in the income statement ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (27) ​ ​
​ – income taxes ​ ​ ​ ​
​
78
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (71) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (51) ​ ​
​ Cash flow hedges ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(165)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 65 ​ ​
​ – fair value (losses)/gains ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(40)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 86 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 214 ​ ​
​ – fair value (gains)/losses reclassified to the income statement ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(202)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 72 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (127) ​ ​
​ – income taxes ​ ​ ​ ​
​
77
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (40) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (22) ​ ​
​ Exchange differences ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(603)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 467 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (707) ​ ​
​ Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability ​ ​ ​ ​
​
44
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12 ​ ​
​ – before income taxes ​ ​ ​ ​
​
61
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (18) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (14) ​ ​
​ – income taxes ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(17)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26 ​ ​
​ Equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive
income 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​
​ – fair value gains ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​
​ – income taxes ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value upon
initial recognition arising from changes in own credit risk 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 67 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (251) ​ ​
​ – fair value gains ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 93 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (386) ​ ​
​ – income taxes ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (26) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 135 ​ ​
​
Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year, net of tax
​ ​ ​ ​
​
(957)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 859 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (758) ​ ​
​
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year
​ ​ ​ ​
​
89
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (619) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,749) ​ ​
​ Attributable to: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – shareholders of the parent company ​ ​ ​ ​
​
93
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (653) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,745) ​ ​
​ – non-controlling interests ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4) ​ ​
​
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year
​ ​ ​ ​
​
89
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (619) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,749) ​ ​
 
F-6
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
Consolidated balance sheet
at 31 December
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Notes*
​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​ ​
2020
£m
​
​ Assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Cash and balances at central banks ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
108,482
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 85,092 ​ ​
​ Items in the course of collection from other banks ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
346
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 243 ​ ​
​ Trading assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
83,706
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 86,976 ​ ​
​ Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss ​ ​ ​ ​
​
13
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
18,649
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,220 ​ ​
​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
141,221
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 201,210 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,784
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,646 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
91,177
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 101,491 ​ ​
​ Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
54,448
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 67,577 ​ ​
​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
41,300
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51,826 ​ ​
​ Prepayments, accrued income and other assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
22
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
43,127
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55,565 ​ ​
​ Current tax assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,135
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 444 ​ ​
​ Interests in associates and joint ventures ​ ​ ​ ​
​
18
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
743
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 497 ​ ​
​ Goodwill and intangible assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
21
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
894
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 766 ​ ​
​ Deferred tax assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
599
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 597 ​ ​
​ Total assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 596,611 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
681,150
 ​ ​
​ Liabilities and equity ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
32,188
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,305 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
205,241
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 195,184 ​ ​
​ Repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
27,259
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,903 ​ ​
​ Items in the course of transmission to other banks ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
489
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 290 ​ ​
​ Trading liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
46,433
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 44,229 ​ ​
​ Financial liabilities designated at fair value ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
33,608
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40,792 ​ ​
​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
139,368
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 199,232 ​ ​
​ Debt securities in issue ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,428
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,371 ​ ​
​ Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
43,456
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 53,395 ​ ​
​ Current tax liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
97
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 139 ​ ​
​ Liabilities under insurance contracts ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
22,264
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22,816 ​ ​
​ Provisions ​ ​ ​ ​
​
26
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
562
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 861 ​ ​
​ Deferred tax liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20 ​ ​
​ Subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
27
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12,488
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,764 ​ ​
​ Total liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 572,896 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
657,301
 ​ ​
​ Equity ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Total shareholders’ equity ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23,584
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,666 ​ ​
​ – called up share capital ​ ​ ​ ​
​
30
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
797
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 797 ​ ​
​ – other equity instruments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
30
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,722
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,722 ​ ​
​ – other reserves ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5,670)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4,682) ​ ​
​ – retained earnings ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24,735
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,829 ​ ​
​ Non-controlling interests ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
131
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 183 ​ ​
​ Total equity ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,715 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23,849
 ​ ​
​ Total liabilities and equity ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 596,611 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
681,150
 ​ ​
​
*
For Notes on the financial statements, see page F-12.
​
The accompanying notes on pages F-12 to F-110 form an integral part of these financial statements.
The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 27 May 2022 and signed on its behalf by:
David Watts
Director
 
F-7
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
Consolidated statement of cash flows
for the year ended 31 December
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​ ​
2019
£m
​
​
Profit/(loss) before tax
​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,023
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,614) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (872) ​ ​
​ Adjustments for non-cash items ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Depreciation, amortisation and impairment1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
174
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,273 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,523 ​ ​
​ Net gain from investing activities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(62)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (59) ​ ​
​ Share of (profit)/losses in associates and joint ventures ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(191)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​
​ Change in expected credit losses gross of recoveries and other credit impairment charges ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(171)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 810 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 130 ​ ​
​ Provisions including pensions ​ ​ ​ ​
​
104
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 424 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 231 ​ ​
​ Share-based payment expense ​ ​ ​ ​
​
96
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 78 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 88 ​ ​
​ Other non-cash items included in profit/loss before tax ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(198)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 135 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (19) ​ ​
​ Elimination of exchange differences2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,926
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,527) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,001 ​ ​
​
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,602
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 35,418 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,840) ​ ​
​ – change in net trading securities and derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,157
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,070 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,310) ​ ​
​ – change in loans and advances to banks and customers ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11,149
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,780 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,441 ​ ​
​ – change in reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,538
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,084 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7,293) ​ ​
​ – change in financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair  value ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2,429)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 735 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 787 ​ ​
​ – change in other assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,924
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7,513) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12,074) ​ ​
​ – change in deposits by banks and customer accounts ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7,940
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28,262 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4,141) ​ ​
​ – change in repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(7,643)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (14,482) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,803 ​ ​
​ – change in debt securities in issue ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(7,943)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7,668) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,318 ​ ​
​ – change in financial liabilities designated at fair value ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(7,191)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (402) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,390 ​ ​
​ – change in other liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(12,295)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,432 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,539 ​ ​
​ – contributions paid to defined benefit plans ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(24)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (22) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (13) ​ ​
​ – tax paid ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(581)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 142 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (287) ​ ​
​
Net cash from operating activities
​ ​ ​ ​
​
15,303
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 33,899 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,193 ​ ​
​ – purchase of financial investments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(18,890)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (21,037) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (26,200) ​ ​
​ – proceeds from the sale and maturity of financial investments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25,027
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,417 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,304 ​ ​
​ – net cash flows from the purchase and sale of property, plant and equipment ​ ​ ​ ​
​
52
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (70) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (58) ​ ​
​ – net investment in intangible assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(45)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (150) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (385) ​ ​
​
– net cash outflow from investment in associates and acquisition of businesses and  subsidiaries
​ ​ ​ ​
​
(85)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (371) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (49) ​ ​
​
– net cash flow on disposal of subsidiaries, businesses, associates and joint ventures
​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 57 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​
Net cash from investing activities
​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,059
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4,154) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,388) ​ ​
​ – issue of ordinary share capital and other equity instruments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,319 ​ ​
​ – redemption of preference shares and other equity instruments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (318) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – subordinated loan capital issued ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,466
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,736 ​ ​
​ – subordinated loan capital repaid3 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(10,902)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (18) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7,100) ​ ​
​ – dividends to the parent company ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(194)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (263) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,985) ​ ​
​ – funds received from the parent company ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – dividends paid to non-controlling interests ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (17) ​ ​
​
Net cash from financing activities
​ ​ ​ ​
​
(631)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 401 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,047) ​ ​
​
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
​ ​ ​ ​
​
20,731
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 30,146 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,242) ​ ​
​ Cash and cash equivalents at 1 Jan ​ ​ ​ ​
​
125,304
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 92,338 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 97,058 ​ ​
​ Exchange difference in respect of cash and cash equivalents ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5,112)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,820 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3,478) ​ ​
​
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec4
​ ​ ​ ​
​
140,923
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 125,304 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 92,338 ​ ​
​ Cash and cash equivalents comprise of ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – cash and balances at central banks ​ ​ ​ ​
​
108,482
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 85,092 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51,816 ​ ​
​ – items in the course of collection from other banks ​ ​ ​ ​
​
346
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 243 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 707 ​ ​
​ – loans and advances to banks of one month or less ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7,516
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,676 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,889 ​ ​
​ – reverse repurchase agreement with banks of one month or less ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17,430
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,116 ​ ​
​ – treasury bills, other bills and certificates of deposit less than three months ​ ​ ​ ​
​
235
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 685 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 728 ​ ​
​ – cash collateral and net settlement accounts ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7,403
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,878 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,485 ​ ​
​ – less: items in the course of transmission to other banks ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(489)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (290) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (403) ​ ​
​
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec4
​ ​ ​ ​
​
140,923
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 125,304 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 92,338 ​ ​
​
1
Included are the impacts of impairment and write-offs related principally to our businesses in the UK and HSBC Continental Europe (‘HBCE’) of £994m in 2020 and goodwill impairment of £1.2bn in 2019.
​
2
Adjustment to bring changes between opening and closing balance sheet amounts to average rates. This is not done on a line-by-line basis, as details cannot be determined without unreasonable expense.
​
3
Subordinated liabilities changes during the year are attributable to cash flows from issuance £10,466m (2020: Nil; 2019: £6,736m) and repayment of £(10,902)m (2020: £(18)m; 2019: £(7,100)m) of securities as presented in the consolidated statement of cash flows. Non-cash changes during the year included foreign exchanges gains/(losses) £(512)m (2020: £351m; 2019: £(281)m) and fair value gains/(losses) £(82)m (2020: £69m; 2019: £82m).
​
4
At 31 December 2021, £9,410m (2020: £11,828m; 2019: £10,533m) was not available for use by the group, of which £1,393m (2020: £2,460m; 2019: £1,427m) related to mandatory deposits at central banks.
​
Interest received was £4,285m (2020: £5,424m; 2019: £7,569m), interest paid was £2,919m (2020: £3,725m; 2019: £5,804m) and dividends received were £704m (2020: £423m; 2019: £1,237m).
 
F-8
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Other reserves
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Called up
share
capital
£m
​ ​ ​
Other
equity
instruments
£m
​ ​ ​
Retained
earnings
£m
​ ​ ​
Financial
assets at
FVOCI
reserve
£m
​ ​ ​
Cash flow
hedging
reserve
£m
​ ​ ​
Foreign
exchange
reserve
£m
​ ​ ​
Group
reorganisation
reserve
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
share-
holders’
equity
£m
​ ​ ​
Non-
controlling
interests
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
equity
£m
​
​ At 1 Jan 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 797 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,722 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,829 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,309 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 158 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,543 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7,692) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,666 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 183 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,849 ​ ​
​
Profit for the year
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,041 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,041 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,046 ​ ​
​
Other comprehensive
(expense)/income (net of tax)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 46 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (234) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (165) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (595) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (948) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (957) ​ ​
​
– debt instruments at fair  value through other  comprehensive income
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (236) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (236) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (237) ​ ​
​
– equity instruments  designated at fair value  through other  comprehensive income
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​
​
– cash flow hedges
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (165) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (165) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (165) ​ ​
​
– changes in fair value of  financial liabilities  designated at fair value  due to movement in own  credit risk1
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​
​
– remeasurement of defined
benefit asset/liability
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 44 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 44 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 44 ​ ​
​
– exchange differences
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (595) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (595) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (603) ​ ​
​ Total comprehensive income/​
(expense) for the year		 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,087 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (234) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (165) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (595) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 93 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 89 ​ ​
​
Dividends to the parent company2
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (194) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (194) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (195) ​ ​
​
Net impact of equity-settled
share-based payments
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​
​
Change in business combinations and other movements3
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (47) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (18) ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 797 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,722 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,735 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,081 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 948 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7,692) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,584 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 131 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,715 ​ ​
​
1
At 31 December 2021, the cumulative amount of change in fair value attributable to changes in own credit risk of financial liabilities designated at fair value was a loss of £165m.
​
2
The dividends to the parent company are the coupons payment on additional tier 1 instruments.
​
3
Additional shares were acquired in HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt GmbH (previously HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG) and HSBC Bank Armenia cjsc, increasing the group’s interest to 100%.
​
4
The group reorganisation reserve is an accounting reserve resulting from the ring-fencing implementation. It does not form part of regulatory capital.
​
 
F-9
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Consolidated statement of changes in equity (continued)
for the year ended 31 December
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Other reserves
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Called up
share
capital
£m
​ ​ ​
Other equity
instruments
£m
​ ​ ​
Retained
earnings
£m
​ ​ ​
Financial
assets at
FVOCI
reserve
£m
​ ​ ​
Cash flow
hedging
reserve
£m
​ ​ ​
Foreign
exchange
reserve
£m
​ ​ ​
Group
reorganisation
reserve
£m
​ ​ ​
Total share-
holders’
equity
£m
​ ​ ​
Non-
controlling
interests
£m
​ ​ ​
Total equity
£m
​
​ At 1 Jan 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 797 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,722 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,449 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,089 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,098 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7,692) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,503 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 509 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,012 ​ ​
​ Loss for the year ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,488) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,488) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,478) ​ ​
​ Other comprehensive income
(net of tax) 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 56 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 216 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 445 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 835 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 859 ​ ​
​ – debt instruments at fair  value through other  comprehensive income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 214 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 214 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 213 ​ ​
​ – equity instruments  designated at fair value  through other  comprehensive income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​
​ – cash flow hedges ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118 ​ ​
​ – changes in fair value of  financial liabilities  designated at fair value  due to movement in own  credit risk1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 67 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 67 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 67 ​ ​
​ – remeasurement of defined
 benefit asset/liability 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (11) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (11) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8) ​ ​
​ – exchange differences ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 445 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 445 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 467 ​ ​
​ Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the year ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,432) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 216 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 445 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (653) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (619) ​ ​
​ Capital securities issued during the period ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Dividends to the parent company2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (263) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (263) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (263) ​ ​
​ Net impact of equity-settled
share-based payments 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11 ​ ​
​ Capital contribution3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,000 ​ ​
​ Change in business combinations and other movements4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 64 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 68 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (360) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (292) ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 797 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,722 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,829 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,309 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 158 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,543 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7,692) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,666 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 183 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,849 ​ ​
​
1
The cumulative amount of change in fair value attributable to changes in own credit risk of financial liabilities designated at fair value was a loss of £189m.
​
2
The dividends to the parent company includes, £51m on preference shares and £212m paid as coupons on additional tier 1 instruments.
​
3
HSBC UK Holdings Limited injected £1bn of CET1 capital into HSBC Bank plc during March 2020 to improve the capital base of the group, impacted by Covid-19. There was no new issuance of share capital.
​
4
Additional shares were acquired in HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt GmbH (previously HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG) in May 2020, increasing the group’s interest from 80.67% to 99.33%.
​
 
F-10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Consolidated statement of changes in equity (continued)
for the year ended 31 December
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Other reserves
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Called up
share
capital
£m
​ ​ ​
Other equity
instruments
£m
​ ​ ​
Retained
earnings
£m
​ ​ ​
Financial
assets at
FVOCI
reserve
£m
​ ​ ​
Cash flow
hedging
reserve
£m
​ ​ ​
Foreign
exchange
reserve
£m
​ ​ ​
Group
reorganisation
reserve
£m
​ ​ ​
Total share-
holders’
equity
£m
​ ​ ​
Non-
controlling
interests
£m
​ ​ ​
Total equity
£m
​
​ At 1 Jan 2019 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 797 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,403 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28,649 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 969 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (25) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,777 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7,692) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26,878 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 531 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27,409 ​ ​
​ Loss for the year ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,013) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,013) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (991) ​ ​
​ Other comprehensive
income/(expense) (net of tax) 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (238) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 120 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 65 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (679) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (732) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (26) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (758) ​ ​
​ – debt instruments at fair  value through other  comprehensive income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 121 ​ ​
​ – equity instruments  designated at fair value  through other  comprehensive income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​
​ – cash flow hedges ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 65 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 65 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 65 ​ ​
​ – changes in fair value of  financial liabilities  designated at fair value  due to movement in own  credit risk1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (251) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (251) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (251) ​ ​
​ – remeasurement of defined
 benefit asset/liability 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12 ​ ​
​ – exchange differences ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (679) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (679) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (28) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (707) ​ ​
​ Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,251) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 120 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 65 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (679) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,745) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,749) ​ ​
​ Capital securities issued during the period2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,319 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,319 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,319 ​ ​
​ Dividends to the parent company3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,985) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,985) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (17) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3,002) ​ ​
​ Net impact of equity-settled
share-based payments 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16 ​ ​
​ Capital contribution ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Change in business combinations and other movements ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2019 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 797 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,722 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,449 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,089 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,098 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7,692) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,503 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 509 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,012 ​ ​
​
1
At 31 December 2019, the cumulative amount of change in fair value attributable to changes in own credit risk of financial liabilities designated at fair value was a loss of £346m.
​
2
HSBC Bank plc issued three additional tier 1 capital instruments to HSBC UK Holdings Ltd of £175m in January 2019, £713m in November 2019 and £431m in December 2019.
​
3
The dividends to the parent company includes a £2,787m dividend paid, £51m on preference shares and £147m paid as coupons on additional tier 1 instruments.
​
 
F-11
TABLE OF CONTENTS​​
 
​
Notes on the financial statements
1
Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies
​
​
1.1
Basis of preparation
​
(a)
Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards
​
The consolidated financial statements of the group comply with UK-adopted international accounting standards and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, and have also applied international financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union. These financial statements are also prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’), including interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee, as there are no applicable differences from IFRSs as issued by the IASB for the periods presented. There were no unendorsed standards effective for the year ended 31 December 2021 affecting these consolidated financial statements.
Standards adopted during the year ended 31 December 2021
There were no new accounting standards or interpretations that had a significant effect on the group in 2021. Accounting policies have been consistently applied.
(b)
Future accounting developments
​
Minor amendments to IFRSs
The IASB has not published any minor amendments effective from 1 January 2021 that are applicable to the group. However, the IASB has published a number of minor amendments to IFRSs that are effective from 1 January 2022 and 1 January 2023. The group expects they will have an insignificant effect, when adopted, on the consolidated financial statements of the group.
New IFRSs
IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’
IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ was issued in May 2017, with amendments to the standard issued in June 2020. The standard sets out the requirements that an entity should apply in accounting for insurance contracts it issues and reinsurance contracts it holds. Following the amendments, IFRS 17 is effective from 1 January 2023. The standard has been endorsed for use in the EU but has not yet been endorsed for use in the UK. The group is in the process of implementing IFRS 17. Industry practice and interpretation of the standard are still developing. Therefore, the likely financial impact of its implementation remains uncertain. However, we have the following expectations as to the impact compared with our current accounting policy for insurance contracts, which is set out in policy 1.2(j) below:
•
Under IFRS 17, there will be no present value of in-force business (‘PVIF’) asset recognised. Instead the estimated future profit will be included in the measurement of the insurance contract liability as the contractual service margin (‘CSM’), representing unearned profit, and this will be gradually recognised in revenue as services are provided over the duration of the insurance contract. While the profit over the life of an individual contract will be unchanged, its emergence will be later under IFRS 17. The removal of the PVIF asset and the recognition of CSM, which is a liability, will reduce equity. The PVIF asset will be eliminated to equity on transition, together with other adjustments to assets and liabilities to reflect IFRS 17 measurement requirements and any consequential amendments to financial assets in the scope of IFRS 9.
​
•
IFRS 17 requires increased use of current market values in the measurement of insurance liabilities. Changes in market conditions for certain products measured under the general measurement approach are immediately recognised in profit or loss, while changes in market conditions for other products measured under the variable fee approach are included in the measurement of CSM.
​
•
In accordance with IFRS 17, directly attributable costs will be incorporated in the CSM and recognised in the results of insurance services as a reduction in reported revenue, as profit is recognised over the duration of insurance contracts. Costs that are not directly attributable remain in operating expenses. This will result in a reduction in reported operating expenses compared with the current accounting policy.
​
•
We intend to provide an update on the likely financial impacts in later 2022 financial reports, when we expect that this will be reasonably estimable.
​
(c)
Foreign currencies
​
The functional currency of the bank is sterling, which is also the presentational currency of the consolidated financial statements of the group.
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange on the date of the transaction. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date except non-monetary assets and liabilities measured at historical cost, which are translated using the rate of exchange at the initial transaction date. Exchange differences are included in other comprehensive income or in the income statement depending on where the gain or loss on the underlying item is recognised.
In the consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates whose functional currency is not sterling are translated into the group’s presentation currency at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date, while
 
F-12
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
their results are translated into sterling at the average rates of exchange for the reporting period. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income. On disposal of a foreign operation, exchange differences previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement.
(d)
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
​
The preparation of financial information requires the use of estimates and judgements about future conditions. In view of the inherent uncertainties and the high level of subjectivity involved in the recognition or measurement of items highlighted, as the ‘critical accounting estimates and judgements’ in section 1.2 below, it is possible that the outcomes in the next financial year could differ from those on which management’s estimates are based. This could result in materially different estimates and judgements from those reached by management for the purposes of these financial statements. Management’s selection of the group’s accounting policies that contain critical estimates and judgements reflects the materiality of the items to which the policies are applied and the high degree of judgement and estimation uncertainty involved.
(e)
Segmental analysis
​
HSBC Bank plc’s Chief Operating Decision Maker is the Group Chief Executive, supported by the Group Executive Committee, and operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Goup Chief Executive and the Group Executive Committee.
Measurement of segmental assets, liabilities, income and expenses is in accordance with the company’s accounting policies. Segmental income and expenses include transfers between segments and these transfers are conducted at arm’s length. Shared costs are included in segments on the basis of the actual recharges made.
The types of products and services from which each reportable segment derives its revenue are discussed in the Note 9- Segmental analysis on page F-37.
(f)
Going concern
​
The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis, as the Directors are satisfied that the group and the company have the resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future. In making this assessment, the Directors have considered a wide range of information relating to present and future conditions, including future projections of profitability, cash flows, capital requirements and capital resources. These considerations include stressed scenarios that reflect the uncertainty that the global Covid-19 pandemic has had on the group’s operations, as well as considering potential impacts from other top and emerging risks, and the related impact on profitability, capital and liquidity.
1.2
Summary of significant accounting policies
​
(a)
Consolidation and related policies
​
Investments in subsidiaries
Where an entity is governed by voting rights, the group consolidates when it holds — directly or indirectly — the necessary voting rights to pass resolutions by the governing body. In all other cases, the assessment of control is more complex and requires judgement of other factors, including having exposure to variability of returns, power to direct relevant activities and whether power is held as agent or principal.
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The amount of non-controlling interest is measured either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.
The company’s investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less impairment losses.
Group sponsored structured entities
The group is considered to sponsor another entity if, in addition to ongoing involvement with the entity, it had a key role in establishing that entity or in bringing together relevant counterparties so the transaction that is the purpose of the entity could occur. The group is generally not considered a sponsor if the only involvement with the entity is merely administrative.
Interests in associates and joint arrangements
Joint arrangements are investments in which the group, together with one or more parties, has joint control. Depending on the group’s rights and obligations, the joint arrangement is classified as either a joint operation or a joint venture. The group classifies investments in entities over which it has significant influence, and those that are neither subsidiaries nor joint arrangements, as associates.
The group recognises its share of the assets, liabilities and results in a joint operation. Investments in associates and interests in joint ventures are recognised using the equity method. The attributable share of the results and reserves of joint ventures and associates are included in the consolidated financial statements of the group based on either financial statements made up to 31 December or pro-rated amounts adjusted for any material transactions or events occurring between the date the financial statements are available and 31 December.
Investments in associates and joint ventures are assessed at each reporting date and tested for impairment when there is an indication that the investment may be impaired. Goodwill on acquisition of interests in joint ventures and associates is not tested separately for impairment, but is assessed as part of the carrying amount of the investment.
 
F-13
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(b)
Income and expense
​
Operating income
Interest income and expense
Interest income and expense for all financial instruments, excluding those classified as held for trading or designated at fair value, are recognised in ‘Interest income’ and ‘Interest expense’ in the income statement using the effective interest method. However, as an exception to this, interest on debt instruments issued by the group for funding purposes that are designated under the fair value option to reduce an accounting mismatch and on derivatives managed in conjunction with those debt instruments is included in interest expense.
Interest on credit-impaired financial assets is recognised using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss.
Non-interest income and expense
The group generates fee income from services provided at a fixed price over time, such as account service and card fees, or when the group delivers a specific transaction at a point in time, such as broking services and import/export services. With the exception of certain fund management and performance fees, all other fees are generated at a fixed price. Fund management and performance fees can be variable depending on the size of the customer portfolio and the group’s performance as fund manager. Variable fees are recognised when all uncertainties are resolved. Fee income is generally earned from short-term contracts with payment terms that do not include a significant financing component.
The group acts as principal in the majority of contracts with customers, with the exception of broking services. For most brokerage trades, the group acts as agent in the transaction and recognises broking income net of fees payable to other parties in the arrangement.
The group recognises fees earned on transaction-based arrangements at a point in time when it has fully provided the service to the customer. Where the contract requires services to be provided over time, income is recognised on a systematic basis over the life of the agreement. Where the group offers a package of services that contains multiple non-distinct performance obligations, such as those included in account service packages, the promised services are treated as a single performance obligation. If a package of services contains distinct performance obligations, such as those including both account and insurance services, the corresponding transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation based on the estimated stand-alone selling prices.
Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established. This is the ex-dividend date for listed equity securities, and usually the date when shareholders approve the dividend for unlisted equity securities.
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss includes the following:
•
‘Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis’: This comprises net trading income, which includes all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities held for trading and other financial instruments managed on a fair value basis, together with the related interest income, expense and dividends, excluding the effect of changes in the credit risk of liabilities managed on a fair value basis. It also includes all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives that are managed in conjunction with financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss.
​
•
‘Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss’: This includes interest income, interest expense and dividend income in respect of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss; and those derivatives managed in conjunction with the above that can be separately identifiable from other trading derivatives.
​
•
‘Changes in fair value of designated debt instruments and related derivatives’: Interest paid on the debt instruments and interest cash flows on related derivatives is presented in interest expense where doing so reduces and accounting mismatch.
​
•
‘Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss’: This includes interest on instruments that fail the solely payments of principal and interest (‘SPPI’) test, see (d) below.
​
The accounting policies for insurance premium income are disclosed in Note 1.2(j).
(c)
Valuation of financial instruments
​
All financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is generally its transaction price (that is, the fair value of the consideration given or received). However, if there is a difference between the transaction price and the fair value of financial instruments whose fair value is based on a quoted price in an active market or a valuation technique that uses only data from observable markets, the group recognises the difference as a trading gain or loss at inception (a ‘day 1 gain or loss’). In all other cases, the entire day 1 gain or loss is deferred and recognised in the income statement over the life of the transaction either until the transaction matures or is closed out or the valuation inputs become observable.
The fair value of financial instruments is generally measured on an individual basis. However, in cases where the group manages a group of financial assets and liabilities according to its net market or credit risk exposure, the fair value of the group of financial instruments is measured on a net basis but the underlying financial assets and liabilities are presented separately in the financial statements,
 
F-14
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
unless they satisfy the IFRS offsetting criteria. Financial instruments are classified into one of three fair value hierarchy levels, described in Note 11, ‘Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value’.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
​
​
 ​
​
The majority of valuation techniques employ only observable market data. However, certain financial instruments are classified on the basis of valuation techniques that feature one or more significant market inputs that are unobservable, and for them, the measurement of fair value is more judgemental:
​
​
Judgements
​ ​
Estimates
​
​
An instrument in its entirety is classified as valued using significant unobservable inputs if, in the opinion of management, a significant proportion of the instrument’s inception profit or greater than 5% of the instrument’s valuation is driven by unobservable inputs
‘Unobservable’ in this context means that there is little or no current market data available from which to determine the price at which an arm’s length transaction would be likely to occur. It generally does not mean that there is no data available at all upon which to base a determination of fair value (consensus pricing data may, for example, be used)
​ ​
Details on the group’s level 3 financial instruments and the sensitivity of their valuation to the effect of applying reasonable possible alternative assumptions in determining their fair value are set out in Note 11
​
​
​
 ​
​
(d)
Financial instruments measured at amortised cost
​
Financial assets that are held to collect the contractual cash flows and which contain contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised cost. Such financial assets include most loans and advances to banks and customers and some debt securities. In addition, most financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost. The group accounts for regular way amortised cost financial instruments using trade date accounting. The carrying value of these financial assets at initial recognition includes any directly attributable transactions costs.
The group may commit to underwriting loans on fixed contractual terms for specified periods of time. When the loan arising from the lending commitment is expected to be held for trading, the commitment to lend is recorded as a derivative. When the group intends to hold the loan, the loan commitment is included in the impairment calculations set out below.
Non-trading reverse repurchase, repurchase and similar agreements
When debt securities are sold subject to a commitment to repurchase them at a predetermined price (‘repos’), they remain on the balance sheet and a liability is recorded in respect of the consideration received. Securities purchased under commitments to resell (‘reverse repos’) are not recognised on the balance sheet and an asset is recorded in respect of the initial consideration paid. Non-trading repos and reverse repos are measured at amortised cost. The difference between the sale and repurchase price or between the purchase and resale price is treated as interest and recognised in net interest income over the life of the agreement.
Contracts that are economically equivalent to reverse repo or repo agreements (such as sales or purchases of debt securities entered into together with total return swaps with the same counterparty) are accounted for similarly to, and presented together with, reverse repo or repo agreements.
(e)
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
​
Financial assets held for a business model that is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling and which contain contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest are measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’). These comprise primarily debt securities. They are recognised on the trade date when the group enters into contractual arrangements to purchase and are normally derecognised when they are either sold or redeemed. They are subsequently remeasured at fair value and changes therein (except for those relating to impairment, interest income and foreign currency exchange gains and losses) are recognised in other comprehensive income until the assets are sold. Upon disposal, the cumulative gains or losses in other comprehensive income are recognised in the income statement as ‘Gains less losses from financial instruments’. Financial assets measured at FVOCI are included in the impairment calculations set out below and impairment is recognised in profit or loss.
(f)
Equity securities measured at fair value with fair value movements presented in other comprehensive income
​
The equity securities for which fair value movements are shown in other comprehensive income are business facilitation and other similar investments where the group holds the investments other than to generate a capital return. Gains or losses on the derecognition of these equity securities are not transferred to profit or loss. Otherwise, equity securities are measured at fair value through profit or loss (except for dividend income, which is recognised in profit or loss).
(g)
Financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss
​
Financial instruments, other than those held for trading, are classified in this category if they meet one or more of the criteria set out below and are so designated irrevocably at inception:
•
the use of the designation removes or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch;
​
 
F-15
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
•
a group of financial assets and liabilities or a group of financial liabilities is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy; and
​
•
the financial liability contains one or more non-closely related embedded derivatives.
​
Designated financial assets are recognised when the group enters into contracts with counterparties, which is generally on trade date, and are normally derecognised when the rights to the cash flows expire or are transferred. Designated financial liabilities are recognised when the group enters into contracts with counterparties, which is generally on settlement date, and are normally derecognised when extinguished. Subsequent changes in fair values are recognised in the income statement in ‘Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis’ or ‘Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss’ except for the effect of changes in the liabilities’ credit risk, which is presented in ‘Other comprehensive income’, unless that treatment would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch in profit or loss.
Under the above criterion, the main classes of financial instruments designated by the group are:
•
Debt instruments for funding purposes that are designated to reduce an accounting mismatch: The interest and/or foreign exchange exposure on certain fixed-rate debt securities issued has been matched with the interest and/or foreign exchange exposure on certain swaps as part of a documented risk management strategy.
​
•
Financial assets and financial liabilities under unit-linked and non-linked investment contracts: A contract under which the group does not accept significant insurance risk from another party is not classified as an insurance contract, other than investment contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’), but is accounted for as a financial liability. Customer liabilities under linked and certain non-linked investment contracts issued by insurance subsidiaries are determined based on the fair value of the assets held in the linked funds. If no fair value designation was made for the related assets, at least some of the assets would otherwise be measured at either fair value through other comprehensive income or amortised cost. The related financial assets and liabilities are managed and reported to management on a fair value basis. Designation at fair value of the financial assets and related liabilities allows changes in fair values to be recorded in the income statement and presented in the same line.
​
•
Financial liabilities that contain both deposit and derivative components: These financial liabilities are managed and their performance evaluated on a fair value basis.
​
(h)
Derivatives
​
Derivatives are financial instruments that derive their value from the price of underlying items such as equities, interest rates or other indices. Derivatives are recognised initially and are subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss, with changes in fair value generally recorded in the income statement. Derivatives are classified as assets when their fair value is positive or as liabilities when their fair value is negative. This includes embedded derivatives in financial liabilities, which are bifurcated from the host contract when they meet the definition of a derivative on a stand-alone basis. Where the derivatives are managed with debt securities issued by the group that are designated at fair value, the contractual interest is shown in ‘Interest expense’ together with the interest payable on the issued debt.
Hedge accounting
When derivatives are not part of fair value designated relationships, if held for risk management purposes they are designated in hedge accounting relationships where the required criteria for documentation and hedge effectiveness are met. The group uses these derivatives or, where allowed, other non-derivative hedging instruments in fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or hedges of net investments in foreign operations as appropriate to the risk being hedged.
Fair value hedge
Fair value hedge accounting does not change the recording of gains and losses on derivatives and other hedging instruments, but results in recognising changes in the fair value of the hedged assets or liabilities attributable to the hedged risk that would not otherwise be recognised in the income statement. If a hedge relationship no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, hedge accounting is discontinued and the cumulative adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item is amortised to the income statement on a recalculated effective interest rate, unless the hedged item has been derecognised, in which case it is recognised in the income statement immediately.
Cash flow hedge
The effective portion of gains and losses on hedging instruments is recognised in other comprehensive income and the ineffective portion of the change in fair value of derivative hedging instruments that are part of a cash flow hedge relationship is recognised immediately in the income statement within ‘Net trading income’. The accumulated gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement in the same periods in which the hedged item affects profit or loss. When a hedge relationship is discontinued, or partially discontinued, any cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income remains in equity until the forecast transaction is recognised in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in other comprehensive income is immediately reclassified to the income statement.
Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting
Non-qualifying hedges are derivatives entered into as economic hedges of assets and liabilities for which hedge accounting was not applied.
 
F-16
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
(i)
Impairment of amortised cost and FVOCI financial assets
​
Expected credit losses are recognised for loans and advances to banks and customers, non-trading reverse repurchase agreements, other financial assets held at amortised cost, debt instruments measured at FVOCI, and certain loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts. At initial recognition, allowance (or provision in the case of some loan commitments and financial guarantees) is required for ECL resulting from default events that are possible within the next 12 months, or less, where the remaining life is less than 12 months, (‘12-month ECL’). In the event of a significant increase in credit risk, allowance (or provision) is required for ECL resulting from all possible default events over the expected life of the financial instrument (‘lifetime ECL’). Financial assets where 12-month ECL is recognised are considered to be ‘stage 1’; financial assets which are considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk are in ‘stage 2’; and financial assets for which there is objective evidence of impairment so are considered to be in default or otherwise credit impaired are in ‘stage 3’. Purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets (‘POCI’) are treated differently as set out below.
Credit impaired (stage 3)
The group determines that a financial instrument is credit impaired and in stage 3 by considering relevant objective evidence, primarily whether:
•
contractual payments of either principal or interest are past due for more than 90 days;
​
•
there are other indications that the borrower is unlikely to pay, such as when a concession has been granted to the borrower for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial condition; and
​
•
the loan is otherwise considered to be in default.
​
If such unlikeliness to pay is not identified at an earlier stage, it is deemed to occur when an exposure is 90 days past due, even where regulatory rules permit default to be defined based on 180 days past due. Therefore, the definitions of credit impaired and default are aligned as far as possible so that stage 3 represents all loans that are considered defaulted or otherwise credit impaired.
Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate to the amortised cost amount, i.e. gross carrying amount less ECL allowance.
Write-off
Financial assets (and the related impairment allowances) are normally written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Where loans are secured, this is generally after receipt of any proceeds from the realisation of security. In circumstances where the net realisable value of any collateral has been determined and there is no reasonable expectation of further recovery, write-off may be earlier.
Renegotiation
Loans are identified as renegotiated and classified as credit impaired when we modify the contractual payment terms due to significant credit distress of the borrower. Renegotiated loans remain classified as credit impaired until there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows and retain the designation of renegotiated until maturity or derecognition.
A loan that is renegotiated is derecognised if the existing agreement is cancelled and a new agreement is made on substantially different terms or if the terms of an existing agreement are modified such that the renegotiated loan is a substantially different financial instrument. Any new loans that arise following derecognition events in these circumstances are considered to be POCI and will continue to be disclosed as renegotiated loans.
Other than originated credit-impaired loans, all other modified loans could be transferred out of stage 3 if they no longer exhibit any evidence of being credit impaired and, in the case of renegotiated loans, there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows, over the minimum observation period, and there are no other indicators of impairment. These loans could be transferred to stage 1 or 2 based on the mechanism as described below by comparing the risk of a default occurring at the reporting date (based on the modified contractual terms) and the risk of a default occurring at initial recognition (based on the original, unmodified contractual terms). Any amount written off as a result of the modification of contractual terms would not be reversed.
Loan modifications other than renegotiated loans
Loan modifications that are not identified as renegotiated are considered to be commercial restructuring. Where a commercial restructuring results in a modification (whether legalised through an amendment to the existing terms or the issuance of a new loan contract) such that the group’s rights to the cash flows under the original contract have expired, the old loan is derecognised and the new loan is recognised at fair value. The rights to cash flows are generally considered to have expired if the commercial restructure is at market rates and no payment-related concession has been provided. Mandatory and general offer loan modifications that are not borrower-specific, for example market-wide customer relief programmes, have not been classified as renegotiated loans and generally have not resulted in derecognition, but their stage allocation is determined considering all available and supportable information under our ECL impairment policy. Changes made to these financial instruments that are economically equivalent and required by interest rate benchmark reform do not result in the derecognition or a change in the carrying amount of the financial instrument, but instead require the effective interest rate to be updated to reflect the change of the interest rate benchmark.
Significant increase in credit risk (stage 2)
An assessment of whether credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition is performed at each reporting period by considering the change in the risk of default occurring over the remaining life of the financial instrument. The assessment explicitly or
 
F-17
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
implicitly compares the risk of default occurring at the reporting date compared with that at initial recognition, taking into account reasonable and supportable information, including information about past events, current conditions and future economic conditions. The assessment is unbiased, probability-weighted, and to the extent relevant, uses forward-looking information consistent with that used in the measurement of ECL. The analysis of credit risk is multifactor. The determination of whether a specific factor is relevant and its weight compared with other factors depends on the type of product, the characteristics of the financial instrument and the borrower, and the geographical region. Therefore, it is not possible to provide a single set of criteria that will determine what is considered to be a significant increase in credit risk and these criteria will differ for different types of lending, particularly between retail and wholesale. However, unless identified at an earlier stage, all financial assets are deemed to have suffered a significant increase in credit risk when 30 days past due. In addition, wholesale loans that are individually assessed, which are typically corporate and commercial customers, and included on a watch or worry list, are included in stage 2.
For wholesale portfolios, the quantitative comparison assesses default risk using a lifetime probability of default (‘PD’), which encompasses a wide range of information including the obligor’s customer risk rating (‘CRR’), macroeconomic condition forecasts and credit transition probabilities. For origination CRRs up to 3.3, significant increase in credit risk is measured by comparing the average PD for the remaining term estimated at origination with the equivalent estimation at reporting date. The quantitative measure of significance varies depending on the credit quality at origination as follows:
​
Origination CRR
​ ​
Significance trigger – PD to increase by
​
​
0.1-1.2
​ ​
15bps
​
​
2.1-3.3
​ ​
30bps
​
For CRRs greater than 3.3 that are not impaired, a significant increase in credit risk is considered to have occurred when the origination PD has doubled. The significance of changes in PD was informed by expert credit risk judgement, referenced to historical credit migrations and to relative changes in external market rates.
For loans originated prior to the implementation of IFRS 9, the origination PD does not include adjustments to reflect expectations of future macroeconomic conditions since these are not available without the use of hindsight. In the absence of this data, origination PD must be approximated assuming through-the-cycle PDs and through-the-cycle migration probabilities, consistent with the instrument’s underlying modelling approach and the CRR at origination. For these loans, the quantitative comparison is supplemented with additional CRR deterioration-based thresholds, as set out in the table below:
​
Origination CRR
​ ​
Additional significance criteria – Number of CRR grade notches
deterioration required to identify as significant credit deterioration
(stage 2) (> or equal to)
​
​
0.1
​ ​
5 notches
​
​
1.1–4.2
​ ​
4 notches
​
​
4.3–5.1
​ ​
3 notches
​
​
5.2–7.1
​ ​
2 notches
​
​
7.2–8.2
​ ​
1 notch
​
​
8.3
​ ​
0 notch
​
For certain portfolios of debt securities where external market ratings are available and credit ratings are not used in credit risk management, the debt securities will be in stage 2 if their credit risk increases to the extent they are no longer considered investment grade. Investment grade is where the financial instrument has a low risk of incurring losses, the structure has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term and adverse changes in economic and business conditions in the longer term may, but will not necessarily, reduce the ability of the borrower to fulfil their contractual cash flow obligations.
For retail portfolios, default risk is assessed using a reporting date 12-month PD derived from credit scores, which incorporates all available information about the customer. This PD is adjusted for the effect of macroeconomic forecasts for periods longer than 12 months and is considered to be a reasonable approximation of a lifetime PD measure. Retail exposures are first segmented into homogeneous portfolios, generally by country, product and brand. Within each portfolio, the stage 2 accounts are defined as accounts with an adjusted 12-month PD greater than the average 12-month PD of loans in that portfolio 12 months before they become 30 days past due. The expert credit risk judgement is that no prior increase in credit risk is significant. This portfolio-specific threshold identifies loans with a PD higher than would be expected from loans that are performing as originally expected, and higher than what would have been acceptable at origination. It therefore approximates a comparison of origination to reporting date PDs.
Unimpaired and without significant increase in credit risk (stage 1)
ECL resulting from default events that are possible within the next 12 months (‘12-month ECL’) are recognised for financial instruments that remain in stage 1.
Purchased or originated credit impaired
Financial assets that are purchased or originated at a deep discount that reflects the incurred credit losses are considered to be POCI. This population includes the recognition of a new financial instrument following a renegotiation where concessions have been granted for economic or contractual reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty that otherwise would not have been considered. The
 
F-18
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
amount of change-in-lifetime ECL is recognised in profit or loss until the POCI is derecognised, even if the lifetime ECL are less than the amount of ECL included in the estimated cash flows on initial recognition.
Movement between stages
Financial assets can be transferred between the different categories (other than POCI) depending on their relative increase in credit risk since initial recognition. Financial instruments are transferred out of stage 2 if their credit risk is no longer considered to be significantly increased since initial recognition based on the assessments described above. Except for renegotiated loans, financial instruments are transferred out of stage 3 when they no longer exhibit any evidence of credit impairment as described above. Renegotiated loans that are not POCI will continue to be in stage 3 until there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows, observed over a minimum one-year period and there are no other indicators of impairment. For loans that are assessed for impairment on a portfolio basis, the evidence typically comprises a history of payment performance against the original or revised terms, as appropriate to the circumstances. For loans that are assessed for impairment on an individual basis, all available evidence is assessed on a case-by-case basis.
Measurement of ECL
The assessment of credit risk and the estimation of ECL are unbiased and probability-weighted, and incorporate all available information that is relevant to the assessment including information about past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future events and economic conditions at the reporting date. In addition, the estimation of ECL should take into account the time value of money.
In general, the group calculates ECL using three main components, a probability of default, a loss given default (‘LGD’) and the exposure at default (‘EAD’).
The 12-month ECL is calculated by multiplying the 12-month PD, LGD and EAD. Lifetime ECL is calculated using the lifetime PD instead. The 12-month and lifetime PDs represent the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months and the remaining maturity of the instrument respectively.
The EAD represents the expected balance at default, taking into account the repayment of principal and interest from the balance sheet date to the default event together with any expected drawdowns of committed facilities. The LGD represents expected losses on the EAD given the event of default, taking into account, among other attributes, the mitigating effect of collateral value at the time it is expected to be realised and the time value of money.
The group makes use of the Basel II IRB framework where possible, with recalibration to meet the differing IFRS 9 requirements as set out in the following table:
​
Model
​ ​
Regulatory capital
​ ​
IFRS 9
​
​
PD
​ ​
Through the cycle (represents long-run average PD throughout a full economic cycle)
The definition of default includes a backstop of 90+ days past due, although this has been modified to 180+ days past due for some portfolios, particularly UK and US mortgages
​ ​
Point in time (based on current conditions, adjusted to take into account estimates of future conditions that will impact PD)
Default backstop of 90+ days past due for all portfolios
​
​
EAD
​ ​
Cannot be lower than current balance
​ ​
Amortisation captured for term products
​
​
LGD
​ ​
Downturn LGD (consistent losses expected to be suffered during a severe but plausible economic downturn)
Regulatory floors may apply to mitigate risk of underestimating downturn LGD due to lack of historical data
Discounted using cost of capital
All collection costs included
​ ​
Expected LGD (based on estimate of loss given default including the expected impact of future economic conditions such as changes in value of collateral)
No floors
Discounted using the original effective interest rate of the loan
Only costs associated with obtaining/selling collateral included
​
​
Other
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Discounted back from point of default to balance sheet date
​
While 12-month PDs are recalibrated from Basel II models where possible, the lifetime PDs are determined by projecting the 12-month PD using a term structure. For the wholesale methodology, the lifetime PD also takes into account credit migration, i.e. a customer migrating through the CRR bands over its life.
The ECL for wholesale stage 3 is determined on an individual basis using a discounted cash flow (‘DCF’) methodology. The expected future cash flows are based on the credit risk officer’s estimates as at the reporting date, reflecting reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections of future recoveries and expected future receipts of interest. Collateral is taken into account if it is likely that the recovery of the outstanding amount will include realisation of collateral based on its estimated fair value of collateral at the time of expected realisation, less costs for obtaining and selling the collateral. The cash flows are discounted at a reasonable approximation of the original effective interest rate. For significant cases, cash flows under four different scenarios are probability-weighted by reference to the economic scenarios applied more generally by HSBC Group and the judgement of the credit risk officer in relation to the likelihood of the workout strategy succeeding or receivership being required. For less significant cases, the effect of different economic scenarios and work-out strategies is approximated and applied as an adjustment to the most likely outcome.
 
F-19
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Period over which ECL is measured
Expected credit loss is measured from the initial recognition of the financial asset. The maximum period considered when measuring ECL (be it 12-month or lifetime ECL) is the maximum contractual period over which the group is exposed to credit risk. For wholesale overdrafts, credit risk management actions are taken no less frequently than on an annual basis and therefore this period is to the expected date of the next substantive credit review. The date of the substantive credit review also represents the initial recognition of the new facility.
However, where the financial instrument includes both a drawn and undrawn commitment and the contractual ability to demand repayment and cancel the undrawn commitment does not serve to limit the group’s exposure to credit risk to the contractual notice period, the contractual period does not determine the maximum period considered. Instead, ECL is measured over the period the group remains exposed to credit risk that is not mitigated by credit risk management actions. This applies to retail overdrafts and credit cards, where the period is the average time taken for stage 2 exposures to default or close as performing accounts, determined on a portfolio basis and ranging from between two and six years. In addition, for these facilities it is not possible to identify the ECL on the loan commitment component separately from the financial asset component. As a result, the total ECL is recognised in the loss allowance for the financial asset unless the total ECL exceeds the gross carrying amount of the financial asset, in which case the ECL is recognised as a provision.
Forward-looking economic inputs
The group applies multiple forward-looking global economic scenarios determined with reference to external forecast distributions representative of its view of forecast economic conditions. This approach is considered sufficient to calculate unbiased expected loss in most economic environments. In certain economic environments, additional analysis may be necessary and may result in additional scenarios or adjustments, to reflect a range of possible economic outcomes sufficient for an unbiased estimate. The detailed methodology is disclosed in ‘Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates’ on page F-83.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
​
​
 ​
​
The calculation of the group’s ECL under IFRS 9 requires the group to make a number of judgements, assumptions and estimates. The most significant are set out below:
​
​
Judgements
​ ​
Estimates
​
​
Defining what is considered to be a significant increase in credit risk
Selecting and calibrating the PD, LGD and EAD models, which support the calculations, including making reasonable and supportable judgements about how models react to current and future economic conditions
Selecting model inputs and economic forecasts, including determining whether sufficient and appropriately weighted economic forecasts are incorporated to calculate unbiased expected loss
Making management judgemental adjustments to account for late breaking events, model and data limitations and deficiencies, and expert credit judgements
​ ​
The section ‘Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates’ from page F-83 sets out the assumptions used in determining ECL, and provides an indication of the sensitivity of the result to the application of different weightings being applied to different economic assumptions
​
​
​
 ​
​
(j)
Insurance contracts
​
A contract is classified as an insurance contract where the group accepts significant insurance risk from another party by agreeing to compensate that party on the occurrence of a specified uncertain future event. An insurance contract may also transfer financial risk, but is accounted for as an insurance contract if the insurance risk is significant. In addition, the group issues investment contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’) which are also accounted for as insurance contracts as required by IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’.
Net insurance premium income
Premiums for life insurance contracts are accounted for when receivable, except in unit-linked insurance contracts where premiums are accounted for when liabilities are established.
Reinsurance premiums are accounted for in the same accounting period as the premiums for the direct insurance contracts to which they relate.
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movements in liabilities to policyholders
Gross insurance claims for life insurance contracts reflect the total cost of claims arising during the year, including claim handling costs and any policyholder bonuses allocated in anticipation of a bonus declaration.
Maturity claims are recognised when due for payment. Surrenders are recognised when paid or at an earlier date on which, following notification, the policy ceases to be included within the calculation of the related insurance liabilities. Death claims are recognised when notified.
 
F-20
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Reinsurance recoveries are accounted for in the same period as the related claim.
Liabilities under insurance contracts
Liabilities under non-linked life insurance contracts are calculated by each life insurance operation based on local actuarial principles. Liabilities under unit-linked life insurance contracts are at least equivalent to the surrender or transfer value, which is calculated by reference to the value of the relevant underlying funds or indices.
Future profit participation on insurance contracts with DPF
Where contracts provide discretionary profit participation benefits to policyholders, liabilities for these contracts include provisions for the future discretionary benefits to policyholders. These provisions reflect the actual performance of the investment portfolio to date and management’s expectation of the future performance of the assets backing the contracts, as well as other experience factors such as mortality, lapses and operational efficiency, where appropriate. The benefits to policyholders may be determined by the contractual terms, regulation or past distribution policy.
Investment contracts with DPF
While investment contracts with DPF are financial instruments, they continue to be treated as insurance contracts as required by IFRS 4. The group therefore recognises the premiums for these contracts as revenue and recognises as an expense the resulting increase in the carrying amount of the liability.
In the case of net unrealised investment gains on these contracts, whose discretionary benefits principally reflect the actual performance of the investment portfolio, the corresponding increase in the liabilities is recognised in either the income statement or other comprehensive income, following the treatment of the unrealised gains on the relevant assets. In the case of net unrealised losses, a deferred participating asset is recognised only to the extent that its recoverability is highly probable. Movements in the liabilities arising from realised gains and losses on relevant assets are recognised in the income statement.
Present value of in-force long-term insurance business
The group recognises the value placed on insurance contracts, and investment contracts with DPF, that are classified as long-term and in-force at the balance sheet date, as an asset. The asset represents the present value of the equity holders’ interest in the issuing insurance companies’ profits expected to emerge from these contracts written at the balance sheet date. The present value of in-force long-term insurance business (‘PVIF’) is determined by discounting those expected future profits using appropriate assumptions in assessing factors such as future mortality, lapse rates and levels of expenses, and a risk discount rate that reflects the risk premium attributable to the respective contracts. The PVIF incorporates allowances for both non-market risk and the value of financial options and guarantees. The PVIF asset is presented gross of attributable tax in the balance sheet and movements in the PVIF asset are included in ‘Other operating income’ on a gross of tax basis.
(k)
Employee compensation and benefits
​
Share-based payments
The group enters into both equity-settled and cash-settled share-based payment arrangements with its employees as compensation for the provision of their services. The vesting period for these schemes may commence before the legal grant date if the employees have started to render services in respect of the award before the legal grant date, where there is a shared understanding of the terms and conditions of the arrangement. Expenses are recognised when the employee starts to render service to which the award relates.
Cancellations result from the failure to meet a non-vesting condition during the vesting period, and are treated as an acceleration of vesting recognised immediately in the income statement. Failure to meet a vesting condition by the employee is not treated as a cancellation, and the amount of expense recognised for the award is adjusted to reflect the number of awards expected to vest.
Post-employment benefit plans
The group operates a number of pension schemes including defined benefit, defined contribution and post-employment benefit schemes.
Payments to defined contribution schemes are charged as an expense as the employees render service.
Defined benefit pension obligations are calculated using the projected unit credit method. The net charge to the income statement mainly comprises the service cost and the net interest on the net defined benefit asset or liability, and is presented in operating expenses.
Remeasurements of the net defined benefit asset or liability, which comprise actuarial gains and losses, return on plan assets (excluding interest) and the effect of the asset ceiling (if any, excluding interest), are recognised immediately in other comprehensive income. The net defined benefit asset or liability represents the present value of defined benefit obligations reduced by the fair value of plan assets, after applying the asset ceiling test, where the net defined benefit surplus is limited to the present value of available refunds and reductions in future contributions to the plan.
The cost of obligations arising from other post-employment plans are accounted for on the same basis as defined benefit pension plans.
(l)
Tax
​
Income tax comprises current tax and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case the tax is recognised in the same statement in which the related item appears.
 
F-21
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Current tax is the tax expected to be payable on the taxable profit for the year and on any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. The group provides for potential current tax liabilities that may arise on the basis of the amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities. Payments associated with any incremental base erosion and anti-abuse tax are reflected in tax expense in the period incurred.
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet, and the amounts attributed to such assets and liabilities for tax purposes. Deferred tax is calculated using the tax rates expected to apply in the periods as the assets will be realised or the liabilities settled.
Current and deferred tax are calculated based on tax rates and laws enacted, or substantively enacted, by the balance sheet date.
Critical accounting judgements
​
​
 ​
​
The recognition of deferred tax assets depends on judgements
​
​
Judgements
​
​
In assessing the probability and sufficiency of future taxable profit, we consider the availability of evidence to support the recognition of deferred tax assets. taking into account the inherent risk in long term forecasting and drivers of recent history of tax losses where applicable, taking into account the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences and tax planning strategies including corporate reorganisations. Specific judgements supporting deferred tax assets are described in Note 7.
​
​
​
 ​
​
(m)
Provisions, contingent liabilities and guarantees
​
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle a present legal or constructive obligation that has arisen as a result of past events and for which a reliable estimate can be made.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
​
​
 ​
​
The recognition and measurement of provisions requires the group to make a number of judgements, assumptions and estimates. The most significant are set out below:
​
​
Judgements
​ ​
Estimates
​
​
Determining whether a present obligation exists. Professional advice is taken on the assessment of litigation and similar obligations
Provisions for legal proceedings and regulatory matters typically require a higher degree of judgement than other types of provisions. When matters are at an early stage, accounting judgements can be difficult because of the high degree of uncertainty associated with determining whether a present obligation exists, and estimating the probability and amount of any outflows that may arise. As matters progress, management and legal advisers evaluate on an ongoing basis whether provisions should be recognised, revising previous estimates as appropriate. At more advanced stages, it is typically easier to make estimates around a better defined set of possible outcomes
​ ​
Provisions for legal proceedings and regulatory matters remain very sensitive to the assumptions used in the estimate. There could be a wider range of possible outcomes for any pending legal proceedings, investigations or inquiries. As a result, it is often not practicable to quantify a range of possible outcomes for individual matters. It is also not practicable to meaningfully quantify ranges of potential outcomes in aggregate for these types of provisions because of the diverse nature and circumstances of such matters and the wide range of uncertainties involved
​
​
​
 ​
Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees
Contingent liabilities
Contingent liabilities, which include certain guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security, and contingent liabilities related to legal proceedings or regulatory matters, are not recognised in the financial statements but are disclosed unless the probability of settlement is remote.
Financial guarantee contracts
Liabilities under financial guarantee contracts that are not classified as insurance contracts are recorded initially at their fair value, which is generally the fee received or present value of the fee receivable.
The company has issued financial guarantees and similar contracts to other group entities. The group elects to account for certain guarantees as insurance contracts in the company’s financial statements, in which case they are measured and recognised as insurance liabilities. This election is made on a contract by contract basis, and is irrevocable.
(n)
Impairment of non-financial assets
​
Software under development is tested for impairment at least annually. Other non-financial assets are property, plant and equipment, intangible assets (excluding goodwill) and right-of-use assets. They are tested for impairment at the individual asset level when there is indication of impairment at that level, or at the CGU level for assets that do not have a recoverable amount at the individual asset level. In addition, impairment is also tested at the CGU level when there is indication of impairment at that level. For this purpose, Cash Generating Units (‘CGUs’) are considered to be the principal operating legal entities divided by global business.
 
F-22
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Impairment testing compares the carrying amount of the non-financial asset or CGU with its recoverable amount, which is the higher of the fair value less costs of disposal or the value in use. The carrying amount of a CGU comprises the carrying value of its assets and liabilities, including non-financial assets that are directly attributable to it and non-financial assets that can be allocated to it on a reasonable and consistent basis. Non-financial assets that cannot be allocated to an individual CGU are tested for impairment at an appropriate grouping of CGUs. The recoverable amount of the CGU is the higher of the fair value less costs of disposal of the CGU, which is determined by independent and qualified valuers where relevant, and the value in use, which is calculated based on appropriate inputs. When the recoverable amount of a CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised in the income statement to the extent that the impairment can be allocated on a pro-rata basis to the non-financial assets by reducing their carrying amounts to the higher of their respective individual recoverable amount or nil. Impairment is not allocated to the financial assets in a CGU.
Impairment loss recognised in prior periods for non-financial assets is reversed when there has been a change in the estimate used to determine the recoverable amount. The impairment loss is reversed to the extent that the carrying amount of the non-financial assets would not exceed the amount that would have been determined (net of amortisation or depreciation) had no impairment loss been recognised in prior periods.
2
Net fee income
​
​
Net fee income by product type
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Account services ​ ​ ​
​
271
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 239 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 334 ​ ​
​ Funds under management ​ ​ ​
​
465
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 424 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 427 ​ ​
​ Cards ​ ​ ​
​
44
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 44 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47 ​ ​
​ Credit facilities ​ ​ ​
​
246
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 250 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 301 ​ ​
​ Broking income ​ ​ ​
​
368
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 369 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 289 ​ ​
​ Unit trusts ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6 ​ ​
​ Imports/exports ​ ​ ​
​
40
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 41 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51 ​ ​
​ Remittances ​ ​ ​
​
84
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 62 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 74 ​ ​
​ Underwriting ​ ​ ​
​
286
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 360 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 287 ​ ​
​ Global custody ​ ​ ​
​
200
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 220 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118 ​ ​
​ Insurance agency commission ​ ​ ​
​
17
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20 ​ ​
​ Other ​ ​ ​
​
680
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 643 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 636 ​ ​
​
Fee income
​ ​ ​
​
2,706
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,674 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,590 ​ ​
​ Less: fee expense ​ ​ ​
​
(1,293)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,274) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,246) ​ ​
​
Net fee income
​ ​ ​
​
1,413
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,400 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,344 ​ ​
​
Net fee income by global business
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
MSS
£m
​ ​ ​
GB
£m
​ ​ ​
GBM
Other
£m
​ ​ ​
CMB
£m
​ ​ ​
WPB
£m
​ ​ ​
Corporate
Centre
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ Year ended 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Fee income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,251 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 861 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 89 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 415 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 633 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (543) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,706 ​ ​
​ Less: fee expense ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1,245)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(188)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(83)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(54)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(255)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
532
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1,293)
 ​ ​
​ Net fee income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 673 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 361 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 378 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (11) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,413 ​ ​
​ Year ended 31 Dec 20201 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Fee income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,243 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 857 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 94 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 407 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 603 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (530) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,674 ​ ​
​ Less: fee expense ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,209) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (172) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (123) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (51) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (245) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 526 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,274) ​ ​
​ Net fee income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 685 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (29) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 356 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 358 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,400 ​ ​
​ Year ended 31 Dec 20191 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Fee income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,266 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 787 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 80 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 391 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 625 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (559) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,590 ​ ​
​ Less: fee expense ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,265) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (116) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (126) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (41) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (243) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 545 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,246) ​ ​
​ Net fee income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 671 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (46) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 350 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 382 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (14) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,344 ​ ​
​
1
A change in reportable segments was made in 2021. Comparatives data have been re-presented accordingly. For further guidance, refer to Note 9: Segmental Analysis on page F-37.
​
 
F-23
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Net fee income includes £935m of fees earned on financial assets that are not at fair value through profit or loss (other than amounts included in determining the effective interest rate) (2020: £883m; 2019: £906m), £221m of fees payable on financial liabilities that are not at fair value through profit of loss (other than amounts included in determining the effective interest rate) (2020: £176m; 2019: £198m), £709m of fees earned on trust and other fiduciary activities (2020: £688m; 2019: £580m), and £61m of fees payable relating to trust and other fiduciary activities (2020: £68m; 2019: £53m).
3
Net income/(expenses) from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Net income/(expenses) arising on: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Net trading activities ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,948 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,054 ​ ​
​ Other instruments managed on a fair value basis ​ ​ ​
​
1,730
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (190) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,999) ​ ​
​
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
​ ​ ​
​
1,733
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,758 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,055 ​ ​
​
Financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts
​ ​ ​
​
1,305
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 290 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,364 ​ ​
​ Liabilities to customers under investment contracts ​ ​ ​
​
(91)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (36) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (76) ​ ​
​
Net income from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss
​ ​ ​
​
1,214
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 254 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,288 ​ ​
​ Derivatives managed in conjunction with the group’s issued debt securities ​ ​ ​
​
(337)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 112 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 124 ​ ​
​ Other changes in fair value ​ ​ ​
​
329
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (95) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (132) ​ ​
​
Changes in fair value of designated debt and related derivatives
​ ​ ​
​
(8)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8) ​ ​
​
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
​ ​ ​
​
493
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 285 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 547 ​ ​
​
Year ended 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
3,432
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,314 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,882 ​ ​
 
F-24
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
4
Insurance business
​
​
Net insurance premium income
​ ​ ​ ​
Non-linked
insurance
£m
​ ​
Linked life
insurance
£m
​ ​
Investment contracts
with DPF1
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ Gross insurance premium income ​ ​ ​
​
218
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
429
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,360
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,007
 ​ ​
​ Reinsurers’ share of gross insurance premium income ​ ​ ​
​
(100)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(101)
 ​ ​
​ Year ended 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 118 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 428 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,360 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,906 ​ ​
​ Gross insurance premium income ​ ​ ​ ​ 205 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 274 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,185 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,664 ​ ​
​ Reinsurers’ share of gross insurance premium income ​ ​ ​ ​ (100) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (105) ​ ​
​ Year ended 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 105 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 269 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,185 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,559 ​ ​
​ Gross insurance premium income ​ ​ ​ ​ 231 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 245 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,772 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,248 ​ ​
​ Reinsurers’ share of gross insurance premium income ​ ​ ​ ​ (98) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (101) ​ ​
​ Year ended 31 Dec 2019 ​ ​ ​ ​ 133 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 242 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,772 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,147 ​ ​
​
1
Discretionary participation features.
​
​
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Non-linked
insurance
£m
​ ​ ​
Linked life
insurance
£m
​ ​ ​
Investment contracts
with DPF1
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ Gross claims and benefits paid and movement in
liabilities 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
120
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
550
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,420
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,090
 ​ ​
​ – claims, benefits and surrenders paid ​ ​ ​ ​
​
126
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
106
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,554
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,786
 ​ ​
​ – movement in liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(6)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
444
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
866
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,304
 ​ ​
​ Reinsurers’ share of claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(45)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(6)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(51)
 ​ ​
​ – claims, benefits and surrenders paid ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(68)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(69)
 ​ ​
​ – movement in liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
18
 ​ ​
​ Year ended 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 75 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 544 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,420 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,039 ​ ​
​ Gross claims and benefits paid and movement in
liabilities 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 143 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 300 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,404 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,847 ​ ​
​ – claims, benefits and surrenders paid ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 102 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 93 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,578 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,773 ​ ​
​ – movement in liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 41 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 207 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (174) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 74 ​ ​
​ Reinsurers’ share of claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (64) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (64) ​ ​
​ – claims, benefits and surrenders paid ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (62) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (65) ​ ​
​ – movement in liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​
​ Year ended 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 79 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 300 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,404 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,783 ​ ​
​ Gross claims and benefits paid and movement in
liabilities 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 105 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 363 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,957 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,425 ​ ​
​ – claims, benefits and surrenders paid ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 136 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 96 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,490 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,722 ​ ​
​ – movement in liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (31) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 267 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,467 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,703 ​ ​
​ Reinsurers’ share of claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (56) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (59) ​ ​
​ – claims, benefits and surrenders paid ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (61) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (64) ​ ​
​ – movement in liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​
​ Year ended 31 Dec 2019 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 360 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,957 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,366 ​ ​
​
1
Discretionary participation features.
​
 
F-25
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
Liabilities under insurance contracts
​ ​ ​ ​
Non-linked
insurance
£m
​ ​
Linked life
insurance
£m
​ ​
Investment contracts
with DPF1
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ Gross liabilities under insurance contracts at 1 Jan 2021 ​ ​ ​
​
594
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,512
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
20,710
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
22,816
 ​ ​
​ Claims and benefits paid ​ ​ ​
​
(126)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(106)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1,554)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1,786)
 ​ ​
​ Increase in liabilities to policyholders ​ ​ ​
​
120
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
550
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,420
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,090
 ​ ​
​ Exchange differences and other movements2 ​ ​ ​
​
(32)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(18)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1,806)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1,856)
 ​ ​
​ Gross liabilities under insurance contracts at 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 556 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,938 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,770 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22,264 ​ ​
​ Reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts ​ ​ ​
​
(93)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(53)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(146)
 ​ ​
​ Net liabilities under insurance contracts at 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 463 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,885 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,770 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22,118 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Gross liabilities under insurance contracts at 1 Jan 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 576 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,295 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,638 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,509 ​ ​
​ Claims and benefits paid ​ ​ ​ ​ (102) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (93) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,578) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,773) ​ ​
​ Increase in liabilities to policyholders ​ ​ ​ ​ 143 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 300 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,404 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,847 ​ ​
​ Exchange differences and other movements2 ​ ​ ​ ​ (23) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,246 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,233 ​ ​
​ Gross liabilities under insurance contracts at 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 594 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,512 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,710 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22,816 ​ ​
​ Reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts ​ ​ ​ ​ (118) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (47) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (165) ​ ​
​ Net liabilities under insurance contracts at 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 476 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,465 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,710 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22,651 ​ ​
​
1
Discretionary participation features.
​
2
‘Exchange differences and other movements’ includes movements in liabilities arising from net unrealised investment gains recognised in other comprehensive income.
​
The key factors contributing to the movement in liabilities to policyholders included movement in the market value of assets supporting policyholder liabilities, death claims, surrenders, lapses, new business, the declaration of bonuses and other amounts attributable to policyholders.
5
Employee compensation and benefits
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Wages and salaries ​ ​ ​
​
1,609
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,917 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,752 ​ ​
​ Social security costs ​ ​ ​
​
341
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 367 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 383 ​ ​
​ Post-employment benefits1 ​ ​ ​
​
73
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 56 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 90 ​ ​
​
Year ended 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
2,023
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,340 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,225 ​ ​
​
1
Includes £37m (2020: £36m, 2019: £48m) in employer contributions to the defined contribution pension plans.
​
​
Average number of persons employed by the group during the year
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​ ​
2019
​
​ Markets and Securities Services ​ ​ ​
​
4,322
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,590 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,508 ​ ​
​ Global Banking ​ ​ ​
​
2,458
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,857 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,366 ​ ​
​ Global Banking and Markets Other ​ ​ ​
​
140
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 158 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 595 ​ ​
​ Commercial Banking ​ ​ ​
​
3,023
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,396 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,241 ​ ​
​ Wealth and Personal Banking ​ ​ ​
​
6,709
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,807 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,955 ​ ​
​ Corporate Centre ​ ​ ​
​
171
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 58 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 89 ​ ​
​
Year ended 31 Dec1,2
​ ​ ​
​
16,823
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,866 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,754 ​ ​
​
1
A change in reportable segments was made in 2021. Comparatives have been re-presented accordingly. For further guidance, refer to Note 9: Segmental Analysis on page F-37.
​
2
Average numbers of headcount in Corporate Centre are allocated in respective businesses on the basis of amounts charged to the respective global businesses.
​
 
F-26
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Share-based payments
‘Wages and salaries’ includes the effect of share-based payments arrangements, of which £96m were equity settled (2020: £76m; 2019: £86m), as follows:
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Restricted share awards ​ ​ ​
​
96
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 77 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 86 ​ ​
​ Savings-related and other share award option plans ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​
​
Year ended 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
97
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 79 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 88 ​ ​
HSBC share awards
​
Award
​ ​
Policy
​
​
Deferred share awards (including annual incentive awards, LTI awards delivered shares) and Group Performance Share Plan (‘GPSP’)
​ ​
An assessment of performance over the relevant period ending on 31 December is used to determine the amount of the award to be granted.
Deferred awards generally require employees to remain in employment over the vesting period and are generally not subject to performance conditions after the grant date. An exception to these are the LTI awards, which are subject to performance conditions.
Deferred share awards generally vest over a period of three, five or seven years.
Vested shares may be subject to a retention requirement post-vesting.
Awards are subject to malus and clawback.
​
​
International Employee Share Purchase Plan (‘ShareMatch’)
​ ​
The plan was first introduced in Hong Kong in 2013 and now includes employees based in 28 jurisdictions.
Shares are purchased in the market each quarter up to a maximum value of £750, or the equivalent in local currency.
Matching awards are added at a ratio of one free share for every three purchased.
Matching awards vest subject to continued employment and the retention of the purchased shares for a maximum period of two years and nine months.
​
​
Movement on HSBC share awards
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
Number
(000s)
​ ​
2020
Number
(000s)
​ ​
2019
Number
(000s)
​
​
Restricted share awards outstanding at 1 Jan
​ ​ ​
​
24,367
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,578 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,395 ​ ​
​ Additions during the year1 ​ ​ ​
​
15,479
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,823 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,358 ​ ​
​ Released in the year1 ​ ​ ​
​
(16,690)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (16,024) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (17,742) ​ ​
​ Forfeited in the year ​ ​ ​
​
(1,328)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,010) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (433) ​ ​
​
Restricted share awards outstanding at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
21,828
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,367 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,578 ​ ​
​ Weighted average fair value of awards granted (£) ​ ​ ​
​
4.49
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5.58 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5.99 ​ ​
​
1
Includes a number of share option plans transferred from or to other subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings plc.
​
​
HSBC share option plans
​
Main plans
​ ​
Policy
​
​
Savings-related share option plans (‘Sharesave’)
​ ​
From 2014, eligible employees for the UK plan can save up to £500 per month with the option to use the savings to acquire shares.
These are generally exercisable within six months following either the third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of a three-year or five-year contract, respectively.
The exercise price is set at a 20% (2020: 20%; 2019: 20%) discount to the market value immediately preceding the date of invitation.
​
 
F-27
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Calculation of fair values
The fair values of share options are calculated using a Black-Scholes model. The fair value of a share award is based on the share price at the date of the grant.
​
Movement on HSBC share option plans
​ ​ ​ ​
Savings-related
share option plans
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Number
(000s)
​ ​
WAEP1
£
​
​ Outstanding at 1 Jan 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,206 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.96 ​ ​
​ Granted during the year2 ​ ​ ​
​
984
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3.25
 ​ ​
​ Exercised during the year ​ ​ ​
​
(227)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3.97
 ​ ​
​ Expired during the year ​ ​ ​
​
(99)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4.70
 ​ ​
​ Forfeited during the year ​ ​ ​
​
(928)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3.68
 ​ ​
​ Outstanding at 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,936 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.87 ​ ​
​ Weighted average remaining contractual life (years) ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.98 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Outstanding at 1 Jan 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,245 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.78 ​ ​
​ Granted during the year2 ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,909 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.56 ​ ​
​ Exercised during the year ​ ​ ​ ​ (107) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.43 ​ ​
​ Expired during the year ​ ​ ​ ​ (78) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.64 ​ ​
​ Forfeited during the year ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,763) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.79 ​ ​
​ Outstanding at 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,206 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.96 ​ ​
​ Weighted average remaining contractual life (years) ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.64 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Outstanding at 1 Jan 2019 ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,008 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.88 ​ ​
​ Granted during the year2 ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,078 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.68 ​ ​
​ Exercised during the year ​ ​ ​ ​ (801) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.32 ​ ​
​ Expired during the year ​ ​ ​ ​ (35) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.17 ​ ​
​ Forfeited during the year ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,005) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5.43 ​ ​
​ Outstanding at 31 Dec 2019 ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,245 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.78 ​ ​
​ Weighted average remaining contractual life (years) ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.76 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
Weighted average exercise price.
​
2
Includes a number of share option plans transferred from or to other subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings plc.
​
Post-employment benefit plans
We operate a number of pension plans throughout Europe for our employees. Some are defined benefit plans, of which HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt Pension Plan is the most prominent within the group.
The group’s balance sheet includes the net surplus or deficit, being the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the discounted value of scheme liabilities at the balance sheet date for each plan. Surpluses are only recognised to the extent that they are recoverable through reduced contributions in the future, or through potential future refunds from the schemes. In assessing whether a surplus is recoverable, the group has considered its current right to obtain a future refund or a reduction in future contributions together with the rights of third parties such as trustees.
HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt Pension Plan
The plan is a final salary scheme and is calculated based on the employee length of service multiplied by a predefined benefit accrual and earnings. The pension is paid when the benefit falls due and is a specified pension payment, lump-sum or combination thereof. The plan is overseen by an independent corporate trustee, who has a fiduciary responsibility for the operation of the plan. Its assets are held separately from the assets of the group.
The strategic aim of the investment is to achieve, as continuously as possible, an increase in value over time. For this purpose, the fund invests mainly in government bonds, corporate bonds, investment funds and equities. It invests predominantly in developed regions. Overall, emphasis is placed on having a high degree of diversification.
The latest measurement of the defined benefit obligation of the plan at 31 December 2021 was carried out by independent qualified actuaries, using the projected unit credit method. The next measurement will have an effective date of 31 December 2022.
 
F-28
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Net assets/(liabilities) recognised on the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit plans
​ ​ ​ ​
Fair value of
plan assets
£m
​ ​
Present value of
defined benefit
obligations
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ Defined benefit pension plans ​ ​ ​
​
668
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(742)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(74)
 ​ ​
​ Defined benefit healthcare plans ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(68)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(68)
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 668 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (810) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (142) ​ ​
​ Total employee benefit liabilities (within ‘Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities’) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(196)
 ​ ​
​ Total employee benefit assets (within ‘Prepayments, accrued income and other assets’) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 54 ​ ​
​ Defined benefit pension plans ​ ​ ​ ​ 693 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (876) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (183) ​ ​
​ Defined benefit healthcare plans ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (75) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (75) ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 693 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (951) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (258) ​ ​
​ Total employee benefit liabilities (within ‘Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities’) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (288) ​ ​
​ Total employee benefit assets (within ‘Prepayments, accrued income and other assets’) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 30 ​ ​
 
F-29
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Defined benefit pension plans
​
Net asset/(liability) under defined benefit pension plans
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Fair value of plan assets
​ ​ ​
Present value of
defined benefit obligations
​ ​ ​
Net defined benefit asset/(liability)
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
HSBC Trinkaus &
Burkhardt
Pension Plan2
£m
​ ​ ​
Other
plans
£m
​ ​ ​
HSBC Trinkaus &
Burkhardt
Pension Plan2
£m
​ ​ ​
Other
plans
£m
​ ​ ​
HSBC Trinkaus &
Burkhardt
Pension Plan2
£m
​ ​ ​
Other
plans
£m
​
​ At 1 Jan 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 435 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 258 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (489) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (387) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (54) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (129) ​ ​
​ Service cost ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(7)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(27)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(7)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(27)
 ​ ​
​ – current service cost ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(8)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(11)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(8)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(11)
 ​ ​
​ – past service cost and gains from settlements ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(16)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(16)
 ​ ​
​ Net interest income/(cost) on the net defined benefit asset/(liability) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(3)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(3)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​
​ Remeasurement effects recognised in other comprehensive income ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
26
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
43
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14
 ​ ​
​ – return on plan assets (excluding interest income) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​
​ – actuarial gains/(losses) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
26
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
26
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16
 ​ ​
​ – other changes ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Exchange differences ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(28)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
29
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8
 ​ ​
​ Benefits paid ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(15)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​
​ Other movements1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(10)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
69
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
59
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 434 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 234 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (438) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (304) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (70) ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ A1 Jan 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 405 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 175 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (434) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (325) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (29) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (150) ​ ​
​ Service cost ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​
​ – current service cost ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (14) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (14) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​
​ – past service cost and gains from settlements ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9 ​ ​
​ Net interest income/(cost) on the net defined benefit asset/(liability) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (16) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​
Remeasurement effects recognised in other comprehensive income
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 84 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (20) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (79) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (23) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​
​ – return on plan assets (excluding interest income) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26 ​ ​
​ – actuarial gains/(losses) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (21) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (27) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (21) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (27) ​ ​
​ – other changes ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 58 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (52) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6 ​ ​
​ Exchange differences ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (24) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9) ​ ​
​ Benefits paid ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (39) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 46 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​
​ Other movements1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 435 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 258 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (489) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (387) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (54) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (129) ​ ​
1
Other movements include contributions by the group, contributions by employees, administrative costs and tax paid by plan.
​
2
The HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt Pension Plan and its comparatives have been disclosed as it is considered to be a prominent plan within the group. Figures disclosed comprise this prominent plan and other plans in Germany.
​
HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt GmbH (previously HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG) does not expect to make contributions to the HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt Pension Plan during 2022. Benefits expected to be paid from the HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt Pension Plan to retirees over each of the next five years, and in aggregate for the five years thereafter, are as follows:
​
Benefits expected to be paid from plans
​ ​ ​ ​
2022
£m
​ ​
2023
£m
​ ​
2024
£m
​ ​
2025
£m
​ ​
2026
£m
​ ​
2027-2031
£m
​
​
HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt Pension Plan1
​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 59 ​ ​
​
1
The duration of the defined benefit obligation is 17.1 years for the HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt Pension Plan under the disclosure assumptions adopted (2020: 18.2 years; 2019: 18.1 years).
​
 
F-30
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Fair value of plan assets by asset classes
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
31 Dec 2021
​ ​ ​
31 Dec 2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Value
£m
​ ​ ​
Quoted
market price
in active
market
£m
​ ​ ​
No quoted
market price
in active
market
£m
​ ​ ​
Thereof HSBC
£m
​ ​ ​
Value
£m
​ ​ ​
Quoted
market price
in active
market
£m
​ ​ ​
No quoted
market price
in active
market
£m
​ ​ ​
Thereof HSBC
£m
​
​ HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt Pension
Plan 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Fair value of plan assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
434
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
377
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
57
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 435 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 418 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – equities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – bonds ​ ​ ​ ​
​
112
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
112
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 109 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 109 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – other ​ ​ ​ ​
​
311
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
254
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
57
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 307 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 290 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Post-employment defined benefit plans’ principal actuarial financial assumptions
The group determines the discount rates to be applied to its obligations in consultation with the plans’ local actuaries, on the basis of current average yields of high quality (AA-rated or equivalent) debt instruments with maturities consistent with those of the defined benefit obligations.
​
Key actuarial assumptions
​ ​ ​ ​
Discount rate
%
​ ​
Inflation rate
%
​ ​
Rate of
increase for
pensions
%
​ ​
Rate of pay
increase
%
​
​ HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt Pension Plan ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.14 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.75 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.75 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.75 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.70 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.75 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.50 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.50 ​ ​
Mortality tables and average life expectancy at age 65
​ ​ ​ ​
Mortality
table
​ ​
Life expectancy at age 65 for a male
member currently:
​ ​
Life expectancy at age 65 for a
female member currently:
​
​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​
Aged 65
​ ​
Aged 45
​ ​
Aged 65
​ ​
Aged 45
​
​ HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt Pension Plan ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​
RT 2018G1
​ ​ ​ ​ 20.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23.4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26.3 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​
RT 2018G
​ ​ ​ ​ 20.3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23.8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26.0 ​ ​
​
1
Heubeck tables: RT 2018G. It is generally accepted and used mortality tables for occupational pension plans in Germany taking into account future mortality improvements and lighter mortality for higher-paid pensioners.
​
 
F-31
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
The effect of changes in key assumptions
​ ​ ​ ​
HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt Pension Plan Obligation
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Financial impact of increase
​ ​
Financial impact of decrease
​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
2019
£m
​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Discount rate – increase/decrease of 0.25% ​ ​ ​
​
(13)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (15) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (13) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
13
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14 ​ ​
​ Inflation rate – increase/decrease of 0.25% ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(9)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9) ​ ​
​ Pension payments and deferred pensions – increase/decrease of 0.25% ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(8)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9) ​ ​
​ Pay – increase/decrease of 0.25% ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​
​ Change in mortality – increase of 1 year ​ ​ ​
​
16
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
N/A
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ N/A ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ N/A ​ ​
The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this in unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the defined benefit asset recognised in the balance sheet. The methods and types of assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis did not change compared with the prior period.
Directors’ emoluments
The aggregate emoluments of the Directors of the company, computed in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 as amended by statutory instrument 2008 No.410, were:
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£000
​ ​
2020
£000
​ ​
2019
£000
​
​ Fees1 ​ ​ ​
​
1,525
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,256 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,136 ​ ​
​ Salaries and other emoluments2,5 ​ ​ ​
​
3,569
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,321 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,958 ​ ​
​ Annual incentives3 ​ ​ ​
​
694
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 576 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 472 ​ ​
​ Long-term incentives4 ​ ​ ​
​
511
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 727 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 160 ​ ​
​
Year ended 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
6,299
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,880 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,726 ​ ​
​
1
Fees paid to non-executive Directors.
​
2
Salaries and other emoluments include fixed pay allowances.
​
3
Discretionary annual incentives for executive Directors are based on a combination of individual and corporate performance, and are determined by the Remuneration Committee of the company’s parent company, HSBC Holdings plc. Incentive awards made to executive directors are delivered in the form of cash and HSBC Holdings plc shares. The total amount shown is comprised of £346,959 (2020: £288,050; 2019: £235,752) in cash and £346,959 (2020: £288,050; 2019: £235,752) in restricted shares, which is the upfront portion of the annual incentive granted in respect of performance year 2021.
​
4
The amount shown is comprised of £274,177 (2020: £428,822; 2019: £48,002) in deferred cash, £237,259 (2020: £289,261; 2019: £64,097) in deferred restricted shares, and £0 (2020: £8,826; 2019: £48,050) in shares under the Group Performance Share Plan (‘GPSP’). These amounts relate to the portion of the awards that will vest following the substantial completion of the vesting condition attached to these awards in 2021. The total vesting period of deferred cash and share awards is no less than three years, with 33% of the award vesting on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of the award, and the balance vesting on the third anniversary of the date of the award. The deferred share awards are subject to at least a six-month retention period upon vesting. Details of the Plans are contained within the Directors’ remuneration report of HSBC Holdings plc. The cost of any awards subject to service conditions under the HSBC Share Plan 2011 are recognised through an annual charge based on the fair value of the awards, apportioned over the period of service to which the award relates.
​
5
Includes a payment of £1,380,193 (2020: £93,097; 2019: Nil) made to a Director as compensation for loss of employment.
​
No Director exercised share options over HSBC Holdings plc ordinary shares during the year.
Retirement benefits accruing to one Director under a money purchase scheme in respect of Directors’ qualifying services (2020: one Director; 2019: one Director).
In addition, there were payments during 2021 under unfunded retirement benefit agreements to former Directors of £396,363 (2020: £785,548; 2019: £815,772). The provision at 31 December 2021 in respect of unfunded pension obligations to former Directors amounted to £5,387,505 (2020: £10,245,741; 2019: £10,737,186).
 
F-32
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Notes on the Financial Statements
Of these aggregate figures, the following amounts are attributable to the highest paid Director:
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£000
​ ​
2020
£000
​ ​
2019
£000
​
​ Salaries and other emoluments ​ ​ ​
​
1,399
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,392 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,190 ​ ​
​ Annual incentives1 ​ ​ ​
​
558
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 417 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 260 ​ ​
​ Long-term incentives2 ​ ​ ​
​
390
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 677 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 105 ​ ​
​
Year ended 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
2,347
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,486 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,555 ​ ​
​
1
Awards made to the highest paid Director are delivered in the form of cash and HSBC Holdings plc shares. The amount shown comprises £279,225 (2020: £208,736; 2019: £130,000) in cash and £279,225 (2020: £208,736; 2019: £130,000) in restricted shares.
​
2
The amount shown comprises £209,492 (2020: £402,567; 2019: £28,429) in deferred cash, £180,147 (2020: £274,104; 2019: £28,459) in deferred restricted shares. These amounts relate to a portion of the awards that will vest following the substantial completion of the vesting condition attached to these awards in 2021. The total vesting period of deferred cash and share awards is no less than three years, with 33% of the award vesting on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of the award, and the balance vesting on the third anniversary of the date of the award. The share awards are subject to a six-month retention period upon vesting.
​
No pension contributions were made by the company in respect of services by the highest paid Director during the year (2020: £19,298; 2019: £Nil)
6
Auditors’ remuneration
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Audit fees payable to PwC ​ ​ ​
​
10.4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11.3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10.5 ​ ​
​ Other audit fees payable ​ ​ ​
​
0.4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.4 ​ ​
​
Year ended 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
10.8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11.7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10.9 ​ ​
​
Fees payable by the group to PwC
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Fees for HSBC Bank plc’s statutory audit1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4.8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5.3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5.5 ​ ​
​ Fees for other services provided to the group ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11.6 ​ ​
​ – audit of the group’s subsidiaries2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5.0 ​ ​
​ – audit-related assurance services3 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.7 ​ ​
​ – other assurance services4 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.9 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.9 ​ ​
​
Year ended 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​
​
19.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18.4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17.1 ​ ​
​
1
Fees payable to PwC for the statutory audit of the consolidated financial statements of the group and the separate financial statements of HSBC Bank plc. They exclude amounts payable for the statutory audit of the company’s subsidiaries which have been included in ‘Fees for other services provided to the group’.
​
2
Including fees payable to PwC for the statutory audit of the company’s subsidiaries.
​
3
Including services for assurance and other services that relate to statutory and regulatory filings, including interim reviews.
​
4
Including permitted services relating to attestation reports on internal controls of a service organisation primarily prepared for and used by third-party end user, including comfort letters.
​
Fees payable for non-audit services for HSBC Bank plc are not disclosed separately because such fees are disclosed on a consolidated basis for the group.
 
F-33
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
7
Tax
​
​
Tax expense
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Current tax ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(187)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 195 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (103) ​ ​
​ – for this year ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(245)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 186 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (75) ​ ​
​ – adjustments in respect of prior years ​ ​ ​ ​
​
58
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (28) ​ ​
​ Deferred tax ​ ​ ​ ​
​
164
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (331) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 222 ​ ​
​ – origination and reversal of temporary differences ​ ​ ​ ​
​
248
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (339) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 48 ​ ​
​ – effect of changes in tax rates ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(56)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (26) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – adjustments in respect of prior years ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(28)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 174 ​ ​
​
Year ended 31 Dec1
​ ​ ​ ​
​
(23)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (136) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 119 ​ ​
​
1
In addition to amounts recorded in the income statement, a tax credit of £135m (2020: charge of £135m; 2019: credit of £100m) was recorded directly to equity.
​
The group’s profits are taxed at different rates depending on the country in which the profits arise. The key applicable corporate tax rates in 2021 included the UK and France. The UK tax rate applying to HSBC Bank plc and its banking subsidiaries was 27% (2020: 27%; 2019: 27%), comprising 19% corporation tax plus 8% surcharge on UK banking profits. The applicable tax rate in France was 28% (2020: 32%; 2019: 34%) and reduced to 26% from 1 January 2022. Other overseas subsidiaries and overseas branches provided for taxation at the appropriate rates in the countries in which they operate.
During 2021, legislation was enacted to increase the main rate of UK corporation tax from 19% to 25% from 1 April 2023, increasing the tax credit for 2021 by £56m due to the remeasurement of deferred tax balances. In the UK Budget on 27 October 2021, HM Treasury announced that the UK banking surcharge rate will reduce from 8% to 3% with effect from 1 April 2023. The reduction in the UK banking surcharge rate has not been reflected for accounting purposes as the legislation to effect this change had not been substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
In December 2021, the OECD published model rules that provided a template for countries to implement a new global minimum tax rate of 15% from 2023. In January 2022, the UK government opened a consultation on how the UK implements the rules. The impact on HSBC will depend on exactly how the UK implements the model rules, as well as the profitability and local tax liabilities of HSBC’s operations in each tax jurisdiction from 2023. Separately, potential changes to tax legislation and tax rates in the countries in which we operate could increase our effective tax rate in future as governments seek revenue to pay for Covid-19 support packages.
Tax reconciliation
The tax charged to the income statement differs from the tax expense that would apply if all profits had been taxed at the UK corporation tax rate as follows:
 
F-34
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
%
​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
%
​ ​
2019
£m
​ ​
%
​
Profit/(loss) before tax ​ ​ ​
​
1,023
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,614) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (872) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Tax expense ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Taxation at UK corporation tax rate ​ ​ ​
​
194
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (307) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (166) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19.0 ​ ​
Impact of taxing overseas profits at different rates ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (75) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3.0) ​ ​
UK banking surcharge ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (100) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (34) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.9 ​ ​
Items increasing the tax charge in 2021: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
– impact of temporary differences between French tax returns and IFRS ​ ​ ​
​
324
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
31.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
– bank levy ​ ​ ​
​
72
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 31 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1.9) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1.9) ​ ​
– adjustments in respect of prior periods ​ ​ ​
​
30
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 45 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2.8) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 146 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (16.7) ​ ​
– impairment of goodwill ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 219 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (25.1) ​ ​
Items reducing the tax charge in 2021: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
– tax impact of planned sale of French retail banking business ​ ​ ​
​
(324)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(31.7)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
– non-taxable income and gains ​ ​ ​
​
(92)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(9.0)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (55) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (94) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10.8 ​ ​
– impact of changes in tax rates ​ ​ ​
​
(56)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5.5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (26) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (16) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.8 ​ ​
– deductions for AT1 coupon payments ​ ​ ​
​
(53)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5.2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (51) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (34) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.9 ​ ​
– movements in unrecognised deferred tax ​ ​ ​
​
(47)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4.6)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 321 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (19.9) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.7) ​ ​
– effect of profits in associates and joint ventures ​ ​ ​
​
(43)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4.2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.1) ​ ​
– other permanent differences ​ ​ ​
​
(26)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2.5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1.5) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 33 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3.8) ​ ​
– local taxes and overseas withholding taxes ​ ​ ​
​
(4)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.4)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3.0) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.6 ​ ​
– other ​ ​ ​
​
(3)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.3)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.7) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2.3) ​ ​
Year ended 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
(23)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2.3)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (136) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8.4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 119 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (13.6) ​ ​
The effective tax rate for the year was (2.3) % (2020: 8.4%; 2019: (13.6) %), reflecting a tax credit arising on a profit before tax. The tax credit for 2021 included favourable non-recurring items in respect of tax rate changes, prior period adjustments and the recognition of previously unrecognised deferred tax assets in France. The effective tax rate for 2020 was reduced by 19.9% by the non-recognition of deferred tax on losses arising in France. The effective tax rate for 2019 was distorted by non-recurring, non-deductible goodwill impairments.
The signing of a framework agreement for the planned sale of the French retail banking business resulted in a tax deduction (tax value of £324m) for a provision for loss on disposal which was recorded in the French tax return. A deferred tax liability of the same amount arises as a consequence of the temporary difference between the French tax basis and IFRS in respect of this provision.
Accounting for taxes involves some estimation because the tax law is uncertain and the application requires a degree of judgement, which authorities may dispute. Liabilities are recognised based on best estimates of the probable outcome, taking into account external advice where appropriate. We do not expect significant liabilities to arise in excess of the amounts provided. The current tax asset includes an estimate of tax recoverable from HMRC with regards to past dividends received from EU resident companies. The ultimate resolution of this matter involves litigation for which the outcome is uncertain.
 
F-35
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Movement of deferred tax assets and liabilities
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Retirement
benefits
£m
​ ​ ​
Loan impairment
provisions
£m
​ ​ ​
Property, plant
and equipment
£m
​ ​ ​
FVOCI
investments
£m
​ ​ ​
Goodwill and
intangibles
£m
​ ​ ​
Relief for tax
losses2
£m
​ ​ ​
Other1
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ Assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
63
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
66
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
171
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
157
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
418
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
875
 ​ ​
​ Liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(9)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(6)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(166)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(117)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(298)
 ​ ​
​ At 1 Jan 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 63 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 57 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 165 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (166) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 157 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 418 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (117) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 577 ​ ​
​ Income statement ​ ​ ​ ​
​
28
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(10)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
51
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
55
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(37)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(254)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(164)
 ​ ​
​ Other comprehensive income ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(17)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
105
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
82
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
171
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 74 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 215 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (58) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 212 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 381 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (289) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 584 ​ ​
​ Assets3 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
74
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
53
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
215
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
212
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
381
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
935
 ​ ​
​ Liabilities3 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(58)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(289)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(351)
 ​ ​
​ Assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 82 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 41 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 172 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 142 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 82 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 521 ​ ​
​ Liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (123) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (135) ​ ​
​ At 1 Jan 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 82 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 35 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 166 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (123) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 142 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 82 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 386 ​ ​
​ Income statement ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (37) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 351 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (16) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 331 ​ ​
​ Other comprehensive income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (40) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (15) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (103) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (140) ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 63 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 57 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 165 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (166) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 157 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 418 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (117) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 577 ​ ​
​ Assets3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 63 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 66 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 171 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 157 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 418 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 875 ​ ​
​ Liabilities3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (166) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (117) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (298) ​ ​
1
Other deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to share-based payments, cash flow hedges and temporary differences arising between IFRS and French tax returns.
​
2
The deferred tax asset recognised in respect of tax losses mainly relates to France (£294m), the UK (£40m) and US State tax losses of the New York branch of HSBC Bank plc (£28m), all of which are supported by future profit forecasts.
​
3
After netting off balances within countries, the balances as disclosed in the financial statements are as follows: deferred tax assets £599m (2020: £597m); and deferred tax liabilities £15m (2020: £20m).
​
Management has assessed the likely availability of future taxable profits against which to recover the deferred tax assets of the Company and the Group, taking into consideration the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, past business performance and forecasts of future business performance.
The group’s net deferred tax asset of £584m (2020: £577m) included a net UK deferred tax asset of £448m (2020: £507m), of which £103m related to UK banking tax losses which are expected to be substantially recovered within one year, and a net deferred asset of £7m (2020: £nil) in France, of which £294m (2020: £nil) related to tax losses which are expected to be substantially recovered within 10 years.
Management is satisfied that although the Company recorded a UK tax loss in the year, the aforementioned evidence is sufficient to support recognition of all UK deferred tax assets. These deferred tax assets are supported by future profit forecasts for the whole of HSBC’s UK tax group. This includes a number of companies which are not part of the HSBC Bank plc group, in particular HSBC UK Bank plc and its subsidiaries.
Following the signing of a framework agreement in 2021 for the planned sale of the French retail banking business, that business is now excluded from our deferred tax analysis as its sale is considered probable. Although the French consolidated tax group recorded a tax loss in both 2021 and 2020, this would have been taxable profit if the effects of the retail banking business and other non-recurring items, mainly related to the restructuring of the European business, were excluded. The French net deferred tax asset is supported by forecasts of taxable profit, also taking into consideration the history of profitability in the remaining businesses. No net deferred tax asset was recognised as at 31 December 2020 as management did not consider there to be convincing evidence of sufficient future taxable profits to support recognition.
Unrecognised deferred tax
The amount of temporary differences, unused tax losses and tax credits for which no deferred tax asset is recognised in the balance sheet was £1,944m (2020: £2,081m). These amounts consist of unused tax losses, tax credits and temporary differences of £1,141m (2020: £925m) arising in the New York branch of HSBC Bank plc and of £782m (2020: £1,137m) arising in France. Of the unrecognised losses, £394m expire within 10 years (2020: £88m), and the remainder expire after 10 years or do not expire. The value of the French losses which are recognised is based on analysis of the probability of recovery, taking into account forecasting uncertainty.
 
F-36
TABLE OF CONTENTS​​
 
8
Dividends
​
​
Dividends to the parent company
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​ ​
2019
​
​ ​ ​ ​
£ per share
​ ​
£m
​ ​
£ per share
​ ​
£m
​ ​
£ per share
​ ​
£m
​
​ Dividends paid on ordinary shares ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ In respect of previous year: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – second interim dividend ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.51 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 406 ​ ​
​ – first special dividend ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.85 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 674 ​ ​
​ In respect of current year: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – first special dividend ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.60 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,277 ​ ​
​ – second special dividend ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.54 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 430 ​ ​
​
Total
​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.50 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,787 ​ ​
​ Dividends on preference shares classified as equity ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Dividend on HSBC Bank plc non-cumulative third dollar preference shares1 ​ ​ ​
​
0.001
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.47
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
51
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.47 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51 ​ ​
​
Total
​ ​ ​
​
0.001
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.47
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
51
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.47 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51 ​ ​
​ Total coupons on capital securities classified as equity ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
194
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
212
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 147 ​ ​
​
Dividends to parent
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
194
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
263
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,985 ​ ​
​
1
In 2021, the liquidation value of US dollar third dollar preference shares reduced to $0.01 per share.
​
No dividend was declared on ordinary share capital in respect of 2021 and 2020 (2019: £1,707m).
​
Total coupons on capital securities classified as equity
​ ​ ​ ​
First call date
​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
2019
£m
​
​
Undated subordinated additional tier 1 instruments
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – €1,900m undated subordinated resettable additional tier 1 instrument 2015 ​ ​
Dec 2020
​ ​ ​
​
84
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 103 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 97 ​ ​
​ – €235m undated subordinated resettable additional tier 1 instrument 2016 ​ ​
Jan 2022
​ ​ ​
​
12
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12 ​ ​
​ – €300m undated subordinated resettable additional tier 1 instrument 2018 ​ ​
Mar 2023
​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​
​ – £555m undated subordinated resettable additional tier 1 instrument 2018 ​ ​
Mar 2023
​ ​ ​
​
28
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28 ​ ​
​ – £500m undated subordinated resettable additional tier 1 instrument 2019 ​ ​
Nov 2024
​ ​ ​
​
24
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – €250m undated subordinated resettable additional tier 1 instrument 2019 ​ ​
Nov 2024
​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – £431m undated subordinated resettable additional tier 1 instrument 2019 ​ ​
Dec 2024
​ ​ ​
​
20
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – €200m undated subordinated resettable additional tier 1 instrument 2019 ​ ​
Jan 2025
​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​
Total
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
194
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 212 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 147 ​ ​
​
9
Segmental analysis
​
​
Basis of preparation
The Chief Executive, supported by the rest of the Executive Committee, is considered the Chief Operating Decision Maker (‘CODM’) for the purposes of identifying the group’s reportable segments. Business results are assessed by the CODM on the basis of adjusted performance that removes the effects of significant items from reported results. We therefore present a reconciliation between reported and adjusted results as required by IFRSs.
Our operations are closely integrated and, accordingly, the presentation of data includes internal allocations of certain items of income and expense. These allocations include the costs of certain support services and functions to the extent that they can be meaningfully attributed to businesses and countries. While such allocations have been made on a systematic and consistent basis, they necessarily involve a degree of subjectivity. Costs that are not allocated to businesses are included in Corporate Centre.
Where relevant, income and expense amounts presented include the results of inter-segment funding along with inter-company and inter-business line transactions. All such transactions are undertaken on arm’s length terms. The intra-group elimination items for the businesses are presented in Corporate Centre.
Change in reportable segments
During 2021, Global Banking and Markets (‘GBM’) in Europe was re-segmented into Market and Securities Services (‘MSS’), Global Banking (‘GB’) and GBM Other to align with the reorganised GBM management structure and internal reporting to the Executive Committee and CODM.
 
F-37
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Comparative data have been re-presented accordingly.
Our businesses
HSBC provides a comprehensive range of banking and related financial services to its customers through its global businesses. The products and services offered to customers are organised by these global businesses.
Our operating model has the following material segments: WPB; CMB; a GBM business which is further split into three reportable segments comprising MSS, GB and GBM Other reflecting the reorganisation of the GBM management structure during the year; and a Corporate Centre. These segments are supported by Digital Business Services and 11 global functions, including Risk, Finance, Compliance, Legal, Marketing and Human Resources. These business segment are our reportable segments under IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’.By operating segment:
•
Markets and Securities Services (‘MSS’): Markets and Securities Services is a products group that services all of the company’s clients, from those in Global Banking to Commercial Banking and Wealth and Personal Banking. We offer clients a range of services and capabilities including Trading, Financing and Securities Services across asset classes and geographies, supported by dedicated sales and research teams. Our European teams play a key role in providing cross-asset services, bridging emerging and developed Markets, and collaborating with other global businesses to provide clients across the Group with bespoke products and solutions that support their growth ambitions. We continue to invest in technology and digital transformation to enhance client experience, improve operational efficiencies and future proof the business. We have taken actions to streamline our cost base, optimise the usage of financial resources and enhance returns. Conduct is at the heart of everything we do and we are determined to have the highest conduct standards in the industry.
​
•
Global Banking (‘GB’): Global Banking delivers tailored financial solutions to corporate and institutional clients worldwide opening up opportunities through the strength of our global network and capabilities. We provide a comprehensive suite of services including corporate banking, capital markets, advisory, trade services and global liquidity and cash management. Our European teams take a client-centric approach bringing together relationship and product expertise to deliver financial solutions customised to suit our clients’ growth ambitions and financial objectives. We work closely with our business partners including MSS, WPB and CMB, to provide a range of tailored products and services that meet the needs of clients across the company. Global Banking Europe operates as an integral part of the global business and contributes significant revenues to other regions through our European client base, supporting the Europe ambition to be the leading international wholesale bank.
​
•
GBM Other: GBM Other primarily comprises Principal Investments and GBM’s share of the company’s Markets Treasury function. The Principal Investments portfolio is focused on delivering investments that align to the group’s strategy and seeks to deliver strong returns across a diversified portfolio. Our commitment to sustainable private equity funds contributes directly to the Group’s aim to provide and facilitate $750bn and $1tn of sustainable finance and investment by 2030.
​
•
Commercial Banking (‘CMB’): We have a clear strategy to be the leading international corporate bank in Europe. We help to connect our European customers to our international network of relationship managers and product specialists; supporting their growth ambitions and targets. Our products, which are designed to help our customers seize growth opportunities, range from term loans to region-wide treasury and trade solutions. Commercial Banking is at the centre of creating revenue synergies within the Group: we collaborate closely with our Global Banking and Markets colleagues to provide expertise in capital finance and advisory solutions to support our Commercial Banking clients. Our trade teams within Commercial Banking also provide import and export finance solutions to Global Banking and Markets clients. We also enable customers to gain visibility over their liquidity positions through our main hubs in France and Germany, which in turn helps clients to unlock efficiencies in their Treasury structures. As the European economy pivots to a net zero carbon economy, we are expanding our services and products to provide customers with innovative sustainable finance solutions and ensuring our relationship managers are informed to match these to our clients’ net zero ambitions.
​
•
Wealth and Personal Banking (‘WPB’): In Europe, Wealth and Personal Banking serves customers with their financial needs through Private Banking, Retail Banking, Wealth Management, Insurance and Asset Management. Our core retail proposition offers a full suite of products including personal banking, mortgages, loans, credit cards, savings, investments and insurance. Alongside this, WPB offers various propositions in certain markets, including Jade, Premier, and Advance; as well as wealth solutions, financial planning and international services. In the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man, we serve local Islanders as well as international customers through our HSBC Expat proposition. Our Private Banking proposition serves high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients with investable assets greater than $5m in Channel Islands and Isle of Man, France and Germany. The range of services available to private banking clients includes investment management, Private Wealth Solutions and bespoke lending such as lending against financial assets and residential mortgage financing for high-end properties. Private Banking hosts a ‘Next Generation’ programme of events to support our client’s next generation in building and retaining the wealth within the family. The Private bank offers this through its philanthropy advisory to our clients, which looks at business succession planning. We continue to focus on meeting the needs of our customers, the communities we serve, and our people, whilst working to build the bank of the future.
​
 
F-38
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Notes on the Financial Statements
Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​
​ ​ ​ ​
MSS
£m
​ ​
GB
£m
​ ​
GBM
Other
£m
​ ​
CMB
£m
​ ​
WPB
£m
​ ​
Corporate
Centre
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges1 ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,055 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,367 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 579 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,095 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,275 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (41) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,330 ​ ​
​
– of which: net interest income/(expense)
​ ​ ​
​
(232)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
568
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
224
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
649
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
567
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(22)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,754
 ​ ​
​ Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
140
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
174
 ​ ​
​ Net operating income/(expense) ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,056 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,507 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 584 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,102 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,298 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (43) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,504 ​ ​
​ Total operating expenses ​ ​ ​
​
(2,064)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(918)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(485)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(612)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(975)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(64)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5,118)
 ​ ​
​ Operating profit/(loss) ​ ​ ​ ​ (8) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 589 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 99 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 490 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 323 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (107) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,386 ​ ​
​ Share of loss in associates and joint ventures ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
191
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
191
 ​ ​
​ Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax ​ ​ ​ ​ (8) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 589 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 99 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 490 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 323 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 84 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,577 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​% ​ ​
​ Adjusted cost efficiency ratio ​ ​ ​
​
100.4
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
67.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
83.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
55.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
76.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
80.9
 ​ ​
​ ​ ​
2020
​
Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit
losses and other credit impairment charges1 		​ ​
1,968
​ ​
1,381
​ ​
624
​ ​
1,133
​ ​
1,035
​ ​
(144)
​ ​
5,997
​
– of which: net interest income/(expense) ​ ​ ​ ​ (96) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 651 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 46 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 686 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 664 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (53) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,898 ​ ​
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (448) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (322) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (39) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (808) ​ ​
Net operating income/(expense) ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,969 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 933 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 620 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 811 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 996 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (140) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,189 ​ ​
Total operating expenses ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,949) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (878) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (672) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (659) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,128) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (86) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5,372) ​ ​
Operating profit/(loss) ​ ​ ​ ​ 20 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (52) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 152 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (132) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (226) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (183) ​ ​
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​
Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax ​ ​ ​ ​ 20 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (52) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 152 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (132) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (227) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (184) ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
%
​
Adjusted cost efficiency ratio ​ ​ ​ ​ 99.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 63.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 107.7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 58.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 109.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 89.6 ​ ​
​ ​ ​
2019
​
Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit
losses and other credit impairment charges1 		​ ​
1,650
​ ​
1,546
​ ​
577
​ ​
1,212
​ ​
1,357
​ ​
(273)
​ ​
6,069
​
– of which: net interest income/(expense)
​ ​ ​ ​ 19 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 812 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (61) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
761
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
746
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(794)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,483
 ​ ​
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges ​ ​ ​ ​ (6) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (32) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (109) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (124) ​ ​
Net operating income/(expense) ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,644 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,514 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 574 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,103 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,354 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (244) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,945 ​ ​
Total operating expenses ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,949) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (898) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (684) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (646) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,077) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (78) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5,332) ​ ​
Operating profit/(loss) ​ ​ ​ ​ (305) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 616 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (110) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 457 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 277 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (322) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 613 ​ ​
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​
Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax ​ ​ ​ ​ (305) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 616 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (110) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 457 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 277 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (332) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 603 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
%
​
Adjusted cost efficiency ratio ​ ​ ​ ​ 118.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 58.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 53.3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 79.4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 87.9 ​ ​
​
1
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue. It includes inter-segment revenue which is eliminated in Corporate Centre, amounting to £124m (2020: £167m; 2019: £261m).
​
Reported external net operating income is attributed to countries on the basis of the location of the branch responsible for reporting the results or advancing the funds:
 
F-39
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​ ​
2019
£m
​
​
Reported external net operating income by country1
​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,120
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,900 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,044 ​ ​
​ – UK ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,937
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,914 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,987 ​ ​
​ – France ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,677
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,528 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,653 ​ ​
​ – Germany ​ ​ ​ ​
​
887
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 814 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 710 ​ ​
​ – Other countries ​ ​ ​ ​
​
619
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 644 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 694 ​ ​
​
Adjusted results reconciliation
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​ ​
2019
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Adjusted
£m
​ ​
Significant
items
£m
​ ​
Reported
£m
​ ​
Adjusted
£m
​ ​
Significant
items
£m
​ ​
Reported
£m
​ ​
Adjusted
£m
​ ​
Significant
items
£m
​ ​
Reported
£m
​
​ Revenue1 ​ ​ ​
​
6,330
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(210)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,120
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,997 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (97) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,900 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,069 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (25) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,044 ​ ​
​ ECL ​ ​ ​
​
174
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
174
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (808) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (808) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (124) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (124) ​ ​
​ Operating expenses ​ ​ ​
​
(5,118)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(344)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5,462)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5,372) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,333) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,705) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5,332) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,450) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,782) ​ ​
​ Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures ​ ​ ​
​
191
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
191
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​
​
Profit/(loss) before tax
​ ​ ​
​
1,577
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(554)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,023
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (184) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,430) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,614) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 603 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,475) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (872) ​ ​
1
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.
​
​
Adjusted profit/(loss) reconciliation
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Year ended 31 Dec ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax
​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,577
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (184) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 603 ​ ​
​ Significant items ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(554)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,430) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,475) ​ ​
​ – fair value movements on financial instruments1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (24) ​ ​
​ – UK customer redress programmes ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – cost of structural reform ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (87) ​ ​
​ – restructuring and other related costs ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(549)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (773) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (204) ​ ​
​ – settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7) ​ ​
​ – impairment of goodwill ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,152) ​ ​
​ – impairment of other intangible assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (645) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​
Reported profit/(loss) before tax
​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,023
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,614) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (872) ​ ​
​
1
Includes fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges and debt valuation adjustments on derivatives.
​
Balance sheet by business
​ ​ ​ ​
MSS
£m
​ ​
GB
£m
​ ​
GBM
Other
£m
​ ​
CMB
£m
​ ​
WPB
£m
​ ​
Corporate
Centre
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​
​
2,016
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
37,685
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
197
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23,529
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
27,574
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
176
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
91,177
 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​
​
34,243
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
74,179
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,355
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
50,297
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
41,939
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
228
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
205,241
 ​ ​
​ 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,451 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 42,810 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 606 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 25,809 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28,638 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 177 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 101,491 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,780 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 77,393 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,173 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 48,368 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 41,258 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 212 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 195,184 ​ ​
 
F-40
TABLE OF CONTENTS​​
 
10
Trading assets
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​
​ Treasury and other eligible bills ​ ​ ​
​
2,451
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,273 ​ ​
​ Debt securities ​ ​ ​
​
27,004
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 31,399 ​ ​
​ Equity securities ​ ​ ​
​
40,930
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 36,775 ​ ​
​
Trading securities
​ ​ ​
​
70,385
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 71,447 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks1 ​ ​ ​
​
4,142
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,058 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers1 ​ ​ ​
​
9,179
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,471 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
83,706
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 86,976 ​ ​
​
1
Loans and advances to banks and customers include reverse repos, stock borrowing and other amounts.
​
11
Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value
​
​
Control framework
Fair values are subject to a control framework designed to ensure that they are either determined or validated by a function independent of the risk taker.
For all financial instruments where fair values are determined by reference to externally quoted prices or observable pricing inputs to models, independent price determination or validation is utilised. In inactive markets, the group will source alternative market information to validate the financial instrument’s fair value, with greater weight given to information that is considered to be more relevant and reliable. The factors that are considered in this regard are, inter alia:
•
the extent to which prices may be expected to represent genuine traded or tradable prices;
​
•
the degree of similarity between financial instruments;
​
•
the degree of consistency between different sources;
​
•
the process followed by the pricing provider to derive the data;
​
•
the elapsed time between the date to which the market data relates and the balance sheet date; and
​
•
the manner in which the data was sourced.
​
For fair values determined using valuation models, the control framework may include, as applicable, development or validation by independent support functions of: (i) the logic within valuation models; (ii) the inputs to these models; (iii) any adjustments required outside the valuation models; and (iv) where possible, model outputs. Valuation models are subject to a process of due diligence and calibration before becoming operational and are calibrated against external market data on an ongoing basis.
Financial liabilities measured at fair value
In certain circumstances, the group records its own debt in issue at fair value, based on quoted prices in an active market for the specific instrument. When quoted market prices are unavailable, the own debt in issue is valued using valuation techniques, the inputs for which are based either on quoted prices in an inactive market for the instrument or are estimated by comparison with quoted prices in an active market for similar instruments. In both cases, the fair value includes the effect of applying the credit spread that is appropriate to the group’s liabilities.
Structured notes issued and certain other hybrid instruments are included within trading liabilities and are measured at fair value. The spread applied to these instruments is derived from the spreads at which the group issues structured notes.
Fair value hierarchy
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities are determined according to the following hierarchy:
•
Level 1 – valuation technique using quoted market price: financial instruments with quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets that HSBC can access at the measurement date.
​
•
Level 2 – valuation technique using observable inputs: financial instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where all significant inputs are observable.
​
•
Level 3 – valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs: financial instruments valued using valuation techniques where one or more significant inputs are unobservable.
​
 
F-41
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Financial instruments carried at fair value and bases of valuation
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Level 1
£m
​ ​
Level 2
£m
​ ​
Level 3
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​ ​
Level 1
£m
​ ​
Level 2
£m
​ ​
Level 3
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​
​
Recurring fair value measurements at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Trading assets ​ ​ ​
​
59,813
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
22,549
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,344
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
83,706
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 60,890 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,475 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,611 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 86,976 ​ ​
​ Financial assets designated and otherwise
mandatorily measured at fair value through
profit or loss 		​ ​ ​
​
6,332
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,146
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,171
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
18,649
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,658 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,095 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,467 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,220 ​ ​
​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​
​
1,987
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
137,418
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,816
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
141,221
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,668 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 197,568 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,974 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 201,210 ​ ​
​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​
​
29,669
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,235
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,387
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
41,291
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 38,347 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,829 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,635 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51,811 ​ ​
​ Liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Trading liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
32,886
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12,967
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
580
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
46,433
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29,847 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,264 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 44,229 ​ ​
​ Financial liabilities designated at fair value ​ ​ ​
​
1,020
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
30,467
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,121
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
33,608
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 928 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 38,714 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,150 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40,792 ​ ​
​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​
​
1,105
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
135,809
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,454
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
139,368
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,058 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 195,078 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,096 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 199,232 ​ ​
​
Transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair values
​ ​ ​ ​
Assets
​ ​
Liabilities
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Financial
investments
£m
​ ​
Trading
assets
£m
​ ​
Designated and
otherwise mandatorily
measured at fair value
through profit or loss
£m
​ ​
Derivatives
£m
​ ​
Trading
liabilities
£m
​ ​
Designated
at fair value
£m
​ ​
Derivatives
£m
​
​
Year ended 31 Dec 2021
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Transfers from Level 1 to Level 2 ​ ​ ​
​
366
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,731
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
757
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
27
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Transfers from Level 2 to Level 1 ​ ​ ​
​
244
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
990
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
399
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
91
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​
Year ended 31 Dec 2020
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Transfers from Level 1 to Level 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ 200 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 915 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 77 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,013 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Transfers from Level 2 to Level 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,557 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,557 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 71 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 304 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are deemed to occur at the end of each quarterly reporting period. Transfers into and out of levels of the fair value hierarchy are normally attributable to observability of valuation inputs and price transparency.
Fair value adjustments
Fair value adjustments are adopted when the group determines there are additional factors considered by market participants that are not incorporated within the valuation model. Movements in the level of fair value adjustments do not necessarily result in the recognition of profits or losses within the income statement, such as when models are enhanced and fair value adjustments may no longer be required.
 
F-42
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Fair value adjustments
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​ ​
20201
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
MSS
£m
​ ​ ​
Corporate Centre
£m
​ ​ ​
MSS
£m
​ ​ ​
Corporate Centre
£m
​
​ Type of adjustment ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Risk-related ​ ​ ​ ​
​
505
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
31
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 647 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16 ​ ​
​ – bid-offer ​ ​ ​ ​
​
190
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 252 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – uncertainty ​ ​ ​ ​
​
37
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 60 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​
​ – credit valuation adjustment ​ ​ ​ ​
​
99
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
26
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 211 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​
​ – debt valuation adjustment ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(27)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (40) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – funding fair value adjustment ​ ​ ​ ​
​
206
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 151 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – other ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Model-related ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – model limitation ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 44 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – other ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Inception profit (Day 1 P&L reserves) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
65
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 60 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​
​
589
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
31
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 754 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16 ​ ​
​
1
A change in reportable segments was made in 2021. Comparatives data have been re-presented accordingly. For further guidance, refer to Note 9: Segmental Analysis on page F-37.
​
Bid-offer
IFRS 13 ‘Fair value measurement’ requires use of the price within the bid-offer spread that is most representative of fair value. Valuation models will typically generate mid-market values. The bid-offer adjustment reflects the extent to which bid-offer costs would be incurred if substantially all residual net portfolio market risks were closed using available hedging instruments or by disposing of or unwinding the position.
Uncertainty
Certain model inputs may be less readily determinable from market data, and/or the choice of model itself may be more subjective. In these circumstances, an adjustment may be necessary to reflect the likelihood that market participants would adopt more conservative values for uncertain parameters and/or model assumptions than those used in the valuation model.
Credit and debit valuation adjustments
The CVA is an adjustment to the valuation of over-the-counter (‘OTC’) derivative contracts to reflect the possibility that the counterparty may default, and that the group may not receive the full market value of the transactions.
The DVA is an adjustment to the valuation of OTC derivative contracts to reflect the possibility that HSBC may default, and that it may not pay the full market value of the transactions.
HSBC calculates a separate CVA and DVA for each legal entity, and for each counterparty to which the entity has exposure. With the exception of central clearing parties, all third-party counterparties are included in the CVA and DVA calculations, and these adjustments are not netted across Group’s entities.
HSBC calculates the CVA by applying the probability of default (‘PD’) of the counterparty, conditional on the non-default of HSBC, to HSBC’s expected positive exposure to the counterparty and multiplying the result by the loss expected in the event of default.
Conversely, HSBC calculates the DVA by applying the PD of HSBC, conditional on the non-default of the counterparty, to the expected positive exposure of the counterparty to HSBC and multiplying the result by the proportional loss expected in the event of default. Both calculations are performed over the life of the potential exposure.
For most products, HSBC uses a simulation methodology, which incorporates a range of potential exposures over the life of the portfolio, to calculate the expected positive exposure to a counterparty. The simulation methodology includes credit mitigants, such as counterparty netting agreements and collateral agreements with the counterparty. The methodologies do not, in general, account for ‘wrong-way risk’, which arises when the underlying value of the derivative prior to any CVA is positively correlated to the PD of the counterparty. When there is significant wrong-way risk, a trade-specific approach is applied to reflect this risk in the valuation.
Funding fair value adjustment
The Funding fair value adjustment is calculated by applying future market funding spreads to the expected future funding exposure of any uncollateralised component of the OTC derivative portfolio. The expected future funding exposure is calculated by a simulation methodology, where available, and is adjusted for events that may terminate the exposure, such as the default of HSBC or the counterparty. The FFVA and DVA are calculated independently.
Model limitation
Models used for portfolio valuation purposes may be based upon a simplified set of assumptions that do not capture all current and future material market characteristics. In these circumstances, model limitation adjustments are adopted.
 
F-43
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Inception profit (Day 1 P&L reserves)
Inception profit adjustments are adopted when the fair value estimated by a valuation model is based on one or more significant unobservable inputs. The accounting for inception profit adjustments is discussed in Note 1.
Notes on the Financial Statements
Fair value valuation bases
​
Financial instruments measured at fair value using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs – Level 3
​ ​ ​ ​
Assets
​ ​
Liabilities
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Financial
Investments
£m
​ ​
Held for
trading
£m
​ ​
Designated and
otherwise mandatorily
measured at fair value
through profit or loss
£m
​ ​
Derivatives
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​ ​
Held for
trading
£m
​ ​
Designated
at fair value
£m
​ ​
Derivatives
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ Private equity including strategic investments ​ ​ ​
​
79
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,898
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,978
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​
​ Asset-backed securities ​ ​ ​
​
495
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
97
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
592
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Structured notes ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,120
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,120
 ​ ​
​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,816
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,816
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,454
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,454
 ​ ​
​ Other portfolios ​ ​ ​
​
813
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,246
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
273
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,332
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
573
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
574
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,387 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,344 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,171 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,816 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,718 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 580 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,121 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,454 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,155 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Private equity including strategic investments ​ ​ ​ ​ 75 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,153 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,231 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​
​ Asset-backed securities ​ ​ ​ ​ 847 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 372 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,237 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Structured notes ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,147 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,168 ​ ​
​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,974 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,974 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,095 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,095 ​ ​
​ Other portfolios ​ ​ ​ ​ 713 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,236 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 296 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,245 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 94 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 98 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,635 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,611 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,467 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,974 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,687 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,150 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,096 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,364 ​ ​
Level 3 instruments are present in both ongoing and legacy businesses. Loans held for securitisation, certain derivatives and predominantly all Level 3 asset-backed securities(‘ABS’) are legacy positions. HSBC has the capability to hold these positions.
Private equity including strategic investments
The investment’s fair value is estimated: on the basis of an analysis of the investee’s financial position and results, risk profile, prospects and other factors; by reference to market valuations for similar entities quoted in an active market; the price at which similar companies have changed ownership; or from published net asset values (‘NAVs’) received. If necessary, adjustments are made to the NAV of funds to obtain the best estimate of fair value.
Asset-backed securities
While quoted market prices are generally used to determine the fair value of these securities, valuation models are used to substantiate the reliability of the limited market data available and to identify whether any adjustments to quoted market prices are required. For certain ABSs, such as residential mortgage-backed securities, the valuation uses an industry standard model with assumptions relating to prepayment speeds, default rates and loss severity based on collateral type, and performance, as appropriate. The valuations output is benchmarked for consistency against observable data for securities of a similar nature.
Structured notes
The fair value of Level 3 structured notes is derived from the fair value of the underlying debt security, and the fair value of the embedded derivative is determined as described in the paragraph below on derivatives. These structured notes comprise principally equity-linked notes, issued by HSBC, which provide the counterparty with a return linked to the performance of equity securities and other portfolios. Examples of the unobservable parameters include long-dated equity volatilities and correlations between equity prices, and interest and foreign exchange rates.
Derivatives
OTC derivative valuation models calculate the present value of expected future cash flows, based upon ‘no-arbitrage’ principles. For many vanilla derivative products, the modelling approaches used are standard across the industry. For more complex derivative products, there may be some differences in market practice. Inputs to valuation models are determined from observable market data, wherever possible, including prices available from exchanges, dealers, brokers or providers of consensus pricing. Certain inputs may not be
 
F-44
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
observable in the market directly, but can be determined from observable prices through model calibration procedures or estimated from historical data or other sources.
Reconciliation of fair value measurements in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy
​
Movement in Level 3 financial instruments
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Assets
​ ​ ​
Liabilities
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Financial
Investments
£m
​ ​ ​
Trading assets
£m
​ ​ ​
Designated and
otherwise
mandatorily
measured at fair
value through
profit or loss
£m
​ ​ ​
Derivatives
£m
​ ​ ​
Trading
liabilities
£m
​ ​ ​
Designated
at fair value
£m
​ ​ ​
Derivatives
£m
​
​ At 1 Jan 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,635 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,611 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,467 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,974 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,150 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,096 ​ ​
​ Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(77)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
148
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,608
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(316)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,362
 ​ ​
​
–
net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(77)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,608
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,362
 ​ ​
​
–
changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
148
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(316)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​
–
gains less losses from financial investments at fair value through other comprehensive income
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​
Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income (‘OCI’)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (75) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (152) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (32) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8) ​ ​
​
–
financial investments: fair value gains/(losses)
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(27)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​
–
exchange differences
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(48)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(152)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(6)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(32)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(8)
 ​ ​
​ Purchases ​ ​ ​ ​
​
555
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
686
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
543
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
742
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ New issuances ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,213
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Sales ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(417)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(209)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(813)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(3)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(20)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Settlements ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(109)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(506)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1,722)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(504)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1,053)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2,343)
 ​ ​
​ Transfers out ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(218)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(668)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(41)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(368)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(137)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(465)
 ​ ​
​ Transfers in ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
511
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
330
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
197
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
315
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
812
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,387 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,344 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,171 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,816 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 580 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,121 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,454 ​ ​
​ Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(11)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
51
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
846
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
102
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(721)
 ​ ​
​
–
trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(11)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
846
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(721)
 ​ ​
​
–
net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
51
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
102
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ At 1 Jan 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,554 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,203 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,737 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,637 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 943 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,681 ​ ​
​ Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 95 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,582 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 237 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 87 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,644 ​ ​
​
–
net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,582 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 237 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,644 ​ ​
​
–
changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 95 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 87 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​
–
gains less losses from financial investments at fair value through other comprehensive income
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income (‘OCI’) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 56 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 33 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​
​
–
financial investments: fair value gains/(losses)
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 58 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​
–
exchange differences
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (37) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 56 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (14) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 33 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​
​ Purchases ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 294 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 442 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,061 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 53 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ New issuances ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 575 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Sales ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (525) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (791) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,435) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (198) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Settlements ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (116) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (868) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (79) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,138) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (20) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (525) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,080) ​ ​
​ Transfers out ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (61) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,336) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (61) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (358) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (265) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (437) ​ ​
​ Transfers in ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 454 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 902 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 161 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 218 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 312 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 281 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,635 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,611 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,467 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,974 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,150 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,096 ​ ​
​ Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (24) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 43 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 505 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (73) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,171 ​ ​
​
–
trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (24) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 505 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,171 ​ ​
​
–
net income from other financial instruments designated at fair value
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 43 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (73) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
 
F-45
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are deemed to occur at the end of each quarterly reporting period. Transfers into and out of levels of the fair value hierarchy are primarily attributable to observability of valuation inputs and price transparency.
Effect of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonably possible alternatives
​
Sensitivity of Level 3 fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Reflected in
profit or loss
​ ​
Reflected in OCI
​ ​
Reflected in
profit or loss
​ ​
Reflected in OCI
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Favourable
changes
£m
​ ​
Un-
favourable
changes
£m
​ ​
Favourable
changes
£m
​ ​
Un-
favourable
changes
£m
​ ​
Favourable
changes
£m
​ ​
Un-
favourable
changes
£m
​ ​
Favourable
changes
£m
​ ​
Un-
favourable
changes
£m
​
​ Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities1 ​ ​ ​
​
92
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(70)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 161 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (145) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss ​ ​ ​
​
247
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(247)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 226 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (226) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(15)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
51
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(50)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (26) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (49) ​ ​
​
Year ended 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
354
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(332)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
51
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(50)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 413 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (397) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (49) ​ ​
​
1
Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities are presented as one category to reflect the manner in which these instruments are risk managed.
​
​
Sensitivity of Level 3 fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions by instrument type
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Reflected in
profit or loss
​ ​
Reflected in OCI
​ ​
Reflected in
profit or loss
​ ​
Reflected in OCI
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Favourable
changes
£m
​ ​
Un-
favourable
changes
£m
​ ​
Favourable
changes
£m
​ ​
Un-
favourable
changes
£m
​ ​
Favourable
changes
£m
​ ​
Un-
favourable
changes
£m
​ ​
Favourable
changes
£m
​ ​
Un-
favourable
changes
£m
​
​ Private equity including strategic
investments 		​ ​ ​
​
232
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(234)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(7)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 193 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (195) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7) ​ ​
​ Asset-backed securities ​ ​ ​
​
39
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(20)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 64 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (40) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4) ​ ​
​ Structured notes ​ ​ ​
​
6
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(6)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (23) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​
​
29
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(34)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 73 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (70) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Other portfolios ​ ​ ​
​
48
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(38)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
43
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(43)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 60 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (69) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 37 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (38) ​ ​
​
Year ended 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
354
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(332)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
51
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(50)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 413 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (397) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (49) ​ ​
The sensitivity analysis aims to measure a range of fair values consistent with the application of a 95% confidence interval. Methodologies take account of the nature of the valuation technique employed, as well as the availability and reliability of observable proxy and historical data.
When the fair value of a financial instrument is affected by more than one unobservable assumption, the above table reflects the most favourable or the most unfavourable change from varying the assumptions individually.
 
F-46
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Key unobservable inputs to Level 3 financial instruments
​
Quantitative information about significant unobservable inputs in Level 3 valuations
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Fair value
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​ ​
2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Assets
£m
​ ​ ​
Liabilities
£m
​ ​ ​
Valuation
techniques
​ ​ ​
Key
unobservable
inputs
​ ​ ​
Full range of inputs
​ ​ ​
Full range of inputs
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Lower
​ ​ ​
Higher
​ ​ ​
Lower
​ ​ ​
Higher
​
​ Private equity including strategic
investments 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,978
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​
See below
​ ​ ​
See below
​ ​ ​ ​
​
N/A
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
N/A
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ N/A ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ N/A ​ ​
​ Asset-backed securities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
592
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – CLO/CDO1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
Market proxy
​ ​ ​
Bid quotes
​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
100
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100 ​ ​
​ – Other ABSs ​ ​ ​ ​
​
578
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
Market proxy
​ ​ ​
Bid quotes
​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
100
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100 ​ ​
​ Structured notes ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,120
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
– equity-linked notes
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,856 ​ ​ ​ ​
Model – Option
model
​ ​ ​
Equity
volatility
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 124% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0%
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
115%
 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​
Equity correlation
​ ​ ​ ​
​
34%
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
99%
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4)% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 79% ​ ​
​ – fund-linked notes ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
Model – Option
model
​ ​ ​
Fund volatility
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21% ​ ​
​ – FX-linked notes ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14
 ​ ​ ​ ​
Model – Option
model
​ ​ ​
FX volatility
​ ​ ​ ​
​
3%
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
99%
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23% ​ ​
​ – other ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
250
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,816
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,454
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – Interest rate derivatives: ​ ​ ​ ​
​
594
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
749
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
securitisation swaps
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 211 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 439 ​ ​ ​ ​
Model – Discounted
cash flow
​ ​ ​
Constant
prepayment rate
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6%
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6%
 ​ ​
​ long-dated swaptions ​ ​ ​ ​
​
27
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
54
 ​ ​ ​ ​
Model – Option
model
​ ​ ​
IR volatility
​ ​ ​ ​
​
15%
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
35%
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28% ​ ​
​ other ​ ​ ​ ​
​
356
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
256
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – FX derivatives: ​ ​ ​ ​
​
384
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
418
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ FX options ​ ​ ​ ​
​
116
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
107
 ​ ​ ​ ​
Model – Option
model
​ ​ ​
FX volatility
​ ​ ​ ​
​
2%
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
99%
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40% ​ ​
​ other ​ ​ ​ ​
​
268
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
311
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 70% ​ ​
​ – Equity derivatives: ​ ​ ​ ​
​
706
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,140
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ long-dated single stock options ​ ​ ​ ​
​
425
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
586
 ​ ​ ​ ​
Model – Option
model
​ ​ ​
Equity volatility
​ ​ ​ ​
​
4%
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
138%
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 70% ​ ​
​ other2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
281
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
554
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – Credit derivatives: ​ ​ ​ ​
​
132
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
147
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ other ​ ​ ​ ​
​
132
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
147
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Other portfolios ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,332
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
574
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – repurchase agreements ​ ​ ​ ​
​
329
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
Model – Discounted
cash flow
​ ​ ​
IR curve
​ ​ ​ ​
​
1%
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5%
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ —% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5% ​ ​
​ – other3 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,003
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
574
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,718 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,155 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
1
Collateralised loan obligation/collateralised debt obligation.
​
2
Other equity derivatives consists mainly of swaps and OTC options.
​
3
Other consists of various instruments including investment in funds, repurchase agreement and bonds.
​
Private equity including strategic investments
Given the bespoke nature of the analysis in respect of each holding, it is not practical to quote a range of key unobservable inputs. The key unobservable inputs would be price and correlation. The valuation approach includes using a range of inputs that include company specific financials, traded comparable company’s multiples, published net asset values and qualitative assumptions, which are not directly comparable or quantifiable.
 
F-47
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Prepayment rates
Prepayment rates are a measure of the anticipated future speed at which a loan portfolio will be repaid in advance of the due date. They vary according to the nature of the loan portfolio and expectations of future market conditions, and may be estimated using a variety of evidence, such as prepayment rates implied from proxy observable security prices, current or historical prepayment rates and macroeconomic modelling.
Market proxy
Market proxy pricing may be used for an instrument when specific market pricing is not available, but there is evidence from instruments with common characteristics. In some cases, it might be possible to identify a specific proxy, but more generally evidence across a wider range of instruments will be used to understand the factors that influence current market pricing and the manner of that influence.
Volatility
Volatility is a measure of the anticipated future variability of a market price. It varies by underlying reference market price, and by strike and maturity of the option.
Certain volatilities, typically those of a longer-dated nature, are unobservable and estimated from observable data. The range of unobservable volatilities reflects the wide variation in volatility inputs by reference market price. The core range is significantly narrower than the full range because these examples with extreme volatilities occur relatively rarely within the HSBC portfolio.
Correlation
Correlation is a measure of the inter-relationship between two market prices, and is expressed as a number between minus one and one. It is used to value more complex instruments where the payout is dependent upon more than one market price. There is a wide range of instruments for which correlation is an input, and consequently a wide range of both same-asset correlations and cross-asset correlations is used. In general, the range of same-asset correlations will be narrower than the range of cross-asset correlations.
Unobservable correlations may be estimated based upon a range of evidence, including consensus pricing services, HSBC trade prices, proxy correlations and examination of historical price relationships. The range of unobservable correlations quoted in the table reflects the wide variation in correlation inputs by market price pair.
Credit spread
Credit spread is the premium over a benchmark interest rate required by the market to accept lower credit quality. In a discounted cash flow model, the credit spread increases the discount factors applied to future cash flows, thereby reducing the value of an asset. Credit spreads may be implied from market prices and may not be observable in more illiquid markets.
Inter-relationships between key unobservable inputs
Key unobservable inputs to Level 3 financial instruments may not be independent of each other. As described above, market variables may be correlated. This correlation typically reflects the manner in which different markets tend to react to macroeconomic or other events. Furthermore, the effect of changing market variables on the HSBC portfolio will depend on HSBC’s net risk position in respect of each variable.
 
F-48
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
12
Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value
​
​
Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value and bases of valuation
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Fair value
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Carrying amount
£m
​ ​
Quoted market
price
Level 1
£m
​ ​
Observable
inputs
Level 2
£m
​ ​
Significant unobservable
inputs Level 3
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​
​
10,784
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,786
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,786
 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​
​
91,177
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
91,276
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
91,276
 ​ ​
​ Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
54,448
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
54,448
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
54,448
 ​ ​
​ Financial investments – at amortised cost ​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​
​ Liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​
​
32,188
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
32,102
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
32,102
 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​
​
205,241
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
205,236
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
205,236
 ​ ​
​ Repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
27,259
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
27,259
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
27,259
 ​ ​
​ Debt securities in issue ​ ​ ​
​
9,428
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,286
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
144
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,430
 ​ ​
​ Subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
12,488
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
13,118
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
13,118
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,646 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,649 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,649 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​ 101,491 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 101,584 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 101,584 ​ ​
​ Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​ ​ 67,577 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 67,577 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 67,577 ​ ​
​ Financial investments – at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14 ​ ​
​ Liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,305 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,249 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,249 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​ ​ 195,184 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 195,076 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 104 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 195,180 ​ ​
​ Repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,903 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,903 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,903 ​ ​
​ Debt securities in issue ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,371 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,094 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 273 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,367 ​ ​
​ Subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,764 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,638 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,638 ​ ​
Other financial instruments not carried at fair value are typically short-term in nature and reprice to current market rates frequently. Accordingly, their carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value. They include cash and balances at central banks and items in the course of collection from and transmission to other banks, all of which are measured at amortised cost.
Valuation
Fair value is an estimate of the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It does not reflect the economic benefits and costs that HSBC expects to flow from an instrument’s cash flow over its expected future life. Our valuation methodologies and assumptions in determining fair values for which no observable market prices are available may differ from those of other companies.
Loans and advances to banks and customers
To determine the fair value of loans and advances to banks and customers, loans are segregated, as far as possible, into portfolios of similar characteristics. Fair values are based on observable market transactions, when available. When they are unavailable, fair values are estimated using valuation models incorporating a range of input assumptions. These assumptions may include: value estimates from third-party brokers reflecting over-the-counter trading activity; forward-looking discounted cash flow models, taking account of expected customer prepayment rates, using assumptions that HSBC believes are consistent with those that would be used by market participants in valuing such loans; new business rates estimates for similar loans; and trading inputs from other market participants including observed primary and secondary trades. From time to time, we may engage a third-party valuation specialist to measure the fair value of a pool of loans.
The fair value of loans reflects expected credit losses at the balance sheet date and estimates of market participants’ expectations of credit losses over the life of the loans, and the fair value effect of repricing between origination and the balance sheet date. For credit impaired loans, fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows over the time period they are expected to be recovered.
Financial investments
The fair values of listed financial investments are determined using bid market prices. The fair values of unlisted financial investments are determined using valuation techniques that incorporate the prices and future earnings streams of equivalent quoted securities.
 
F-49
TABLE OF CONTENTS​​
 
Deposits by banks and customer accounts
The fair values of on-demand deposits are approximated by their carrying value. For deposits with longer-term maturities, fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows, applying current rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
Debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities
Fair values are determined using quoted market prices at the balance sheet date where available, or by reference to quoted market prices for similar instruments. When quoted market prices are unavailable, these instruments are valued using valuation techniques, the inputs for which are derived from observable market data and, where relevant, from assumptions in respect of unobservable inputs.
Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
Fair values approximate carrying amounts as balances are generally short dated.
13
Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​ ​
2020
£m
​
​ Securities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15,738
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,620 ​ ​
​ – debt securities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,584
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,918 ​ ​
​ – equity securities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
13,154
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,702 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks and customers ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,613
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,285 ​ ​
​ Other ​ ​ ​ ​
​
298
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 315 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​
​
18,649
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,220 ​ ​
​
14
Derivatives
​
​
Notional contract amounts and fair values of derivatives by product contract type
​ ​ ​ ​
Notional contract amount
​ ​
Fair value – Assets
​ ​
Fair value – Liabilities
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Trading
£m
​ ​
Hedging
£m
​ ​
Trading
£m
​ ​
Hedging
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​ ​
Trading
£m
​ ​
Hedging
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ Foreign exchange ​ ​ ​
​
4,737,254
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,045
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
49,775
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
266
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
50,041
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(48,613)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(67)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(48,680)
 ​ ​
​ Interest rate ​ ​ ​
​
8,727,934
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
39,553
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
99,744
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
144
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
99,888
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(96,297)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(270)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(96,567)
 ​ ​
​ Equities ​ ​ ​
​
498,980
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,718
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,718
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(11,881)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(11,881)
 ​ ​
​ Credit ​ ​ ​
​
134,440
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,582
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,582
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2,159)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2,159)
 ​ ​
​ Commodity and other ​ ​ ​
​
42,677
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
681
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
681
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(770)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(770)
 ​ ​
​ Offset (Note 29) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(20,689)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
20,689
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,141,285 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 43,598 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 161,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 410 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 141,221 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (159,720) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (337) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (139,368) ​ ​
​ ​ ​
​ Foreign exchange ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,378,792 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,297 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 60,341 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 191 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 60,532 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (59,990) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (41) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (60,031) ​ ​
​ Interest rate ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,922,892 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40,258 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 155,752 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 619 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 156,371 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (151,623) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (488) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (152,111) ​ ​
​ Equities ​ ​ ​ ​ 481,638 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,857 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,857 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12,598) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12,598) ​ ​
​ Credit ​ ​ ​ ​ 198,306 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,874 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,874 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,672) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,672) ​ ​
​ Commodity and other ​ ​ ​ ​ 82,130 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,572 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,572 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,816) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,816) ​ ​
​ Offset (Note 29) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (29,996) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29,996 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,063,758 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 45,555 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 230,396 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 810 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 201,210 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (228,699) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (529) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (199,232) ​ ​
The notional contract amounts of derivatives held for trading purposes and derivatives designated in hedge accounting relationships indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk.
Derivative asset and liability fair values decreased during 2021, driven by yield curve movements and changes in foreign exchange rates.
Use of derivatives
We undertake derivatives activity for three primary purposes: to create risk management solutions for clients, to manage the portfolio risks arising from client business, and to manage and hedge our own risks.
Trading derivatives
Most of the group’s derivative transactions relate to sales and trading activities. Sales activities include the structuring and marketing of derivative products to customers to enable them to take, transfer, modify or reduce current or expected risks. Trading activities include market-making and risk management. Market-making entails quoting bid and offer prices to other market participants for the
 
F-50
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
purpose of generating revenues based on spread and volume. Risk management activity is undertaken to manage the risk arising from client transactions, with the principal purpose of retaining client margin. Other derivatives classified as held for trading include non-qualifying hedging derivatives.
Substantially all of the group’s derivatives entered into with subsidiaries are managed in conjunction with financial liabilities designated at fair value.
Derivatives valued using models with unobservable inputs
The difference between the fair value at initial recognition (the transaction price) and the value that would have been derived had the valuation techniques used for subsequent measurement been applied at initial recognition, less subsequent releases, is in the following table:
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​ ​
2020
£m
​
​ Unamortised balance at 1 Jan ​ ​ ​ ​
​
60
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 42 ​ ​
​ Deferral on new transactions ​ ​ ​ ​
​
156
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 105 ​ ​
​ Recognised in the income statement during the year: ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(152)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (88) ​ ​
​ – amortisation ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(88)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (57) ​ ​
​ – subsequent to unobservable inputs becoming observable ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2) ​ ​
​ – maturity, termination or offsetting derivative ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(60)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (28) ​ ​
​ – risk hedged ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​
​ Exchange differences and other ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​
​
Unamortised balance at 31 Dec1
​ ​ ​ ​
​
64
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 60 ​ ​
​
1
This amount is yet to be recognised in the consolidated income statement.
​
Hedge accounting derivatives
The group applies hedge accounting to manage the following risks: interest rate and foreign exchange.
Fair value hedges
The group enters into fixed-for-floating-interest-rate swaps to manage the exposure to changes in fair value due to movements in market interest rates on certain fixed rate financial instruments which are not measured at fair value through profit or loss, including debt securities held and issued.
​
Hedging instrument by hedged risk
​ ​ ​ ​
Hedging instrument
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Carrying amount
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​
Notional amount1
​ ​
Assets
​ ​
Liabilities
​ ​
Balance sheet
presentation
​ ​
Change in
fair value2
​
​
Hedged risk
​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​
​ Interest rate3 ​ ​ ​
​
24,486
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
139
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(270)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Derivatives
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
159
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,486 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 139 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (270) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 159 ​ ​
​ Interest rate3 ​ ​ ​ ​ 29,737 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 617 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (488) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (364) ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 29,737 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 617 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (488) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (364) ​ ​
​
1
The notional contract amounts of derivatives designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk.
​
2
Used in effectiveness testing; comprising the full fair value change of the hedging instrument not excluding any component.
​
3
The hedged risk ‘interest rate’ includes inflation risk.
​
 
F-51
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Hedged item by hedged risk
​ ​ ​ ​
Hedged item
​ ​
Ineffectiveness
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Carrying amount
​ ​
Accumulated fair
value hedge
adjustments included
in carrying
amount2
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Hedged risk
​ ​
Assets
£m
​ ​
Liabilities
£m
​ ​
Assets
£m
​ ​
Liabilities
£m
​ ​
Balance sheet presentation
​ ​
Change in fair
value1
£m
​ ​
Recognised in
profit and loss
£m
​ ​
Profit and loss
presentation
​
​
Interest rate3
​ ​ ​ ​ 14,099 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 167 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​
Financial assets at fair value
through other comprehensive
income
​ ​ ​ ​ (278) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9) ​ ​ ​
Net income from
financial
instruments held
for trading or
managed on a fair
value basis
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​
Loans and
advances to banks
​ ​ ​ ​ (2) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 997 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​
Loans and advances
to customers
​ ​ ​ ​ (16) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,844 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 71 ​ ​ ​
Debt securities in issue
​ ​ ​ ​ 24 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,841 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (77) ​ ​ ​
Subordinated liabilities and
deposits by banks4
​ ​ ​ ​ 104 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,097 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,685 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 172 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6) ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ (168) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9) ​ ​ ​
​
 ​
​ Interest rate3 ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,295 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 588 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​
Financial assets at fair
value through other
comprehensive income
​ ​ ​ ​ 409 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (14) ​ ​ ​
Net income from
financial
instruments held
for trading or
managed on a fair
value basis
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​
Loans and advances
to banks
​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,327 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​
Loans and advances
to customers
​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 576 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 108 ​ ​ ​
Debt securities in issue
​ ​ ​ ​ 4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,483 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 248 ​ ​ ​
Subordinated liabilities and
deposits by banks4
​ ​ ​ ​ (80) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,626 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,059 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 613 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 356 ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​ ​ ​ 350 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (14) ​ ​ ​
​
 ​
1
Used in effectiveness assessment; comprising amount attributable to the designated hedged risk that can be a risk component.
​
2
The accumulated amounts of fair value adjustments remaining in the statement of financial position for hedged items that have ceased to be adjusted for hedging gains and losses were £21m (2020: £ (29) m) for ‘Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income’, is £nil (2020: £Nil) for ‘Deposits by banks’ and £19m (2020: £24m) for ‘Debt securities in issue’.
​
3
The hedged risk ‘interest rate’ includes inflation risk.
​
4
The notional amount of non-dynamic fair value hedges was £5,886m (2020: £6,178m) of which the weighted-average maturity is March 2026 and the weighted average swap rate is (0.06) % (2020: 0.82%). £5,886m (2020: £6,178m) of these hedges are internal to HSBC Group and composed by internal funding between HSBC Holdings and the group.
​
Cash flow hedges
The group’s cash flow hedging instruments consist principally of interest rate swaps and cross-currency swaps that are used to manage the variability in future interest cash flows of non-trading financial assets and liabilities, arising due to changes in market interest rates and foreign-currency basis.
The group applies macro cash flow hedging for interest-rate risk exposures on portfolios of replenishing current and forecasted issuances of non-trading assets and liabilities that bear interest at variable rates, including rolling such instruments. The amounts and timing of future cash flows, representing both principal and interest flows, are projected for each portfolio of financial assets and liabilities on the basis of their contractual terms and other relevant factors, including estimates of prepayments and defaults. The aggregate cash flows representing both principal balances and interest cash flows across all portfolios are used to determine the effectiveness and ineffectiveness. Macro cash flow hedges are considered to be dynamic hedges.
The group also hedges the variability in future cash-flows on foreign-denominated financial assets and liabilities arising due to changes in foreign exchange market rates with cross-currency swaps; these are considered dynamic hedges.
 
F-52
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
Hedging instrument by hedged risk4
​ ​ ​ ​
Hedging instrument
​ ​
Hedged item
​ ​
Ineffectiveness
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Carrying amount
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Hedged risk
​ ​
Notional amount1
£m
​ ​
Assets
£m
​ ​
Liabilities
£m
​ ​
Balance sheet
presentation
​ ​
Change in fair
value2
£m
​ ​
Change in fair
value3
£m
​ ​
Recognised in profit
and loss
£m
​ ​
Profit and loss
presentation
​
​
Foreign exchange
​ ​
4,042
​ ​
266
​ ​
(67)
​ ​
Derivatives
​ ​
127
​ ​
127
​ ​
—
​ ​
Net income from
financial instruments
held for trading or
managed on a fair
value basis
​
​ Interest rate ​ ​ ​
​
15,067
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(178)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(167)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(11)
 ​ ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,109 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 271 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (69) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (51) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (40) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (11) ​ ​ ​
​
 ​
​
Foreign exchange
​ ​ ​ ​ 5,286 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 191 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (41) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (30) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (30) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​
Net income from
financial
instruments held for
trading or managed
on a fair value basis
​
​ Interest rate ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,521 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 117 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 115 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,807 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 193 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (41) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 87 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 85 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​
​
 ​
1
The notional contract amounts of derivatives designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk.
​
2
Used in effectiveness testing; comprising the full fair value change of the hedging instrument not excluding any component.
​
3
Used in effectiveness assessment; comprising amount attributable to the designated hedged risk that can be a risk component.
​
4
The amounts in the above table predominantly represent the company’s exposure
​
Sources of hedge ineffectiveness may arise from basis risk including, but not limited to timing differences between the hedged items and hedging instruments, and hedges using instruments with a non-zero fair value.
​
Reconciliation of equity and analysis of other comprehensive income by risk type
​ ​ ​ ​
Interest rate
£m
​ ​
Foreign exchange
£m
​
​ Cash flow hedging reserve at 1 Jan 2021 ​ ​ ​
​
147
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​
​ Fair value (losses)/gains ​ ​ ​
​
(167)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
127
 ​ ​
​ Fair value (gains) reclassified from cash flow hedge reserve to income statement in respect of: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – hedged items that have affected profit or loss ​ ​ ​
​
(25)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(177)
 ​ ​
​ Income taxes ​ ​ ​
​
77
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Cash flow hedging reserve at 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 32 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (39) ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Cash flow hedging reserve at 1 Jan 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 76 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (36) ​ ​
​ Fair value gains/(losses) ​ ​ ​ ​ 115(29) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Fair value (gains)/losses reclassified from cash flow hedge reserve to income statement in respect of:
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – hedged items that have affected profit or loss ​ ​ ​ ​ (4) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 76 ​ ​
​ Income taxes ​ ​ ​ ​ (40) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Cash flow hedging reserve at 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 147 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11 ​ ​
Interest rate benchmark reform: amendments to IFRS 9 and IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments’
HSBC has applied both the first set of amendments (‘Phase 1’) and the second set of amendments (‘Phase 2’) to IFRS 9 and IAS 39 applicable to hedge accounting. The hedge accounting relationships that are affected by Phase 1 and Phase 2 amendments are presented in the balance sheet as ‘Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through other comprehensive income’, ‘Loans and advances to customers’, ‘Debt securities in issue’ and ‘Deposits by banks’. The notional value of the derivatives impacted by the Ibors reform, including those designated in hedge accounting relationships, is disclosed in Note 15.
During 2021 the group transitioned all of its hedging instruments referencing sterling Libor, European Overnight Index Average rate (‘Eonia’) and Japanese yen Libor. The group also transitioned some of the hedging instruments referencing US dollar Libor. There is no significant judgement applied for these benchmarks to determine whether and when the transition uncertainty has been resolved.
The most significant Ibor benchmark in which the group continues to have hedging instruments is US dollar Libor. It is expected that the transition out of US dollar Libor hedging derivatives will be largely completed by the end of 2022. These transitions do not necessitate new approaches compared with any of the mechanisms used so far for transition and it will not be necessary to change the transition risk management strategy.
 
F-53
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
For some of the Ibors included under the ‘Other’ header, in the table below, judgment has been needed to establish whether a transition is required, since there are Ibor benchmarks which are subject to computation methodology improvements and insertion of fallback provisions without full clarity being provided by their administrators on whether these Ibor benchmarks will be demised.
The notional amounts of interest rate derivatives designated in hedge accounting relationships do not represent the extent of the risk exposure managed by the group but they are expected to be directly affected by market-wide Ibor reform and in scope of Phase 1 amendments and are shown in the table below. The cross-currency swaps designated in hedge accounting relationships and affected by Ibor reform are not significant and have not been presented below.
​
Hedging instrument impacted by Ibor reform
​ ​ ​ ​
Hedging instrument
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Impacted by Ibor reform
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​
EUR2
£m
​ ​
GBP
£m
​ ​
USD
£m
​ ​
Other3
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​ ​
NOT impacted by
Ibor reform
£m
​ ​
Notional amount1
£m
​
​ Fair value hedges ​ ​ ​
​
6,407
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
336
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
124
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,867
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17,619
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24,486
 ​ ​
​ Cash flow hedges ​ ​ ​
​
5,877
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5,877
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,190
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15,067
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,284 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 336 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 124 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,744 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26,809 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39,553 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​
​ Fair value hedges ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,822 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,855 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,908 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 60 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,645 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,092 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29,737 ​ ​
​ Cash flow hedges ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,111 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,552 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 183 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,846 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,675 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,521 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 18,933 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,407 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,091 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 60 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,491 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,767 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40,258 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
The notional contract amounts of derivatives designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk.
​
2
The notional contract amounts of euro interest rate derivatives impacted by Ibor reform mainly comprise hedges with a Euribor benchmark, which are Fair value hedges of £6,407m (2020: £7,606m) and Cash flow hedges £5,877m (2020: £6,111m).
​
3
Other benchmarks impacted by Ibor reform comprise derivatives that are expected to transition, but do not have a published cessation date.
​
 
F-54
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
15
Financial instruments impacted by Ibor reforms
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Financial instruments yet to transition to alternative
benchmarks, by main benchmark
​
​
At 31 Dec 2021
​ ​
USD Libor
£m
​ ​
GBP Libor
£m
​ ​
Eonia
£m
​ ​
Others1
£m
​
​ Non-derivative financial assets2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,999 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,562 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26 ​ ​
​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,171 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 140 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Others ​ ​ ​ ​ 693 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 499 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Total non-derivative financial assets ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,863 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,201 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26 ​ ​
​ Non-derivative financial liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,145 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Others ​ ​ ​ ​ 479 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 181 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Total non-derivative financial liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,624 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 181 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Derivative notional contract amount ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Foreign exchange ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,288 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,568 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,080 ​ ​
​ Interest rate ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,567,577 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 215,377 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,679 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 76,059 ​ ​
​ Others ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Total derivative notional contract amount ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,575,865 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 216,945 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,679 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 77,139 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Non-derivative financial assets2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,782 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,323 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 183 ​ ​
​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,187 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 406 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Others ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,043 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,033 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​
​ Ers ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Total non-derivative financial assets ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,012 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,762 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 184 ​ ​
​ Non-derivative financial liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,135 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 900 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Others ​ ​ ​ ​ 798 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 510 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​
​ Total non-derivative financial liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,933 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,410 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​
​ Derivative notional contract amount ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Foreign exchange ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,296 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,768 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,148 ​ ​
​ Interest rate ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,694,279 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 865,545 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 196,515 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 126,545 ​ ​
​ Others ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Total derivative notional contract amount ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,700,582 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 868,313 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 196,515 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 134,693 ​ ​
​
1
Comprises financial instruments referencing other significant demising benchmark rates (euro Libor, Swiss franc Libor, Japanese yen Libor, SOR and THBFIX Sibor).
​
2
Gross carrying amount excluding allowances for expected credit losses.
​
3
The amounts in the above table do not represent amounts at risk as the steps to transition for certain trades have been completed.
​
 
F-55
TABLE OF CONTENTS​​
 
16
Financial investments
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​ ​
2020
£m
​
​
Financial investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
​ ​ ​ ​
​
41,290
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51,811 ​ ​
​ – treasury and other eligible bills ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,229
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,286 ​ ​
​ – debt securities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
38,924
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 48,363 ​ ​
​ – equity securities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
103
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 98 ​ ​
​ – other instruments1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
34
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 64 ​ ​
​
Debt instruments measured at amortised cost
​ ​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​
​ – treasury and other eligible bills ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​
​ – debt securities2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​
​
41,300
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51,826 ​ ​
​
1
‘Other instruments’ are comprised of loans and advances.
​
2
The £3.3bn (2020: £2.2bn) of debt securities in the company relates to senior non-preferred debt issued by HBCE to comply with single resolution board requirements on minimum required eligible liabilities.
​
​
Equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
​ ​ ​ ​
Instruments held at year end
​
​
Type of equity instruments
​ ​
Fair value
£m
​ ​
Dividends recognised
£m
​
​ Business facilitation ​ ​ ​
​
76
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Investments required by central institutions ​ ​ ​
​
26
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Others ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 103 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Business facilitation ​ ​ ​ ​ 79 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​
​ Investments required by central institutions ​ ​ ​ ​ 18 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Others ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 98 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​
​
17
Assets pledged, collateral received and assets transferred
​
​
Assets pledged
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​
​ Treasury bills and other eligible securities ​ ​ ​
​
990
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,382 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​
​
18,403
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,597 ​ ​
​ Debt securities ​ ​ ​
​
20,247
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,069 ​ ​
​ Equity securities ​ ​ ​
​
23,612
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,304 ​ ​
​ Other ​ ​ ​
​
30,261
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39,319 ​ ​
​
Assets pledged at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
93,513
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 107,671 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​
​ Trading assets ​ ​ ​
​
39,594
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40,000 ​ ​
​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​
​
1,436
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,009 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
41,030
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 43,009 ​ ​
The amount of assets pledged to secure liabilities may be greater than the book value of assets utilised as collateral. For example, in the case of securitisations and covered bonds, the amount of liabilities issued, plus mandatory over-collateralisation, is less than the book value of the pool of assets available for use as collateral. This is also the case where assets are placed with a custodian or a settlement agent that has a floating charge over all the assets placed to secure any liabilities under settlement accounts.
 
F-56
TABLE OF CONTENTS​​
 
These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to collateralised transactions including, where relevant, standard securities lending and borrowing, repurchase agreements and derivative margining. The group places both cash and non-cash collateral in relation to derivative transactions.
Collateral received
The fair value of assets accepted as collateral, relating primarily to standard securities lending, reverse repurchase agreements and derivative margining, that the group is permitted to sell or repledge in the absence of default was £202,794m (2020: £213,690m). The fair value of any such collateral sold or repledged was £151,378m (2020: £154,486m).
The group is obliged to return equivalent securities. These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to standard securities lending, reverse repurchase agreements and derivative margining.
Assets transferred
The assets pledged include transfers to third parties that do not qualify for derecognition, notably secured borrowings such as debt securities held by counterparties as collateral under repurchase agreements and equity securities lent under securities lending agreements, as well as swaps of equity and debt securities. For secured borrowings, the transferred asset collateral continues to be recognised in full and a related liability, reflecting the group’s obligation to repurchase the assets for a fixed price at a future date is also recognised on the balance sheet. Where securities are swapped, the transferred asset continues to be recognised in full. There is no associated liability as the non-cash collateral received is not recognised on the balance sheet. The group is unable to use, sell or pledge the transferred assets for the duration of these transactions, and remains exposed to interest rate risk and credit risk on these pledged assets. The counterparty’s recourse is not limited to the transferred assets.
​
Transferred financial assets not qualifying for full derecognition and associated financial liabilities
​ ​ ​ ​
Carrying amount of:
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Transferred assets
£m
​ ​
Associated liabilities
£m
​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Repurchase agreements ​ ​ ​
​
11,710
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11,732
 ​ ​
​ Securities lending agreements ​ ​ ​
​
29,321
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,129
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Repurchase agreements ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,232 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,264 ​ ​
​ Securities lending agreements ​ ​ ​ ​ 28,777 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 87 ​ ​
​
18
Interests in associates and joint ventures
​
​
Principal associates of the group
Business Growth Fund Group plc (‘BGF’) is a principal associate of the group. BGF is an independent company, established in 2011 to provide investment to growing small to medium-sized British businesses. BGF is backed by five of the UK’s main banking groups: Barclays, HSBC, Lloyds, RBS and Standard Chartered. At 31 December 2021, the group had a 24.62% interest in the equity capital of BGF. Share of profit in BGF is £192m (2020: £5m; 2019: £(8)m) and carrying amount of interest in BGF is £702m (2020: £471m).
Interests in joint ventures
A list of all associates is set out on page F-111.
19
Investments in subsidiaries
​
​
Main subsidiaries of HSBC Bank plc
​ ​ ​ ​
At 31 Dec 2021
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Country of incorporation or
registration
​ ​
HSBC Bank plc’s interest in
equity capital
​ ​
Share class
​
​ ​ ​ ​
​
 ​ ​
%
​ ​
​
 ​
​ HSBC Investment Bank Holdings Limited ​ ​
England and Wales
​ ​ ​
​
100.00
 ​ ​ ​
£1 Ordinary
​
​ HSBC Asset Finance (UK) Limited ​ ​
England and Wales
​ ​ ​
​
100.00
 ​ ​ ​
£1 Ordinary
​
​ HSBC Life (UK) Limited ​ ​
England and Wales
​ ​ ​
​
100.00
 ​ ​ ​
£1 Ordinary
​
​ HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt GmbH
(previously HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG) 		​ ​
Germany
​ ​ ​
​
100.00
 ​ ​ ​
Stückaktien no par value
​
​ HSBC Continental Europe ​ ​
France
​ ​ ​
​
99.99
 ​ ​ ​
€5 Actions
​
​
HSBC Bank Malta p.l.c
​ ​
Malta
​ ​ ​ ​ 70.03 ​ ​ ​
€0.30 Ordinary
​
 
F-57
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
All the above prepare their financial statements up to 31 December. Details of all group subsidiaries are set out in Note 38. The principal countries of operation are the same as the countries of incorporation.
20
Structured entities
​
​
The group is mainly involved with both consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities through the securitisation of financial assets, conduits and investment funds, established either by the group or a third party.
Consolidated structured entities
​
Total assets of the group’s consolidated structured entities, split by entity type
​ ​ ​ ​
Conduits
£m
​ ​
Securitisations
£m
​ ​
HSBC managed
funds1
£m
​ ​
Other1
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,233 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 287 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,653 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 568 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,741 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,023 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 423 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,885 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,079 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,410 ​ ​
​
1
Balances from 2020 have been re-categorised to disclose a consistent application of the ‘HSBC and third-party managed funds categories.
​
Conduits
The group has established and manages two types of conduits: securities investment conduits (‘SICs’) and multi-seller conduits.
Securities investment conduits
The SICs purchase highly rated ABSs to facilitate tailored investment opportunities.
At 31 December 2021, Solitaire, the group’s principal SIC held £1.2bn of ABSs (2020: £1.4bn). It is currently funded entirely by commercial paper (‘CP’) issued to the group. At 31 December 2021, the group held £1.3bn of CP (2020: £1.6bn).
Multi-seller conduits
The group’s multi-seller conduit was established to provide access to flexible market-based sources of finance for its clients. Currently, the group bears risk equal to transaction-specific facility offered to the multi-seller conduits, amounting to £4.6bn at 31 December 2021 (2020: £6.5bn). First loss protection is provided by the originator of the assets, and not by the group, through transaction-specific credit enhancements. A layer of secondary loss protection is provided by the group in the form of programme-wide enhancement facilities.
Securitisations
The group uses structured entities to securitise customer loans and advances it originates in order to diversify the sources of funding for asset origination and capital efficiency purposes. The loans and advances are transferred by the group to the structured entities for cash or synthetically through credit default swaps, and the structured entities issue debt securities to investors.
HSBC managed funds
The group together with other HSBC entities has established a number of money market and non-money market funds. Where it is deemed to be acting as principal rather than agent in its role as investment manager, the group controls these funds.
Other
The group has entered into a number of transactions in the normal course of business, which include asset and structured finance transactions where it has control of the structured entity. In addition, the group is deemed to control a number of third-party managed funds through its involvement as a principal in the funds.
Unconsolidated structured entities
The term ‘unconsolidated structured entities’ refers to all structured entities not controlled by the group. The group enters into transactions with unconsolidated structured entities in the normal course of business to facilitate customer transactions and for specific investment opportunities.
 
F-58
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Nature and risks associated with the group’s interests in unconsolidated structured entities
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Securitisa-tions
​ ​ ​
HSBC managed
funds1
​ ​ ​
Non-HSBC
managed funds1
​ ​ ​
Other
​ ​ ​
Total
​
​ Total asset values of the entities (£m) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ 0 – 400 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
157
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,194
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,367
 ​ ​
​ 400 – 1,500 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
81
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
774
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
855
 ​ ​
​ 1,500 – 4,000 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
354
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
370
 ​ ​
​ 4,000 – 20,000 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
149
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
161
 ​ ​
​ 20,000+ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​
​ Number of entities at 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 268 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,480 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,764 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​
​ Total assets in relation to the group’s interests in the unconsolidated structured entities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
193
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,414
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5,225
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
631
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,463
 ​ ​
​ – trading assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,807
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,808
 ​ ​
​ – financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily    measured at fair value ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,409
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,273
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7,682
 ​ ​
​ – loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​
​
193
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
49
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
631
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
873
 ​ ​
​ – financial investments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
96
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
100
 ​ ​
​ Total liabilities in relation to the group’s interests in the unconsolidated structured entities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​
​ Other off-balance sheet commitments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
20
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
916
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
38
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
978
 ​ ​
​ The group’s maximum exposure at 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 213 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,418 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,139 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 669 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,439 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Total asset values of the entities (£m) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ 0 – 400 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 176 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,228 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,425 ​ ​
​ 400 – 1,500 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 60 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 645 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 705 ​ ​
​ 1,500 – 4,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 351 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 379 ​ ​
​ 4,000 – 20,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 271 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 293 ​ ​
​ 20,000+ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 43 ​ ​
​ Number of entities at 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 290 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,534 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,845 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ £m ​ ​
​ Total assets in relation to the group’s interests in the unconsolidated structured entities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 686 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,884 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,985 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 346 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,901 ​ ​
​ – trading assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,365 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,368 ​ ​
​ – financial assets designated at fair value ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,849 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,247 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,096 ​ ​
​ – loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 686 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 346 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,032 ​ ​
​ – financial investments ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 373 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 405 ​ ​
​ Total liabilities in relation to group’s interests in the unconsolidated structured entities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​
​ Other off-balance sheet commitments ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,450 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,491 ​ ​
​ The group’s maximum exposure at 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 726 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,885 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,434 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 346 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,391 ​ ​
​
1
Balances from 2020 have been re-categorised to disclose a consistent application of the HSBC and third-party managed funds categories.
​
The maximum exposure to loss from the group’s interests in unconsolidated structured entities represents the maximum loss it could incur as a result of its involvement with these entities regardless of the probability of the loss being incurred.
•
For commitments, guarantees and written credit default swaps, the maximum exposure to loss is the notional amount of potential future losses.
​
•
For retained and purchased investments and loans to unconsolidated structured entities, the maximum exposure to loss is the carrying value of these interests at the balance sheet reporting date.
​
The maximum exposure to loss is stated gross of the effects of hedging and collateral arrangements entered into to mitigate the group’s exposure to loss.
 
F-59
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Securitisations
The group has interests in unconsolidated securitisation vehicles through holding notes issued by these entities. In addition, the group has investments in ABSs issued by third-party structured entities.
HSBC managed funds
The group together with other HSBC entities establishes and manages money market funds and non-money market investment funds to provide customers with investment opportunities. The group, as fund manager, may be entitled to receive management and performance fees based on the assets under management. The group may also retain units in these funds.
Non-HSBC managed funds
The group purchases and holds units of third-party managed funds in order to facilitate business and meet customer needs.
Other
The group has established structured entities in the normal course of business, such as structured credit transactions for customers, to provide finance to public and private sector infrastructure projects, and for asset and structured finance transactions.
In addition to the interests disclosed above, the group enters into derivative contracts, reverse repos and stock borrowing transactions with structured entities. These interests arise in the normal course of business for the facilitation of third-party transactions and risk management solutions.
Group sponsored structured entities
The amount of assets transferred to and income received from such sponsored entities during 2021 and 2020 was not significant.
21
Goodwill and intangible assets
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​
​ Goodwill ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Present value of in-force long-term insurance business ​ ​ ​
​
811
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 647 ​ ​
​ Other intangible assets1 ​ ​ ​
​
83
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 119 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
894
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 766 ​ ​
​
1
Included within the group’s other intangible assets is internally generated software with a net carrying value of £77m (2020: £115m). During 2021, capitalisation of internally generated software was £46m (2020: £150m), impairment was £(45)m (2020: £(790)m) and amortisation was £15m (2020: £94m).
​
Other intangible assets
Impairment testing in 2020
We considered the pervasive macroeconomic deterioration caused by the pandemic of Covid-19, along with the impact of forecast profitability in some businesses, to be indicators of capitalised software impairment during the period. The impairment tests were performed by comparing the net carrying amount of capitalised software assets with their recoverable amounts. Recoverable amounts were determined by calculating an estimated VIU or fair value, as appropriate, for each underlying business that carries software assets. Our cash flow forecasts were updated for changes in the external outlook, although economic and geopolitical risks increase the inherent estimation uncertainty.
In 2020, we recognised £802m of capitalised software impairment and write-off related principally to our businesses in the UK and France. This impairment reflected underperformance and deterioration in the future forecasts of these businesses, substantially relating to prior periods. Global business split of the impairments recognised is as below.
​ ​ ​ ​
Impairments on
intangible assets
​
​
Global business
​ ​
2020
£m
​
​ Wealth and Personal Banking ​ ​ ​ ​ 39 ​ ​
​ Commercial Banking ​ ​ ​ ​ 34 ​ ​
​ Markets and Securities Services ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​
​ Global Banking ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ GBM Other ​ ​ ​ ​ 461 ​ ​
​ Corporate Centre ​ ​ ​ ​ 267 ​ ​
​
Total
​ ​ ​ ​ 802 ​ ​
 
F-60
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Key assumptions in VIU calculation
We used a number of assumptions in our VIU calculation, in accordance with the requirements of IAS 36:
•
Management’s judgement in estimating future cash flows: We considered past business performance, the scale of the current impact from the Covid-19 pandemic on our operations, current market conditions and our macroeconomic outlook to estimate future earnings. As required by IFRSs, estimates of future cash flows exclude estimated cash inflows or outflows that are expected to arise from restructuring initiatives before an entity has a constructive obligation to carry out the plan, and would therefore have recognised a provision for restructuring costs. For some businesses, this means that the benefit of certain strategic actions are not included in this impairment assessment, including capital releases.
​
•
Long-term growth rates: The long-term growth rate is used to extrapolate the cash flows in perpetuity because of the long-term perspective of the businesses within the group.
​
•
Discount rates: Rates are based on a CAPM calculation considering market data for the businesses and geographies in which the group operates. Discount rates ranged from 8.5% to 9.7% to our businesses.
​
Future software capitalisation
We will continue to invest in digital capabilities to meet our strategic objectives. However, software capitalisation within businesses where impairment was identified will not resume until the performance outlook for each business indicates future profits are sufficient to support capitalisation. The cost of additional software investment in these businesses will be recognised as an operating expense until such time.
Present value of in-force long-term insurance business
When calculating the present value of in-force long-term (‘PVIF’) insurance business, expected cash flows are projected after adjusting for a variety of assumptions made by each insurance operation to reflect local market conditions and management’s judgement of future trends and uncertainty in the underlying assumptions is reflected by applying margins (as opposed to a cost of capital methodology) including valuing the cost of policyholder options and guarantees using stochastic techniques.
Actuarial Control Committees of each key insurance entity meet on a quarterly basis to review and approve PVIF assumptions. All changes to non-economic assumptions, economic assumptions that are not observable and model methodology must be approved by the Actuarial Control Committee.
​
Movements in PVIF
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​ ​
2020
£m
​
​
PVIF at 1 Jan
​ ​ ​ ​
​
647
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 715 ​ ​
​ Change in PVIF of long-term insurance business ​ ​ ​ ​
​
200
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (95) ​ ​
​ – value of new business written during the year ​ ​ ​ ​
​
67
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 43 ​ ​
​ – expected return1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(70)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (74) ​ ​
​ – assumption changes and experience variances2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
202
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (73) ​ ​
​ – other adjustments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9 ​ ​
​ Exchange differences ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(36)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27 ​ ​
​
PVIF at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​
​
811
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 647 ​ ​
​
1
‘Expected return’ represents the unwinding of the discount rate and reversal of expected cash flows for the period.
​
2
Represents the effect of changes in assumptions on expected future profits and the difference between assumptions used in the previous PVIF calculation and actual experience observed during the year to the extent that this affects future profits. The gain of £202m (2020: loss of £73m) was driven mainly by an increase in yields and improved equity market performances during 2021.
​
Key assumptions used in the computation of PVIF for main life insurance operations
Economic assumptions are set in a way that is consistent with observable market values. The valuation of PVIF is sensitive to observed market movements and the impact of such changes is included in the sensitivities presented below.
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​
UK
%
​ ​
France1
%
​ ​
UK
%
​ ​
France1
%
​
​ Weighted average risk-free rate ​ ​ ​
​
0.95
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.69
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.29 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.34 ​ ​
​ Weighted average risk discount rate ​ ​ ​
​
0.95
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.55
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.29 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.34 ​ ​
​ Expense inflation ​ ​ ​
​
3.80
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.80
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.80 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.60 ​ ​
​
1
For 2021, the calculation of France’s PVIF assumes a risk discount rate of 1.55% (2020: 1.34%) plus a risk margin of £156m (2020: £159m).
​
 
F-61
TABLE OF CONTENTS​​
 
Sensitivity to changes in economic assumptions
The group sets the risk discount rate applied to the PVIF calculation by starting from a risk-free rate curve and adding explicit allowances for risks not reflected in the best estimate cash flow modelling. Where the insurance operations provide options and guarantees to policyholders, the cost of these options and guarantees is accounted for as a deduction from the present value of in-force ‘PVIF’ asset, unless the cost of such guarantees is already allowed for as an explicit addition to liabilities under insurance contracts. See page F-105 for further details of these guarantees and the impact of changes in economic assumptions on our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries.
Sensitivity to changes in non-economic assumptions
Policyholder liabilities and PVIF are determined by reference to non-economic assumptions including mortality and/or morbidity, lapse rates and expense rates. See page F-106 for further details on the impact of changes in non-economic assumptions on our insurance manufacturing operations.
22
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​
​ Cash collateral and margin receivables ​ ​ ​
​
29,947
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39,702 ​ ​
​ Settlement accounts ​ ​ ​
​
4,960
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,138 ​ ​
​ Bullion ​ ​ ​
​
2,253
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,597 ​ ​
​ Prepayments and accrued income ​ ​ ​
​
1,365
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,308 ​ ​
​ Property, plant and equipment ​ ​ ​
​
846
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 899 ​ ​
​ Right-of-use assets ​ ​ ​
​
251
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 390 ​ ​
​ Reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts (Note 4) ​ ​ ​
​
146
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 165 ​ ​
​ Employee benefit assets (Note 5) ​ ​ ​
​
54
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 30 ​ ​
​ Endorsements and acceptances ​ ​ ​
​
196
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 97 ​ ​
​ Assets held for sale ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 90 ​ ​
​ Other accounts ​ ​ ​
​
3,100
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,149 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
43,127
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55,565 ​ ​
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets include £39,064m (2020: £50,027m) of financial assets, the majority of which are measured at amortised cost.
Impairment testing
Impairment of other intangible assets is assessed in accordance with our policy explained in Note 1.2(n) by comparing the net carrying amount of CGUs containing intangible assets with their recoverable amounts. No significant impairment was recognised during the year.
In 2020, having considered the pervasive macroeconomic deterioration caused by the pandemic of Covid-19, along with the impact of forecast profitability, £193m of tangible asset were impaired, primarily right of use (‘ROU’) assets for leased office, commercial and retail branches and fixtures and fittings. This impairment reflected underperformance and deterioration in the future forecasts, substantially relating to prior periods
​
Assets held for sale
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​
​ Property, plant and equipment1 ​ ​ ​
​
6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 86 ​ ​
​ Assets of disposal groups held for sale ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4 ​ ​
​ Assets classified as held for sale at 31 Dec ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 90 ​ ​
​
1
2020 includes HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt GmbH’s (previously HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG) one property as held for sale.
​
23
Trading liabilities
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​
​ Deposits by banks1 ​ ​ ​
​
3,122
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,324 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts1 ​ ​ ​
​
6,386
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,744 ​ ​
​ Other debt securities in issue ​ ​ ​
​
1,324
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,156 ​ ​
​ Other liabilities – net short positions in securities ​ ​ ​
​
35,601
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 31,005 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
46,433
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 44,229 ​ ​
​
1
‘Deposits by banks’ and ‘Customer accounts’ include repos, stock lending and other amounts.
​
 
F-62
TABLE OF CONTENTS​​
 
24
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​
​ Deposits by banks and customer accounts ​ ​ ​
​
4,302
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,273 ​ ​
​ Liabilities to customers under investment contracts ​ ​ ​
​
1,032
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 944 ​ ​
​ Debt securities in issue ​ ​ ​
​
26,049
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,228 ​ ​
​ Subordinated liabilities (Note 27) ​ ​ ​
​
2,225
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,347 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
33,608
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40,792 ​ ​
The carrying amount of financial liabilities designated at fair value was £(1,568)m lower than the contractual amount at maturity
(2020: £3,351m higher).The cumulative amount of change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk was a loss of £165m (2020: loss of £189m).
25
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​
​ Cash collateral and margin payables ​ ​ ​
​
32,309
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 42,273 ​ ​
​ Settlement accounts ​ ​ ​
​
4,767
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,900 ​ ​
​ Accruals and deferred income ​ ​ ​
​
1,507
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,566 ​ ​
​ Amount due to investors in funds consolidated by the group ​ ​ ​
​
1,315
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,051 ​ ​
​ Lease liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
386
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 558 ​ ​
​ Employee benefit liabilities (Note 5) ​ ​ ​
​
196
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 288 ​ ​
​ Share-based payment liability to HSBC Holdings ​ ​ ​
​
129
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 104 ​ ​
​ Endorsements and acceptances ​ ​ ​
​
189
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 89 ​ ​
​ Other liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
2,658
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,566 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
43,456
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 53,395 ​ ​
For the group, accruals, deferred income and other liabilities include £42,887m (2020: £52,754m), the majority of which are measured at amortised cost.
 
F-63
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
26
Provisions
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Restructuring
costs
£m
​ ​
Legal proceedings
and regulatory
matters
£m
​ ​
Customer
remediation
£m
​ ​
Other provisions
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ Provisions (excluding contractual commitments) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ At 1 Jan 2021 ​ ​ ​
​
309
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
237
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
103
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
674
 ​ ​
​ Additions ​ ​ ​
​
91
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
32
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
86
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
220
 ​ ​
​ Amounts utilized ​ ​ ​
​
(170)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(63)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(10)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(32)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(275)
 ​ ​
​ Unused amounts reversed ​ ​ ​
​
(63)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(25)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(6)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(58)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(152)
 ​ ​
​ Exchange and other movements ​ ​ ​
​
(3)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(6)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(8)
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 164 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 175 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 99 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 459 ​ ​
​ Contractual commitments1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ At 1 Jan 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
187
 ​ ​
​ Net change in expected credit loss provision and other movements ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(84)
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 103 ​ ​
​ Total Provisions ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 861 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 562 ​ ​
​ Provisions (excluding contractual commitments) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ At 1 Jan 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 94 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 211 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 104 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 438 ​ ​
​ Additions ​ ​ ​ ​ 315 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 68 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 66 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 454 ​ ​
​ Amounts utilized ​ ​ ​ ​ (80) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (51) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (39) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (174) ​ ​
​ Unused amounts reversed ​ ​ ​ ​ (18) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (28) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (52) ​ ​
​ Exchange and other movements ​ ​ ​ ​ (2) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 309 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 237 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 25 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 103 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 674 ​ ​
​ Contractual commitments1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ At 1 Jan 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 102 ​ ​
​ Net change in expected credit loss provision and other movements ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 85 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 187 ​ ​
​ Total provisions ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2019 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 540 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 861 ​ ​
​
1
The contractual commitments include provision for off-balance sheet loan commitments and guarantees, for which expected credit losses are provided under IFRS 9. Further analysis of the movement in the expected credit loss is disclosed within the ‘Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees’ table on page F-91.
​
Restructuring costs
These provisions comprise the estimated cost of restructuring, including redundancy costs where an obligation exists. Additions made during the year relate to formal restructuring plans made within the group. The majority of the restructuring costs recognised for 2021 relate to the transformation programme initiated by HBCE.
Legal proceedings and regulatory matters
Further details of legal proceedings and regulatory matters are set out in Note 33. Legal proceedings include civil court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings brought against HSBC companies (whether by way of claim or counterclaim), or civil disputes that may, if not settled, result in court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings. Regulatory matters refer to investigations, reviews and other actions carried out by, or in response to the actions of, regulatory or law enforcement agencies in connection with alleged wrongdoing.
 
F-64
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
27
Subordinated liabilities
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​ ​
2020
£m
​
​ At amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12,488
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,764 ​ ​
​ – subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11,788
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,064 ​ ​
​ – preferred securities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
700
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 700 ​ ​
​ Designated at fair value (Note 24) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,225
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,347 ​ ​
​ – subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,225
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,347 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,713 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16,111
 ​ ​
Subordinated liabilities rank behind senior obligations and consist of capital instruments and other instruments. Capital instruments generally count towards the capital base of the group and may be called and redeemed by the group subject to prior notification to the PRA and, where relevant, the consent of the local banking regulator. If not redeemed at the first call date, coupons payable may step up or become floating rate based on interbank rates. On capital instruments other than floating rate notes, interest is payable at fixed rates of up to 7.65%.
The balance sheet amounts disclosed below are presented on an IFRS basis and do not reflect the amount that the instruments contribute to regulatory capital due to the inclusion of issuance costs, regulatory amortisation and regulatory eligibility limits prescribed in the grandfathering provisions under Capital requirements directive IV (‘CRD IV’).
 
F-65
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
Subordinated liabilities of the group
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Carrying amount
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​
​ Capital instruments ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Additional tier 1 instruments guaranteed by the bank ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ £700m ​ ​ 5.844% Non-cumulative Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities1 ​ ​
700
​ ​ ​ ​ 700 ​ ​
​ Tier 2 instruments ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ $450m ​ ​ Subordinated Floating Rate Notes 20212 ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 330 ​ ​
​ $750m ​ ​ 3.43% Subordinated Loan 2022 ​ ​ ​
​
558
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 569 ​ ​
​ $2,000m ​ ​ 3.5404% Subordinated Loan 20233 ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,534 ​ ​
​ £300m ​ ​ 6.5% Subordinated Notes 2023 ​ ​ ​
​
300
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 300 ​ ​
​ €1,500m ​ ​ Floating Rate Subordinated Loan 2023 ​ ​ ​
​
1,260
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,347 ​ ​
​ €2,000m ​ ​ 1.125% Subordinated Loan 20243 ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,856 ​ ​
​ €1,500m ​ ​ Floating Rate Subordinated Loan 2024 ​ ​ ​
​
1,260
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,347 ​ ​
​ €2,000m ​ ​ 1.728% Subordinated Loan 20243 ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,836 ​ ​
​ $300m ​ ​ 7.65% Subordinated Notes 2025 ​ ​ ​
​
222
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 220 ​ ​
​ $750m ​ ​ HSBC Bank plc 4.186% Subordinated Loan 2027 ​ ​ ​
​
604
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 633 ​ ​
​ €1,250m ​ ​ 1.4648% Subordinated Loan 20273 ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,200 ​ ​
​ €300m ​ ​ Floating Rate Subordinated Loan 2027 ​ ​ ​
​
252
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 269 ​ ​
​ £200m ​ ​ Floating Rate Subordinated Loan 2028 ​ ​ ​
​
200
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 200 ​ ​
​ €300m ​ ​ Floating Rate Subordinated Loan 2028 ​ ​ ​
​
252
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 269 ​ ​
​ €260m ​ ​ Floating Rate Subordinated Loan 2029 ​ ​ ​
​
218
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 233 ​ ​
​ £350m ​ ​ 5.375% Callable Subordinated Step-up Notes 20304 ​ ​ ​
​
398
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 427 ​ ​
​ $2,000m ​ ​ HSBC Bank plc 1.625% Subordinated Loan 20313 ​ ​ ​
​
1,457
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ €2,000m ​ ​ HSBC Bank plc 0.375% Subordinated Loan 20313 ​ ​ ​
​
1,658
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ €2,000m ​ ​ HSBC Bank plc 0.375% Subordinated Loan 20313 ​ ​ ​
​
1,658
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ €1,250m ​ ​ HSBC Bank plc 0.25% Subordinated Loan 20313 ​ ​ ​
​
1,036
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ £500m ​ ​ 5.375% Subordinated Notes 2033 ​ ​ ​
​
665
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 719 ​ ​
​ £225m ​ ​ 6.25% Subordinated Notes 2041 ​ ​ ​
​
224
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 224 ​ ​
​ £600m ​ ​ 4.75% Subordinated Notes 2046 ​ ​ ​
​
595
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 594 ​ ​
​ $750m ​ ​ Undated Floating Rate Primary Capital Notes ​ ​ ​
​
554
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 549 ​ ​
​ $500m ​ ​ Undated Floating Rate Primary Capital Notes ​ ​ ​
​
369
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 366 ​ ​
​ $300m ​ ​ Undated Floating Rate Primary Capital Notes (Series 3) ​ ​ ​
​
222
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 220 ​ ​
​ Other tier 2 instruments each less than £100m ​ ​ ​
​
51
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 169 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
14,713
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,111 ​ ​
​
1
The interest rate payable after November 2031 is the sum of the compounded daily Sonia rate plus 2.0366%.
​
2
In February 2021, HSBC Bank Plc redeemed the $450m Subordinated Floating Rate Note 2021.
​
3
In March 2021, HSBC Bank plc redeemed its fixed rate subordinated loan and simultaneously drew in full a new fixed rate subordinated loan from HSBC Holdings plc.
​
4
The interest rate payable after November 2025 is the sum of the compounded daily Sonia rate plus 1.6193%
​
Footnotes 1 and 4 both relate to instruments that are redeemable at the option of the company on the date of the change in the distribution or interest rate, and on subsequent rate reset and payment dates in some cases, subject to prior notification to the PRA.
28
Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments
​
​
Contractual maturity of financial liabilities​
The balances in the table below do not agree directly with those in our consolidated balance sheet as the table incorporates, on an undiscounted basis, all cash flows relating to principal and future coupon payments (except for trading liabilities and derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives).
 
F-66
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Undiscounted cash flows payable in relation to hedging derivative liabilities are classified according to their contractual maturities. Trading liabilities and derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives are included in the ‘Due not more than 1 month’ time bucket and not by contractual maturity.
In addition, loans and other credit-related commitments, and financial guarantees are generally not recognised on our balance sheet. The undiscounted cash flows potentially payable under loan and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees are classified on the basis of the earliest date they can be called.
​
Cash flows payable under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities
​ ​ ​ ​
Due not more than
1 month
£m
​ ​
Due over 1 month
but not more than
3 months
£m
​ ​
Due between
3 and 12 months
£m
​ ​
Due between
1 and 5 years
£m
​ ​
Due after
5 years
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​
​
16,783
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,555
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,106
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12,277
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
401
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
32,122
 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​
​
196,609
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5,599
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,770
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
199
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
101
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
205,278
 ​ ​
​ Repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
24,273
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,924
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,061
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
27,265
 ​ ​
​ Trading liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
46,433
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
46,433
 ​ ​
​ Financial liabilities designated at fair value ​ ​ ​
​
9,358
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,790
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,310
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,269
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11,873
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
36,600
 ​ ​
​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​
​
139,040
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
46
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
104
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
406
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
581
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
140,177
 ​ ​
​ Debt securities in issue ​ ​ ​
​
2,755
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,952
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,145
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,328
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
335
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,515
 ​ ​
​ Subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
14
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
62
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
123
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,969
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,734
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14,902
 ​ ​
​ Other financial liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
40,292
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
423
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
442
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
234
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,417
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
42,808
 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 475,557 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,351 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,061 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26,689 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 25,442 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 555,100 ​ ​
​ Loan and other credit-related commitments ​ ​ ​
​
119,476
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
119,476
 ​ ​
​ Financial guarantees1 ​ ​ ​
​
11,054
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11,054
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 606,087 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,351 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,061 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26,689 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 25,442 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 685,630 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,627 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 732 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 299 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,101 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 463 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,222 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​ ​ 186,178 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,769 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,936 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 231 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 109 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 195,223 ​ ​
​ Repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​ ​ 31,635 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,772 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,504 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,923 ​ ​
​ Trading liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ 44,229 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 44,229 ​ ​
​ Financial liabilities designated at fair value ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,602 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,051 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,989 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,914 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,740 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40,296 ​ ​
​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​ 198,758 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 54 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 125 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 483 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 408 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 199,828 ​ ​
​ Debt securities in issue ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,862 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,244 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,554 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,280 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 588 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,528 ​ ​
​ Subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ 94 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 397 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 231 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,357 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,503 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,582 ​ ​
​ Other financial liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ 50,107 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 349 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 444 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 384 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,178 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 52,462 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 543,092 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,368 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,082 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 36,762 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,989 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 634,293 ​ ​
​ Loan and other credit-related commitments ​ ​ ​ ​ 147,303 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 147,303 ​ ​
​ Financial guarantees1 ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,969 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,969 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 694,364 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,368 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,082 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 36,762 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,989 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 785,565 ​ ​
1   Excludes performance guarantee contracts to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are not applied.
Maturity analysis of financial assets and financial liabilities
The following table provides an analysis of financial assets and liabilities by residual contractual maturity at the balance sheet date. These balances are included in the maturity analysis as follows:
•
Financial assets and liabilities with no contractual maturity (such as equity securities) are included in the ‘Due after more than 1 year’ time bucket. Undated or perpetual instruments are classified based on the contractual notice period, which the counterparty of the instrument is entitled to give. Where there is no contractual notice period, undated or perpetual contracts are included in the ‘Due after more than 1 year’ time bucket.
​
•
Financial instruments included within assets and liabilities of disposal groups held for sale are classified on the basis of the contractual maturity of the underlying instruments and not on the basis of the disposal transaction.
​
•
Liabilities under investment contracts are classified in accordance with their contractual maturity. Undated investment contracts are included in the ‘Due after more than 1 year’ time bucket, however, such contracts are subject to surrender and transfer options by the policyholders.
​
 
F-67
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
Maturity analysis of financial assets and financial liabilities
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Due within
1 year
£m
​ ​
Due after
more than
1 year
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​ ​
Due within
1 year
£m
​ ​
Due after
more than
1 year
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ Assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Financial assets designated or otherwise mandatorily
measured at fair value 		​ ​ ​
​
3,225
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15,424
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
18,649
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,631 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,589 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,220 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​
​
8,841
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,943
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,784
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,186 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,460 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,646 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​
​
40,837
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
50,340
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
91,177
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47,863 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 53,628 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 101,491 ​ ​
​ Reverse repurchase agreement – non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
53,079
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,369
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
54,448
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 65,157 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,420 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 67,577 ​ ​
​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​
​
6,748
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
34,552
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
41,300
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,984 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 42,842 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51,826 ​ ​
​ Other financial assets ​ ​ ​
​
38,851
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
203
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
39,054
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49,744 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 274 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50,018 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
151,581
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
103,831
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
255,412
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 183,565 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 116,213 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 299,778 ​ ​
​ Liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​
​
19,439
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12,749
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
32,188
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,627 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,678 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,305 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​
​
204,973
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
268
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
205,241
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 194,872 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 312 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 195,184 ​ ​
​ Repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
27,252
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
27,259
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,891 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,903 ​ ​
​ Financial liabilities designated at fair value ​ ​ ​
​
16,329
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17,279
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
33,608
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,109 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,683 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40,792 ​ ​
​ Debt securities in issue ​ ​ ​
​
7,840
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,588
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,428
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,620 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,751 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,371 ​ ​
​ Other financial liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
41,131
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,754
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
42,885
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50,955 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,704 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 52,659 ​ ​
​ Subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
8
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12,480
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12,488
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 445 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,319 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,764 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
316,972
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
46,125
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
363,097
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 335,519 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 53,459 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 388,978 ​ ​
​
29
Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
​
​
The ‘Amounts not set off in the balance sheet’ include transactions where:
•
The counterparty has an offsetting exposure with the group and a master netting or similar arrangement is in place with a right of set off only in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy, or the offset criteria are not otherwise satisfied.
​
•
In the case of derivatives and reverse repurchase/repurchase, stock borrowing/lending and similar agreements, cash and non-cash collateral has been received/pledged.
​
For risk management purposes, the net amounts of loans and advances to customers are subject to limits, which are monitored and the relevant customer agreements are subject to review and updated, as necessary, to ensure that the legal right of offset remains appropriate.
 
F-68
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​ ​ ​ ​
Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Amounts not set off in the balance sheet
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Amounts not
subject to
enforceable
netting
arrangements5
£m
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​
Gross
amounts
£m
​ ​
Amounts
offset
£m
​ ​
Net amounts
in the balance
sheet
£m
​ ​
Financial
instruments
£m
​ ​
Non-cash
collateral
£m
​ ​
Cash
collateral
£m
​ ​
Net
amount
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ Financial assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Derivatives (Note 14)1 ​ ​ ​
​
160,801
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(20,689)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
140,112
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(107,879)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(7,106)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(24,277)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
850
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,109
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
141,221
 ​ ​
​
Reverse repos, stock borrowing and
similar agreements classified as:
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – trading assets ​ ​ ​
​
11,960
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(156)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11,804
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(265)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(11,539)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
40
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11,844
 ​ ​
​ – non-trading assets ​ ​ ​
​
125,935
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(72,788)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
53,147
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(10,235)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(42,809)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(103)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,301
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
54,448
 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers3 ​ ​ ​
​
14,741
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(6,091)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,650
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(7,053)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,597
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,655
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 313,437 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99,724) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 213,713 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (125,432) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (61,454) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (24,380) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,447 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,455 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 216,168 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Derivatives (Note 14)1 ​ ​ ​ ​ 229,891 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (29,996) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 199,895 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (160,907) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8,837) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (29,834) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 317 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,315 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 201,210 ​ ​
​ Reverse repos, stock borrowing and
similar agreements classified as: 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – trading assets ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,430 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (531) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,899 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (519) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (11,380) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 419 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,318 ​ ​
​ – non-trading assets ​ ​ ​ ​ 128,246 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (64,386) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 63,860 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10,604) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (53,218) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (38) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,735 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 67,595 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers3 ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,312 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,990) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,322 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8,713) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,609 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,323 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 387,879 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (101,903) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 285,976 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (180,743) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (73,435) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (29,872) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,926 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,470 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 291,446 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Financial liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Derivatives (Note 14)1 ​ ​ ​
​
159,169
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(20,689)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
138,480
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(107,879)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(16,866)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(13,273)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
462
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
888
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
139,368
 ​ ​
​ Repos, stock lending and similar agreements classified as: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – trading liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
9,444
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(156)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,288
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(265)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(9,023)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
13
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,301
 ​ ​
​ – non-trading liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
100,031
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(72,788)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
27,243
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(10,235)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(16,855)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(153)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
27,259
 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts4 ​ ​ ​
​
21,846
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(6,091)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15,755
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(7,053)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,702
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15,766
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 290,490 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99,724) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 190,766 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (125,432) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (42,744) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (13,426) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,164 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 928 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 191,694 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Derivatives (Note 14)1 ​ ​ ​ ​ 228,372 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (29,996) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 198,376 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (160,907) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (14,652) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (22,521) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 296 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 856 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 199,232 ​ ​
​
Repos, stock lending and similar agreements classified as:
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – trading liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,323 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (531) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,792 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (519) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (11,273) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,797 ​ ​
​ – non-trading liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ 99,289 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (64,386) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,903 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10,604) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (24,143) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (156) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,903 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts4 ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,847 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6,990) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,857 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8,713) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,144 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,865 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 361,831 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (101,903) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 259,928 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (180,743) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (50,068) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (22,677) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,440 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 869 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 260,797 ​ ​
​
1
At 31 December 2021, the amount of cash margin received that had been offset against the gross derivatives assets was £2,590m (2020: £4,866m). The amount of cash margin paid that had been offset against the gross derivatives liabilities was £6,180m (2020: £10,622m).
​
2
At 31 December 2021, the total amount of ‘Loans and advances to customers’ recognised on the balance sheet was £91,177m (2020: £101,491m) of which £8,650m (2020: £10,322m) was subject to offsetting.
​
3
At 31 December 2021, the total amount of ‘Customer accounts’ recognised on the balance sheet was £205,241m (2020: £195,184m) of which £15,755m (2020: £14,857m) was subject to offsetting.
​
4
These exposures continue to be secured by financial collateral, but we may not have sought or been able to obtain a legal opinion evidencing enforceability of the right of offset.
​
 
F-69
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
30
Called up share capital and other equity instruments
​
​
Issued and fully paid
​
HSBC Bank plc £1.00 ordinary shares
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Number
​ ​
£m
​ ​
Number
​ ​
£m
​
​
At 1 Jan
​ ​ ​
​
796,969,111
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
797
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 796,969,111 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 797 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
796,969,111
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
797
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 796,969,111 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 797 ​ ​
​
HSBC Bank plc $0.01 non-cumulative third dollar preference shares
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Number
​ ​
£000
​ ​
Number
​ ​
£000
​
​
At 1 Jan and 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
35,000,000
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
172
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 35,000,000 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 172 ​ ​
The company has no obligation to redeem the preference shares but may redeem them in part or in whole at any time, subject to prior notification to the Prudential Regulation Authority (‘PRA’). Dividends on the preference shares in issue are paid annually at the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors will not declare a dividend on the preference shares in issue if (i) payment of the dividend would cause a breach of the capital adequacy requirements of the company (or its subsidiary undertakings) under applicable laws or regulations or (ii) the distributable profits of the company are insufficient to enable the payment in full or in part (as applicable) of the dividends on the preference shares in issue. If either the solo or consolidated CET 1 Capital Ratio of the company as of any date falls below 7.00% (a so-called ‘right conversion event’), the rights attaching to the preference shares shall be altered irrevocably and permanently such that they have the same rights attaching to them as ordinary shares. Holders of the preference shares in issue will be able to attend any general meetings of shareholders of the company and to vote on any resolution proposed to vary or abrogate any of the rights attaching to the preference shares or any resolution proposed to reduce the paid up capital of the preference shares. If the dividend payable on the preference shares in issue has not been paid in full for the most recent dividend period, if a rights conversion event has occurred or if any resolution is proposed for the winding-up of the company or the sale of its entire business then, in such circumstances, holders of preference shares will be entitled to vote on all matters put to general meetings. In the case of unpaid dividends the holders of preference shares in issue will be entitled to attend and vote at any general meetings until such time as dividends on the preference shares for the most recent dividend period have been paid in full, or a sum set aside for such payment in full, in respect of one dividend period. All shares in issue are fully paid.
Other equity instruments
​
HSBC Bank plc additional tier 1 instruments
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​
​
€1,900m
​ ​
Undated Subordinated Resettable Additional Tier 1 instrument issued 2015 (Callable December 2020 onwards)
​ ​ ​
​
1,388
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,388 ​ ​
​
€235m
​ ​
Undated Subordinated Resettable Additional Tier 1 instrument issued 2016 (Callable January 2022 onwards)
​ ​ ​
​
197
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 197 ​ ​
​
€300m
​ ​ Undated Subordinated Resettable Additional Tier 1 instrument 2018 (Callable March 2023
onwards) 		​ ​ ​
​
263
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 263 ​ ​
​
£555m
​ ​ Undated Subordinated Resettable Additional Tier 1 instrument 2018 (Callable March 2023
onwards) 		​ ​ ​
​
555
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 555 ​ ​
​
£500m
​ ​ Undated Subordinated Resettable Additional Tier 1 instrument 2019 (Callable November 2024 onwards) ​ ​ ​
​
500
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 500 ​ ​
​
€250m
​ ​ Undated Subordinated Resettable Additional Tier 1 instrument 2019 (Callable November 2024 onwards) ​ ​ ​
​
213
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 213 ​ ​
​
£431m
​ ​ Undated Subordinated Resettable Additional Tier 1 instrument 2019 (Callable December 2024 onwards) ​ ​ ​
​
431
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 431 ​ ​
​
€200m
​ ​ Undated Subordinated Resettable Additional Tier 1 instrument 2019 (Callable January 2025
onwards) 		​ ​ ​
​
175
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 175 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,722
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,722 ​ ​
 
F-70
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
These instruments are held by HSBC Holdings plc. The company has issued capital instruments that are included in the group’s capital base as fully CRD IV compliant additional tier 1 capital.
Interest on these instruments will be due and payable only at the sole discretion of the company, and the company has sole and absolute discretion at all times and for any reason to cancel (in whole or in part) any interest payment that would otherwise be payable on any date. There are limitations on the payment of principal, interest or other amounts if such payments are prohibited under UK banking regulations, or other requirements, if the company has insufficient distributable items reserves or if the company fails to satisfy the solvency condition as defined in the instruments terms.
The instruments are undated and are repayable, at the option of the company, in whole at the initial call date, or on any interest payment date after the initial call date. In addition, the instruments are repayable at the option of the company in whole for certain regulatory or tax reasons. Any repayments require the prior consent of the Prudential Regulation Authority. These instruments rank pari passu with the company’s most senior class or classes of issued preference shares and therefore ahead of ordinary shares. These instruments will be written down in whole, together with any accrued but unpaid interest if either the group’s solo or consolidated CET 1 capital ratio falls below 7.00%
31
Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments, guarantees and contingent assets
​
​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​
​ Guarantees and other contingent liabilities: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – financial guarantees ​ ​ ​
​
11,054
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,969 ​ ​
​ – performance and other guarantees ​ ​ ​
​
15,833
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,282 ​ ​
​ – other contingent liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
367
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 458 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
27,254
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18,709 ​ ​
​ Commitments:1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions ​ ​ ​
​
1,928
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,366 ​ ​
​ – forward asset purchases and forward deposits placed ​ ​ ​
​
30,005
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 42,793 ​ ​
​ – standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend ​ ​ ​
​
87,543
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 103,144 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
119,476
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 147,303 ​ ​
​
1
Includes £115,695m of commitments (2020: £143,036m), to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied where the group has become party to an irrevocable commitment.
​
The above table discloses the nominal principal amounts, which represent the maximum amounts at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default. As a significant portion of guarantees and commitments is expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total of the nominal principal amounts is not indicative of future liquidity requirements.
UK branches of HSBC overseas entities
In December 2017, HM Revenue & Customs (‘HMRC’) challenged the VAT status of certain UK branches of HSBC overseas entities. HMRC has also issued notices of assessment covering the period from 1 October 2013 to 31 December 2017 totalling £262m, with interest to be determined. No provision has been recognised in respect of these notices. In the first quarter of 2019, HMRC reaffirmed its assessment that the UK branches are ineligible to be members of the UK VAT group and, consequently, HSBC paid HMRC the sum of £262m and filed appeals. In February 2022, the Upper Tribunal issued a judgement addressing several preliminary legal issues, which was partially in favour of HMRC and partially in favour of HSBC. Further proceedings remain pending. The payment of £262m is recorded as an asset on HSBC’s balance sheet at 31 December 2021. Since January 2018, HSBC’s returns have been prepared on the basis that the UK branches are not in the UK VAT group. In the event that HSBC’s appeals are successful, HSBC will seek a refund of this VAT, of which £135m is estimated to be attributable to HSBC Bank plc.
Contingent liabilities arising from legal proceedings, regulatory and other matters against group companies are disclosed in Note 33.
Financial Services Compensation Scheme
The Financial Services Compensation Scheme (‘FSCS’) provides compensation, up to certain limits, to eligible customers of financial services firms that are unable, or likely to be unable, to pay claims against them. The FSCS may impose a further levy on the group to the extent the industry levies imposed to date are not sufficient to cover the compensation due to customers in any future possible collapse. The ultimate FSCS levy to the industry as a result of collapse cannot be estimated reliably. It is dependent on various uncertain factors including the potential recovery of assets by the FSCS, changes in the level of protected products (including deposits and investments) and the population of FSCS members at the time.
 
F-71
TABLE OF CONTENTS​​
 
Guarantees
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​
In favour of third
parties
£m
​ ​
By the group in favour
of other HSBC Group
entities
£m
​ ​
In favour of third
parties
£m
​ ​
By the group in favour of
other HSBC Group
entities
£m
​
​ Financial guarantees1 ​ ​ ​
​
10,635
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
419
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,541 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 428 ​ ​
​ Performance and other guarantees ​ ​ ​
​
14,433
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,400
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,091 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,191 ​ ​
​
Total
​ ​ ​
​
25,068
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,819
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,632 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,619 ​ ​
​
1
Financial guarantees contracts are contracts that require the company to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss incurred because a specified debtor fails to make payment when due, in accordance with the original or modified terms of a debt instrument. The amounts in the above table are nominal principal amounts. ‘Financial guarantees’ to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied have been presented separately from other guarantees to align with credit risk disclosures.
​
The group provides guarantees and similar undertakings on behalf of both third-party customers and other entities within HSBC Group. These guarantees are generally provided in the normal course of the group’s banking businesses. Guarantees with terms of more than one year are subject to the group’s annual credit review process.
32
Finance lease receivables
​
​
The group leases a variety of assets to third parties under finance leases, including transport assets (such as aircraft), property and general plant and machinery. At the end of lease terms, assets may be sold to third parties or leased for further terms. Rentals are calculated to recover the cost of assets less their residual value, and earn finance income.
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Total
future
minimum
payments
£m
​ ​
Unearned
finance
income
£m
​ ​
Present
value
£m
​ ​
Total
future
minimum
payments
£m
​ ​
Unearned
finance
income
£m
​ ​
Present
Value
£m
​
​ Lease receivables: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ No later than one year ​ ​ ​
​
409
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(20)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
389
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 270 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (16) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 254 ​ ​
​ One to two years ​ ​ ​
​
251
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(19)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
232
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 253 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (17) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 236 ​ ​
​ Two to three years ​ ​ ​
​
187
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(17)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
170
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 424 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (15) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 409 ​ ​
​ Three to four years ​ ​ ​
​
177
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(13)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
164
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 305 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (15) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 290 ​ ​
​ Four to five years ​ ​ ​
​
90
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(9)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
81
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 152 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 143 ​ ​
​
Later than one year and no later than five years
​ ​ ​
​
705
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(58)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
647
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,134 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (56) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,078 ​ ​
​ Later than five years ​ ​ ​
​
556
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(33)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
523
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 770 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (31) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 739 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
1,670
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(111)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,559
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,174 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (103) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,071 ​ ​
​
33
Legal proceedings and regulatory matters
​
​
The group is party to legal proceedings and regulatory matters in a number of jurisdictions arising out of its normal business operations. Apart from the matters described below, the group considers that none of these matters are material. The recognition of provisions is determined in accordance with the accounting policies set out in Note 1. While the outcomes of legal proceedings and regulatory matters are inherently uncertain, management believes that, based on the information available to it, appropriate provisions have been made in respect of these matters as at 31 December 2021 (see Note 26). Where an individual provision is material, the fact that a provision has been made is stated and quantified, except to the extent that doing so would be seriously prejudicial. Any provision recognised does not constitute an admission of wrongdoing or legal liability. It is not practicable to provide an aggregate estimate of potential liability for our legal proceedings and regulatory matters as a class of contingent liabilities.
Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC
Various non-US HSBC companies provided custodial, administration and similar services to a number of funds incorporated outside the US whose assets were invested with Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC (‘Madoff Securities’). Based on information provided by Madoff Securities as at 30 November 2008, the purported aggregate value of these funds was $8.4bn, including fictitious profits reported by Madoff. Based on information available to HSBC, the funds’ actual transfers to Madoff Securities minus their actual
 
F-72
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
withdrawals from Madoff Securities during the time HSBC serviced the funds are estimated to have totalled approximately $4bn. Various HSBC companies have been named as defendants in lawsuits arising out of Madoff Securities’ fraud.
US litigation: The Madoff Securities Trustee has brought lawsuits against various HSBC companies and others in the US Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the ‘US Bankruptcy Court’), seeking recovery of transfers from Madoff Securities to HSBC in an amount not yet pleaded or determined. Following an initial dismissal of certain claims, which was later reversed on appeal, the cases were remanded to the US Bankruptcy Court, where they are now pending.
Fairfield Sentry Limited, Fairfield Sigma Limited and Fairfield Lambda Limited (together, ‘Fairfield’) (in liquidation since July 2009) have brought a lawsuit in the US against fund shareholders, including HSBC companies that acted as nominees for clients, seeking restitution of redemption payments. In December 2018, the US Bankruptcy Court dismissed certain claims by the Fairfield liquidators and granted a motion by the liquidators to file amended complaints. In May 2019, the liquidators appealed certain issues from the US Bankruptcy Court to the US District Court for the Southern District of New York (the ‘New York District Court’), and these appeals remain pending.
In January 2020, the Fairfield liquidators filed amended complaints on the claims remaining in the US Bankruptcy Court. In December 2020, the US Bankruptcy Court dismissed the majority of those claims. In March 2021, the liquidators and defendants appealed the US Bankruptcy Court’s decision to the New York District Court, and these appeals are currently pending. Meanwhile, proceedings before the US Bankruptcy Court with respect to the remaining claims that were not dismissed are ongoing.
UK litigation: The Madoff Securities Trustee has filed a claim against various HSBC companies in the High Court of England and Wales, seeking recovery of transfers from Madoff Securities to HSBC in an amount not yet pleaded or determined. The deadline for service of the claim has been extended to September 2022 for UK-based defendants and November 2022 for all other defendants.
Cayman Islands litigation: In February 2013, Primeo Fund (‘Primeo’) (in liquidation since April 2009) brought an action against HSBC Securities Services Luxembourg (‘HSSL’) and Bank of Bermuda (Cayman) Limited (now known as HSBC Cayman Limited), alleging breach of contract and breach of fiduciary duty and claiming damages and equitable compensation. The trial concluded in February 2017 and, in August 2017, the court dismissed all claims against the defendants. In September 2017, Primeo appealed to the Court of Appeal of the Cayman Islands and, in June 2019, the Court of Appeal of the Cayman Islands dismissed Primeo’s appeal. In August 2019, Primeo filed a notice of appeal to the UK Privy Council. Two hearings before the UK Privy Council took place during 2021. Judgment was given against HSBC in respect of the first hearing and judgment is pending in respect of the second hearing.
Luxembourg litigation: In April 2009, Herald Fund SPC (‘Herald’) (in liquidation since July 2013) brought an action against HSSL before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking restitution of cash and securities that Herald purportedly lost because of Madoff Securities’ fraud, or money damages. The Luxembourg District Court dismissed Herald’s securities restitution claim, but reserved Herald’s cash restitution and money damages claims. Herald has appealed this judgment to the Luxembourg Court of Appeal, where the matter is pending. In late 2018, Herald brought additional claims against HSSL and HSBC Bank plc before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking further restitution and damages.
In October 2009, Alpha Prime Fund Limited (‘Alpha Prime’) brought an action against HSSL before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking the restitution of securities, or the cash equivalent, or money damages. In December 2018, Alpha Prime brought additional claims before the Luxembourg District Court seeking damages against various HSBC companies. These matters are currently pending before the Luxembourg District Court.
In December 2014, Senator Fund SPC (‘Senator’) brought an action against HSSL before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking restitution of securities, or the cash equivalent, or money damages. In April 2015, Senator commenced a separate action against the Luxembourg branch of HSBC Bank plc asserting identical claims before the Luxembourg District Court. In December 2018, Senator brought additional claims against HSSL and HSBC Bank plc Luxembourg branch before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking restitution of Senator’s securities or money damages. These matters are currently pending before the Luxembourg District Court.
There are many factors that may affect the range of possible outcomes, and any resulting financial impact, of the various Madoff-related proceedings described above, including but not limited to the multiple jurisdictions in which the proceedings have been brought. Based upon the information currently available, management’s estimate of the possible aggregate damages that might arise as a result of all claims in the various Madoff-related proceedings is around $600m, excluding costs and interest. Due to uncertainties and limitations of this estimate, any possible damages that might ultimately arise could differ significantly from this amount.
Anti-money laundering and sanctions-related matters
In December 2012, HSBC Holdings plc (‘HSBC Holdings’) entered into a number of agreements, including an undertaking with the UK Financial Services Authority (replaced with a Direction issued by the UK Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) in 2013 and again in 2020) as well as a cease-and-desist order with the US Federal Reserve Board (‘FRB’), both of which contained certain forward-looking anti-money laundering (‘AML’) and sanctions-related obligations. For several years thereafter, HSBC retained a Skilled Person under section 166 of the Financial Services and Markets Act and an Independent Consultant under the FRB cease-and-desist order to produce periodic assessments of the Group’s AML and sanctions compliance programme. The Skilled Person completed its engagement in the second quarter of 2021, and the FCA has determined that no further Skilled Person work is required. Separately, the Independent Consultant has completed its latest review pursuant to the FRB cease-and-desist order, which remains in place.
In December 2021, the FCA concluded its investigation into HSBC’s compliance with UK money laundering regulations and financial crime systems and control requirements. The FCA imposed a fine on HSBC Bank plc, which has been paid.
Since November 2014, a number of lawsuits have been filed in federal courts in the US against various HSBC companies and others on behalf of plaintiffs who are, or are related to, victims of terrorist attacks in the Middle East. In each case, it is alleged that the defendants
 
F-73
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
aided and abetted the unlawful conduct of various sanctioned parties in violation of the US Anti-Terrorism Act. Currently, nine actions against HSBC Bank plc remain pending in federal courts in New York or the District of Columbia. The courts have granted HSBC Bank plc’s motions to dismiss in five of these cases; appeals remain pending in two cases, and the remaining three dismissals are also subject to appeal. The four remaining actions are at an early stage.
Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable to predict the resolution of these matters, including the timing or any possible impact on HSBC, which could be significant.
London interbank offered rates, European interbank offered rates and other benchmark interest rate investigations and litigation
Euro interest rate derivatives: In December 2016, the European Commission (‘EC’) issued a decision finding that HSBC, among other banks, engaged in anti-competitive practices in connection with the pricing of euro interest rate derivatives in early 2007. The EC imposed a fine on HSBC based on a one-month infringement. In September 2019, the General Court of the European Union (the ‘General Court’) issued a decision largely upholding the EC’s findings on liability but annulling the fine. HSBC and the EC both appealed the General Court’s decision to the European Court of Justice (the ‘Court of Justice’). In June 2021, the EC adopted a new fining decision for an amount that was 5% less than the previously annulled fine, and it subsequently withdrew its appeal to the Court of Justice. HSBC has appealed the EC’s June 2021 fining decision to the General Court, and its appeal to the Court of Justice on liability also remains pending.
US dollar Libor: Beginning in 2011, HSBC and other panel banks have been named as defendants in a number of private lawsuits filed in the US with respect to the setting of US dollar Libor. The complaints assert claims under various US laws, including US antitrust and racketeering laws, the US Commodity Exchange Act (‘US CEA’) and state law. The lawsuits include individual and putative class actions, most of which have been transferred and/or consolidated for pre-trial purposes before the New York District Court. HSBC has reached class settlements with five groups of plaintiffs, and the court has approved these settlements. HSBC has also resolved several of the individual actions, although a number of other US dollar Libor-related actions remain pending against HSBC in the New York District Court.
Intercontinental Exchange (‘ICE’) Libor: Between January and March 2019, HSBC and other panel banks were named as defendants in three putative class actions filed in the New York District Court on behalf of persons and entities who purchased instruments paying interest indexed to US dollar ICE Libor from a panel bank. The complaints allege, among other things, misconduct related to the suppression of this benchmark rate in violation of US antitrust and state law. In July 2019, the three putative class actions were consolidated, and the plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint. In March 2020, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss in its entirety and, in February 2022, the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit dismissed the plaintiffs’ appeal.
Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable to predict the resolution of these matters, including the timing or any possible impact on HSBC, which could be significant.
Foreign exchange-related investigations and litigation
In December 2021, the EC issued a settlement decision finding that a number of banks, including HSBC, had engaged in anti-competitive practices in an online chatroom between 2011 and 2012 in the foreign exchange spot market. The EC imposed a €174.3m fine on HSBC in connection with this matter, which has been paid.
In January 2018, following the conclusion of the US Department of Justice’s (‘DoJ’) investigation into HSBC’s historical foreign exchange activities, HSBC Holdings entered into a three-year deferred prosecution agreement with the Criminal Division of the DoJ (the ‘FX DPA’), regarding fraudulent conduct in connection with two particular transactions in 2010 and 2011. In January 2021, the FX DPA expired and, in August 2021, the charges deferred by the FX DPA were dismissed.
In June 2020, the Competition Commission of South Africa, having initially referred a complaint for proceedings before the South African Competition Tribunal in February 2017, filed a revised complaint against 28 financial institutions, including HSBC Bank plc, for alleged anti-competitive behaviour in the South African foreign exchange market. In December 2021, a hearing on HSBC Bank plc’s application to dismiss the revised complaint took place before the South African Competition Tribunal, where a decision remains pending.
Beginning in 2013, various HSBC companies and other banks have been named as defendants in a number of putative class actions filed in, or transferred to, the New York District Court arising from allegations that the defendants conspired to manipulate foreign exchange rates. HSBC has reached class settlements with two groups of plaintiffs, including direct and indirect purchasers of foreign exchange products, and the court has granted final approval of these settlements.
In November and December 2018, complaints alleging foreign exchange-related misconduct were filed in the New York District Court and the High Court of England and Wales against HSBC and other defendants by certain plaintiffs that opted out of the direct purchaser class action settlement in the US. The High Court claim has since been transferred to the Competition Appeals Tribunal and these matters remain pending. Additionally, lawsuits alleging foreign exchange-related misconduct remain pending against HSBC and other banks in courts in Brazil and Israel.
In February 2019, various HSBC companies were named as defendants in a claim issued in the High Court of England and Wales that alleged foreign exchange-related misconduct. In November 2021, the court dismissed all claims against HSBC and this matter is now concluded.
It is possible that additional civil actions will be initiated against HSBC in relation to its historical foreign exchange activities. Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of these matters, including the timing or any possible impact on HSBC, which could be significant.
 
F-74
TABLE OF CONTENTS​​
 
Precious metals fix-related litigation
Gold: Beginning in March 2014, numerous putative class actions were filed in the New York District Court and the US District Courts for the District of New Jersey and the Northern District of California, naming HSBC and other members of The London Gold Market Fixing Limited as defendants. The complaints, which were consolidated in the New York District Court, allege that, from January 2004 to June 2013, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of gold and gold derivatives for their collective benefit in violation of US antitrust laws, the US CEA and New York state law. In October 2020, HSBC reached a settlement in principle with the plaintiffs to resolve the consolidated action. The settlement remains subject to court approval.
Beginning in December 2015, numerous putative class actions under Canadian law were filed in the Ontario and Quebec Superior Courts of Justice against various HSBC companies and other financial institutions. The plaintiffs allege that, among other things, from January 2004 to March 2014, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of gold and gold derivatives in violation of the Canadian Competition Act and common law. These actions are ongoing.
Silver: Beginning in July 2014, numerous putative class actions were filed in federal district courts in New York, naming HSBC and other members of The London Silver Market Fixing Limited as defendants. The complaints allege that, from January 2007 to December 2013, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of silver and silver derivatives for their collective benefit in violation of US antitrust laws, the US CEA and New York state law. The actions were consolidated in the New York District Court and remain pending, following the conclusion of pre-class certification discovery.
In April 2016, two putative class actions under Canadian law were filed in the Ontario and Quebec Superior Courts of Justice against various HSBC companies and other financial institutions. The plaintiffs in both actions allege that, from January 1999 to August 2014, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of silver and silver derivatives in violation of the Canadian Competition Act and common law. These actions are ongoing.
Platinum and palladium: Between late 2014 and early 2015, numerous putative class actions were filed in the New York District Court, naming HSBC and other members of The London Platinum and Palladium Fixing Company Limited as defendants. The complaints allege that, from January 2008 to November 2014, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of platinum group metals (‘PGM’) and PGM-based financial products for their collective benefit in violation of US antitrust laws and the US CEA. In March 2020, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the plaintiffs’ third amended complaint but granted the plaintiffs leave to re-plead certain claims. The plaintiffs have filed an appeal.
Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of these matters, including the timing or any possible impact on HSBC, which could be significant.
Other regulatory investigations, reviews and litigation
HSBC Bank plc and/or certain of its affiliates are subject to a number of other investigations and reviews by various regulators and competition and law enforcement authorities, as well as litigation, in connection with various matters relating to the firm’s businesses and operations, including:
•
an investigation by the PRA in connection with depositor protection arrangements in the UK;
​
•
an investigation by the FCA in connection with collections and recoveries operations in the UK;
​
•
an investigation by the UK Competition and Markets Authority concerning the financial services sector; and
​
•
two group actions pending in the US courts and a claim issued in the High Court of England and Wales in connection with HSBC Bank plc’s role as a correspondent bank to Stanford International Bank Ltd from 2003 to 2009.
​
There are many factors that may affect the range of outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of these matters, which could be significant.
34
Related party transactions
​
​
On 21 June 2021, the immediate parent company of HSBC Bank plc changed from HSBC UK Holdings Limited to HSBC Holdings plc, which is the ultimate parent company of the group and is incorporated in England
IAS 24 ‘Related party disclosures’ defines related parties as including the parent, fellow subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, post-employment benefit plans for HSBC employees, Key Management Personnel (‘KMP’) of the group and its ultimate parent company, close family members of the KMP and entities which are controlled, jointly controlled or significantly influenced by the KMP or their close family members.
Particulars of transactions between the group and the related parties are tabulated below. The disclosure of the year-end balance and the highest amounts outstanding during the year are considered to be the most meaningful information to represent the amount of the transactions and outstanding balances during the year.
Key Management Personnel
The KMP of the company are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the company. They include the Directors and certain senior executives of the company, directors and certain members of the Group Executive Committee of HSBC Holdings plc, to the extent they have a role in directing the affairs of the company.
The emoluments of those KMP who are not Directors or senior executives of the company are paid by other Group companies who make no recharge to the company. Accordingly, no emoluments in respect of these KMP are included in the following disclosure.
 
F-75
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The tables below represent the compensation for KMP (Directors and certain senior executives) of the company in exchange for services rendered to the company for the period they served during the year.
​
Compensation of Key Management Personnel
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£000
​ ​
20201
£000
​ ​
20191
£000
​
​ Short-term employee benefits2,3 ​ ​ ​
​
13,678
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,865 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,330 ​ ​
​ Post-employment benefits4 ​ ​ ​
​
46
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Other long-term employee benefits ​ ​ ​
​
1,378
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 429 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 48 ​ ​
​ Share-based payments ​ ​ ​
​
4,331
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 586 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 348 ​ ​
​
Year ended 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
19,433
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,899 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,726 ​ ​
​
1
In 2021 the scope of KMP was extended to include certain senior executives of the company that were not included in 2020 and 2019. The 2020 and 2019 comparatives have not been updated to include certain senior executives of the company.
​
2
Includes fees paid to non-executive Directors.
​
3
Includes two payments totaling £2,091,617 relating to compensation for loss of employment.
​
4
There were no reported post-employment benefits for the Directors in 2019. In 2019 the KMPs were only the Executive Directors and did not extend to a larger group of key management personnel.
​
​
Advances and credits, guarantees and deposit balances during the year with Key Management Personnel
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
20203
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
£m
​ ​
Highest amounts
outstanding
during year2
£m
​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
£m
​ ​
Highest amounts
outstanding
during year
£m
​
​ Key Management Personnel1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Advances and credits ​ ​ ​
​
0.03
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.08
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.03 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.5 ​ ​
​ Deposits ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
18
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39 ​ ​
​
1
Includes close family members and entities which are controlled or jointly controlled by KMP of the company or their close family members.
​
2
Exchange rate applied for non-GBP amounts is the average for the year.
​
3
In 2021 the scope of KMP was extended to include certain senior executives of the company that were not included in 2020. The 2020 comparatives have not been updated to include certain senior executives of the company.
​
The above transactions were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with persons of a similar standing or, where applicable, with other employees. The transactions did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features.
In addition to the requirements of IAS 24, particulars of advances (loans and quasi-loans), credits and guarantees entered into by the group with Directors of HSBC Bank plc are required to be disclosed pursuant to section 413 of the Companies Act 2006. Under the Companies Act, there is no requirement to disclose transactions with KMP of the company’s ultimate parent company, HSBC Holdings plc. During the course of 2021, there were no advances, credits and guarantees entered into by the group with Directors of HSBC Bank plc.
Other related parties
Transactions and balances during the year with KMP of the company’s ultimate parent company
During the course of 2021, there were no transactions and balances between KMP of the company’s ultimate parent company, who were not considered KMP of the company, in respect of advances and credits, guarantees and deposits.
Transactions and balances during the year with associates and joint ventures
During the course of 2021, there were no transactions and balances with associates and joint ventures, in respect of loans, deposits, guarantees and commitments.
 
F-76
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
The group’s transactions and balances during the year with HSBC Holdings plc and subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Due to/from
HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​
Due to/from
subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​
Due to/from
HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​
Due to/from
subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings plc
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Highest
balance
during
the year
£m
​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
£m
​ ​
Highest
balance
during
the year
£m
​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
£m
​ ​
Highest
balance
during
the year
£m
​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
£m
​ ​
Highest
balance
during
the year
£m
​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
£m
​
​ Assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Trading assets ​ ​ ​
​
108
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,702
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,360
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 170 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 108 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,664 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,154 ​ ​
​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​
​
2,002
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
787
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25,566
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
21,862
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,261 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,002 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 33,785 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,980 ​ ​
​ Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
29
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
27
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,890
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,173
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,222 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,048 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
490
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
329
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 505 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 435 ​ ​
​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​
​
172
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
154
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 172 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 172 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,332
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,690
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,638 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,137 ​ ​
​ Prepayments, accrued income and other assets ​ ​ ​
​
1,540
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,262
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,853
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,784
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,228 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,431 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,821 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,250 ​ ​
​
Total related party assets at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
3,829
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,228
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
47,862
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
33,225
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,838 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,720 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 57,664 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32,032 ​ ​
​ Liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Trading liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
158
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
116
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
82
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 406 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 151 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 742 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51 ​ ​
​ Financial liabilities designated at fair value ​ ​ ​
​
1,181
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,162
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,201
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,307 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,201 ​ ​
​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,659
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,261
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,961 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,534 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​
​
2,364
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,875
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,428
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,149
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,200 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,080 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,565 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,234 ​ ​
​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​
​
3,443
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,074
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
26,152
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
22,133
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,649 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,443 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 30,283 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,878 ​ ​
​ Subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
9,485
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,251
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,421
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,756 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,421 ​ ​
​ Repurchase agreements − non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,162
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,841
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,738 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,028 ​ ​
​ Provisions, accruals, deferred income and other liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
189
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
179
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,057
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,826
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 103 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 74 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,719 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,097 ​ ​
​
Total related party liabilities at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
16,820
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14,564
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
62,196
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
33,292
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,358 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,748 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 70,071 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 41,444 ​ ​
​ Guarantees and commitments ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,622
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,061
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,438 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,762 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​
Due to/from
HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​
Due to/from subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings plc
​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
2019
£m
​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​ ​
2019
£m
​
​ Income statement ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Interest income ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
32
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 142 ​ ​
​ Interest expense1 ​ ​ ​
​
50
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (55) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 84 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
58
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 256 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 329 ​ ​
​ Fee income ​ ​ ​
​
8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
61
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47 ​ ​
​ Fee expense ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
357
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 389 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 356 ​ ​
​ Trading income ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8 ​ ​
​ Trading expense ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​
​ Other operating income ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 30 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 69 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
236
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 365 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 322 ​ ​
​ General and administrative expenses ​ ​ ​
​
143
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 126 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 38 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,110
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,077 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,207 ​ ​
​
1
2020 negative balance relates to net impact of fixed-for-floating-interest-rate swaps which the group has entered into to manage the movements in market interest rates on certain fixed rate financial liabilities.
​
The above outstanding balances arose in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.
 
F-77
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Due to/from
subsidiaries of HSBC
Bank plc subsidiaries
​ ​
Due to/from
HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​
Due to/from
subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​
Due to/from
subsidiaries of HSBC
Bank plc subsidiaries
​ ​
Due to/from
HSBC Holdings plc
​ ​
Due to/from
subsidiaries of HSBC
Holdings plc
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Highest
balance
during
the year
£m
​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
£m
​ ​
Highest
balance
during
the year
£m
​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
£m
​ ​
Highest
balance
during
the year
£m
​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
£m
​ ​
Highest
balance
during
the year
£m
​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
£m
​ ​
Highest
balance
during
the year
£m
​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
£m
​ ​
Highest
balance
during
the year
£m
​ ​
Balance at
31 Dec
£m
​
​ Assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Trading assets ​ ​ ​
​
603
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
264
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
108
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,695
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,360
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 907 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 234 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 169 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 108 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,664 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,154 ​ ​
​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​
​
15,309
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,025
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,002
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
787
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
22,953
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19,755
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,139 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15,309 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,261 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,002 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 31,986 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,829 ​ ​
​ Financial assets designated and
otherwise mandatorily measured at fair
value through profit or loss 		​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks ​ ​ ​
​
3,172
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,259
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,561
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,100
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,263 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,123 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,794 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,083 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers ​ ​ ​
​
6,446
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,850
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
416
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
242
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,198 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,446 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 395 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 322 ​ ​
​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​
​
3,337
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,337
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,214 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,214 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Reverse repurchase agreements – non-
trading 		​ ​ ​
​
2,313
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,313
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,058
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,428
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,070 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 965 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,942 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 775 ​ ​
​ Prepayments, accrued income and other
assets 		​ ​ ​
​
5,921
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,685
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,537
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,261
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,327
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,557
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,769 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,986 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,228 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,430 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,063 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,136 ​ ​
​
Investments in subsidiary undertakings
​ ​ ​
​
6,479
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,479
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,458 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,458 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​
Total related party assets at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
43,580
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
29,212
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,647
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,067
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
43,010
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
29,442
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50,018 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 36,735 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,658 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,540 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50,844 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29,299 ​ ​
​ Liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Trading liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
112
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
49
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
158
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
21
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
116
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
82
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 406 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 151 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 742 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51 ​ ​
​ Financial liabilities designated at fair value ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,181
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,162
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,201
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 318 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,307 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,201 ​ ​
​ Deposits by banks ​ ​ ​
​
1,808
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,229
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,245
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
965
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,956 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,096 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,089 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,471 ​ ​
​ Customer accounts ​ ​ ​
​
1,287
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
696
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,364
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,875
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,321
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,013
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,287 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,287 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,200 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,080 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,509 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,178 ​ ​
​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​
​
17,378
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,190
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,443
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,074
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23,787
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
20,182
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18,174 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,378 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,649 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,443 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29,159 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,161 ​ ​
​ Subordinated liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
700
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
700
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,262
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,033
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,187
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 700 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 700 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,519 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,187 ​ ​
​ Repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​
​
988
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
431
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5,670
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,645
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,349 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 988 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,468 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,028 ​ ​
​ Provisions, accruals, deferred income and other liabilities ​ ​ ​
​
6,166
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,127
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
174
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
166
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,423
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,302
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,716 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,563 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 63 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 45 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,578 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,510 ​ ​
​
Total related party liabilities at 31 Dec
​ ​ ​
​
28,439
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14,422
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16,582
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14,331
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
53,950
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
29,189
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32,510 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,013 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,318 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,719 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 65,371 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 38,787 ​ ​
​ Guarantees and commitments ​ ​ ​
​
5,338
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,676
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,686
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,130
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,011 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,974 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,427 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 893 ​ ​
The above outstanding balances arose in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.
Post-employment benefit plans
The HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme (the ‘Scheme’) entered into swap transactions with the company to manage the inflation and interest rate sensitivity of the liabilities. At 31 December 2021, the gross notional value of the swaps was £5,490m (2020: £5,645m), the swaps had a positive fair value of £766m to the company (2020: positive fair value of £713m) and the company had delivered collateral of £775m (2020: £711m) to the Scheme in respect of these swaps. All swaps were executed at prevailing market rates and within standard market bid/offer spreads.
35
Business disposals
​
​
In 2021, we accelerated the pace of execution on our strategic ambition to be the preferred international financial partner for our clients with the announcement of the potential sale of our retail banking businesses in France.
Planned sale of the retail banking business in France
Further to the strategic review, HBCE signed on 25 November 2021 a framework agreement with Promontoria MMB SAS (‘My Money Group’) and its subsidiary Banque des Caraïbes SA, regarding the planned sale of HBCE’s retail banking business in France. This followed the signing of a memorandum of understanding on 18 June 2021 and the conclusion of the information and consultation processes of the parties with their respective works councils.
In parallel, several other agreements have been entered into aiming to ensure continuity of service for HBCE ‘s retail banking customers who hold asset management products with HSBC Global Asset Management (France) and HSBC REIM (France), and protection and/or life-wrapped insurance products with HSBC Assurances Vie (France).
The sale, which is subject to regulatory approvals and the satisfaction of other relevant conditions includes: HBCE’s French retail banking business; the Crédit Commercial de France (‘CCF’) brand; and HBCE’s 100 % ownership interest in HSBC SFH (France) and its 3% ownership interest in Crédit Logement. The sale would generate an estimated pre-tax loss including related transaction costs for HBCE of €2 bn. The signing of the framework agreement for the planned sale of the French retail banking business resulted in a tax deduction (tax value of €382m) for a provision for loss on disposal which was recorded in the French tax return. A deferred tax liability of the same amount arises as a consequence of the temporary difference between the French tax return and IFRS in respect of this provision. The vast majority of the estimated loss for the write-down of the disposal group to fair value less costs to sell will be
 
F-78
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
recognised when it is classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5, which is currently anticipated to be in 2022. Subsequently, the disposal group classified as held for sale will be re-measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell at each reporting period. Any remaining gain or loss not previously recognised shall be recognised at the date of derecognition which is currently anticipated to be in 2023.
At 31 December 2021, the value of the total assets of the business to be sold was €24.1bn, including €21.9bn of loans and advances to customers, and the value of customer accounts was €19.9bn. For further information on tax, see page F-34 ‘Note 7 — Tax’.
36
Risk management
​
​
Credit risk management
Credit Risk sub-function
Credit approval authorities are delegated by the Board to the Chief Executive together with the authority to sub-delegate them. The Credit Risk sub-function in Risk is responsible for the key policies and processes for managing credit risk, which include formulating credit policies and risk rating frameworks, guiding the appetite for credit risk exposures, undertaking independent reviews and objective assessment of credit risk, and monitoring performance and management of portfolios.
The principal objectives of our credit risk management are:
•
to maintain across the group a strong culture of responsible lending and a robust risk policy and control framework;
​
•
to both partner and challenge global businesses in defining, implementing and continually re-evaluating our risk appetite under actual and scenario conditions; and
​
•
to ensure there is independent, expert scrutiny of credit risks, their costs and mitigation.
​
Concentration of exposure
Concentrations of credit risk arise when a number of counterparties or exposures have comparable economic characteristics, or are engaged in similar activities, or operate in the same geographical areas/industry sectors, so that their collective ability to meet contractual obligations is uniformly affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions. The group uses a number of controls and measures to minimise undue concentration of exposure in the group’s portfolios across industry, country and customer groups. These include portfolio and counterparty limits, approval and review controls, and stress testing.
Credit quality of financial instruments
Our risk rating system facilitates the internal ratings-based approach under the Basel framework adopted by the Group to support the calculation of our minimum credit regulatory capital requirement. The five credit quality classifications each encompass a range of granular internal credit rating grades assigned to wholesale and retail lending businesses, and the external ratings attributed by external agencies to debt securities.
For debt securities and certain other financial instruments, external ratings have been aligned to the five quality classifications based upon the mapping of related customer risk rating (‘CRR’) to external credit rating.
Renegotiated loans and recognition of expected credit losses
For retail lending, unsecured renegotiated loans are generally segmented from other parts of the loan portfolio. Renegotiated expected credit loss assessments reflect the higher rates of losses typically encountered with renegotiated loans. For wholesale lending, renegotiated loans are typically assessed individually. Credit risk ratings are intrinsic to the impairment assessments. The individual impairment assessment takes into account the higher risk of the future non-payment inherent in renegotiated loans.
Write-off of loans and advances
For details of our accounting policy on the write-off of loans and advances, see Note 1.2(i) on the financial statements.
Unsecured personal facilities, including credit cards, are generally written off at between 150 and 210 days past due. The standard period runs until the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days contractually delinquent. Write-off periods may be extended, generally to no more than 360 days past due. However, in exceptional circumstances, they may be extended further.
For secured facilities, write-off should occur upon repossession of collateral, receipt of proceeds via settlement, or determination that recovery of the collateral will not be pursued.
Any secured assets maintained on the balance sheet beyond 60 months of consecutive delinquency-driven default require additional monitoring and review to assess the prospect of recovery.
There are exceptions in a few countries where local regulation or legislation constrain earlier write-off, or where the realisation of collateral for secured real estate lending takes more time. In the event of bankruptcy or analogous proceedings, write-off may occur earlier than the maximum periods stated above. Collection procedures may continue after write-off.
Summary of credit risk​
The following disclosure presents the gross carrying/nominal amount of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS9 are applied and the associated allowance for ECL.
 
F-79
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
31 Dec 2021
​ ​ ​
31 Dec 2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/nominal
amount
£m
​ ​ ​
Allowance
for ECL1
£m
​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/nominal
amount
£m
​ ​ ​
Allowance
for ECL1
£m
​
​ Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​
​
92,331
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1,154)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 102,960 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,469) ​ ​
​ – personal ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25,394
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(163)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26,499 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (208) ​ ​
​ – corporate and commercial ​ ​ ​ ​
​
56,087
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(964)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 62,987 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,168) ​ ​
​ – non-bank financial institutions ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,850
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(27)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,474 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (93) ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,789
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,662 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (16) ​ ​
​ Other financial assets measured at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​
​
202,137
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(9)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 202,763 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12) ​ ​
​ – cash and balances at central banks ​ ​ ​ ​
​
108,482
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 85,093 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​
​ – items in the course of collection from other banks ​ ​ ​ ​
​
346
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 243 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – reverse repurchase agreements - non trading ​ ​ ​ ​
​
54,448
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 67,577 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – financial investments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – prepayments, accrued income and other assets2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
38,851
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(9)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49,835 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (11) ​ ​
​
Total gross carrying amount on balance sheet
​ ​ ​ ​
​
305,257
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1,168)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 318,385 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,497) ​ ​
​ Loans and other credit related commitments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
115,695
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(55)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 143,036 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (112) ​ ​
​ – personal ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,269
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,211 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​
​ – corporate and commercial ​ ​ ​ ​
​
63,352
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(48)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 75,863 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (89) ​ ​
​ – financial ​ ​ ​ ​
​
50,074
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(6)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 64,962 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (22) ​ ​
​ Financial guarantees3 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11,054
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(17)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,969 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (23) ​ ​
​ – personal ​ ​ ​ ​
​
26
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – corporate and commercial ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,894
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(16)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,735 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (19) ​ ​
​ – financial ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,134
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,202 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4) ​ ​
​
Total nominal amount off balance sheet4
​ ​ ​ ​
​
126,749
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(72)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 147,005 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (135) ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
432,006
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1,240)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 465,390 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,632) ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​
Fair value
£m
​ ​
Memorandum
allowance
for ECL5
£m
​ ​
Fair value
£m
​ ​
Memorandum
allowance
for ECL5
£m
​ ​ ​ ​
​
Debt instruments measured at fair value through other
comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’)
​ ​ ​
​
41,188
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(19)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51,713 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (22) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​
​
1
The total ECL is recognised in the loss allowance for the financial asset unless the total ECL exceeds the gross carrying amount of the financial asset, in which case the ECL is recognised as a provision.
​
2
Includes only those financial instruments which are subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9. ‘Prepayments, accrued income and other assets’ as presented within the consolidated balance sheet on page F-7 includes both financial and non-financial assets.
​
3
Excludes performance guarantee contracts to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are not applied.
​
4
Represents the maximum amount at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default.
​
5
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI continue to be measured at fair value with the allowance for ECL as a memorandum item. Change in ECL is recognised in ‘Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges’ in the income statement.
​
The following table provides an overview of the group’s and bank’s credit risk by stage and industry, and the associated ECL coverage. The financial assets recorded in each stage have the following characteristics:
•
Stage 1: These financial assets are unimpaired and without significant increase in credit risk on which a 12-month allowance for ECL is recognised.
​
•
Stage 2: A significant increase in credit risk has been experienced since initial recognition on which a lifetime ECL is recognised.
​
•
Stage 3: There is objective evidence of impairment, and are therefore considered to be in default or otherwise credit impaired on which a lifetime ECL is recognised.
​
•
Purchased or originated credit-impaired (‘POCI’): Financial assets that are purchased or originated at a deep discount that reflects the incurred credit losses on which a lifetime ECL is recognised.
​
 
F-80
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
Summary of credit risk (excluding debt instruments measured at FVOCI) by stage distribution and ECL coverage by industry sector at 31 December 2021
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Gross carrying/nominal amount2
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Allowance for ECL
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
ECL coverage %
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Stage 1
£m
​ ​ ​
Stage 2
£m
​ ​ ​
Stage 3
£m
​ ​ ​
POCI3
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
£m
​ ​ ​
Stage 1
£m
​ ​ ​
Stage 2
£m
​ ​ ​
Stage 3
£m
​ ​ ​
POCI3
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
£m
​ ​ ​
Stage 1
%
​ ​ ​
Stage 2
%
​ ​ ​
Stage 3
%
​ ​ ​
POCI3
%
​ ​ ​
Total
%
​
​ Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​
​
80,730
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,121
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,478
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
92,331
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(86)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(158)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(908)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1,154)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
36.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
100.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.2
 ​ ​
​ – personal ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24,255
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
686
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
453
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25,394
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(22)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(16)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(125)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(163)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
27.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.6
 ​ ​
​ – corporate and commercial ​ ​ ​ ​
​
46,237
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,066
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,782
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
56,087
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(58)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(137)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(767)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(964)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
43.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
100.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.7
 ​ ​
​ – non-bank financial institutions ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,238
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
369
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
243
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,850
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(6)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(16)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(27)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.2
 ​ ​
​
Loans and advances to banks
at amortised cost
​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,750
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
39
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,789
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
​ ​ ​ ​
​
202,048
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
47
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
42
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
202,137
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(9)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(9)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
21.4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​
Loan and other credit-related
commitments
​ ​ ​ ​
​
107,922
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7,571
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
202
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
115,695
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(25)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(22)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(8)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(55)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – personal ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,152
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
114
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,269
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – corporate and commercial ​ ​ ​ ​
​
56,325
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,829
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
198
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
63,352
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(20)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(20)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(8)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(48)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​
​ – financial ​ ​ ​ ​
​
49,445
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
628
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
50,074
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(6)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Financial guarantees1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,215
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
740
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
99
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11,054
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(3)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(7)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(7)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(17)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.2
 ​ ​
​ – personal ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
26
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – corporate and commercial ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,257
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
540
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
97
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,894
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(7)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(7)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(16)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.2
 ​ ​
​ – financial ​ ​ ​ ​
​
935
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
198
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,134
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 411,665 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,518 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,821 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 432,006 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (118) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (188) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (932) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,240) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 33.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.3 ​ ​
​ ​ ​
1
Excludes performance guarantee contracts to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are not applied.
​
2
Represents the maximum amount at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default.
​
3
Purchased or originated credit-impaired (‘POCI’).
​
Unless identified at an earlier stage, all financial assets are deemed to have suffered a significant increase in credit risk when they are 30 days past due (‘DPD’) and are transferred from stage 1 to stage 2. The following disclosure presents the ageing of stage 2 financial assets by those less than 30 days and greater than 30 DPD and therefore presents those financial assets classified as stage 2 due to ageing (30 DPD) and those identified at an earlier stage (less than 30 DPD).
​
Stage 2 days past due analysis at 31 December 2021
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Gross carrying amount
​ ​ ​
Allowance for ECL
​ ​ ​
ECL coverage %
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Of which:
​ ​ ​
Of which:
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Of which:
​ ​ ​
Of which:
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Of which:
​ ​ ​
Of which:
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Stage 2
£m
​ ​ ​
1 to 29 DPD1,2
£m
​ ​ ​
30 and >
DPD1,2
£m
​ ​ ​
Stage 2
£m
​ ​ ​
1 to 29 DPD1,2
£m
​ ​ ​
30 and >
DPD1,2
£m
​ ​ ​
Stage 2
%
​ ​ ​
1 to 29 DPD1,2
%
​ ​ ​
30 and >
DPD1,2
%
​
​
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost:
​ ​ ​
9,121
​ ​ ​
56
​ ​ ​
237
​ ​ ​
(158)
​ ​ ​
(1)
​ ​ ​
(1)
​ ​ ​
1.7
​ ​ ​
1.8
​ ​ ​
0.4
​
​ – personal ​ ​ ​ ​
​
686
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
49
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
29
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(16)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3.4
 ​ ​
​ – corporate and commercial ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,066
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
199
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(137)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – non-bank financial institutions ​ ​ ​ ​
​
369
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​
​
39
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Other financial assets measured at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​
​
47
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
1
Days past due (‘DPD’). Up-to-date accounts in stage 2 are not shown in amounts presented above.
​
2
The days past due amounts presented above are on a contractual basis and include the benefit of any customer relief payment holidays granted.
​
 
F-81
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Summary of credit risk (excluding debt instruments measured at FVOCI) by stage distribution and ECL coverage by industry sector at 31 December 2020 (continued)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Gross carrying/nominal amount2
​ ​ ​
Allowance for ECL
​ ​ ​
ECL coverage %
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Stage 1
£m
​ ​ ​
Stage 2
£m
​ ​ ​
Stage 3
£m
​ ​ ​
POCI3
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
£m
​ ​ ​
Stage 1
£m
​ ​ ​
Stage 2
£m
​ ​ ​
Stage 3
£m
​ ​ ​
POCI3
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
£m
​ ​ ​
Stage 1
%
​ ​ ​
Stage 2
%
​ ​ ​
Stage 3
%
​ ​ ​
POCI3
%
​ ​ ​
Total
%
​
​ Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 83,179 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,774 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,966 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 41 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 102,960 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (129) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (297) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,031) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,469) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34.8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29.3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.4 ​ ​
​ – personal ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,991 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 974 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 534 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26,499 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (18) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (37) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (153) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (208) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28.7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.8 ​ ​
​ – corporate and commercial ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 46,773 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,052 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,121 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 41 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 62,987 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (100) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (225) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (831) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,168) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29.3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.9 ​ ​
​ – non-bank financial institutions ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,415 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,748 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 311 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,474 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (11) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (35) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (47) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (93) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.7 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks
at amortised cost 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,533 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 129 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,662 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (13) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (16) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​
​ Other financial assets measured at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 202,659 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 65 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 202,763 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 25.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Loan and other credit-related
commitments 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 128,956 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,814 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 266 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 143,036 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (34) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (68) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (112) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​
​ – personal ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,991 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 217 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,211 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – corporate and commercial ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 65,199 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,404 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 260 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 75,863 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (29) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (51) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (89) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​
​ – financial ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 61,766 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,193 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 64,962 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (16) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (22) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 33.3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Financial guarantees1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,839 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,008 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 121 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,969 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (23) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7.4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.6 ​ ​
​ – personal ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – corporate and commercial ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,878 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 737 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 119 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,735 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (19) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.9 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.7 ​ ​
​ – financial ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 935 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 266 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,202 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.3 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 430,166 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 31,790 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,392 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 42 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 465,390 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (182) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (378) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,060) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,632) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 31.3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.4 ​ ​
1
Excludes performance guarantee contracts to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are not applied.
​
2
Represents the maximum amount at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default.
​
3
Purchased or originated credit-impaired (‘POCI’).
​
​
Stage 2 days past due analysis at 31 December 2020 (continued)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Gross carrying amount
​ ​ ​
Allowance for ECL
​ ​ ​
ECL coverage %
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Stage 2
£m
​ ​ ​
Of which:
1 to 29
DPD1,2
£m
​ ​ ​
Of which:
30 and
> DPD1,2
£m
​ ​ ​
Stage 2
£m
​ ​ ​
Of which:
1 to 29
DPD1,2
£m
​ ​ ​
Of which:
30 and
> DPD1,2
£m
​ ​ ​
Stage 2
%
​ ​ ​
Of which:
1 to 29
DPD1,2
%
​ ​ ​
Of which:
30 and
> DPD1,2
%
​
​ Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,774 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
64
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
50
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (297) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(3)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4.0
 ​ ​
​ – personal ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 974 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
54
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
39
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (37) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5.1
 ​ ​
​ – corporate and commercial ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,052 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (225) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – non-bank financial institutions ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,748 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (35) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 129 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Other financial assets measured at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 65 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
1
Days past due (‘DPD’). Up-to-date accounts in stage 2 are not shown in amounts presented above.
​
2
The days past due amounts presented above are on a contractual basis and include the benefit of any customer relief payment holidays granted.
​
Credit exposure
Maximum exposure to credit risk
This section provides information on balance sheet items and their offsets as well as loan and other credit-related commitments. The offset on derivatives remains in line with the movements in maximum exposure amounts.
 
F-82
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
‘Maximum exposure to credit risk’ table
​
​
The following table presents our maximum exposure before taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements (unless such enhancements meet accounting offsetting requirements). The table excludes financial instruments whose carrying amount best represents the net exposure to credit risk and it excludes equity securities as they are not subject to credit risk. For the financial assets recognised on the balance sheet, the maximum exposure to credit risk equals their carrying amount; for financial guarantees and other guarantees granted, it is the maximum amount that the group would have to pay if the guarantees were called upon. For loan commitments and other credit-related commitments, it is generally the full amount of the committed facilities.
​
​
The offset in the table relates to amounts where there is a legally enforceable right of offset in the event of counterparty default and where, as a result, there is a net exposure for credit risk purposes. However, as there is no intention to settle these balances on a net basis under normal circumstances, they do not qualify for net presentation for accounting purposes. No offset has been applied to off-balance sheet collateral. In the case of derivatives the offset column also includes collateral received in cash and other financial assets.
​
Other credit risk mitigants
While not disclosed as an offset in the following ‘Maximum exposure to credit risk’ table, other arrangements are in place which reduce our maximum exposure to credit risk. These include a charge over collateral on borrowers’ specific assets such as residential properties, collateral held in the form of financial instruments that are not held on balance sheet and short positions in securities. In addition, for financial assets held as part of linked insurance/investment contracts the risk is predominantly borne by the policyholder. See Note 28 on the financial statements for further details of collateral in respect of certain loans and advances and derivatives.
Collateral available to mitigate credit risk is disclosed in the Collateral section on page F-99.
​
Maximum exposure to credit risk
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​ ​
2020
​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Maximum
exposure
£m
​ ​ ​
Offset
£m
​ ​ ​
Net
£m
​ ​ ​
Maximum
exposure
£m
​ ​ ​
Offset
£m
​ ​ ​
Net
£m
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost
​ ​ ​ ​
​
91,177
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(7,057)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
84,120
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 101,491 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8,717) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 92,774 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – personal ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25,231
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25,231
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26,291 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26,288 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – corporate and commercial ​ ​ ​ ​
​
55,123
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(6,228)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
48,895
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 61,819 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (7,662) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 54,157 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – non-bank financial institutions ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,823
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(829)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,994
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,381 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,052) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,329 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,784
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(88)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,696
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,646 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (137) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,509 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Other financial assets held at amortised cost
​ ​ ​ ​
​
202,455
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(10,239)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
192,216
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 203,084 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10,604) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 192,480 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – cash and balances at central banks ​ ​ ​ ​
​
108,482
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
108,482
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 85,092 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 85,092 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – items in the course of collection from other banks ​ ​ ​ ​
​
346
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
346
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 243 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 243 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – reverse repurchase agreements – non trading ​ ​ ​ ​
​
54,448
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(10,239)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
44,209
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 67,577 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10,604) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 56,973 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – financial investments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – prepayments, accrued income and other assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
39,169
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
39,169
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50,157 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50,157 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Derivatives
​ ​ ​ ​
​
141,221
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(139,668)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,553
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 201,210 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (200,137) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,073 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Total on balance sheet exposure to credit risk
​ ​ ​ ​
​
445,637
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(157,052)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
288,585
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 518,431 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (219,595) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 298,836 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Total off-balance sheet ​ ​ ​ ​
​
146,261
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
146,261
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 165,368 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 165,368 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – financial and other guarantees1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
26,840
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
26,840
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18,177 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18,177 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – loan and other credit-related commitments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
119,421
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
119,421
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 147,191 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 147,191 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​
​
591,898
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(157,052)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
434,846
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 683,799 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (219,595) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 464,204 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
‘Financial and other guarantees’ represents ‘Financial guarantees’ and ‘Performance and other guarantees’ as disclosed in Note 31, net of ECL.
​
Credit deterioration of financial instruments
A summary of our current policies and practices regarding the identification, treatment and measurement of stage 1, stage 2 and stage 3 (credit impaired) and POCI financial instruments can be found in Note 1.2 on the financial statements.
Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates
Despite a broad recovery in economic conditions during 2021, ECL estimates continued to be subject to a high degree of uncertainty and management judgements and estimates continue to reflect a degree of caution, both in the selection of economic scenarios and their weightings, and through management judgemental adjustments. Releases of provisions were made progressively as economic conditions recovered and by 31 December 2021 the majority of the 2020 uplift in ECL provisions had been reversed.
The recognition and measurement of ECL involves the use of significant judgement and estimation. The group form multiple economic scenarios based on economic forecasts, apply these assumptions to credit risk models to estimate future credit losses, and probability-weight the results to determine an unbiased ECL estimate. Management judgemental adjustments are used to address late-breaking events, data and model limitations, model deficiencies and expert credit judgements.
 
F-83
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Methodology
Four economic scenarios are used to capture the current economic environment and to articulate management’s view of the range of potential outcomes. Scenarios produced to calculate ECL are aligned to HSBC’s top and emerging risks.
In the second quarter of 2020, to ensure that the severe risks associated with the pandemic were appropriately captured, management added a fourth, more severe, scenario to use in the measurement of ECL. Starting in the fourth quarter of 2021, HSBC’s methodology has been adjusted so that the use of four scenarios, of which two are Downside scenarios is the standard approach to ECL calculation.
Three of the scenarios are drawn from consensus forecasts and distributional estimates. The Central scenario is deemed the ‘most likely’ scenario, and usually attracts the largest probability weighting, while the outer scenarios represent the tails of the distribution, which are less likely to occur. The Central scenario is created using the average of a panel of external forecasters. Consensus Upside and Downside scenarios are created with reference to distributions for select markets that capture forecasters’ views of the entire range of outcomes. In the later years of the scenarios, projections revert to long-term consensus trend expectations. In the consensus outer scenarios, reversion to trend expectations is done mechanically with reference to historically observed quarterly changes in the values of macroeconomic variables.
The fourth scenario, Downside 2, is designed to represent management’s view of severe downside risks. It is a globally consistent narrative-driven scenario that explores more extreme economic outcomes than those captured by the consensus scenarios. In this scenario, variables do not, by design, revert to long-term trend expectations. They may instead explore alternative states of equilibrium, where economic activity moves permanently away from past trends.
Description of economic scenarios
The economic assumptions presented in this section have been formed by HSBC with reference to external forecasts specifically for the purpose of calculating ECL.
The global economy experienced a recovery in 2021, following an unprecedented contraction in 2020. Restrictions to mobility and travel eased across our key markets, aided by the successful roll-out of vaccination programmes. The emergence of new variants that potentially reduce the efficacy of vaccines remains a risk.
Economic forecasts remain subject to a high degree of uncertainty. Risks to the economic outlook are dominated by the progression of the pandemic, vaccine roll-out and the public policy response. Geopolitical risks also remain significant and include continued differences between the US and other countries with China over a range of economic and strategic defence issues. Continued uncertainty over the long-term economic relationship between the UK and EU also present downside risks.
The scenarios used to calculate ECL are described below.
The consensus Central scenario
HSBC’s Central scenario features a continued recovery in economic growth in 2022 as activity and employment gradually return to the levels reached prior to the pandemic of Covid-19.
Our Central scenario assumes that the stringent restrictions on activity, imposed across several countries and territories in 2020 and early 2021 are not repeated. The new viral strain that emerged late in 2021, Omicron, has only a limited impact on the recovery, according to this scenario. Consumer spending and business investment, supported by elevated levels of private sector savings, are expected to drive the economic recovery as fiscal and monetary policy support recedes.
Regional differences in the speed of economic recovery in the Central scenario reflect differences in the progression of the pandemic, roll-out of vaccination programmes, national level restrictions imposed and scale of support measures. Global GDP is expected to grow by 4.2% in 2022 in the Central scenario and the average rate of global GDP growth is 3.1% over the five-year forecast period. This exceeds the average growth rate over the five-year period prior to the onset of the pandemic.
The key features of our Central scenario are:
•
Economic activity in our top markets continues to recover. GDP grows at a moderate rate and exceeds pre-pandemic levels across all our key markets in 2022.
​
•
Unemployment declines to levels only slightly higher than existed pre-pandemic, with the exception of France where the downward trend in unemployment, related to structural changes to the labour market, resumes.
​
•
Covid-19-related fiscal spending recedes in 2022 as fewer restrictions on activity allow fiscal support to be withdrawn. Deficits remain high in several countries as they embark on multi-year investment programmes to support recovery, productivity growth and climate transition.
​
•
Inflation across many of our key markets remains elevated through 2022. Supply driven price pressures persist through the first half of 2022 before gradually easing. In subsequent years, inflation quickly converges back towards central bank target rates.
​
•
Policy interest rates in key markets rise gradually over our projection period, in line with economic recovery.
​
•
The West Texas Intermediate oil price is forecast to average $62 per barrel over the projection period.
​
In the longer term, growth reverts back towards similar rates that existed prior to the pandemic, suggesting that the damage to long-term economic prospects is expected to be minimal.
The Central scenario was first created with forecasts available in November, and subsequently updated in December.
The following table describes key macroeconomic variables and the probabilities assigned in the consensus Central scenario.
 
F-84
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Central scenario 2022–2026​
​ ​ ​ ​
UK
​ ​
France
​
​ ​ ​ ​
%
​ ​
%
​
​ GDP growth rate ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ 2022: Annual average growth rate ​ ​ ​
​
5.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3.9
 ​ ​
​ 2023: Annual average growth rate ​ ​ ​
​
2.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.1
 ​ ​
​ 2024: Annual average growth rate ​ ​ ​
​
1.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.6
 ​ ​
​ 5-year average ​ ​ ​
​
2.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.1
 ​ ​
​ Unemployment rate ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ 2022: Annual average rate ​ ​ ​
​
4.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8.0
 ​ ​
​ 2023: Annual average rate ​ ​ ​
​
4.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7.7
 ​ ​
​ 2024: Annual average rate ​ ​ ​
​
4.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7.6
 ​ ​
​ 5-year average ​ ​ ​
​
4.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7.7
 ​ ​
​ House price growth ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ 2022: Annual average growth rate ​ ​ ​
​
5.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4.9
 ​ ​
​ 2023: Annual average growth rate ​ ​ ​
​
3.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4.6
 ​ ​
​ 2024: Annual average growth rate ​ ​ ​
​
3.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4.0
 ​ ​
​ 5-year average ​ ​ ​
​
3.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3.9
 ​ ​
​ Short-term interest rate ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ 2022: Annual average rate ​ ​ ​
​
1.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.5)
 ​ ​
​ 2023: Annual average rate ​ ​ ​
​
1.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.3)
 ​ ​
​ 2024: Annual average rate ​ ​ ​
​
1.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.1)
 ​ ​
​ 5-year average ​ ​ ​
​
1.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.2)
 ​ ​
​ Probability ​ ​ ​ ​ 60 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 60 ​ ​
The consensus Upside scenario
Compared with the Central scenario, the consensus Upside scenario features a faster recovery in economic activity during the first two years, before converging to long-run trend expectations.
The scenario is consistent with a number of key upside risk themes. These include the orderly and rapid global abatement of Covid-19 via successful containment and ongoing vaccine efficacy; de-escalation of tensions between the US and China; continued fiscal and monetary support; and smooth relations between the UK and the EU.
The following table describes key macroeconomic variables and the probabilities assigned in the consensus Upside scenario.
​
Consensus Upside scenario best outcome
​ ​ ​ ​
UK
%
​ ​
France
%
​
​ GDP growth rate ​ ​ ​
​
9.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1Q22)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2Q22)
 ​ ​
​ Unemployment rate ​ ​ ​
​
3.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4Q23)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4Q23)
 ​ ​
​ House price growth ​ ​ ​
​
7.4
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2Q23)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6.8
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2Q22)
 ​ ​
​ Short-term interest rate ​ ​ ​
​
0.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1Q22)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1Q22)
 ​ ​
​ Probability ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​
Note: Extreme point in the consensus Upside is ‘best outcome’ in the scenario, for example the highest GDP growth and the lowest unemployment rate, in the first two years of the scenario.
Downside scenarios
The progress of the pandemic and the ongoing public policy response continues to be a key source of risk. Downside scenarios assume that new strains of the virus result in an acceleration in infection rates and increased pressure on public health services, necessitating restrictions on activity. The reimposition of such restrictions could be assumed to have a damaging effect on consumer and business confidence.
Government fiscal programmes in advanced economies in 2020 and 2021 were supported by accommodative actions taken by central banks. These measures have provided households and firms with significant support. An inability or unwillingness to continue with such support or the untimely withdrawal of support present a downside risk to growth.
 
F-85
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
While Covid-19 and related risks dominate the economic outlook, geopolitical risks also present a threat. These risks include:
•
continued differences between the US and other countries with China, which could affect sentiment and restrict global economic activity; and
​
•
potential disagreements between the UK and the EU, which may hinder the ability to reach a more comprehensive agreement on trade and services, despite the Trade and Cooperation Agreement averting a disorderly UK departure.
​
The consensus Downside scenario
In the consensus Downside scenario, economic recovery is weaker compared with the Central scenario as key global risks, including Covid-19, escalate. Compared with the Central scenario GDP growth is expected to be lower, unemployment rates rise moderately and asset and commodity prices fall, before gradually recovering towards their long-run trend expectations.
The following table describes key macroeconomic variables and the probabilities assigned in the consensus Downside scenario.
​
Consensus Downside scenario worst outcome
​ ​ ​ ​
UK
%
​ ​
France
%
​
​ GDP growth rate ​ ​ ​
​
(0.5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(3Q23)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4Q23)
 ​ ​
​ Unemployment rate ​ ​ ​
​
5.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4Q22)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(3Q22)
 ​ ​
​ House price growth ​ ​ ​
​
(4.2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1Q23)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4Q22)
 ​ ​
​ Short-term interest rate ​ ​ ​
​
0.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4Q23)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(0.5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1Q22)
 ​ ​
​ Probability ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​
Note: Extreme point in the consensus Downside is ‘worst outcome’ in the scenario, for example lowest GDP growth and the highest unemployment rate, in the first two years of the scenario.
Downside 2 scenario
The Downside 2 scenario features a deep global recession. In this scenario, new Covid-19 variants emerge that cause infections to rise sharply in 2022, resulting in setbacks to vaccination programmes and the rapid imposition of restrictions on mobility and travel across some countries. The scenario also assumes governments and central banks are unable to significantly increase fiscal and monetary support, which results in abrupt corrections in labour and asset markets.
The following table describes key macroeconomic variables and the probabilities assigned in the Downside 2 scenario.
​
Downside 2 scenario worst outcome
​ ​ ​ ​
UK
%
​ ​
France
%
​
​ GDP growth rate ​ ​ ​
​
(4.6)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4Q22)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4.6)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4Q22)
 ​ ​
​ Unemployment rate ​ ​ ​
​
7.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2Q23)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4Q23)
 ​ ​
​ House price growth ​ ​ ​
​
(14.2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2Q23)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(6.0)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2Q23)
 ​ ​
​ Short-term interest rate ​ ​ ​
​
1.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2Q22)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.4
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2Q22)
 ​ ​
​ Probability ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​
Note: Extreme point in the Downside 2 is ‘worst outcome’ in the scenario, for example lowest GDP growth and the highest unemployment rate, in the first two years of the scenario.
Scenario weighting
In reviewing the economic conjuncture, the level of uncertainty and risk, management has considered both global and country-specific factors. This has led management to assign scenario probabilities that are tailored to its view of uncertainty in individual markets.
To inform its view, management has considered the progression of the virus in individual countries, the speed of vaccine roll-outs, the degree of current and expected future government support and connectivity with other countries. Management has also been guided by the policy response and economic performance through the pandemic, as well as the evidence that economies have adapted as the virus has progressed.
A key consideration in the fourth quarter was the emergence of the new variant, Omicron. The virulence and severity of the new strain, in addition to the continued efficacy of vaccines against it, was unknown when the variant first emerged. Management therefore determined that uncertainty attached to forecasts had increased and sought to reflect this in scenario weightings.
The UK and France faced the greatest economic uncertainties of our key markets. The emergence of Omicron exacerbated the rise in case rates and hospitalisations in both countries, necessitating the imposition of new restrictions. These increase uncertainties around economic growth and employment. Accordingly, the Central scenario was assigned a 60% weight in both countries. The two Downside scenarios were given a combined probability weighting of 30% for both the UK and France.
 
F-86
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The calculation of ECL under IFRS 9 involves significant judgements, assumptions and estimates. Despite a general recovery in economic conditions during 2021, the level of estimation uncertainty and judgement has remained high during 2021 as a result of the ongoing economic effects of the Covid-19 pandemic and other sources of economic instability, including significant judgements relating to:
•
the selection and weighting of economic scenarios, given rapidly changing economic conditions in an unprecedented manner, uncertainty as to the effect of government and central bank support measures designed to alleviate adverse economic impacts, and a wider distribution of economic forecasts than before the pandemic. The key judgements are the length of time over which the economic effects of the pandemic will occur, and the speed and shape of recovery. The main factors include the effectiveness of pandemic containment measures, the pace of roll-out and effectiveness of vaccines, and the emergence of new variants of the virus, plus a range of geopolitical uncertainties, which together represent a high degree of estimation uncertainty, particularly in assessing Downside scenarios;
​
•
estimating the economic effects of those scenarios on ECL, where there is no observable historical trend that can be reflected in the models that will accurately represent the effects of the economic changes of the severity and speed brought about by the Covid-19 pandemic and the recovery from those conditions. Modelled assumptions and linkages between economic factors and credit losses may underestimate or overestimate ECL in these conditions, and there is significant uncertainty in the estimation of parameters such as collateral values and loss severity; and
​
•
the identification of customers experiencing significant increases in credit risk and credit impairment, particularly where those customers have accepted payment deferrals and other reliefs designed to address short-term liquidity issues given muted default experience to date. The use of segmentation techniques for indicators of significant increases in credit risk involves significant estimation uncertainty.
​
How economic scenarios are reflected in ECL calculations
Models are used to reflect economic scenarios on ECL estimates. As described above, modelled assumptions and linkages based on historical information could not alone produce relevant information under the conditions experienced in 2021, and judgemental adjustments were still required to support modelled outcomes.
The group has developed globally consistent methodologies for the application of forward economic guidance into the calculation of ECL for wholesale and retail credit risk. These standard approaches are described below, followed by the management judgemental adjustments made, including those to reflect the circumstances experienced in 2021.
For our wholesale portfolios, a global methodology is used for the estimation of the term structure of probability of default (‘PD’) and loss given default (‘LGD’). For PDs, the group considers the correlation of forward economic guidance to default rates for a particular industry in a country. For LGD calculations, the group consider the correlation of forward economic guidance to collateral values and realisation rates for a particular country and industry. PDs and LGDs are estimated for the entire term structure of each instrument.
For impaired loans, LGD estimates take into account independent recovery valuations provided by external consultants where available or internal forecasts corresponding to anticipated economic conditions and individual company conditions. In estimating the ECL on impaired loans that are individually considered not to be significant, the group incorporates forward economic guidance proportionate to the probability-weighted outcome and the Central scenario outcome for non-stage 3 populations.
For our retail portfolios, the impact of economic scenarios on PD is modelled at a portfolio level. Historical relationships between observed default rates and macroeconomic variables are integrated into IFRS 9 ECL estimates by using economic response models. The impact of these scenarios on PD is modelled over a period equal to the remaining maturity of the underlying asset or assets. The impact on LGD is modelled for mortgage portfolios by forecasting future loan-to-value (‘LTV’) profiles for the remaining maturity of the asset by using national level forecasts of the house price index and applying the corresponding LGD expectation.
These models are based largely on historical observations and correlations with default rates. Management judgemental adjustments are described below.
Management judgemental adjustments
In the context of IFRS 9, management judgemental adjustments are short-term increases or decreases to the ECL at either a customer, segment or portfolio level to account for late-breaking events, model and data limitations and deficiencies, and expert credit judgement applied following management review and challenge.
At 31 December 2021, management judgements were applied to reflect credit risk dynamics not captured by our models. The drivers of the management judgemental adjustments reflect the changing economic outlook and evolving risks across our geographies.
Where the macroeconomic and portfolio risk outlook continues to improve, supported by low levels of observed defaults, adjustments initially taken to reflect increased risk expectations have been retired or reduced.
However, other adjustments have increased where modelled outcomes are overly sensitive and not aligned to observed changes in the risk of the underlying portfolios during the pandemic, or where sector-specific risks are not adequately captured.
The effect of management judgemental adjustments is considered for balances and ECL when determining whether or not a significant increase in credit risk has occurred and are attributed or allocated to a stage as appropriate. This is in accordance with the internal adjustments framework.
Review and challenge focuses on the rationale and quantum of the adjustments with a further review carried out by the second line of defence where significant. For some management judgemental adjustments, internal frameworks establish the conditions under which
 
F-87
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
these adjustments should no longer be required and as such are considered as part of the governance process. This internal governance process allows management judgemental adjustments to be reviewed regularly and, where possible, to reduce the reliance on these through model recalibration or redevelopment, as appropriate.
Management judgemental adjustments made in estimating the scenario-weighted reported ECL at 31 December 2021 are set out in the following table.
The table includes adjustments in relation to data and model limitations, including those driven by late-breaking events and sector-specific risks and as a result of the regular process of model development and implementation.
​
Management judgemental adjustments to ECL at 31 December 20211
​ ​ ​ ​
Retail
£m
​ ​
Wholesale
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ Low-risk counterparties (banks, sovereigns and government entities) ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4)
 ​ ​
​ Corporate lending adjustments ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
31
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
31
 ​ ​
​ Retail lending probability of default adjustments ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Retail model default timing adjustments ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Macroeconomic-related adjustments ​ ​ ​
​
17
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17
 ​ ​
​ Pandemic-related economic recovery adjustments ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​
​ Other retail lending adjustments ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Total ​ ​ ​ ​ 20 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47 ​ ​
​
Management judgemental adjustments to ECL at 31 December 20201
​ ​ ​ ​
Retail
£m
​ ​
Wholesale
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ Low-risk counterparties (banks, sovereigns and government entities) ​ ​ ​
​
(5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​
​ Corporate lending adjustments ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
56
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
56
 ​ ​
​ Retail lending probability of default adjustments ​ ​ ​
​
(10)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(10)
 ​ ​
​ Retail model default timing adjustments ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​
​ Macroeconomic-related adjustments ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​
​ Pandemic-related economic recovery adjustments ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Other retail lending adjustments ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​
​ Total ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 64 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 67 ​ ​
​
1
Management judgemental adjustments presented in the table reflect increases or (decreases) to ECL, respectively.
​
Management judgemental adjustments at 31 December 2021 were an increase to ECL of £27m for the wholesale portfolio and an increase to ECL of £20m for the retail portfolio.
During 2021, management judgemental adjustments reflected an evolving macroeconomic outlook and the relationship of the modelled ECL to this outlook and to late-breaking and sector-specific risks.
At 31 December 2021, wholesale management judgemental adjustments were an ECL increase of £27m (31 December 2020: £64m increase).
•
Adjustments relating to low credit-risk exposures decreased ECL by £4m at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: £8m increase). These were mainly to highly rated banks, sovereigns and US government-sponsored entities, where modelled credit factors did not fully reflect the underlying fundamentals of these entities or the effect of government support and economic programmes in the Covid-19 environment. The decrease in adjustment impact relative to 31 December 2020 was mostly driven by increased alignment of modelled outcomes to management expectations following changes in systems and data.
​
•
Adjustments to corporate exposures increased ECL by £31m at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: £56m increase). These principally reflected the outcome of management judgements for high-risk and vulnerable sectors in some of our key markets, supported by credit experts’ input, portfolio risk metrics, quantitative analyses and benchmarks. Considerations include risk of individual exposures under different macroeconomic scenarios and comparison of key risk metrics to pre-pandemic levels, resulting in either releases or increases to ECL. The decrease in adjustment impact relative to 31 December 2020 was mostly driven by management judgements as a result of the effect of further improvement of macroeconomic scenarios on modelled outcomes and increased dislocation of modelled outcomes to management expectations for high-risk sectors and due to late-breaking events not fully reflected in the underlying data.
​
At 31 December 2021, retail management judgemental adjustments were an ECL increase of £20m (31 December 2020: £3m increase).
•
Pandemic-related economic recovery adjustments increased ECL by £3m (31 December 2020: £0) to adjust for the effects of the volatile pace of recovery from the pandemic. This is where in management’s judgement, supported by quantitative analyses of
​
 
F-88
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
portfolio and economic metrics, modelled outcomes are overly sensitive given the limited observed deterioration in the underlying portfolio during the pandemic.
•
Positive macroeconomic-related adjustments have remained broadly stable in comparison to 31 December 2020.
​
Economic scenarios sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates
Management considered the sensitivity of the ECL outcome against the economic forecasts as part of the ECL governance process by recalculating the ECL under each scenario described above for selected portfolios, applying a 100% weighting to each scenario in turn. The weighting is reflected in both the determination of a significant increase in credit risk and the measurement of the resulting ECL.
The ECL calculated for the Upside and Downside scenarios should not be taken to represent the upper and lower limits of possible ECL outcomes. The impact of defaults that might occur in the future under different economic scenarios is captured by recalculating ECL for loans at the balance sheet date.
There is a particularly high degree of estimation uncertainty in numbers representing more severe risk scenarios when assigned a 100% weighting.
For wholesale credit risk exposures, the sensitivity analysis excludes ECL and financial instruments related to defaulted (stage 3) obligors. It is generally impracticable to separate the effect of macroeconomic factors in individual assessments of obligors in default. The measurement of stage 3 ECL is relatively more sensitive to credit factors specific to the obligor than future economic scenarios, and loans to defaulted obligors are a small portion of the overall wholesale lending exposure, even if representing the majority of the allowance for ECL. Therefore, the sensitivity analysis to macroeconomic scenarios does not capture the residual estimation risk arising from wholesale stage 3 exposures.
For retail credit risk exposures, the sensitivity analysis includes ECL for loans and advances to customers related to defaulted obligors. This is because the retail ECL for secured mortgage portfolios including loans in all stages is sensitive to macroeconomic variables.
Wholesale and retail sensitivity
The wholesale and retail sensitivity analysis is stated inclusive of management judgemental adjustments, as appropriate to each scenario. The results tables exclude portfolios held by the insurance business and small portfolios, and as such cannot be directly compared with personal and wholesale lending presented in other credit risk tables. Additionally, in both the wholesale and retail analysis, the comparative period results for Downside 2 scenarios are also not directly comparable with the current period, because they reflect different risk profiles relative to the consensus scenarios for the period end.
Wholesale analysis
​
IFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1,2
​ ​ ​ ​
UK
£m
​ ​
France
£m
​
​ ECL of loans and advances to customers at
31 December 2021 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Reported ECL ​ ​ ​
​
104
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
98
 ​ ​
​ Consensus scenarios ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Central scenario ​ ​ ​
​
90
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
89
 ​ ​
​ Upside scenario ​ ​ ​
​
71
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
78
 ​ ​
​ Downside scenario ​ ​ ​
​
109
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
120
 ​ ​
​ Downside 2 scenario ​ ​ ​
​
189
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
138
 ​ ​
​ Gross carrying amount2 ​ ​ ​
​
142,450
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
120,955
 ​ ​
​ ECL of loans and advances to customers at
31 December 2020 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Reported ECL ​ ​ ​ ​ 317 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 88 ​ ​
​ Consensus scenarios ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Central scenario ​ ​ ​ ​ 219 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 82 ​ ​
​ Upside scenario ​ ​ ​ ​ 156 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 73 ​ ​
​ Downside scenario ​ ​ ​ ​ 339 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 98 ​ ​
​ Additional Downside scenario ​ ​ ​ ​ 657 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 178 ​ ​
​ Gross carrying amount2 ​ ​ ​ ​ 137,825 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 123,444 ​ ​
​
1
ECL sensitivity includes off-balance sheet financial instruments that are subject to significant measurement uncertainty.
​
2
Includes low credit-risk financial instruments such as debt instruments at FVOCI, which have high carrying amounts but low ECL under all the above scenarios.
​
 
F-89
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Retail analysis
​
IFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1
​ ​ ​ ​
UK
£m
​ ​
France
£m
​
​ ECL of loans and advances to customers at 31 December 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Reported ECL ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
91
 ​ ​
​ Consensus scenarios ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Central scenario ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
91
 ​ ​
​ Upside scenario ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
91
 ​ ​
​ Downside scenario ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
92
 ​ ​
​ Downside 2 scenario ​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
93
 ​ ​
​ Gross carrying amount ​ ​ ​
​
2,007
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
18,295
 ​ ​
​
IFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1
​ ​ ​ ​
UK
​ ​
France
​
​ ECL of loans and advances to customers at 31 December 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Reported ECL ​ ​ ​ ​ 12 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 114 ​ ​
​ Consensus scenarios ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Central scenario ​ ​ ​ ​ 11 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 113 ​ ​
​ Upside scenario ​ ​ ​ ​ 8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 111 ​ ​
​ Downside scenario ​ ​ ​ ​ 14 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 115 ​ ​
​ Additional Downside scenario ​ ​ ​ ​ 17 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118 ​ ​
​ Gross carrying amount ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,980 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,254 ​ ​
​
1
ECL sensitivities exclude portfolios utilising less complex modelling approaches.
​
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees​
The following disclosure provides a reconciliation by stage of the group’s gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers, including loan commitments and financial guarantees.
The net remeasurement of ECL arising from stage transfers represents the increase or decrease due to these transfers, for example, moving from a 12-month (stage 1) to a lifetime (stage 2) ECL measurement basis. Net remeasurement excludes the underlying customer risk rating (‘CRR’)/probability of default (‘PD’) movements of the financial instruments transferring stage. This is captured, along with other credit quality movements in the ‘changes in risk parameters – credit quality’ line item.
 
F-90
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees1
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Non credit – impaired
​ ​ ​
Credit – impaired
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Stage 1
​ ​ ​
Stage 2
​ ​ ​
Stage 3
​ ​ ​
POCI
​ ​ ​
Total
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/​
nominal
amount
£m
 ​ ​ ​
Allowance
for ECL
£m
​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
£m
​ ​ ​
Allowance
for ECL
£m
​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
£m
​ ​ ​
Allowance
for ECL
£m
​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
£m
​ ​ ​
Allowance
for ECL
£m
​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/​
nominal
amount
£m
 ​ ​ ​
Allowance
for ECL
£m
​
​ At 1 Jan 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 184,715 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (180) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 31,726 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (378) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,352 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,050) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 219,833 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,620) ​ ​
​ Transfers of financial instruments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5,245
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(66)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5,617)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
90
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
372
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(24)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – Transfers from stage 1 to stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(8,431)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,431
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(14)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – Transfers from stage 2 to stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
13,714
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(78)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(13,714)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
78
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – Transfers to stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(93)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(401)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
28
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
494
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(28)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – Transfers from stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
55
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
67
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(122)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
43
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(22)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16
 ​ ​
​ New financial assets originated or purchased ​ ​ ​ ​
​
72,348
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(55)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
72,348
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(55)
 ​ ​
​ Asset derecognised (including final repayments) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(57,098)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(3,481)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
32
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(454)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
95
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(3)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(61,036)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
135
 ​ ​
​ Changes to risk parameters – further lending/repayments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(16,766)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
76
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(3,927)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
62
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(213)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
40
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(29)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(20,935)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
180
 ​ ​
​ Changes to risk parameters – credit quality ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
54
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(176)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(115)
 ​ ​
​ Changes to model used for ECL calculation ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​
​ Assets written off ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(152)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
152
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(157)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
157
 ​ ​
​ Credit related modifications that resulted in derecognition ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Foreign exchange ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(7,512)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1,060)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(126)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
46
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(8,699)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
59
 ​ ​
​ Others2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1,320)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(170)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1,490)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 179,612 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (118) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,471 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (188) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,779 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (923) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 199,864 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,231) ​ ​
​ ECL income statement release/(charge)
for the period 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
126
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
88
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(46)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
172
 ​ ​
​ Recoveries ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​
​ Others ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(23)
 ​ ​
​ Total ECL income statement release for
the period 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 152 ​ ​
 
F-91
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​ ​ ​ ​
At 31 Dec 2021
​ ​
12 months ended 31 Dec 2021
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Gross carrying/​
nominal amount
£m
 ​ ​
Allowance
for ECL
£m
​ ​
ECL release/(charge)
£m
​
​ As above ​ ​ ​ ​ 199,864 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,231) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 152 ​ ​
​ Other financial assets measured at amortised cost ​ ​ ​
​
202,137
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(9)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​
​ Non-trading reverse purchase agreement commitments ​ ​ ​
​
30,005
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Performance and other guarantees not considered for IFRS 9 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
18
 ​ ​
​ Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied/Summary consolidated income statement ​ ​ ​ ​ 432,006 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,240) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 169 ​ ​
​ Debt instruments measured at FVOCI ​ ​ ​
​
41,188
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(19)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​
​ Total allowance for ECL/total income statement ECL release for the period ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,259) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 174 ​ ​
​
1
Excludes performance guarantee contracts to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are not applied.
​
2
Includes the period on period movement in exposures relating to other HSBC Group companies. As at 31 December 2021, these amounted to £(1)bn and were classified as Stage 1 with no ECL.
​
 
F-92
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees1 (continued)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Non credit – impaired
​ ​ ​
Credit – impaired
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Stage 1
​ ​ ​
Stage 2
​ ​ ​
Stage 3
​ ​ ​
POCI
​ ​ ​
Total
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/​
nominal
amount
£m
 ​ ​ ​
Allowance
for
ECL
£m
​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
£m
​ ​ ​
Allowance
for
ECL
£m
​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
£m
​ ​ ​
Allowance
for
ECL
£m
​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
£m
​ ​ ​
Allowance
for
ECL
£m
​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/​
nominal
amount
£m
 ​ ​ ​
Allowance
for
ECL
£m
​
​ At 1 Jan 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 195,249 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (132) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,103 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (143) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,235 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (796) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 78 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (33) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 208,665 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,104) ​ ​
​ Transfers of financial instruments: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (19,123) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (62) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,792 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 93 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,331 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (31) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – Transfers from stage 1 to stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (31,600) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 54 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 31,600 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (54) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – Transfers from stage 2 to stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,821 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (121) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12,821) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 121 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – Transfers to stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (351) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,147) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,498 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (39) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – Transfers from stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 160 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (167) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Net remeasurement of ECL arising
from transfer of stage 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 60 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (67) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9) ​ ​
​ New financial assets originated or purchased ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 95,477 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (62) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 95,487 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (63) ​ ​
​ Asset derecognised (including final repayments) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (72,860) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2,553) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (998) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 139 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (16) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (76,427) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 167 ​ ​
​ Changes to risk parameters –  further lending/repayments ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (21,912) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 48 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,666 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (41) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 101 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (11) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (16,298) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 153 ​ ​
​ Changes to risk parameters – credit
quality 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (53) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (248) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (687) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (988) ​ ​
​ Changes to model used for ECL calculation ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (36) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (26) ​ ​
​ Assets written off ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (252) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 252 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (23) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (275) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 275 ​ ​
​ Credit related modifications that resulted in derecognition ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (18) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (18) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​
​ Foreign exchange ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,058 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 498 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 95 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (33) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,653 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (31) ​ ​
​ Others2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,826 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 220 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,046 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 184,715 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (180) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 31,726 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (378) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,352 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,050) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 219,833 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,620) ​ ​
​ ECL income statement charge for the period ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (324) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (449) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (766) ​ ​
​ Recoveries ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​
​ Others ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (17) ​ ​
​ Total ECL income statement charge
for the period 		​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (781) ​ ​
 
F-93
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​
At 31 Dec 2020
​ ​
12 months ended 31 Dec 2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Gross carrying/​
nominal amount
£m
 ​ ​
Allowance
for ECL
£m
​ ​
ECL charge
£m
​
​ As above ​ ​ ​ ​ 219,833 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,620) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (781) ​ ​
​ Other financial assets measured at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​ 202,763 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2) ​ ​
​ Non-trading reverse purchase agreement commitments ​ ​ ​ ​ 42,794 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Performance and other guarantees not considered for IFRS 9 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (17) ​ ​
​ Summary of financial instruments to which the
impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied/Summary
consolidated income statement 		​ ​ ​ ​ 465,390 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,632) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (800) ​ ​
​ Debt instruments measured at FVOCI ​ ​ ​ ​ 51,713 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (22) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8) ​ ​
​ Total allowance for ECL/total income statement ECL charge for the period ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,654) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (808) ​ ​
​
1
Excludes performance guarantee contracts to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are not applied.
​
2
Includes the period on period movement in exposures relating to other HSBC Group companies. As at 31 December 2020, these amounted to £2bn and were classified as Stage 1 with no ECL.
​
Credit quality
Credit quality of financial instruments
The group assess the credit quality of all financial instruments that are subject to credit risk. The credit quality of financial instruments is a point-in-time assessment of the probability of default (‘PD’), whereas stages 1 and 2 are determined based on relative deterioration of credit quality since initial recognition.
Accordingly, for non-credit-impaired financial instruments, there is no direct relationship between the credit quality assessment and stages 1 and 2, though typically the lower credit quality bands exhibit a higher proportion in stage 2.
 
F-94
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality at 31 December 2021
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Gross carrying/notional amount
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Strong
£m
​ ​ ​
Good
£m
​ ​ ​
Satisfactory
£m
​ ​ ​
Sub-
standard
£m
​ ​ ​
Credit
impaired
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
£m
​ ​ ​
Allowance
for ECL
£m
​ ​ ​
Net
£m
​
​ In-scope for IFRS 9 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers held at
amortised cost 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
41,339
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
20,531
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23,469
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,512
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,480
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
92,331
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1,154)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
91,177
 ​ ​
​ – personal ​ ​ ​ ​
​
18,956
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,136
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,793
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
56
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
453
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25,394
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(163)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25,231
 ​ ​
​ – corporate and commercial ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16,533
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
13,867
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19,597
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,305
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,785
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
56,087
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(964)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
55,123
 ​ ​
​ – non-bank financial institutions ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5,850
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,528
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,079
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
151
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
242
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,850
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(27)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,823
 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,649
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
320
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,815
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,789
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,784
 ​ ​
​ Cash and balances at central banks ​ ​ ​ ​
​
108,133
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
198
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
151
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
108,482
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
108,482
 ​ ​
​ Items in the course of collection from other banks ​ ​ ​ ​
​
343
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
346
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
346
 ​ ​
​ Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​ ​
​
47,071
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,355
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,022
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
54,448
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
54,448
 ​ ​
​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​
​ Prepayments, accrued income and other
assets 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
36,558
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
666
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,574
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
42
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
38,851
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(9)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
38,842
 ​ ​
​ – endorsements and acceptances ​ ​ ​ ​
​
105
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
61
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
196
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
196
 ​ ​
​ – accrued income and other ​ ​ ​ ​
​
36,453
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
605
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,551
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
35
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
38,655
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(9)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
38,646
 ​ ​
​ Debt instruments measured at fair value
through other comprehensive income1 		​ ​ ​ ​
​
36,410
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,899
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,406
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
118
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
39,833
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(19)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
39,814
 ​ ​
​ Out-of-scope for IFRS 9 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Trading assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
28,110
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5,331
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,985
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
350
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
42,776
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
42,776
 ​ ​
​ Other financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,246
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
304
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,644
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5,197
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5,197
 ​ ​
​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​
​
111,471
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25,487
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,054
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
207
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
141,221
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
141,221
 ​ ​
​ Total gross carrying amount on balance sheet ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 420,332 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 61,091 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 45,131 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,206 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,524 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 534,284 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,187) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 533,097 ​ ​
​ Percentage of total credit quality ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 78.7% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11.4% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8.4% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.0% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.5% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.0% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Loans and other credit-related commitments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
71,741
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
21,860
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
20,018
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,874
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
202
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
115,695
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(55)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
115,640
 ​ ​
​ Financial guarantees ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,412
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,088
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,245
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
210
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
99
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11,054
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(17)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11,037
 ​ ​
​ In-scope: Irrevocable loan commitments and financial guarantees ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 80,153 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22,948 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,263 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,084 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 301 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 126,749 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (72) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 126,677 ​ ​
​ Loans and other credit-related commitments ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,134
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,114
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
432
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
94
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,781
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,781
 ​ ​
​ Performance and other guarantees ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7,738
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,359
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,130
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
490
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
116
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15,833
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(31)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15,802
 ​ ​
​ Out-of-scope: Revocable loan commitments and non-financial guarantees ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,872 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,473 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,562 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 584 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 123 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,614 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (31) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,583 ​ ​
​
1
For the purposes of this disclosure gross carrying value is defined as the amortised cost of a financial asset, before adjusting for any loss allowance. As such the gross carrying value of debt instruments at FVOCI as presented above will not reconcile to the balance sheet as it excludes fair value gains and losses.
​
 
F-95
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality at 31 December 2020 (continued)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Gross carrying/notional amount
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Strong
£m
​ ​ ​
Good
£m
​ ​ ​
Satisfactory
£m
​ ​ ​
Sub-standard
£m
​ ​ ​
Credit
impaired
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
£m
​ ​ ​
Allowance
for ECL
£m
​ ​ ​
Net
£m
​
​ In-scope for IFRS 9 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 43,077 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,780 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26,477 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,619 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,007 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 102,960 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,469) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 101,491 ​ ​
​ – personal ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,232 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,341 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,251 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 141 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 534 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26,499 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (208) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26,291 ​ ​
​ – corporate and commercial ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,340 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,132 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22,330 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,023 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,162 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 62,987 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,168) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 61,819 ​ ​
​ – non-bank financial institutions ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,505 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,307 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,896 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 455 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 311 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,474 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (93) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,381 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,518 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 721 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,412 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,662 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (16) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,646 ​ ​
​ Cash and balances at central banks ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 84,964 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 129 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 85,093 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 85,092 ​ ​
​ Items in the course of collection from other banks ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 240 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 243 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 243 ​ ​
​ Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 57,282 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,370 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,920 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 67,577 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 67,577 ​ ​
​ Financial investments ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​
​ Prepayments, accrued income and other assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47,928 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 566 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,285 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49,835 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (11) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49,824 ​ ​
​ – endorsements and acceptances ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 62 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 31 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 99 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 98 ​ ​
​ – accrued income and other ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47,866 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 564 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,254 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 37 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49,736 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49,726 ​ ​
​ Debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 46,029 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,487 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 405 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 153 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49,074 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (22) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49,052 ​ ​
​ Out-of-scope for IFRS 9 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Trading assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34,302 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,996 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,493 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 410 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50,201 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50,201 ​ ​
​ Other financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,460 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,152 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 587 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,203 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,203 ​ ​
​ Derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 165,868 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 30,113 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,299 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 890 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 201,210 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 201,210 ​ ​
​ Total gross carrying amount on balance sheet ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 492,670 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 74,185 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 46,023 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,109 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,086 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 623,073 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,519) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 621,554 ​ ​
​ Percentage of total credit quality ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 79% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Loans and other credit-related commitments ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 97,281 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26,361 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,081 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,047 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 266 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 143,036 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (112) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 142,924 ​ ​
​ Financial guarantees ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,340 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,153 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 334 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 122 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,969 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (23) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,946 ​ ​
​ In-scope: Irrevocable loan commitments and financial guarantees ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 98,621 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27,514 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18,101 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,381 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 388 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 147,005 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (135) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 146,870 ​ ​
​ Loans and other credit-related commitments ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,525 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 986 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 578 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 177 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,267 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,267 ​ ​
​ Performance and other guarantees ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,728 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,808 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,145 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 422 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 179 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,282 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (51) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14,231 ​ ​
​ Out-of-scope: Revocable loan commitments and non-financial guarantees ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,253 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,794 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,723 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 599 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 180 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18,549 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (51) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18,498 ​ ​
1
For the purposes of this disclosure gross carrying value is defined as the amortised cost of a financial asset, before adjusting for any loss allowance. As such the gross carrying value of debt instruments at FVOCI as presented above will not reconcile to the balance sheet as it excludes fair value gains and losses.
​
 
F-96
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Distribution of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied, by credit quality and stage distribution
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Gross carrying/notional amount
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Strong
£m
​ ​ ​
Good
£m
​ ​ ​
Satisfactory
£m
​ ​ ​
Sub-standard
£m
​ ​ ​
Credit
impaired
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
£m
​ ​ ​
Allowance
for ECL
£m
​ ​ ​
Net
£m
​
​ Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 41,339 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,531 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,469 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,512 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,480 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 92,331 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,154) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 91,177 ​ ​
​ – stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
40,831
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19,376
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19,077
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,446
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
80,730
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(86)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
80,644
 ​ ​
​ – stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
508
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,155
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,392
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,066
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,121
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(158)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,963
 ​ ​
​ – stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,478
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,478
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(908)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,570
 ​ ​
​ – POCI ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(2)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,649 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 320 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,815 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,789 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (5) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,784 ​ ​
​ – stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,620
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
311
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,814
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,750
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(4)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,746
 ​ ​
​ – stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
29
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
39
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(1)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
38
 ​ ​
​ – stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – POCI ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Other financial assets measured at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 192,107 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,219 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,758 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 42 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 202,137 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 202,128 ​ ​
​ – stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
192,105
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7,214
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,727
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
202,048
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
202,048
 ​ ​
​ – stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
31
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
47
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
47
 ​ ​
​ – stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
42
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
42
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(9)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
33
 ​ ​
​ – POCI ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Loans and other credit-related commitments ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 71,741 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,860 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,018 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,874 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 202 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 115,695 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (55) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 115,640 ​ ​
​ – stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
71,074
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19,960
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16,337
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
551
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
107,922
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(25)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
107,897
 ​ ​
​ – stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
667
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,900
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,681
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,323
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7,571
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(22)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7,549
 ​ ​
​ – stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
202
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
202
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(8)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
194
 ​ ​
​ – POCI ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Financial guarantees ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,412 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,088 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,245 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 210 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 99 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,054 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (17) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,037 ​ ​
​ – stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,340
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
951
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
849
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
75
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,215
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(3)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,212
 ​ ​
​ – stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
72
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
137
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
396
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
135
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
740
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(7)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
733
 ​ ​
​ – stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
99
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
99
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(7)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
92
 ​ ​
​ – POCI ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 322,248 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51,018 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49,305 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,612 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,823 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 432,006 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,240) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 430,766 ​ ​
​ Debt instruments at FVOCI1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
36,005
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,825
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,292
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
39,122
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(10)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
39,112
 ​ ​
​ – stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
405
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
74
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
114
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
118
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
711
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(9)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
702
 ​ ​
​ – stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – POCI ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 36,410 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,899 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,406 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 118 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39,833 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (19) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39,814 ​ ​
​
1
For the purposes of this disclosure gross carrying value is defined as the amortised cost of a financial asset, before adjusting for any loss allowance. As such the gross carrying value of debt instruments at FVOCI as presented above will not reconcile to the balance sheet as it excludes fair value gains and losses.
​
 
F-97
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Distribution of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied, by credit quality and stage distribution (continued)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Gross carrying/notional amount
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Strong
£m
​ ​ ​
Good
£m
​ ​ ​
Satisfactory
£m
​ ​ ​
Sub-standard
£m
​ ​ ​
Credit
impaired
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
£m
​ ​ ​
Allowance
for ECL
£m
​ ​ ​
Net
£m
​
​ Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 43,077 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24,780 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26,477 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,619 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,007 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 102,960 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,469) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 101,491 ​ ​
​ – stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 42,579 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,351 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,556 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,693 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 83,179 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (129) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 83,050 ​ ​
​ – stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 498 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,429 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,921 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,926 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,774 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (297) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16,477 ​ ​
​ – stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,966 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,966 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,031) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,935 ​ ​
​ – POCI ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 41 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 41 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29 ​ ​
​ Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,518 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 721 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,412 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,662 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (16) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,646 ​ ​
​ – stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,479 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 674 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,372 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,533 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (13) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,520 ​ ​
​ – stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 129 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 126 ​ ​
​ – stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – POCI ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Other financial assets measured at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 190,416 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,936 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,350 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 202,763 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 202,751 ​ ​
​ – stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 190,407 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,924 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,321 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 202,659 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (2) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 202,657 ​ ​
​ – stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 65 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 65 ​ ​
​ – stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29 ​ ​
​ – POCI ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Loans and other credit-related commitments ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 97,281 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26,361 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,081 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,047 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 266 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 143,036 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (112) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 142,924 ​ ​
​ – stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 95,270 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,398 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,758 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 530 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 128,956 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (34) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 128,922 ​ ​
​ – stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,011 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,963 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,323 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,517 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,814 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (68) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13,746 ​ ​
​ – stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 266 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 266 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 256 ​ ​
​ – POCI ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ Financial guarantees ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,340 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,153 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 334 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 122 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,969 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (23) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,946 ​ ​
​ – stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,337 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 883 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 496 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 123 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,839 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (4) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,835 ​ ​
​ – stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 270 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 524 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 211 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,008 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 998 ​ ​
​ – stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 121 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 121 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (9) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 112 ​ ​
​ – POCI ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 342,632 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 61,951 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49,340 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,033 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,434 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 465,390 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,632) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 463,758 ​ ​
​ Debt instruments at FVOCI1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 45,958 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,424 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 233 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 48,615 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (12) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 48,603 ​ ​
​ – stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 71 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 63 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 172 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 153 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 459 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (10) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 449 ​ ​
​ – stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ – POCI ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 46,029 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,487 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 405 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 153 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49,074 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (22) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 49,052 ​ ​
​
1
For the purposes of this disclosure gross carrying value is defined as the amortised cost of a financial asset, before adjusting for any loss allowance. As such the gross carrying value of debt instruments at FVOCI as presented above will not reconcile to the balance sheet as it excludes fair value gains and losses.
​
Credit-impaired loans
The group determines that a financial instrument is credit impaired and in stage 3 by considering relevant objective evidence, primarily whether:
•
contractual payments of either principal or interest are past due for more than 90 days;
​
•
there are other indications that the borrower is unlikely to pay such as that a concession has been granted to the borrower for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial condition; and
​
 
F-98
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
•
the loan is otherwise considered to be in default. If such unlikeliness to pay is not identified at an earlier stage, it is deemed to occur when an exposure is 90 days past due, even where regulatory rules permit default to be defined based on 180 days past due. Therefore, the definitions of credit-impaired and default are aligned as far as possible so that stage 3 represents all loans which are considered defaulted or otherwise credit-impaired.
​
Collateral and other credit enhancement
Although collateral can be an important mitigant of credit risk, it is the group’s practice to lend on the basis of the customer’s ability to meet their obligations out of cash flow resources rather than placing primary reliance on collateral and other credit risk enhancements. Depending on the customer’s standing and the type of product, facilities may be provided without any collateral or other credit enhancements. For other lending, a charge over collateral is obtained and considered in determining the credit decision and pricing. In the event of default, the group may utilise the collateral as a source of repayment.
Depending on its form, collateral can have a significant financial effect in mitigating our exposure to credit risk. Where there is sufficient collateral, an expected credit loss is not recognised. This is the case for reverse repurchase agreements and for certain loans and advances to customers where the loan to value (‘LTV’) is very low.
Mitigants may include a charge on borrowers’ specific assets, such as real estate or financial instruments. Other credit risk mitigants include short positions in securities and financial assets held as part of linked insurance/investment contracts where the risk is predominantly borne by the policyholder. Additionally, risk may be managed by employing other types of collateral and credit risk enhancements, such as second charges, other liens and unsupported guarantees. Guarantees are normally taken from corporates and export credit agencies. Corporates would normally provide guarantees as part of a parent/subsidiary relationship and span a number of credit grades. The export credit agencies will normally be investment grade.
Certain credit mitigants are used strategically in portfolio management activities. While single name concentrations arise in portfolios managed by Global Banking and Commercial Banking, it is only in Global Banking that their size requires the use of portfolio level credit mitigants. Across Global Banking, risk limits and utilisations, maturity profiles and risk quality are monitored and managed proactively. This process is key to the setting of risk appetite for these larger, more complex, geographically distributed customer groups. While the principal form of risk management continues to be at the point of exposure origination, through the lending decision-making process, Global Banking also utilises loan sales and credit default swap (‘CDS’) hedges to manage concentrations and reduce risk. These transactions are the responsibility of a dedicated Global Banking portfolio management team. Hedging activity is carried out within agreed credit parameters, and is subject to market risk limits and a robust governance structure. Where applicable, CDSs are entered into directly with a central clearing house counterparty. Otherwise our exposure to CDS protection providers is diversified among mainly banking counterparties with strong credit ratings.
CDS mitigants are held at portfolio level and are not included in the expected loss calculations. CDS mitigants are not reported in the following tables.
Collateral on loans and advances
The following tables include off-balance sheet loan commitments, primarily undrawn credit lines.
The collateral measured in the following tables consists of charges over cash and marketable financial instruments. The values in the tables represent the expected market value on an open market basis. No adjustment has been made to the collateral for any expected costs of recovery. Marketable securities are measured at their fair value.
Other types of collateral such as unsupported guarantees and floating charges over the assets of a customer’s business are not measured in the following tables. While such mitigants have value, often providing rights in insolvency, their assignable value is not sufficiently certain and they are therefore assigned no value for disclosure purposes.
The LTV ratios presented are calculated by directly associating loans and advances with the collateral that individually and uniquely supports each facility. When collateral assets are shared by multiple loans and advances, whether specifically or, more generally, by way of an all monies charge, the collateral value is pro-rated across the loans and advances protected by the collateral.
For credit-impaired loans, the collateral values cannot be directly compared with impairment allowances recognised. The LTV figures use open market values with no adjustments. Impairment allowances are calculated on a different basis, by considering other cash flows and adjusting collateral values for costs of realising collateral as explained further on page F-17.
 
F-99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Wholesale lending – corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans and advances including loan commitments by level of collateral for key countries by stage (excluding commercial real estate)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
 
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Of which:
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Total
​ ​ ​
UK
​ ​ ​
France
​ ​ ​
Germany
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/nominal
amount
£m
​ ​ ​
ECL coverage
%
​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/nominal
amount
£m
​ ​ ​
ECL coverage
%
​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/nominal
amount
£m
​ ​ ​
ECL coverage
%
​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/nominal
amount
£m
​ ​ ​
ECL coverage
%
​
​ Stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Not collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​
​
109,435
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
40,298
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
52,583
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11,479
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Fully collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10,399
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,133
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,221
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
708
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – less than 50% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,450
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,649
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
587
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 51% to 75% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,543
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,124
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
989
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 76% to 90% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
801
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
446
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
349
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 91% to 100% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,605
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,914
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
296
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
708
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Partially collateralised (A): ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,424
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
85
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,248
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​
– collateral value on A
​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,661
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
51
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,555
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Total stage 1
​ ​ ​ ​
​
123,258
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
46,516
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
58,052
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12,187
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Not collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11,024
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,365
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,890
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,942
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.6
 ​ ​
​ Fully collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,675
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
608
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
639
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
243
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.4
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – less than 50% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
689
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
217
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
350
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 51% to 75% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
253
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
217
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
34
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 76% to 90% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
271
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
165
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
106
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 91% to 100% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
462
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
149
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
243
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.4
 ​ ​
​ Partially collateralised (B): ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,573
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,567
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​
– collateral value on B
​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,408
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,404
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Total stage 2
​ ​ ​ ​
​
14,272
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,977
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,096
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,185
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.5
 ​ ​
​ Stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Not collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,598
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
37.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
669
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
378
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
86.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
393
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17.8
 ​ ​
​ Fully collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​
​
148
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
77
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7.8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
50.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16.7
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – less than 50% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
76
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
18.4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
41
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
50.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 51% to 75% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
22
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
13.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
50.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 76% to 90% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
18
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 91% to 100% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
32
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
100.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16.7
 ​ ​
​ Partially collateralised (C): ​ ​ ​ ​
​
216
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
27.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
35
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
165
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
27.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​
– collateral value on C
​ ​ ​ ​
​
152
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
22
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
123
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Total stage 3
​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,962
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
34.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
781
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
553
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
67.8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
417
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17.7
 ​ ​
​ POCI ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Not collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Fully collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – less than 50% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 51% to 75% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 76% to 90% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 91% to 100% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Partially collateralised (D): ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
100.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
100.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​
– collateral value on D
​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Total POCI
​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
100.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
100.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec 2021
​ ​ ​ ​
​
139,494
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
52,274
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
62,703
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16,789
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.6
 ​ ​
 
F-100
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Wholesale lending – corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans and advances including loan commitments by level of collateral for key countries by stage (excluding commercial real estate) (continued)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
 
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Of which:
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Total
​ ​ ​
UK
​ ​ ​
France
​ ​ ​
Germany
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/nominal
amount
£m
​ ​ ​
ECL coverage
%
​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/nominal
amount
£m
​ ​ ​
ECL coverage
%
​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/nominal
amount
£m
​ ​ ​
ECL coverage
%
​ ​ ​
Gross
carrying/nominal
amount
£m
​ ​ ​
ECL coverage
%
​
​ Stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Not collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 117,820 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
49,970
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
47,647
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
13,685
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Fully collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,232 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,241
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,163
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
638
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – less than 50% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,886 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,019
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
543
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 51% to 75% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,403 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,489
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
901
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 76% to 90% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 751 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
267
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
360
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 91% to 100% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,192 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,466
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
359
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
638
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​
Partially collateralised (A):
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,476 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
59
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,167
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – collateral value on A ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,855 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,621 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Total stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 133,528 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
58,270
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
52,977
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14,323
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Not collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,132 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12,398
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,447
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,220
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.4
 ​ ​
​ Fully collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,838 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
630
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
649
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
290
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.3
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – less than 50% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 824 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
326
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
348
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 51% to 75% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 334 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
269
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
45
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 76% to 90% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
26
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3.8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 91% to 100% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 633 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
239
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
290
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.3
 ​ ​
​ Partially collateralised (B): ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,629 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
87
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,528
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – collateral value on B ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,223 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,200 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Total stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27,599 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
13,115
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5,624
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,510
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.4
 ​ ​
​ Stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Not collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,803 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 36.3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
740
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
29.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
529
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
63.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
441
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15.2
 ​ ​
​ Fully collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 210 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
152
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
66.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
21
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14.3
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – less than 50% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 25 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 28.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
57.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 51% to 75% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
66.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 76% to 90% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 120 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
118
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
100.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 91% to 100% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 38 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
100.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
21
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14.3
 ​ ​
​
Partially collateralised (C):
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 275 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 24.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
71
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
191
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
26.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – collateral value on C ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 182 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 136 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Total stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,288 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32.4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
963
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
732
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
54.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
462
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15.2
 ​ ​
​ POCI ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Not collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 37 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
100.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Fully collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – less than 50% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 51% to 75% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 76% to 90% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 91% to 100% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​
Partially collateralised (D):
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
100.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – collateral value on D ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Total POCI ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
100.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
100.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 163,455 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
72,350
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
59,336
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
21,295
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.5
 ​ ​
 
F-101
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
​
Personal lending: residential mortgage loans including loan commitments by level of collateral for key countries
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
 
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Of which:
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Total
​ ​ ​
UK
​ ​ ​
France
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Gross
exposure
£m
​ ​ ​
ECL coverage
%
​ ​ ​
Gross
exposure
£m
​ ​ ​
ECL coverage
%
​ ​ ​
Gross
exposure
£m
​ ​ ​
ECL coverage
%
​
​ Stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Fully collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,915
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,789
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,088
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – less than 50% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3,400
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,308
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,110
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​
​ – 51% to 60% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,274
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
540
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
431
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 61% to 70% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,074
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
452
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
296
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 71% to 80% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
776
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
358
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
177
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 81% to 90% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
345
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
113
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
48
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 91% to 100% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
46
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
18
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
26
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Partially collateralised (A): ​ ​ ​ ​
​
90
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
50
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – 101% to 110% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
18
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 111% to 120% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – greater than 120% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
63
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
33
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​
– collateral value on A
​ ​ ​ ​
​
63
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
50
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Total
​ ​ ​ ​
​
7,005
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,800
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,138
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Fully collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​
​
169
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
46
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
83
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.2
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – less than 50% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
91
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
18
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
48
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.1
 ​ ​
​ – 51% to 60% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
13
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 61% to 70% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
34
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 71% to 80% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 81% to 90% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 91% to 100% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Partially collateralised (B): ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – 101% to 110% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 111% to 120% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – greater than 120% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​
– collateral value on B
​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Total
​ ​ ​ ​
​
174
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
46
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
85
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.2
 ​ ​
​ Stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Fully collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​
​
204
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
62
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
21.0
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – less than 50% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
94
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12.8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
20.8
 ​ ​
​ – 51% to 60% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
31
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19.4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25.0
 ​ ​
​ – 61% to 70% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
34
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10.5
 ​ ​
​ – 71% to 80% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
13
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
38.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
33.3
 ​ ​
​ – 81% to 90% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
42.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25.0
 ​ ​
​ – 91% to 100% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
18
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
72.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
50.0
 ​ ​
​ Partially collateralised (C): ​ ​ ​ ​
​
30
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
53.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
58.3
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – 101% to 110% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
50.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
50.0
 ​ ​
​ – 111% to 120% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
50.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
50.0
 ​ ​
​ – greater than 120% ​ ​ ​ ​
​
26
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
53.8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
20
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
60.0
 ​ ​
​
– collateral value on C
​ ​ ​ ​
​
6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Total
​ ​ ​ ​
​
234
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
28.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
11.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
86
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
31.4
 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec 2021
​ ​ ​ ​
​
7,413
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,855
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,309
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.3
 ​ ​
 
F-102
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Personal lending: residential mortgage loans including loan commitments by level of collateral for key countries (continued)
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
 
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Of which:
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Total
​ ​ ​
UK
​ ​ ​
France
​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Gross
exposure
£m
​ ​ ​
ECL coverage
%
​ ​ ​
Gross
exposure
£m
​ ​ ​
ECL coverage
%
​ ​ ​
Gross
exposure
£m
​ ​ ​
ECL coverage
%
​
​ Stage 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Fully collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,308 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,751
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,364
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – less than 50% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,110 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,018
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,147
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 51% to 60% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,074 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
293
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
513
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 61% to 70% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 991 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
316
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
378
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 71% to 80% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 789 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
214
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
225
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 81% to 90% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 505 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
109
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
70
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 91% to 100% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 839 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
801
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
31
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Partially collateralised (A): ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 90 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
63
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – 101% to 110% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
13
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 111% to 120% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – greater than 120% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 55 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
40
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – collateral value on A ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 81 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 63 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Total ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,398 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,760
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,427
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Stage 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Fully collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 202 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
34
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
116
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.9
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – less than 50% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 114 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
64
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.6
 ​ ​
​ – 51% to 60% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 31 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
21
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 61% to 70% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 71% to 80% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13.3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 81% to 90% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16.7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 91% to 100% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
13
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ Partially collateralised (B): ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – 101% to 110% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 25.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – 111% to 120% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – greater than 120% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – collateral value on B ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Total ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 212 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
34
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
121
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.8
 ​ ​
​ Stage 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Fully collateralised ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 200 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
69
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23.2
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – less than 50% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 95 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13.7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
30
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23.3
 ​ ​
​ – 51% to 60% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
30.0
 ​ ​
​ – 61% to 70% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 26.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12.5
 ​ ​
​ – 71% to 80% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 34.8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
28.6
 ​ ​
​ – 81% to 90% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 44.4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
50.0
 ​ ​
​ – 91% to 100% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 40.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25.0
 ​ ​
​ Partially collateralised (C): ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 65 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 50.8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
36
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
38.9
 ​ ​
​ LTV ratio: ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ – 101% to 110% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 60.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
33.3
 ​ ​
​ – 111% to 120% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 62.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​
​ – greater than 120% ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 46.8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
32
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
40.6
 ​ ​
​ – collateral value on C ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 35 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Total ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 265 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
105
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
28.6
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,875 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,806
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,653
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1.2
 ​ ​
 
F-103
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Insurance manufacturing operations risk in 2021
Measurement
The following table shows the composition of assets and liabilities by contract type.
​
Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by type of contract
​ ​ ​ ​ ​
With DPF
£m
​ ​ ​
Unit- linked
£m
​ ​ ​
Other
contracts1
£m
​ ​ ​
Shareholder
assets and
liabilities
£m
​ ​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ Financial assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19,384
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,924
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
254
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,704
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25,266
 ​ ​
​ – financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9,876
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,859
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
89
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,236
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14,060
 ​ ​
​ – derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​
​
47
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
48
 ​ ​
​ – financial investments – at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​
​
815
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
42
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
857
 ​ ​
​ – financial investments – at fair value through other comprehensive income ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7,490
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
104
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,327
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,921
 ​ ​
​ – other financial assets2 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,156
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
65
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
61
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
98
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,380
 ​ ​
​ Reinsurance assets ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
53
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
104
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
157
 ​ ​
​ PVIF3 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
811
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
811
 ​ ​
​ Other assets and investment properties ​ ​ ​ ​
​
748
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
59
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
808
 ​ ​
​ Total assets at 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,132 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,978 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 358 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,574 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27,042 ​ ​
​ Liabilities under investment contracts designated at fair value ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,031
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,031
 ​ ​
​ Liabilities under insurance contracts ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19,998
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,938
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
328
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
22,264
 ​ ​
​ Deferred tax4 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
133
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
46
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
185
 ​ ​
​ Other liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,003
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,003
 ​ ​
​ Total liabilities at 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,131 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,975 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 328 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,049 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 25,483 ​ ​
​ Total equity at 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,559 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,559 ​ ​
​ Total liabilities and equity at 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,131 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,975 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 328 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,608 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27,042 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Financial assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,261 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,412 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 249 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,490 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 25,412 ​ ​
​ – financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9,148 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,352 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 92 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 991 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12,583 ​ ​
​ – derivatives ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 76 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 78 ​ ​
​ – financial investments – at amortised cost ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 372 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 390 ​ ​
​ – financial investments – at fair value through other comprehensive income ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,724 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 112 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,341 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10,177 ​ ​
​ – other financial assets2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,941 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 59 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 45 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 139 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,184 ​ ​
​ Reinsurance assets ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 134 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 181 ​ ​
​ PVIF3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 647 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 647 ​ ​
​ Other assets and investment properties ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 809 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 60 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 870 ​ ​
​ Total assets at 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,070 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,460 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 383 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,197 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27,110 ​ ​
​ Liabilities under investment contracts designated at fair value ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 944 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 944 ​ ​
​ Liabilities under insurance contracts ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20,962 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,512 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 342 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22,816 ​ ​
​ Deferred tax4 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 107 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 149 ​ ​
​ Other liabilities ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,776 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,776 ​ ​
​ Total liabilities at 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,069 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,459 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 342 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,815 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 25,685 ​ ​
​ Total equity at 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,425 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,425 ​ ​
​ Total liabilities and equity at 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,069 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,459 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 342 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 3,240 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27,110 ​ ​
​
1
‘Other contracts’ includes term assurance and credit life insurance.
​
2
Comprise mainly loans and advances to banks, cash and intercompany balances with other non-insurance legal entities.
​
3
Present value of in-force long-term insurance business.
​
4
‘Deferred tax’ includes the deferred tax liabilities arising on recognition of PVIF.
​
 
F-104
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Key risk types
Market risk
Description and exposure
Market risk is the risk of changes in market factors affecting the bank’s capital or profit. Market factors include interest rates, equity and growth assets and foreign exchange rates.
Our exposure varies depending on the type of contract issued. Our most significant life insurance products are investment contracts with discretionary participating features (‘DPF’) issued in France. These products typically include some form of capital guarantee or guaranteed return on the sums invested by the policyholders, to which discretionary bonuses are added if allowed by the overall performance of the funds. These funds are primarily invested in fixed interest assets with a proportion allocated to other asset classes, to provide customers with the potential for enhanced returns. DPF products expose the bank to the risk of variation in asset returns, which will impact our participation in the investment performance. In addition, in some scenarios the asset returns can become insufficient to cover the policyholders’ financial guarantees, in which case the shortfall has to be met by the bank. Amounts are held against the cost of such guarantees. The cost of such guarantees is accounted for as a deduction from the present value of in-force ‘PVIF’ asset, unless the cost of such guarantees is already explicitly allowed for within the insurance contracts liabilities. The table below shows the total reserve held for the cost of guarantees, the range of investment returns on assets supporting these products and the implied investment return that would enable the business to meet the guarantees. For unit-linked contracts, market risk is substantially borne by the policyholder, but some market risk exposure typically remains as fees earned are related to the market value of the linked assets.
​
Financial return guarantees
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Investment
returns implied
by guarantee
%
​ ​
Long-term
investment
returns on
relevant
portfolios
%
​ ​
Cost of
guarantees
£m
​ ​
Investment
returns implied
by guarantee
%
​ ​
Long-term
investment
returns on
relevant
portfolios
%
​ ​
Cost of
guarantees
£m
​
​ Capital ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0.8-2.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
127
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0.7 – 2.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 162 ​ ​
​ Nominal annual return ​ ​ ​
​
2.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
92
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 96 ​ ​
​ Nominal annual return ​ ​ ​
​
4.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
80
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 89 ​ ​
​
At 31 Dec
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
299
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 347 ​ ​
Sensitivities
The following table illustrates the effects of selected interest rate and equity price scenarios on our profit for the year and the total equity of our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries.
Where appropriate, the effects of the sensitivity tests on profit after tax and equity incorporate the impact of the stress on the PVIF. Due in part to the impact of the cost of guarantees and hedging strategies which may be in place, the relationship between the profit and total equity and the risk factors is non-linear. Therefore, the results disclosed should not be extrapolated to measure sensitivities to different levels of stress. For the same reason, the impact of the stress is not necessarily symmetrical on the upside and downside. The sensitivities are stated before allowance for management actions which may mitigate the effect of changes in the market environment. The sensitivities presented allow for adverse changes in policyholder behaviour that may arise in response to changes in market rates. The differences between the impacts on profit after tax and equity are driven by the changes in value of the bonds measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, which are only accounted for in equity.
​
Sensitivity of the group’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries to market risk factors
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
​ ​
2020
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Effect on
profit after tax
£m
​ ​
Effect on
total equity
£m
​ ​
Effect on profit
after tax
£m
​ ​
Effect on
total equity
£m
​
​ +100 basis point parallel shift in yield curves ​ ​ ​
​
119
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
96
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 110 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 89 ​ ​
​ -100 basis point parallel shift in yield curves ​ ​ ​
​
(229)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(203)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (203) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (179) ​ ​
​ 10% increase in equity prices ​ ​ ​
​
46
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
46
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 39 ​ ​
​ 10% decrease in equity prices ​ ​ ​
​
(49)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(49)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (42) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (42) ​ ​
Credit risk
Description and exposure
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty fails to meet their obligation under a contract. It arises in two main areas for our insurance manufacturers:
 
F-105
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
•
risk associated with credit spread volatility and default by debt security counterparties after investing premiums to generate a return for policyholders and shareholders; and
​
•
risk of default by reinsurance counterparties and non-reimbursement for claims made after ceding insurance risk.
​
The amounts outstanding at the balance sheet date in respect of these items are shown in the table on page F-104. Credit risk on assets supporting unit-linked liabilities is predominantly borne by the policyholder; therefore our exposure is primarily related to liabilities under non-linked insurance and investment contracts and shareholders’ funds. The credit quality of these financial assets is included in the table on page F-95.
Liquidity risk
Description and exposure
Liquidity risk is the risk that an insurance operation, though solvent, either does not have sufficient financial resources available to meet its obligations when they fall due, or can secure them only at excessive cost.
The following table shows the expected undiscounted cash flows for insurance contract liabilities at 31 December 2021. The liquidity risk exposure is wholly borne by the policyholder in the case of unit-linked business and is shared with the policyholder for non-linked insurance.
The remaining contractual maturity of investment contract liabilities is included within ‘Financial liabilities designated at fair value’ in Note 28.
​
Expected maturity of insurance contract liabilities
​ ​ ​ ​
Expected cash flows (undiscounted)
​
​ ​ ​ ​
Within 1 year
£m
​ ​
1-5 years
£m
​ ​
5-15 years
£m
​ ​
Over 15 years
£m
​ ​
Total
£m
​
​ Unit-linked ​ ​ ​
​
230
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
565
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
927
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
926
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,648
 ​ ​
​ With DPF and Other contracts ​ ​ ​
​
1,341
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
5,102
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7,318
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,415
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
20,176
 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,571 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,667 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,245 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,341 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22,824 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Unit-linked ​ ​ ​ ​ 222 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 539 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 790 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 672 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,223 ​ ​
​ With DPF and Other contracts ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,565 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5,765 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 7,735 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,077 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21,142 ​ ​
​ At 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,787 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,304 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8,525 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 6,749 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 23,365 ​ ​
Insurance underwriting risk
Description and exposure
Insurance underwriting risk is the risk of loss through adverse experience, in either timing or amount, of insurance underwriting parameters (non-economic assumptions). These parameters include mortality, morbidity, longevity, lapse and expense rates.
The principal risk the group faces is that, over time, the cost of the contract, including claims and benefits, may exceed the total amount of premiums and investment income received.
The table on page F-104 analyses our insurance manufacturing exposures by type of contract.
Sensitivities
The table below shows the sensitivity of profit and total equity to reasonably possible changes in non-economic assumptions across all our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries.
Mortality and morbidity risk is typically associated with life insurance contracts. The effect on profit of an increase in mortality or morbidity depends on the type of business being written.
Sensitivity to lapse rates depends on the type of contracts being written. For a portfolio of term assurance, an increase in lapse rates typically has a negative effect on profit due to the loss of future income on the lapsed policies. However, some contract lapses have a positive effect on profit due to the existence of policy surrender charges. The group is most sensitive to a change in lapse rates in France.
Expense rate risk is the exposure to a change in the allocated cost of administering insurance contracts. To the extent that increased expenses cannot be passed on to policyholders, an increase in expense rates will have a negative effect on our profits. This risk is generally greatest for smaller entities.
 
F-106
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Sensitivity analysis
​ ​ ​ ​
2021
£m
​ ​
2020
£m
​
​ Effect on profit after tax and total equity at 31 Dec ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ 10% increase in mortality and/or morbidity rates ​ ​ ​
​
(20)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (15) ​ ​
​ 10% decrease in mortality and/or morbidity rates ​ ​ ​
​
19
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15 ​ ​
​ 10% increase in lapse rates ​ ​ ​
​
(19)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (19) ​ ​
​ 10% decrease in lapse rates ​ ​ ​
​
20
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21 ​ ​
​ 10% increase in expense rates ​ ​ ​
​
(40)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (46) ​ ​
​ 10% decrease in expense rates ​ ​ ​
​
40
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 43 ​ ​
Market risk
Market risk governance
The following diagram summarises the main business areas where trading and non-trading market risks reside, and the market risk measures used to monitor and limit exposures.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2216661d1-tbl_riskpn.jpg]
Where appropriate, the group applies similar risk management policies and measurement techniques to both trading and non-trading portfolios. Our objective is to manage and control market risk exposures to optimise return on risk while maintaining a market profile consistent with our established risk appetite.
Market risk is managed and controlled through limits approved by the Group Chief Risk Officer. These limits are allocated across business lines and to the group and its subsidiaries. The majority of HSBC’s total Value at Risk (VaR) and almost all trading VaR reside in GBM. Each major operating entity has an independent market risk management and control sub-function, which is responsible for measuring, monitoring and reporting market risk exposures against limits on a daily basis. Each operating entity is required to assess the market risks arising in its business and to transfer them either to its local Markets and Securities Services or Markets Treasury unit for management, or to separate books managed under the supervision of the local Asset and Liability Management Committee(‘ALCO’). The Traded Risk function enforces the controls around trading in permissible instruments approved for each site as well as following completion of the new product approval process. Traded Risk also restricts trading in the more complex derivative products to offices with appropriate levels of product expertise and robust control systems.
Trading portfolios
Value at risk of the trading portfolios
Trading VaR predominantly resides within Market Securities Services where it was £19m at 31 December 2021 compared with £27.5m at 31 December 2020.
The group’s trading VaR for the year is shown in the table below.
​
Trading VaR, 99% 1 day
​ ​ ​ ​
Foreign
exchange (‘FX’) and
commodity
£m
​ ​
Interest
rate (‘IR’)
£m
​ ​
Equity (‘EQ’)
£m
​ ​
Credit
Spread (‘CS’)
£m
​ ​
Portfolio
Diversification1
£m
​ ​
Total2
£m
​
​ Balance at 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​
​
4.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10.5
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(20.9)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
19.0
 ​ ​
​ Average ​ ​ ​
​
7.1
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12.8
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(20.4)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
22.3
 ​ ​
​ Maximum ​ ​ ​
​
19.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
26.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
14.9
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
31.9
 ​ ​
​ Minimum ​ ​ ​
​
3.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6.3
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
9.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17.3
 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ Balance at 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 7.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13.9 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (19.2) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27.5 ​ ​
​ Average ​ ​ ​ ​ 6.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18.7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 14.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (20.8) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 32.1 ​ ​
​ Maximum ​ ​ ​ ​ 14.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 21.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 33.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 47.7 ​ ​
​ Minimum ​ ​ ​ ​ 2.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9.2 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 8.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 20.9 ​ ​
 
F-107
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
1
Portfolio diversification is the market risk dispersion effect of holding a portfolio containing different risk types. It represents the reduction in unsystematic market risk that occurs when combining a number of different risk types, for example, interest rate, equity and foreign exchange, together in one portfolio. It is measured as the difference between the sum of the VaR by individual risk type and the combined total VaR. A negative number represents the benefit of portfolio diversification. As the maximum occurs on different days for different risk types, it is not meaningful to calculate a portfolio diversification benefit for this measure.
​
2
The total VaR is non-additive across risk types due to diversification effect and it includes VaR RNIV.
​
Non-trading portfolios
Value at risk of the non-trading portfolios
The group’s non-trading VaR for the year is shown in the table below.
​
Non-trading VaR, 99% 1 day
​ ​ ​
Interest
rate (‘IR’)
£m
​ ​
Credit
spread (‘CS’)
£m
​ ​
Portfolio
diversification1
£m
​ ​
Total2
£m
​
Balance at Balance at 31 Dec 2021 ​ ​ ​ ​ 28.7 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 9.0 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (8.4) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 29.4 ​ ​
Average ​ ​ ​
​
26.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
10.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
(5.6)
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
31.0
 ​ ​
Maximum ​ ​ ​
​
34.6
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
12.7
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
37.8
 ​ ​
Minimum ​ ​ ​
​
18.0
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
7.2
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
—
 ​ ​ ​ ​
​
22.5
 ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
Balance at 31 Dec 2020 ​ ​ ​ ​ 25.1 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (3.4) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 33.3 ​ ​
Average ​ ​ ​ ​ 21.9 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 12.3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (6.3) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 27.9 ​ ​
Maximum ​ ​ ​ ​ 28.8 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 16.6 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 35.0 ​ ​
Minimum ​ ​ ​ ​ 14.3 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 5.5 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ — ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 15.0 ​ ​
​
1
Portfolio diversification is the market risk dispersion effect of holding a portfolio containing different risk types. It represents the reduction in unsystematic market risk that occurs when combining a number of different risk types, for example, interest rate, equity and foreign exchange, together in one portfolio. It is measured as the difference between the sum of the VaR by individual risk type and the combined total VaR. A negative number represents the benefit of portfolio diversification. As the maximum occurs on different days for different risk types, it is not meaningful to calculate a portfolio diversification benefit for this measure.
​
2
The total VaR is non-additive across risk types due to diversification effect.
​
 
F-108
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Capital risk in 2021
Own funds
​
Own funds disclosure
​ ​ ​ ​
At
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
Ref*
​ ​
31 Dec
2021
£m
​ ​
31 Dec
2020
£m
​
​
Common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) capital: instruments and reserves
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts
​
 ​ ​ ​
​
797
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 797 ​ ​
​
 
– ordinary shares
​
 ​ ​ ​
​
797
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 797 ​ ​
​ 2    Retained earnings1 ​ ​ ​
​
15,511
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 17,229 ​ ​
​ 3    Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves) ​ ​ ​
​
1,975
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,888 ​ ​
​ 5    Minority interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET1) ​ ​ ​
​
57
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 66 ​ ​
​ 5a    Independently reviewed interim net profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend2 ​ ​ ​
​
625
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,755) ​ ​
​ 6    Common equity tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments ​ ​ ​
​
18,965
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 19,225 ​ ​
​ 28    Total regulatory adjustments to common equity tier 11 ​ ​ ​
​
(958)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (1,183) ​ ​
​ 29    Common equity tier 1 capital ​ ​ ​
​
18,007
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 18,042 ​ ​
​ 36    Additional tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments ​ ​ ​
​
3,906
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,167 ​ ​
​ 43    Total regulatory adjustments to additional tier 1 capital ​ ​ ​
​
(44)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (44) ​ ​
​ 44    Additional tier 1 capital ​ ​ ​
​
3,862
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 4,123 ​ ​
​ 45    Tier 1 capital ​ ​ ​
​
21,869
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 22,165 ​ ​
​ 51    Tier 2 capital before regulatory adjustments ​ ​ ​
​
11,591
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,724 ​ ​
​ 57    Total regulatory adjustments to tier 2 capital ​ ​ ​
​
(424)
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (451) ​ ​
​ 58    Tier 2 capital ​ ​ ​
​
11,167
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11,273 ​ ​
​ 59    Total capital ​ ​ ​
​
33,036
 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 33,438 ​ ​
​
*
The references identify the lines prescribed in the European Banking Authority template, which are applicable and where there is a value.
​
1
From June 2021, the new deduction for insufficient coverage for non-performing exposures has been combined with IFRS 9 transitional adjustments.Comparatives have been restated.
​
2
This row includes losses that have been recognised and deducted as they arose and were therefore not subject to an independent review.
​
37
Events after the balance sheet date
​
​
In March 2022, we announced the planned sale of our branch operations in Greece as part of the ongoing restructuring of our business in Continental Europe. In May 2022, a Sale and Purchase Agreement was subsequently signed. The sale is expected to complete in the first half of 2023. Completion of the potential transaction would be subject to regulatory approval.
The Russian invasion of Ukraine has led to elevated geopolitical instability and resulted in the US, UK and EU, imposing significant sanctions and other trade restrictions against the Russian state, numerous Russian government officials and individuals, and Russian companies and financial institutions. Some of these sanctions are unprecedented in both their nature and scope. Russia has implemented certain countermeasures in response. The group is monitoring the direct and indirect impacts of the situation on the group, and using its sanctions compliance capabilities to respond to the new sanctions regulations. The challenges that arise in implementing the complex, novel and ambiguous aspects of certain sanctions could create additional regulatory, compliance and reputational risk for the group. There could be an increase in ECL reflecting the direct and broader economic impacts of the Russia-Ukraine war and inflationary pressures on the forward economic outlook.
The group’s business in Russia principally serves multinational corporate clients headquartered in other countries and is not accepting new business or customers, and is consequently on a declining trend. However, it may become subject to further restrictions, or other developments, which may make our continued operations in Russia untenable. This could generate additional losses which are not currently provided for in the balance sheet. Global commodity markets have been significantly impacted, leading to supply chain disruptions and increased prices for both energy and raw materials. The continuation of, or any further escalation in, the Russia-Ukraine war could have additional economic, social and political repercussions, including through further sanctions and trade restrictions, all of which could impact the group and its customers.
In its assessment of events after the balance sheet date, the group has considered and concluded that there are no events requiring adjustment or disclosures in the financial statements.
 
F-109
TABLE OF CONTENTS​​
 
38
HSBC Bank plc’s subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates
​
​
A list of HSBC Bank plc subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, the registered office address and the effective percentage of equity owned at 31 December 2021 is disclosed below.
Unless otherwise stated, the share capital comprises ordinary or common shares which are held by HSBC Bank plc subsidiaries. The ownership percentage is provided for each undertaking. The undertakings below are consolidated by HSBC Bank plc unless otherwise indicated.
HSBC Bank plc’s registered office address is:
HSBC Bank plc
8 Canada Square
London E14 5HQ
 
F-110
TABLE OF CONTENTS​
 
Subsidiaries
The undertakings below are consolidated by the group
​
​
Subsidiaries
​ ​
% of share class held by
immediate parent
company
(or by HSBC Bank
plc where this varies)
​ ​
Footnotes
​
​ Assetfinance December (H) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​ Assetfinance December (P) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​ Assetfinance December (R) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​ Assetfinance June (A) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​ Assetfinance Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​ Assetfinance March (B) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
16
 ​ ​
​ Assetfinance March (F) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​
Assetfinance September (F) Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​
Banco Nominees (Guernsey)
Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17
 ​ ​
​
Banco Nominees 2 (Guernsey) Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17
 ​ ​
​ Beau Soleil Limited Partnership ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0,18
 ​ ​
​ BentallGreenOak China Real
Estate 		​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0,19
 ​ ​
​ Billingsgate Nominees Limited (In Liquidation) ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,20
 ​ ​
​ Canada Crescent Nominees (UK) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​ CCF & Partners Asset Management Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​ CCF Holding (LIBAN) S.A.L. (In Liquidation) ​ ​ ​ ​ 74.99 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
21
 ​ ​
​ Charterhouse Administrators
(D.T.) Limited 		​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​
Charterhouse Management Services Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​
Charterhouse Pensions Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​ COIF Nominees Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0,2,15
 ​ ​
​
Corsair IV Financial Services
Capital Partners - B L.P
​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0,22 ​ ​
​ Dem 9 ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,23
 ​ ​
​ Dempar 1 ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,23
 ​ ​
​ Eton Corporate Services Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17
 ​ ​
​ Flandres Contentieux S.A. ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​
​ Foncière Elysées ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​
​
Subsidiaries
​ ​
% of share class held by
immediate parent
company
(or by HSBC Bank
plc where this varies)
​ ​
Footnotes
​
​
Griffin International Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​ Grundstuecksgesellschaft Trinkausstrasse Kommanditgesellschaft ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0,24
 ​ ​
​ HSBC (BGF) Investments Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Asset Finance (UK) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Asset Finance M.O.G.
Holdings (UK) Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Assurances Vie (France)
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Bank (General Partner) Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,26
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Bank (RR) (Limited Liability Company) ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0,7,27
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Bank Armenia cjsc ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
28
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Bank Capital Funding
(Sterling 1) LP
​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0,26
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Bank Capital Funding
(Sterling 2) LP 		​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0,26
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Bank Malta p.l.c. ​ ​ ​ ​ 70.03 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
29
 ​ ​
​
HSBC City Funding Holdings
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Client Holdings Nominee (UK) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Client Nominee (Jersey) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,30
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Continental Europe ​ ​ ​ ​ 99.99 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Corporate Trustee Company (UK) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Custody Services (Guernsey) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Epargne Entreprise (France) ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Equity (UK) Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Europe B.V. ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Factoring (France) ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Germany Holdings GmbH
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,24
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Global Asset
Management (Deutschland)
GmbH
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Global Asset Management (France) ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25
 ​ ​
​
 
F-111
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Subsidiaries
​ ​
% of share class held by
immediate parent
company
(or by HSBC Bank
plc where this varies)
​ ​
Footnotes
​
​ HSBC Global Asset
Management (International)
Limited (In Liquidation) 		​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,31
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Global Asset Management (Malta) Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (70.03) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
32
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Global Asset Management (Oesterreich) GmbH (In Liquidation) ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,33
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Global Asset Management (Switzerland) AG
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,34
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Global Custody Nominee (UK) Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Global Custody Proprietary Nominee (UK) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,2,15
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Global Shared Services (India) Private Limited (In Liquidation) ​ ​ ​ ​ 99.99 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,35
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Infrastructure Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​ HSBC INKA Investment-AG
TGV 		​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
8,24
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Insurance Services Holdings Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Investment Bank Holdings Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Issuer Services Common Depositary
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Issuer Services Depositary Nominee (UK) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Leasing (France) ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Life (UK) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Life Assurance (Malta) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (70.03) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
32
 ​ ​
​
HSBC LU Nominees Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Marking Name Nominee (UK) Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Middle East Leasing Partnership ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0,36
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Operational Services GmbH ​ ​ ​ ​ 80.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Overseas Nominee (UK) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​ HSBC PB Corporate Services 1 Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
37
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Pension Trust (Ireland) DAC ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,38
 ​ ​
​ HSBC PI Holdings (Mauritius) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
39
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Preferential LP (UK)
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​
Subsidiaries
​ ​
% of share class held by
immediate parent
company
(or by HSBC Bank
plc where this varies)
​ ​
Footnotes
​
​ HSBC Private Banking Nominee 3 (Jersey) ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
40
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Private Equity Investments (UK) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Private Markets Management SARL ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
41
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Property Funds (Holding) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Real Estate Leasing (France)
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​
​ HSBC REIM (France) ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Securities (Egypt) S.A.E. (In Liquidation) ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (0.8) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
42
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Securities (South Africa) (Pty) Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,43
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Securities Services (Guernsey) Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
17
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Securities Services (Ireland) DAC
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
38
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Securities Services (Luxembourg) S.A. ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,44
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Securities Services Holdings (Ireland) DAC ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
38
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Service Company Germany GmbH ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Services (France) ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​
​ HSBC SFH (France) ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,25
 ​ ​
​ HSBC SFT (C.I.) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,17
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Specialist Investments
Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Transaction Services GmbH
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,24
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt
(International)
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
44
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt
GmbH 		​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt
Gesellschaft fur
Bankbeteiligungen mbH 		​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Trinkaus Europa Immobilien-Fonds Nr. 5 GmbH
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Trinkaus Family Office GmbH
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,24
 ​ ​
​ HSBC Trinkaus Real Estate GmbH ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,24
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Trustee (C.I.) Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,40
 ​ ​
​
HSBC Trustee (Guernsey) Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,17
 ​ ​
​ HSIL Investments Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​
 
F-112
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
Subsidiaries
​ ​
% of share class held by
immediate parent
company
(or by HSBC Bank
plc where this varies)
​ ​
Footnotes
​
​ INKA Internationale Kapitalanlagegesellschaft mbH ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24
 ​ ​
​
James Capel & Co. Limited (In Liquidation)
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,45
 ​ ​
​
James Capel (Nominees) Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​
James Capel (Taiwan) Nominees Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​ Keyser Ullmann Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​ Midcorp Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​ Prudential Client HSBC GIS
Nominee (UK) Limited 		​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​
Republic Nominees Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,17
 ​ ​
​ RLUKREF Nominees (UK)
One Limited 		​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,2,15
 ​ ​
​ RLUKREF Nominees (UK)
Two Limited 		​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,2,15
 ​ ​
​
S.A.P.C. - Ufipro Recouvrement
​ ​ ​ ​ 99.99 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​
​ Saf Baiyun ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,23
 ​ ​
​ Saf Guangzhou ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,23
 ​ ​
​
SCI HSBC Assurances Immo
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25
 ​ ​
​ SFM ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​
​ SFSS Nominees (Pty) Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
43
 ​ ​
​ SNC Dorique ​ ​ ​ ​ 99.99 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
1,5,46
 ​ ​
​
SNC Les Oliviers D’Antibes
​ ​ ​ ​ 60.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (59.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
25
 ​ ​
​ SNCB/M6 - 2008 A ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​
​ SNCB/M6-2007 A ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,23
 ​ ​
​ SNCB/M6-2007 B ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
4,23
 ​ ​
​ Société Française et Suisse ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​
​ Somers Dublin DAC ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
38
 ​ ​
​ Sopingest ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​
​ South Yorkshire Light Rail Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​ Swan National Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
15
 ​ ​
​ The Venture Catalysts Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
2,15
 ​ ​
​
Trinkaus Australien Immobilien Fonds Nr. 1 Brisbane GmbH & Co. KG
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24
 ​ ​
​ Trinkaus Australien Immobilien-Fonds Nr. 1 Treuhand-GmbH ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,24
 ​ ​
​
Trinkaus Europa Immobilien-
Fonds Nr.3 Objekt Utrecht
Verwaltungs-GmbH
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24
 ​ ​
​
Trinkaus Immobilien-Fonds
Geschaeftsfuehrungs-GmbH
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,24
 ​ ​
​
Trinkaus Immobilien-Fonds
Verwaltungs-GmbH
​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,24
 ​ ​
​ Trinkaus Private Equity Management GmbH ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
24
 ​ ​
​ Trinkaus Private Equity Verwaltungs GmbH ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
6,24
 ​ ​
​ Valeurs Mobilières Elysées ​ ​ ​ ​ 100.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ (99.99) ​ ​ ​ ​
​
23
 ​ ​
Joint ventures
The undertakings below are joint ventures and equity accounted.
​
Joint Ventures
​ ​
% of share class held by
immediate parent
company
(or by HSBC Bank
plc where this varies)
​ ​
Footnotes
​
HCM Holdings Limited (In Liquidation) ​ ​ ​ ​ 50.99 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
20
 ​ ​
The London Silver Market Fixing Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​
0,1,2,47
 ​ ​
Associates
The undertakings below are associates and equity accounted.
​
Associates
​ ​
% of share class held by
immediate parent
company
(or by HSBC Bank
plc where this varies)
​ ​
Footnotes
​
BGF Group PLC ​ ​ ​ ​ 24.62 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 48 ​ ​
Bud Financial Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 10.89 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,3,49 ​ ​
CFAC Payment Scheme Limited (In Liquidation)
​ ​ ​ ​ 33.33 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,3,50 ​ ​
Contour Pte Ltd ​ ​ ​ ​ 11.76 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 51 ​ ​
Divido Financial Services Limited
​ ​ ​ ​ 5.60 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 52 ​ ​
Episode Six Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 8.09 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 53 ​ ​
Euro Secured Notes Issuer ​ ​ ​ ​ 16.66 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 54 ​ ​
LiquidityMatch LLC ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0,55 ​ ​
London Precious Metals Clearing Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 25.00 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 2,56 ​ ​
Quantexa Ltd ​ ​ ​ ​ 10.10 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 57 ​ ​
Services Epargne Enterprise
​ ​ ​ ​ 14.18 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 58 ​ ​
Simon Group LLC ​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0,12 ​ ​
sino AG ​ ​ ​ ​ 24.94 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 11 ​ ​
Threadneedle Software Holdings Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 6.60 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 13 ​ ​
Trade Information Network
Limited 		​ ​ ​ ​ 16.66 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 10 ​ ​
Trinkaus Europa Immobilien-
Fonds Nr. 7
​ ​ ​ ​ n/a ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 0,24 ​ ​
Vizolution Limited ​ ​ ​ ​ 17.95 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,9 ​ ​
We Trade Innovation Designated Activity ​ ​ ​ ​ 9.88 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ 1,14 ​ ​
Footnotes
​
​
0
​ ​
Where an entity is governed by voting rights, HSBC consolidates when it holds - directly or indirectly - the necessary voting rights to pass resolutions by the governing body. In all other cases, the assessment of control is more complex and requires judgement of other factors, including having exposure to variability of returns, power to direct relevant activities, and whether power is held as an agent or principal. HSBC’s consolidation policy is described in Note 1.2(a).
​
​
 
F-113
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
​
1
​ ​
Management has determined that these undertakings are excluded from consolidation in the Group accounts as these entities do not meet the definition of subsidiaries in accordance with IFRSs. HSBC’s consolidation policy is described in Note 1.2(a).
​
​
2
​ ​ Directly held by HSBC Bank plc ​
Description of shares
​
​
3
​ ​ Preference Shares ​
​
4
​ ​ Actions ​
​
5
​ ​ Parts ​
​
6
​ ​ GmbH Anteil ​
​
7
​ ​ Russian Limited Liability Company Shares ​
​
8
​ ​ Stückaktien ​
Registered offices
​
​
9
​ ​
Office Block A, Bay Studios Business Park, Fabian Way, Swansea, Wales, United Kingdom, SA1 8QB
​
​ 10 ​ ​ 3 More London Riverside, London, United Kingdom, SE1 2AQ ​
​ 11 ​ ​ Ernst-Schneider-Platz 1, Duesseldorf, Germany, 40212 ​
​ 12 ​ ​
125 W 25th St. New York, New York, United States of America, 10001
​
​ 13 ​ ​ 34 Copse Wood Way, Northwood, Middlesex, United Kingdom, HA6 2UA ​
​ 14 ​ ​ 10 Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin, Ireland, D02 T380 ​
​ 15 ​ ​
8 Canada Square , London, United Kingdom, E14 5HQ
​
​ 16 ​ ​
5 Donegal Square South, Northern Ireland, Belfast, United Kingdom, BT1 5JP
​
​ 17 ​ ​
Arnold House, St Julians Avenue, St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 3NF
​
​ 18 ​ ​
HSBC Main Building, 1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong
​
​ 19 ​ ​
Oak House, Hirzel Street, St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 2NP
​
​ 20 ​ ​
156 Great Charles Street, Queensway, Birmingham, West Midlands, United Kingdom, B3 3HN
​
​ 21 ​ ​
Solidere - Rue Saad Zaghloul Immeuble - 170 Marfaa, P.O. Box 17 5476 Mar Michael, Beyrouth, Lebanon, 11042040
​
​ 22 ​ ​ c/o Walkers Corporate Services Limited, Walker House, 87 Mary Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, KY1-9005 ​
​ 23 ​ ​ 38 avenue Kléber, Paris, France, 75116 ​
​ 24 ​ ​ Hansaallee 3, Düsseldorf, Germany, 40549 ​
​ 25 ​ ​ Immeuble Cœur Défense, 110 esplanade du Général de Gaulle, Courbevoie, France, 92400 ​
​ 26 ​ ​ HSBC House Esplanade, St. Helier, Jersey, JE4 8UB ​
​ 27 ​ ​ 2 Paveletskaya Square Building 2, Moscow, Russian Federation, 115054 ​
​ 28 ​ ​ 66 Teryan Street, Yerevan, Armenia, 0009 ​
​ 29 ​ ​ 116 Archbishop Street, Valletta, Malta ​
​ 30 ​ ​ HSBC House Esplanade, St. Helier, Jersey, JE1 1HS ​
​ 31 ​ ​ HSBC House Esplanade, St. Helier, Jersey, JE4 8WP ​
​ 32 ​ ​ 80 Mill Street, Qormi, Malta, QRM 3101 ​
​ 33 ​ ​ Herrengasse 1-3, Wien, Austria, 1010 ​
​ 34 ​ ​ 26 Gartenstrasse, Zurich, Switzerland, 8002 ​
​ 35 ​ ​ 52/60 M G Road Fort, Mumbai, India, 400 001 ​
​ 36 ​ ​
Unit 101 Level 1, Gate Village Building No. 8 Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates, P.O. Box 506553
​
​ 37 ​ ​ HSBC House Esplanade, St. Helier, Jersey, JE1 1GT ​
​ 38 ​ ​ 1 Grand Canal Square, Grand Canal Harbour, Dublin 2, Ireland, D02 P820 ​
​ 39 ​ ​ 6th floor HSBC Centre 18, Cybercity, Ebene, Mauritius, 72201 ​
​ 40 ​ ​ HSBC House Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey, JE1 1GT ​
​ 41 ​ ​ 5 rue Heienhaff, Senningerberg, Luxembourg, 1736 ​
​ 42 ​ ​ 306 Corniche El Nil, Maadi, Egypt, 11728 ​
​ 43 ​ ​
1 Mutual Place, 107 Rivonia Road, Sandton, Gauteng, South Africa, 2196
​
​ 44 ​ ​ 16 Boulevard d’Avranches, Luxembourg, L-1160 ​
​ 45 ​ ​
Teneo Restructuring Limited, 156 Great Charles Street, Queensway, West Midlands, Birmingham, United Kingdom, B3 3HN
​
​ 46 ​ ​ 43 rue de Paris, Saint Denis, France, 97400 ​
​ 47 ​ ​
c/o Hackwood Secretaries Limited One Silk Street, London, United Kingdom, EC2Y 8HQ
​
​ 48 ​ ​ 13-15 York Buildings, London, United Kingdom, WC2N 6JU ​
​ 49 ​ ​ Ground Floor, 25b Vyner Street, London, United Kingdom, E2 9DG ​
​ 50 ​ ​ 65 Gresham Street 6th Floor, London, United Kingdom, EC2V 7NQ ​
​ 51 ​ ​ 50 Raffles Place, #32-01 Singapore Land Tower, Singapore, 048623 ​
​ 52 ​ ​ Office 7, 35-37 Ludgate Hill, London, United Kingdom, EC4M 7JN ​
​ 53 ​ ​ 9/F Amtel Bldg, 148 des Voeux Rd Central, Central, Hong Kong ​
​ 54 ​ ​ 3 avenue de l’Opera, Paris, France, 75001 ​
​ 55 ​ ​ 100 Town Square Place, Suite 201 | Jersey City, NJ, United States of America, 07310 ​
​ 56 ​ ​ 1-2 Royal Exchange Buildings Royal Exchange, London, United Kingdom, EC3V 3LF ​
​ 57 ​ ​
75 Park Lane, Croydon, Surrey, United Kingdom, CR9 1XS
​
​ 58 ​ ​ 32 rue du Champ de Tir, Nantes, France, 44300 ​
​
 
F-114
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
HSBC Bank plc
8 Canada Square
London E14 5HQ
United Kingdom
Telephone: 44 020 7991 8888 www.hsbc.co.uk
Registered number 00014259
 

 

Exhibit 15.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 1 to Form 20-F of HSBC Bank plc of our report dated May 27, 2022 relating to the financial statements, which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “10.G. Statement by experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

London, United Kingdom

 

July 8, 2022